Or:
The Christian Roman Empire and its Pre-Christian Origins
to the
Fall of Constantinople (1453)
Vladimir
Moss
© Vladimir Moss, 2004
I would
advise those who seek liberty and shun the yoke of servitude as evil, not to
fall into the plague of despotic rule, to which an insatiable passion of
unseasonable freedom brought their fathers. In excess, servitude and liberty
are each wholly bad; in due measure, each are wholly good. The due measure of
servitude is to serve God; its excess is to serve man. Law is the god of the
right-minded man; pleasure is the god of the fool.
Plato, Letters,
viii, 354.
It is he that shall build the Temple of
the Lord, and shall bear royal honour, and shall sit and rule upon his throne.
And there shall be a priest by his throne, and peaceful understanding shall be
between them both.
Zechariah 6.13.
From Him and through Him [the Word of God]
the king who is dear to God receives an image of the Kingdom that is above and
so in imitation of that greater King himself guides and directs the course of
everything on earth…He looks up to see the archetypal pattern and guides those
whom he rules in accordance with that pattern… The basic principle of kingly
authority is the establishment of a single source of authority to which
everything is subject. Monarchy is superior to every other constitution and
form of government. For polyarchy, where everyone competes on equal terms, is
really anarchy and discord.
Eusebius, Bishop
of Caesarea, Oration in Honour of Constantine, 1, 3.
When by Divine decree I was
elected to the empire, then amidst the many needs of the State I was occupied
by none more than the need for the Orthodox and true faith of the Christians,
which is holy and pure, to remain without doubts in the souls of all...
Holy Emperor Marcian, Acts of
the Fourth Ecumenical Council.
If the Emperor forgets the fear of God, he will inevitably fall into sin
and be changed into a despot, he will not be able to keep to the customs
established by the Fathers, and by the intrigues of the devil he will do that
which is unworthy and contrary to the commandments of God, he will become
hateful to the people, the senate and the Church, he will become unworthy to be
called a Christian, he will be deprived of his post, will be subject to
anathema, and, finally, will be killed as the ‘common enemy’ of all Romans,
both ‘those who command’ and ‘those who obey’.
Emperor Constantine VII, On the
Government of the Empire
CONTENTS
Foreword………………………………………………...….…..……………5
Part
I: The Origins of the Power
1. Pre-Christian
Statehood…………………………………….…………...8
Paradisial
Statehood – The Mark of Cain - Nimrod’s Babylon – The Egyptian Pharaohs –
Israel: The Pilgrim State – From Theocracy to Autocracy – The Davidic Kingdom –
Athenian Democracy - Plato and Aristotle on the State – Alexander, the Stoics
and the Demise of Democracy - From Zerubbabel to the Maccabees – Herod the
Great – Theocracy, Autocracy and the Jews – The End of the State
2. Old
Rome………..………………...……...……………………….……..84
Christ
and the Roman Empire – Old Rome: Protector or Persecutor? – Why Rome? – Rome
and China - Rome and the End of the World – Church and State in Old Rome
Part
II: The Triumph of the Power (306-1000)
3. New Rome: the East..…..…………………….……………………..…120
St.
Constantine the Great – The Heretical and Pagan Reaction – Kingship and
Tyranny: St. Ambrose of Milan - Models of Kingship - The Symphony of Powers –
The Symphony of Nations - Roman Patriotism and Anti-Roman Nationalism –
Byzantium and the Jews - The Dissonance of Powers: Monothelitism and Iconoclasm
- Perso-Islamic Despotism - St. Photius the Great: “the Royal Patriarch” -
Church Canons vs. Imperial Laws – The Question of Legitimacy - The First
Bulgarian Empire – St. Vladimir the Great
4.
New Rome: the West…………….…………………….…………..….203
The
Fall of Old Rome – The Rise of the Popes - The Remnants of Romanity: (1)
Britain – The Remnants of Romanity: (2) Italy and France – The Remnants of
Romanity: (3) Spain – Romanity Restored: Anglo-Saxon England - The Sacrament of
Royal Anointing – Romanity Threatened: (1) Charlemagne – Romanity Threatened:
(2) Nicholas I - The Growth of Feudalism – The English Monarchy – The German
Monarchy – The Year 1000: Apex of Monarchism
Part
III: The Waning of the Power (1000-1453)
5.
The Resurrection of Old Rome……...………………………...……..271
The Germans and the Filioque – The
Reform Movement – The Schism of 1054 - The Fall of Orthodox England – The
Gregorian Revolution – The Crusades – The Apotheosis of Papism: Innocent III –
Medieval Revolutionaries: Jews, Albigensians and Templars – The Kabbala - The
Resurrection of Roman Law – Natural Law - The Crisis of the Medieval Papacy:
Boniface VIII – Proto-Protestantism: Marsilius, Wycliff, Hus - The Conciliar
Movement
6.
The Fall of New Rome…...…………...…………...…………...…..…351
The Slide towards Absolutism – Church and
State in Kievan Rus’ - The Breakup of Kievan Rus’ – Autocracy Restored: St.
Andrew of Bogolyubovo – Georgia under the Bagratids – The Nicaean Empire and
Royal Anointing – The Nicaean Emperors and the Unia - The Age of St. Sava -
Russia between the Hammer and the Anvil – Kossovo Polje – The Rise of Muscovy -
The Sultan’s Turban and the Pope’s Tiara – Russia and the Council of Florence –
The Reasons for the Fall
Conclusion:
The Kingship of Christ…………….…………….………438
The
Two Kingdoms – The Rights of the Orthodox Autocrat – Absolutism and Democracy –
The Restoration of Romanity
FOREWORD
The Lord said unto my Lord: Sit Thou
at My right hand, until I make Thine enemies the footstool of Thy feet.
Psalm
109.1.
Grant peace in the midst of wars to
Thy commonwealth, and strengthen the Orthodox kings whom Thou hast loved, O
only Lover of mankind.
Festal
Menaion, Feast of the Meeting of the Lord,
Kontakion.
A famous
British politician once remarked that it was impossible to be both a true
Christian and a good politician. If this were true, then we should have to
conclude that there is one extremely important sphere of life, politics, that
is irredeemable by the grace of Christ and therefore inevitably the domain of
the evil one. Such a conclusion might well be justified in the context of
modern democratic politics, whose end is almost by definition secular and anti-Christian,
and the means to that end almost inevitably repulsive to the Christian
conscience. But it would have been emphatically rejected by the Christians of
the Early Church and the more-than-1000-year period from the coming to power of
St. Constantine in 306 to the Fall of Constantinople in 1453, the period of the
Christian Empire of New Rome, when Christians of both East and West believed
that the best, most Christian form of government was Autocracy under a truly
Christian emperor or king whose aim was not personal glory or wealth, but the
salvation of his people for eternity. It is this period that is the historical
context of this book, which aims to explicate the ideal of Christian statehood,
its origins, triumph and decline, in the context of the period when most
Christians in both East and West fervently believed in the possibility of a
universal Christian empire subject in reality, and not merely theoretically, to
Christ the King.
In the writing of this book I am indebted
above all to the writings of the Holy Fathers of the Orthodox Church. Among
more recent Fathers and Church writers, I have especially drawn on the work of
Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow, L.A. Tikhomirov, M.V. Zyzykin, Archbishop
Seraphim (Sobolev) of Lubny, St. John Maximovich, Archbishop of San Francisco,
Archbishop Averky (Taushev) of Jordanville and Syracuse and Bishop Dionysius
(Alferov). I should also like to thank my friend Anton Ter-Grigorian for our
stimulating discussions on this subject, and also my pastor, Hieromonk
Augustine (Lim) for his steadfast encouragement and help.
Although I have tried to preserve
theological and historical accuracy to the best of my ability, it goes without
saying that I, and I alone, am responsible for any errors that may have crept into
this book, for which I ask forgiveness.
This book is dedicated to Abbot Methodius
and the Monks of the Monastery of the Holy Ascension, Esphigmenou, Mount Athos,
one of the last surviving outposts of true Christian power in the world today.
Through the prayers of our Holy Fathers, Lord
Jesus Christ, our God, have mercy on us! Amen.
August 6/19, 2004.
The Transfiguration of our Lord, God
and Saviour Jesus Christ.
East House, Beech Hill, Mayford,
Woking, Surrey, England.
PART
I: THE ORIGINS OF THE POWER
1. PRE-CHRISTIAN
STATEHOOD
The Most High ruleth in the kingdom of men,
And giveth it to whomsoever He will,
And setteth up over it the basest of men.
Daniel 4.17.
My Kingdom is not of this world.
John 18.36.
Paradisial
Statehood
In the beginning of human history – that is, in Paradise, - there was no
such thing as political life, and no principle of hierarchical authority except
that of Adam over Eve. Thus St. John Chrysostom writes: “From the beginning He
made one sovereignty only, setting the man over the woman. But after that our
race ran headlong into extreme disorder, He appointed other sovereignties also,
those of Masters, and those of Governors, and this too for love’s sake.”[1] Again, Metropolitan Anastasius
(Gribanovsky) of New York writes: “Political power appeared on earth only after
the fall of the first people. In Paradise the overseer’s shout was not heard.
Man can never forget that he was once royally free, and that political power
appeared as the quit-rent of sin.”[2]
The State, while foreshadowed by the headship of Adam over Eve in
Paradise, is essentially a product of the Fall and would never have been
necessary if Adam had not sinned. It is necessary to fallen, sinful man because
“the wages of sin is death” (Romans 6.23), and the political order can,
if not conquer death in man, – only Christ in the Church can do that, – at any
rate slow down its spread, enabling man to survive, both as an
individual and as a species. For to survive he needs to unite in communities
with other men, forming families, tribes and, eventually, states.
This process is aided, of course, by the fact that man is social by
nature[3], and comes into the world
already as a member of a family. So, contrary to the teaching of some heterodox
thinkers, it is not only out of fear that men unite into large groups, but out
of the natural bonds of family life. In this sense the state is simply the
family writ large.
And since the family has a father as its head, so the state has a king
as its head. As Hieromonk Dionysius writes: “Both the familial and the
monarchical systems are established by God for the earthly existence of sinful,
fallen man. The first-formed man, abiding in living communion with God, was not
subject to anyone except God, and was lord over the irrational creatures. But
when man sinned and destroyed the Divine hierarchy of submission, having fallen
away from God – he became the slave of sin and the devil, and as a result of this
became subject to a man like himself. The sinful will of man demands submission
for the limitation of his own destructive activity. This Divine establishment
has in mind only the good of man – the limitation of the spread of sin. And
history itself confirms that whatever may be the defects of monarchy, they
cannot compare with the evil brought upon men by revolution and anarchy.”[4]
One of those who expounded this theme in the most detail and the
greatest clarity was Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow. He emphasised the
rootedness of the State in the family, with the State deriving its essential
properties and structure from the family: “The family is older than the State.
Man, husband, wife, father, son, mother, daughter and the obligations and virtues
inherent in these names existed before the family grew into the nation and the
State was formed. That is why family life in relation to State life can be
figuratively depicted as the root of the tree. In order that the tree should
bear leaves and flowers and fruit, it is necessary that the root should be
strong and bring pure juice to the tree. In order that State life should
develop strongly and correctly, flourish with education, and bring forth the
fruit of public prosperity, it is necessary that family life should be strong
with the blessed love of the spouses, the sacred authority of the parents, and
the reverence and obedience of the children, and that as a consequence of this,
from the pure elements of family there should arise similarly pure principles
of State life, so that with veneration for one’s father veneration for the tsar
should be born and grow, and that the love of children for their mother should
be a preparation of love for the fatherland, and the simplehearted obedience of
domestics should prepare and direct the way to self-sacrifice and
self-forgetfulness in obedience to the laws and sacred authority of the
autocrat…”[5]
In a sense the first king and queen were Adam and Eve. For “from the
beginning,” says St. John Chrysostom, “He made one sovereignty only, setting
the man over the woman. But after our race ran headlong into extreme disorder,
He appointed other sovereignties also…”[6]
S.V. Troitsky writes: “Marriage is the origin of the Church and the
State. Marriage precedes all social and religious organizations. It was
established already in paradise, it was established directly by God Himself.
God brings the woman to Adam, and Adam himself declares his marital union as
being independent of any earthly authority whatever, even parental authority (Genesis
2.24; Matthew 19.6). Thus the first marriage was concluded ‘by the mercy
of God’. In the first marriage the husband and wife are bearers of supreme
authority on earth, they are sovereigns to whom the whole of the rest of the world
is subject (Genesis 1.28). The family is the first form of the Church,
it is ‘the little church’, as Chrysostom calls it, and at the same time it is
the origin also of the State as an organization of power, since according to
the Bible the basis of every authority of man over man is to be found in the
words of God about the power of the husband over the wife: ‘he will rule over
you’ (Genesis 3.16).”[7]
Are we to conclude, then, that the State did exist in paradise after
all? Ideally – yes, in that the ideal of the state is that of a family writ
large, in which the king and queen are the father and mother of their subjects,
an ideal expressed in the Russians’ affectionate name for their tsars,
“batyushka-tsar”, “little father tsar”. However, political life as we know
it undoubtedly begins in the fall, with the issue of laws against crimes,
and with specific punishments for crime.
Indeed, without laws against crime there is no state, according to
Metropolitan Philaret: “The State is a union of free moral beings, united
amongst themselves with the sacrifice of part of their freedom for the
preservation and confirmation by the common forces of the law of morality,
which constitutes the necessity of their existence. The civil laws are nothing
other than interpretations of this law in application to particular cases and
guards placed against its violation.”[8] To the extent that the laws are
good, that is, in accord with “the law of morality”, and executed firmly and
impartially, the people can live in peace and pursue the aim for which God
placed them on the earth – the salvation of their souls for eternity. To the
extent that they are bad, and/or badly executed, not only is it much more
difficult for men to pursue the supreme aim of their existence: the very
existence of future generations is put in jeopardy.
The difference between sin and crime is that whereas sin is
transgression of the law of God only, crime is transgression both of the law of
God and of the law of man as defined by the State. The original sin of Adam and
Eve was punished by their expulsion from Paradise, or the Church – that is,
from communion with God. The second sin, that of Abel’s murder of his brother
Cain, was, according to every legal code in every civilised state, a crime as
well as a sin. But since there was as yet no State, it was God Himself Who
imposed the punishment – expulsion from the society of men (“a fugitive and a
vagabond you shall be on the earth” (Genesis 4.12)). The paradox is that
Cain was the builder of the first State in recorded history, a city, as he fled
from the presence of the Lord (Genesis 4.16,17)[9]…
The fact that the first State was founded by the first murderer has cast
a shadow over Statehood ever since.
On the one hand, the State exists in order to curb sin in its crudest
and most destructive aspects, and to that extent state power is in principle
of God, “Who rules in the kingdom of men, [and] gives it to whomever He will” (Daniel
4.17). For as St. Irenaeus of Lyons writes: “God imposed upon mankind the fear
of man as some do not fear God. It was necessary that they be subject to the
authority of men, and kept under restraint by their laws whereby they might
attain to some degree of justice and exercise mutual forebearance through dread
of the sword…”[10] Again, St. John Chrysostom says:
“Since equality of honour often leads to fighting, He has made many governments
and forms of subjection.”[11] And again, St. Gregory the Great
writes that, although all men are created by nature equal, God has ordained
that “insofar as every man does not have the same manner of life, one should be
governed by another.” Therefore “very often even holy men desire to be feared
by those under their charge – but only when they discover that by these their
subjects God is not feared, so that by the dread of man at any rate they may
fear to sin, who do not dread His judgements.”[12]
On the other hand, the greatest and most destructive crimes known to man
have been committed precisely by the State, and to that extent it is an evil
phenomenon, permitted but not blessed by God – for God sometimes “sets over it
the lowest of men” (Daniel 4.17). Moreover, since Cain and at least
until Saul and the kings of Israel, all states known to man were not only the
main agents both of mass murder and of slavery, but were also worshippers of
demons who compelled their citizens to worship demons, too. And if Blessed
Augustine, in his famous book, The City of God, could see the Providence
and Justice of God working even in the most antichristian states and
institutions, this could not prevent him from taking a most pessimistic view of
the origin and nature of most states (even the Roman).
[13]
St.
Augustine traced the history of two lines of men descending from Seth and Cain
respectively - the City of God, or the community of those who are saved, and
the City of Man, or the community of those who are damned. The City of God is
not to be identified with the Church (because the Church contains both good and
bad), nor is the City of Man to be identified with the State (because the State
contains both good and bad). Nevertheless, the Church is clearly closer to the
first pole as the State is to the second….
This is
the reason why the history of Church-State relations until Constantine the
Great is a history of almost perpetual conflict. Thus until David and the
foundation of the state of Israel, the people of God – that is, the Church –
was not associated with any state, but was constantly being persecuted by contemporary
rulers, as Moses and the Israelites were by Pharaoh.
And this symbolises a deeper truth: that the people of God, spiritually
speaking, have never lived in states, but have always been stateless
wanderers, desert people, as it were; “for here have we no continuing city, but
we seek one to come" (Hebrews 13.14). We seek, that is, the City of
God, the new Jerusalem, which is to be fully revealed only in the age to come (Revelation
21-22).
On the other
hand, the people who reject God are spiritually speaking citizens of the
kingdoms of this earth, rooted in the earth of worldly cares and desires. That
is why they like to build huge urban states and civilisations that enable them
to satisfy these desires to the maximum extent. It
is not by accident, therefore, that Cain and his immediate descendants were the
creators not only of cities, but also of all the cultural and technological
inventions that make city life so alluring to fallen man. For, as New
Hieroconfessor Barnabas, Bishop of Pechersk, writes: "In its original
source culture is the fruit, not of the fallen human spirit in general, but a
consequence of its exceptional darkening in one of the primordial branches of
the race of Adam... The Cainites had only one aim - the construction of a secure, carnal,
material life, whatever the cost. They understood, of course, that the Seed of
the Woman, the Promised Deliverer from evil that was coming at the end of the
ages, would never appear in their descendants, so, instead of humbling themselves
and repenting, the Cainites did the opposite: in blasphemous despair and hatred
towards God, they gave themselves over irrevocably to bestial passions and the
construction on earth of their kingdom, which is continually fighting against
the Kingdom of God."[14]
The Cainites
eventually became the overwhelming majority of mankind, corrupting even most of
the Sethites. Thus Josephus writes: “This
posterity of Seth continued to esteem God as the Lord of the universe, and to
have an entire regard to virtue, for seven generations; but in process of time
they were perverted… But Noah was very uneasy at what they did; and being
displeased at their conduct, persuaded them to change their disposition, and
their actions for the better: but seeing they did not yield to him, but were
slaves to wicked pleasures, he was afraid they would kill him, together with
his wife and children, and those they had married; so he departed out of the
land.”[15]
Noah
departed, and entered the Ark. And then God destroyed the whole Cainite
civilisation in the Great Flood. So Statehood in its first historical examples
was demonic and antichristian and was destroyed by the just judgement of God.
Immediately after the Flood God commands Noah to establish a system of
justice that is the embryo of statehood as it should be: “The blood of your
lives will I require: at the hand of every beast will I require it, and at the
hand of man; at the hand of every man’s brother will I require the life of man.
Whoso sheddeth man’s blood, by man shall his blood be shed: for in the image of
God made He man” (Genesis 9.5-6). Commenting on these words, Protopriest
Basil Boshchansky writes, that they “give the blessing of God to that
institution which appeared in defence of human life” – that is, the State.[16]
As Henry Morris explains: “The word ‘require’ is a judicial term, God
appearing as a judge who exacts a strict and severe penalty for infraction of a
sacred law. If a beast kills a man, the beast must be put to death (note also Exodus
21.28). If a man kills another man (wilfully and culpably, it is assumed), then
he also must be put to death by ‘every man’s brother’. This latter phrase is
not intended to initiate family revenge slayings, of course, but rather to
stress that all men are responsible to see that this justice is executed. At
the time these words were first spoken, all men indeed were blood brothers; for
only the three sons of Noah were living at the time, other than Noah himself.
Since all future people would be descended from these three men and their
wives, in a very real sense all men are brothers, because all were once
in the loins of these three brothers. This is in essence a command to establish
a formal system of human government, in order to assure that justice is carried
out, especially in the case of murder. The authority to execute this judgement
of God on a murderer was thus delegated to man.”[17]
But not to every man. The authority to pronounce the judgement of God on
a man can only be given to men whom God has appointed to judge – that is, to
political rulers. We see this clearly in the story of Moses: “And he went out
the second day and behold, two Hebrews were quarrelling; and he said to the one
who did the wrong, “Why are you striking your companion?” Then he said, Who
made you a prince and a judge over us? Do you intend to kill me as you killed
the Egyptian?”’ (Exodus 2.13-14). And indeed, Moses had not at that time
received the power to judge Israel. Only when he had fled into the wilderness
and been given power by true King of Israel, the God of Abraham, Isaac and
Jacob, was he accepted as having true authority. Only then was he able to
deliver his people from the false authority, Pharaoh, who had usurped power
over God’s own people…[18]
At this point we must agree with the judgement of L.A. Tikhomirov,
following Korkunov, that the idea that“the state is ‘the monopoly of violence’
completely coincides with the Christian attitude to the state. The complete
removal of violence from private right and its exclusive concentration in the
hands of the state has this meaning, that violence in personal interests is
unconditionally removed and forbidden. But it is allowed only in those hands,
in which there is in principle no personal interest, but only the interest of
justice. With the monopolization of violence in the hands of the state violence
is released only to support justice.”[19]
Thus all true political authorities are established by God: “there is no
authority that is not from God” (Romans
13.1). This is true especiallly of the political leaders of the people of God,
for whom the Lord established a special sacrament, the anointing to the
kingdom: “I have found David My servant, with My holy oil have I anointed him”
(Psalm 88.19). Even certain pagan kings were given an
invisible anointing to rule justly and help the people of God, such as Cyrus of
Persia (Isaiah 45.1).
However, while all true political authorities are established by God,
there are some political authorities that are not established by God, but are
simply allowed or tolerated by Him in His providential wisdom. The main
forms of political organisation in the ancient world, Absolutism (or Despotism)
and Democracy, were not established by God. Only the form of political
organisation of the Hebrew people - Theocracy, or Autocracy
(“delegated Theocracy”, as Tikhomirov calls it) – was established and blessed
by Him.
These three fundamental forms of political organisation were believed by
the nineteenth-century Russian religious philosopher Vladimir Soloviev to
operate throughout human history. The first, Absolutism, he defined as
“the striving to subject humanity in all its spheres and at every level of its
life to one supreme principle which in its exclusive unity strives to mix and
confuse the whole variety of private forms, to suppress the independence of the
person and the freedom of private life.” The second, Democracy, he
defined as “the striving to destroy the stronghold of dead unity, to give
freedom everywhere to private forms of life, freedom to the person and his
activity;… the extreme expression of this force is general egoism and anarchy,
and a multitude of separate individuals without an inner bond.” The third
force, Autocracy, he defined as “giving positive content to the other
two forces, freeing them from their exclusivity, and reconciling the unity of
the higher principle with the free multiplicity of private forms and elements.”[20]
Absolutism
was both the earliest and the most widespread form of political organisation in
the ancient world, being found in Babylon and Egypt, the Indus valley, China
and Central and South America. The great civilisations of the early
postdiluvian period were all absolutist and pagan in character – that is, they
were based on submission to the will of one man, who in turn was in submission
to the demons; for “the gods of the pagans are demons” (Psalm 95.5).
The most famous of these early despotic rulers was Nimrod, who was by
tradition also the founder of pagan religion. Paganism consists of two main
elements, according to Tikhomirov: (i) the deification of the forces of nature,
and (ii) the cult of ancestors. [21]
The religion of Nimrod’s Babylon
appears to have been a mixture of nature-worship and ancestor-worship. Thus, on
the one hand, the Babylonians worshipped the stars and planets, and practised
astrology as a means of discovering the will of the gods. "They
believed," writes Smart, "that they could predict not merely by
earthly methods of divination, but also by a study of the stars and of planets
and the moon".[22] One of the purposes of the
temples or towers or ziggurats, whose remains can still be seen in the Iraqi
desert, may have been as platforms from which to observe the signs of the
zodiac.
On the other hand, the chief god, Marduk or Merodach, meaning
“brightness of the day”, seems to have been identified with none other than
Nimrod himself. We know, moreover, that the later kings of Babylon were also
identified with the god Marduk. So the divinity seems to have reincarnated
himself in every member of the dynasty.[23]
It was probably Nimrod who invented the traditions of nature-worship and
ancestor-worship, or at least combined them in a uniquely powerful and
dangerous way. Having risen to power as a hunter or leader in war (he is
described in the Holy Scriptures as “a mighty hunter before the Lord” (Genesis
10.9)), he then consolidated his power by giving himself divine honours. By
imposing false religion in this way he led men away from God, which earned him
the title given him by the Jerusalem Targum of “hunter of the sons of men”; for
he said: “Depart from the judgement of the Lord, and adhere to the judgement of
Nimrod!”[24]
The great spring festival of Marduk took place at Babylon, at the
splendid temple with ascending steps which is called in the Bible the Tower of
Babel,[25] and which by tradition was built
by Nimrod himself. In Genesis (11.8-9) we read that God destroyed this
Tower, divided the languages of its builders so that they could not understand
each other, and scattered them in different directions across the face of the
earth. This explains both the existence of different nations speaking different
languages and the fact that, at least in the earliest phase of their existence,
all nations known to anthropologists have been pagan, worshipping a
multiplicity of gods which often bear a close relationship to the gods of other
nations.
"If, before the flood,” write two Catacomb Church nuns, “the
impious apostates were the Cainites, the descendants of the brother-murderer,
then after the flood they became the sons of the lawless Ham. The Hamites
founded Babylon, one of the five cities of the powerful hunter Nimrod (Genesis
10.8). 'Nimrod, imitating his forefather, chose another form of slavery...'
(St. John Chrysostom, Word 29 on Genesis). Nimrod invented a form of
slavery at which 'those who boast of freedom in fact cringe' (ibid.). He
rebelled against God, against the Divine patriarchal order of governing
families and governing peoples. The times of Nimrod were characterized by the
appearance of the beginnings of godless monarchism and future imperialism.
Having rejected God, this eastern usurper created a kingdom based on his own
power.”[26]
“Nimrod” means "let us rebel", and "it was Nimrod,”
according to Josephus, “who excited them to such an affront and contempt of
God; he was the grandson of Ham, the son of Noah, a bold man, and of great
strength of hand. He persuaded them not to ascribe it to God, as if it were
through his means that they were happy, but to believe that it was their own
courage that procured their happiness. He also gradually changed the government
into tyranny, seeing no other method of turning men from the fear of God, but
to bring them into a constant dependence on his own power."[27]
Nimrod’s
Babylon, like all the early urban civilisations, was characterised by, on the
one hand, a totalitarian state structure, and, on the other hand, a pagan
system of religion. Statehood and religion were very closely linked; for both
the governmental and the priestly hierarchies culminated in one man, the
king-priest-god. This deification of the ruler of the City of Man was, of
course, a direct challenge to the truly Divine Ruler of the City of God.
The deification of the ruler was a great
support for his political power. For, as Tikhomirov writes, “how can one man
become the supreme authority for the people to which he himself belongs, and
which is as many times stronger than any individual person as millions are
greater than a single unit? This can only take place through
the influence of the religious principle - through that fact or presumption
that the monarch is the representative of some higher power, against which
millions of men are as nothing. The participation of the religious principle is
unquestionably necessary for the existence of the monarchy, as the supreme
authority in the State. Without the religious principle rule by one man, even
if he were the greatest genius, can only be a dictatorship, power that is
limitless but not supreme, but rather administrative, having received all
rights only in his capacity as representative of the people’s authority.
“Such was the origin of monarchies in history. One-man rule is often
promoted in the sense of a highest ruler, dictator, leader - for very various
reasons: because of his legislative or judicial wisdom, his energy and talents
for the maintenance of internal order, his military abilities, - but all these
rulers could receive the title of supreme authority only if the religious idea,
which indicated to the people that the given person represented a supreme,
superhuman power, played a part in their exaltation.”[28]
The Catacomb Church nuns continue: “Nimrod's very idea of founding a
universal monarchy was a protest against Noah's curse of Canaan… A sign of
protest and at the same time of power was the huge tower which the Hamites
attempted to raise. God punished them, confusing the language of the proud
builders, so that they no longer understood each other...
“Herodotus writes in his History that they built small ziggurats
in Babylon (evidently in memory of the first failure) consisting of towers
placed on top of each other. On the top of the small ziggurat E-temen-anki was
raised a statue of the idol Marduk weighing 23.5 tons. Many centuries later the
notable tyrant Nebuchadnezzar said: 'I laid my hand to finishing the
construction of the tope of E-temen-anki, so that it might quarrel with
heaven.’”[29]
By the
end of the third millenium BC, most of present-day Iraq was united under the
rule of what is known as the third Ur dynasty, from its capital city, the
Bible’s “Ur of the Chaldees”. This city, too, has a ziggurat and was therefore
a centre of the worship of Marduk. Shafarevich has shown that the political and
economic life of this state was purely totalitarian in character:
“Archaeologists have discovered a huge quantity of cuneiform tablets which
express the economic life of that time. From them we know that the basis of the
economy remained the temple households. However, they had completely lost their
independence and had been turned into cells of a single state economy. Their
managers were appointed by the king, they presented detailed accounts to the
capital, and they were controlled by the king's inspectors. Groups of workers
were often transferred from one household to another.
"The workers occupied in agriculture, men, women and children, were
divided into parties led by inspectors. They worked all the year round, from
one field to another, receiving seeds, tools and working animals from the
temple and state warehouses. In the same way, they came to the warehouses for
food in parties with their bosses leading them. The family was not seen as an
economic unit; food was handed out not to the head of the family, but to each
worker - more often, even, to the head of the party. In some documents they
talk about men, in others - of women, in others - of children, in others - of
orphans. Apparently, for this category of workers there could be no question of
owning property or of using definite plots of land...
"In
the towns there existed state workshops, with particularly large ones in the
capital, Ur. The workers received tools, raw materials and semi-finished
products from the state. The output of these workshops went into state
warehouses. The craftsmen, like the agricultural workers, were divided into
parties headed by observers. They received their food in accordance with lists
from state warehouses.
"The workers occupied in agriculture
and manufacture figure in the accounts as workers of full strength, 2/3rds
strength, and 1/6th strength. On this depended the norms of their food. There
were also norms of work, on the fulfilment of which also depended the amount of
rations the workers received. The households presented lists of dead, sick and
absentees from work (with indication of the reasons for their truancy). The
workers could be transferred from one field to another, from one workshop to
another, sometimes - from one town into another. The agricultural workers were
sent to accessory work in workshops, and the craftsmen - to agricultural work
or barge-hauling. The unfree condition of large sections of the population is
underlined by the large number of documents concerning flight. Information
concerning flights (with names of relatives) is provided - and not only of a
barber or a shepherd's son, but also of the son of a priest or priest... A
picture of the life of the workers is unveiled by regular information concerning
mortality... In one document we are told that in one party in one year there
died 10% of the workers, in another - 14%, in a third - 28%. Mortality was
especially great among women and children..."[30]
Thus here we find all the major elements of twentieth-century communism
- the annihilation of private property and the family, slave-labour, gulags,
the complete control of all political, economic and religious life by an
omnipotent state. Even the cult of personality is here, in the form of the
worship of the king-god. It was fitting, therefore, that it was from Ur that
Abraham was called out by God in order to re-establish the religion of the one
True God. For the worshippers of God, who wish to be at peace with heaven,
cannot co-exist in peace with the worshippers of man, who seek to “quarrel with
heaven” and with heaven’s followers. It was fitting, moreover, that it was
precisely after Abraham had been forced to fight against a coalition of mainly
Babylonian kings in the first recorded physical battle between the Church and
the State (Genesis 14.17), that he was met by the first recorded true
king and “priest of the Most High God… Possessor of heaven and earth”,
Melchizedek (Genesis 14.18). Thus it is only after they have proved
themselves in refusing to submit to the false ruler of this world, whose power
is not of God, but of the devil (Revelation 13.2), that the people of
God are counted worthy of receiving a king anointed by God Himself, being in
the image of God’s own supreme sovereignty.
The second battle between the Church and the State took place hundreds
of years later, between the people of God led by Moses, on the one hand, and
the Egyptian Pharoah, on the other. For Egypt was another totalitarian society
which rose up against the True God and was defeated (although the Egyptians did
not record the fact, since gods cannot fail).[31] Its apex was the cult of the
Pharaoh, the god-king who was identified with one or another of the gods
associated with the sun.
Egyptian religion was a very complicated mixture of creature-worship and
ancestor-worship. Thus Diodorus Siculus writes: “The gods, they say, had been
originally mortal men, but gained their immortality on account of wisdom and
public benefits to mankind, some of them having also become kings; and some
have the same names, when interpreted, with the heavenly deities… Helios [Re],
they say, was the first king of the Egyptians, having the same name with the
celestial luminary [the sun]…”[32]
“Although Egypt had a pantheon of gods,” writes Phillips, “the principal
deity was the sun god Re (also called Ra), for whose worship a massive
religious centre had grown up at Heliopolis, some fifty kilometres to the north
of Memphis. It was believed that Re had once ruled over Egypt personally but,
wearied by the affairs of mankind, had retired to the heavens, leaving the
pharaohs to rule in his stead. Called ‘the son of Re’, the pharaoh was
considered a half-human, half-divine being, through whose body Re himself could
manifest.[33] However, as the falcon god Horus
was the protector of Egypt, the king was also seen as his personification. By
the Third Dynasty, therefore, Re and Horus had been assimilated as one god:
Re-Herakhte. Depicted as a human male with a falcon’s head, this composite
deity was considered both the god of the sun and the god of Egypt, and his
incarnation on earth was the pharaoh himself. Only the king could expect an
individual eternity with the gods, everyone else could only hope to participate
in this vicariously, through their contribution to his well-being.”[34]
The Egyptian Pharaoh was, according to Bright, “no viceroy ruling by
divine election, nor was he a man who had been deified: he was god – Horus
visible among his people. In theory, all Egypt was his property, all her
resources at the disposal of his projects”[35] – and these, as the whole world
knows, were on the most massive scale. “The system was an absolutism under
which no Egyptian was in theory free,… the lot of the peasant must have been
unbelievably hard.”[36]
Thus according to Herodotus, the largest of the pyramids, that of
Pharaoh Khufu, was built on the labour of 100,000 slaves. It is far larger than
any of the cathedrals or temples built by any other religion in any other
country, and it has recently been discovered to contain the largest boat found
anywhere in the world.[37]
Pharaoh was the mediator between heaven and earth. Without him, it was
believed, there would be no order and the world would descend into chaos. He
guaranteed that the sun shone, the Nile inundated the land and the crops grew.
As Silverman writes: “The king’s identification with the supreme earthly
and solar deities of the Egyptian pantheon suggests that the king in death
embodied the duality that characterized the ancient Egyptian cosmos. The
deified ruler represented both continuous regeneration (Osiris) and the daily
cycle of rebirth (as Re). In their understanding of the cosmos, the ancient
Egyptians were accustomed to each of their deities possessing a multiplicity of
associations and roles. It was a natural extension of this concept for them to
view the deified Pharaoh in a simì[v1]lar way”.[38]
All the dead Pharaohs (with the exception of the “disgraced” Hatshepsut
and the “heretic” Akhenaton) were worshipped in rites involving food offerings
and prayers. Even some non-royal ancestors were worshipped; they were called
“able spirits of Re” because it was thought that they interceded for the living
with the sun god.
Rohl has put forward the fascinating theory that Egypt was conquered in
pre-dynastic times by Hamites arriving from Mesopotamia by sea around the
Arabian peninsula, who left a profound mark on Egyptian religion and
civilisation. Thus Cush, the son of Ham and father of Nimrod, arrived in
Ethiopia, giving that country its ancient name. Another son of Ham, Put, gave
his name to Eritrea and the south-west corner of Arabia; while another son,
Mizraim, gave his name to Egypt, becoming the first of the Egyptian falcon
kings, the descendants of Horus, “the Far Distant One”. Now the name “Mizraim”
means “follower of Asar” – in other words, according to Rohl’s theory, follower
of the Babylonian god Marduk insofar as Marduk is to be identified with Ashur,
the grandson of Noah! This places the Egyptian god-kings in the
closest spiritual relationship with the Babylonian god-kings, being all deified
followers or reincarnations of Marduk-Osiris-Ashur.
Noah himself seems to have been deified by the Sumerians, according to
Rohl. Thus in the Sumerian Gilgamesh epic, Utnapishtim, the Akkadian name for
Noah, is elevated to divine status by the gods after leaving the ark and
sacrificing to the gods. “Hitherto Utnapishtim has been but a man, but now
Utnapishtim shall be as the gods.”
Now the original supreme deity of Egypt was Atum, later Re-Atum, which
means “the all”. “Atum,” writes Rohl, “was both man and god. He was the first
being on earth who brought himself into the world – the self-created one… Atum
as the first being – and therefore the first ruler on earth – was regarded as
the patron deity of royalty – the personal protector of the pharaoh and all
kingship rituals… The name Atum is written A-t-m with the loaf-of-bread sign
for the letter ‘t’. However, it is recognised by linguists that the letters ‘t’
and ‘d’ are often interchangeable within the different language groups of the
ancient Near East… The Sumerian Adama becomes Atamu in Akkadian. So I believe
we are justified in substituting the Egyptian ‘t’ in A-t-m with a ‘d’ – giving
us Adam!”39
This theory, if true, it sheds a very
interesting light on the early Biblical account. Thus if the Babylonian cult of
the god-king goes back to the self-deification of Nimrod, which is in turn
based on the deification of his ancestors Ashur (Marduk) and Noah
(Utnapishtim), then the Egyptian cult of the god-king, while receiving its
first impetus from Babylonian Marduk-worship, went one step further in deifying
the ancestor of the whole human race, Adam, and placing him at the peak of
their religious pantheon. Eve fell through believing the word of the serpent
that they would be “as gods”. The descendants of Noah and Ham fell through
believing that Adam and Eve – and so they themselves, too - were “as gods”.
Similar systems to the Babylonian and
Egyptian seem to have been in vogue in other "civilised" parts of the
ancient world - in India, in China, and, somewhat later, in Central and South
America. Everywhere we find the cult of the god-king, together with a
totalitarian system of government and a religion characterised by astrology,
magical practices, ancestor-worship and, very often, blood-sacrifices and
immorality of various kinds. In Central America, in particular, the numbers of
blood-sacrifices were extraordinarily large. For, as Solomon says, “the worship
of idols not to be named is the beginning, the cause and the end of all evils”
(Wisdom 14.27).
Thus Alexeyev writes: "The cult of the god-king was confessed by
nations of completely different cultures. Nevertheless, at its base there lies
a specific religious-philosophical world-view which is the same despite the
differences of epochs, nations and cultural conditions of existence. The
presupposition of this world-view is an axiom that received perhaps its most
distinct formulation in the religion of the Assyro-Babylonians. The
Assyro-Babylonians believed that the whole of earthly existence corresponds to
heavenly existence and that every phenomenon of this world, beginning from the
smallest and ending with the greatest, must be considered to be a reflection of
heavenly processes. The whole Babylonian world-view, all their philosophy,
astrology and magic rested on the recognition of this axiom. In application to
politics it meant that …the earthly king was as it were a copy of the heavenly
king, an incarnation of divinity, an earthly god."[41]
Thus the religion of the ancient pagan empires was inextricably linked
with the form of their political organisation. And conversely, the stability of
their political organisation was inextricably linked with their religion. For
as long as the people believed in the divinity of their king, they obeyed him.
It was only when the king showed signs, not so much of human fallibility, as of
doctrinal heresy, that the State was threatened from within. Thus the Egyptian
Pharaoh Akhenaton’s “heresy” caused temporary instability in Egypt. And the
Babylonian King Nabonidus’ attempt to remove the New Year festival aroused the
enmity of the people as a whole and the priests of Marduk in particular,
leading to the fall of Babylon to Cyrus the Persian.[42]
This similarity between the pagan states amidst their superficial
diversity was the result of their all being ultimately derived from a single
source – Nimrod’s Babylon, from where they were spread all over the world after
the destruction of the Tower of Babel – to Egypt, to India, to Greece, and,
still further afield, to China, Mexico and Peru, and even, in modern times, to
Mikado Japan…
The Hebrew autocracy arose out of the midst of the prototypically
absolutist States of Babylon and Egypt. Its distinguishing mark was its claim,
quite contrary to the claims of the Babylonian and Egyptian despotisms, that
its origin and end lay outside itself, in the Lord God of Abraham, Isaac and
Jacob. It took its origin from a
direct call by God to Abraham to leave his homeland, the Sumerian city of Ur,
and go into a land which God had promised him.
The God of Abraham was different from the
gods of polytheism in several ways. First, He revealed Himself as completely
transcendent to the material world, being worshipped neither in idols nor in
men nor in the material world as a whole, but rather as the spiritual,
immaterial Creator of all things, visible and invisible. Secondly, He did not
reveal Himself to all, nor could anyone acquire faith in Him by his own
efforts, but He revealed Himself only to those with whom He chose to enter into
communion - Abraham, first of all. Thirdly, He was a jealous God Who required
that His followers worship Him alone, as being the only true God. This was
contrary to the custom in the pagan world, where ecumenism was the vogue - that
is, all the gods, whoever they were and wherever they were worshipped, were
considered true.
The nation of the Hebrews, therefore, was founded on an exclusively
religious - and religiously exclusive - principle. In Ur, on the other hand,
and in the other proto-communist states of the ancient world, the governing
principle of life was not religion, still less the nation, but the state. Or
rather, its governing principle was a religion of the state as incarnate
in its ruler; for everything, including religious worship, was subordinated to
the needs of the state, and to the will of the leader of the state, the
god-king.
But
Israel was founded upon a rejection of this idolatry of the state and its
leader, and an exclusive subordination to the will of the God of Abraham, Who
could in no way be identified with any man or state or material thing
whatsoever. It followed that the criterion for membership of the nation of the
Hebrews was neither race (for the Hebrews were not clearly distinguished
racially from the other Semitic tribes of the Fertile Crescent, at any rate at
the beginning, and God promised not only to multiply Abraham’s seed, but also
that “in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed” (Genesis
22.18)), nor citizenship of a certain state (for they had none at the
beginning), nor residence in a certain geographical region (for it was not
until 500 years after Abraham that the Hebrews conquered Palestine). The
foundation of the nation, and criterion of its membership, was faith,
faith in the God Who revealed Himself to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob - and
acceptance of the rite of circumcision. At the same time, the very exclusivity
of this faith meant that Israel was chosen above all other nations to be the
Lord’s: “in the division of the nations of the whole earth, He set a ruler over
every people; but Israel is the Lord’s portion.” (Sirach 17.17).
Some half a millenium later, in the time of Moses, the Hebrews were
again living under another absolutist regime - this time, Pharaonic Egypt. And
God again called them out of the despotism - this time, through Moses. He
called them to leave Egypt and return to the promised land.
Now during the life of Moses, a third important element besides faith
and circumcision was added to the life of Israel: the law. The law was
necessary for several reasons. First, by the time of Moses, the Israelites were
no longer an extended family of a few hundred people, as in the time of Abraham
and the Patriarchs, which could be governed by the father of the family without
the need of any written instructions or governmental hierarchy. Since their
migration to Egypt in the time of Joseph, they had multiplied and become a
nation of several hundred thousand people, which no one man could rule unaided.
Secondly, the sojourn of the Israelites in Egypt had introduced them again to
the lures of the pagan world, and a law was required to protect them from these
lures. And thirdly, in order to escape from Egypt, pass through the desert and
conquer the Promised Land in the face of many enemies, a quasi-military
organisation and discipline was required.
For these reasons among others, the law was given by God to Moses on
Mount Sinai. Its God-givenness was vitally important. It meant, as Paul Johnson
points out, that “the Israelites were creating a new kind of society. Josephus
later used the word ‘theocracy’. This he defined as ‘placing all sovereignty in
the hands of God’… The Israelites might have magistrates of one kind or another
but their rule was vicarious since God made the law and constantly intervened
to ensure it was obeyed. The fact that God ruled meant that in practice his law
ruled. And since all were equally subject to the law, the system was the first
to embody the double merits of the rule of law and equality before the law.
Philo called it ‘democracy’, which he described as ‘the most law-abiding and
best of constitutions’. But by democracy he did not mean rule by all the
people; he defined it as a form of government which ‘honours equality and has
law and justice for its rulers’. He might have called the Jewish system, more
accurately, ‘democratic theocracy’, because in essence that is what it was.”[43]
But there was no democracy in the modern sense. Although every man in Israel was equal under the law of God,
which was also the law of Israel, there were no elections, every attempt to
rebel against Moses’ leadership was fiercely punished (Numbers 16), and
there was no way in which the people could alter the law to suit themselves,
which is surely the essence of democracy in the modern sense. Even when, at
Jethro’s suggestion, lower-level magistrates and leaders were appointed, they
were appointed by Moses, not by any kind of popular vote (Deuteronomy
1).
One of
the major characteristics of the Mosaic law, notes Johnson, is that “there is
no distinction between the religious and the secular – all are one – or between
civil, criminal and moral law. This
indivisibility had important practical consequences. In Mosaic legal theory,
all breaches of the law offend God. All crimes are sins, just as all sins are
crimes. Offences are absolute wrongs, beyond the power of man unaided to pardon
or expunge. Making restitution to the offended mortal is not enough; God
requires expiation, too, and this may involve drastic punishment. Most
law-codes of the ancient Near East are property-orientated, people themselves
being forms of property whose value can be assessed. The Mosaic code is
God-oriented. For instance, in other codes, a husband may pardon an adulterous
wife and her lover. The Mosaic code, by contrast, insists both must be put to
death…
“In Mosaic theology, man is made in God’s
image, and so his life is not just valuable, it is sacred. To kill a man is an
offence against God so grievous that the ultimate punishment, the forfeiture of
life, must follow; money is not enough. The horrific fact of execution thus
underscores the sanctity of human life. Under Mosaic law, then, many men and
women met their deaths whom the secular codes of surrounding societies would
have simply permitted to compensate their victims or their victims’ families.
“But the converse is also true, as a result of the same axiom. Whereas
other codes provided the death penalty for offences against property, such as
looting during a fire, breaking into a house, serious trespass by night, or
theft of a wife, in the Mosaic law no property offence is capital. Human life
is too sacred where the rights of property alone are violated. It also
repudiates vicarious punishment: the offences of parents must not be punished
by the execution of sons or daughters, or the husband’s crime by the surrender
of the wife to prostitution… Moreover, not only is human life sacred, the human
person (being in God’s image) is precious… Physical cruelty [in punishment] is
kept to the minimum.”[44]
A major
part of the Mosaic law concerned the institution of a priesthood and what we
would now call the Church with its rites and festivals. The priesthood was
entrusted to Moses' brother Aaron and one of the twelve tribes of Israel, that
of the Levites. Thus already in the time of Moses we have the beginnings of a
separation between Church and State, and of what the Byzantines called the
"symphony" between the two powers, as represented by Moses and Aaron.
That the Levites constituted the
beginnings of what we would now call the clergy of the Church was indicated by
Patriarch Nicon of Moscow in his polemic against the attempts of the tsar to
confiscate church lands: “Have you not heard that God said that any outsider
who comes close to the sacred things will be given up to death? By outsider
here is understood not only he who is a stranger to Israel from the pagans, but
everyone who is not of the tribe of Levi, like Kore, Dathan and Abiram, whom
God did not choose, and whom, the impious ones, a flame devoured; and King
Uzziah laid his hand on the ark to support it, and God struck him and he died (II
Kings 6.6,7).”[45]
However, it is important to realise that
there was no radical separation of powers in the modern sense. Israel was a
theocratic state ruled directly by God, Who revealed His will through His
chosen servants Moses and Aaron. The Church, the State and the People were not
three different entities or organisations, but three different aspects of a
single organism, the whole of which was subject to God alone. That is why it
was so important that the leader should be chosen by God. In the time of the
judges, this seems always to have been the case; for when an emergency arose
God sent His Spirit upon a man chosen by Him (cf. Judges 6.34), and the
people, recognising this, then elected him as their judge (cf. Judges 11.11).
And if there was no emergency, or if the people were not worthy of a God-chosen
leader, then God did not send His Spirit and no judge was elected. In those
circumstances "every man did that which was right in his own eyes" (Judges
21.25) - in other words, there was anarchy. The lesson was clear: if theocracy
is removed, then sooner or later there will be anarchy - that is, no government
at all.
The
unity of Israel was therefore religious, not political - or rather, it was
religio-political. It was created by the history of deliverance from the
satanocracies of Babylon and Egypt and maintained by a continuing allegiance to
God - the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the God Who appeared to Moses and
Joshua, - as their only King. Early Israel before the kings was therefore not a
kingdom - or rather, it was a kingdom whose king was God alone. It had rulers,
but these rulers were neither hereditary monarchs nor like presidents or prime
ministers, who are elected to serve the will of the people. They were
charismatic leaders who were elected because they served the will of God alone.
We see this most clearly in the story of
Abraham, who always acted at the direct command of God; we read of no priest or
king to whom he deferred. The only possible exception to this rule was
Melchisedek, the mysterious king-priest of Jerusalem, who blessed him on his
return from the slaughter of the kings. However, Melchisedek was the exception
that proved the rule; for he was both the first and the last man in the history
of the People of God to combine the roles of king and priest[46],
which shows, as St. Paul indicates (Hebrews 7.3), that he was the type,
not of any merely human king, but of Christ God, the Supreme King and Chief
High Priest of the People of God.[47] Nor
was Abraham the king of his people. Rather it was said to him by God:
"Kings will come from you" (Genesis 17.6; cf. 17.16, 35.2).
As L.A. Tikhomirov writes: “According to the law of Moses, no state was
established at that time, but the nation was just organised on tribal
principles, with a common worship of God. The Lord was recognised as the Master
of Israel in a moral sense, as of a spiritual union, that is, as a Church.”[48] Ancient Israel, in other words, was a Theocracy, ruled not by a king or priest, but by God Himself. And strictly
speaking the People of God remained a Theocracy, without a formal state
structure, until the time of the Prophet Samuel, who anointed the first King of
Israel, Saul. Early Israel before the kings had rulers, but these rulers were
neither hereditary monarchs nor were they elected to serve the will of the
people. They were charismatic leaders, called judges, who were elected because
they served the will of God alone.
And they were elected by God, not the people, who simply had to follow
the man God had elected, as when He said to Gideon: “Go in this thy might, and
thou shalt save Israel from the Midianites: have I not sent thee?” (Judges
6.14). That is why, when the people offered to make Gideon and his descendants
kings in a kind of hereditary dynasty, he refused, saying: "I shall not
rule over you, neither shall my son rule over you: the Lord shall rule over
you" (Judges 8.23).
The seeds of the Israelite Autocratic State can be discerned already in
the time of Moses. By that time the Israelites had grown far beyond the size of
unit that a single patriarchal figure could know and control unaided, and had
become a People with its own internal structure of twelve tribes. They needed order,
and consequently, both a law and a judicial system to administer it.
That law, a law which governed the life of the People in all its
spheres, including the religious, was provided by God Himself as the Supreme
Ruler of the people (Exodus 20 et seq.). And in obedience to God
Moses created a quasi-governmental judicial system to administer it, delegating
the power of resolving disputes to “the chief of your tribes, wise men, and
known,” making them “captains over thousands, and captains over hundreds, and
captains over fifties, and captains over tens, and officers among your tribes”
(Deuteronomy 1.15), while reserving for himself the final court of
appeal. While delegating power in the judicial sphere, Moses also entrusted the
priesthood, at God’s command, to his brother Aaron, who became the head of the
Levitical priesthood. Thus in the relationship between Moses and Aaron we see
the first clear foreshadowing of the relationship between the State and the
Church, the monarchy and the priesthood. The symphony of these blood brothers
foreshadowed the spiritual symphony of powers in both the Israelite and the
Christian theocracies.
However, while the Church was already a reality, with a real high priest
under God, the “State” did not yet have a human king, but only a lawgiver and
prophet in Moses. A king would have to wait until the Israelites acquired a land.
For as the Lord said to the People through Moses: “When thou shalt come
unto the land which the Lord thy God shall choose, and shalt possess it, and
shalt dwell therein, and shalt say, I will set a king over me, like as all the
nations that are about me: thou shalt in any wise set him king over thee, whom
the Lord thy God shall choose: one from among thy brethren shalt thou set king
over thee: thou mayest not set a stranger over thee, which is not thy
brother... And it shall be, when he sitteth upon the throne of his kingdom,
that he shall write him a copy of this law in a book out of that which is
before the priests, the Levites. And it shall be with him, and he shall read
therein all the days of his life: that he may learn to fear the Lord his God,
to keep all the words of this law and these statutes, to do them: that his
heart be not lifted up above his brethren, and that he turn not aside from the
commandment, to the right hand, or to the left: to the end that he may prolong
his days in his kingdom, he, and his children, in the midst of Israel” (Deuteronomy
17.14-15,18-20).
Thus God blessed the institution
of the monarchy, but stipulated three conditions if His blessing was to
continue to rest on it. First, the people must itself desire to have a king
placed over it. Secondly, the king must be someone “whom the Lord thy God shall
choose”; a true king is chosen by God, not man. Such a man will always be a
“brother”, that is a member of the People of God, of the Church: if he is not,
then God has not chosen him. Thirdly, he will govern in accordance with the Law
of God, which he will strive to fulfil in all its parts.
In the period from Moses to Saul, the people were ruled by the Judges,
many of whom, like Joshua, Jephtha and Gideon, were holy, truly charismatic
leaders. However, towards the end of the period, since “there was no king in
Israel; everyone did what seemed right to him” (Judges 21.25), and
barbaric acts, such as that which almost led to the extermination of the tribe
of Benjamin, are recorded. In their desperation at the mounting anarchy, the
people called on God through the Prophet Samuel to provide them with a king.
God fulfilled their request. However, since the people’s motivation in
seeking a king was not pure, not for the sake of being able to serve God more
faithfully, He gave them at first a king who brought them more harm than good.
For while Saul was a mighty man of war and temporarily expanded the frontiers
of Israel at the expense of the Philistines and Ammonites, he persecuted True
Orthodoxy, as represented by the future King David and his followers, and he
allowed the Church, as represented by the priesthood serving the Ark at Shiloh,
to fall into the hands of unworthy men (the sons of Eli).
Some democrats have argued that the Holy Scriptures do not approve of
kingship. This is not true. Kingship as such is never condemned in Holy
Scripture: rather, it is considered the norm of political leadership. Let us
consider the following passages: "In all, a king is an advantage to a land
with cultivated fields" (Ecclesiastes 5.8); “Blessed are thou, O
land, when thou hast a king from a noble family” (Ecclesiastes 10.17);
"The heart of the king is in the hand of God: He turns it wherever He
wills (Proverbs 21.1); "He sends kings upon thrones, and girds
their loins with a girdle" (Job 12.18); "He appoints kings and
removes them" (Daniel 2.21); "Thou, O king, art a king of
kings, to whom the God of heaven has given a powerful and honourable and strong
kingdom in every place where the children of men dwell" (Daniel
2.37-38); "Listen, therefore, O kings, and understand...; for your
dominion was given you from the Lord, and your sovereignty from the Most
High" (Wisdom 6.1,3).
The tragedy of the story of the first Israelite king, Saul did not
consist in the fact that the Israelites sought a king for themselves - as we
have seen, God did not condemn kingship as long as He was recognised as
the true King of kings. The sacrament of kingly anointing, which was performed
for the first time by the Prophet Samuel on Saul, gave the earthly king the
grace to serve the Heavenly King as his true Sovereign. The tragedy consisted
in the fact that the Israelites sought a king "like [those of] the other
nations around" them (Deuteronomy 17.14), - in other words, a
pagan-style king who would satisfy the people’s notions of kingship rather than
God’s, - and that this desire for a non-theocratic king amounted to apostasy in
the eyes of the Lord, the only true King of Israel.
Thus the Lord said to Samuel: "Listen to the voice of the
people in all that they say to you; for they have not rejected you, but they
have rejected Me, that I should rule over them... Now therefore listen to their
voice. However, protest solemnly to them, and show them the manner of the king
that shall reign over them" (I Kings 8.4-9). And then Samuel
painted for them the image of a harsh, totalitarian ruler of the kind that was
common in the Ancient World. These kings, as well as having total political
control over their subjects, were often worshipped by them as gods; so that
"kingship" as that was understood in the Ancient World meant both the
loss of political freedom and alienation from the true and living God.
As the
subsequent history of Israel shows, God in His mercy did not always send such
totalitarian rulers upon His people, and the best of the kings, such as David,
Josiah and Hezekiah, were in obedience to the King of kings and Lord of lords.
Nevertheless, since kingship was introduced into Israel from a desire to
imitate the pagans, it was a retrograde step. It represented the introduction
of a second, worldly principle of allegiance into what had been a society bound
together by religious bonds alone, a schism in the soul of the nation which,
although seemingly inevitable in the context of the times, meant the loss for
ever of that pristine simplicity which had characterised Israel up to then.
It is important to realise that the
worldly principle was introduced because the religious principle had grown
weak. For the history of the kings begins with the corruption of the priests,
the sons of Eli, who were in possession of the ark at the time of its capture.
Thus for the kings' subsequent oppression of the people the spiritual leaders
had some responsibility - and also the people, to whom the principle applied:
"like people, like priest" (Hosea 4.9).
And yet everything seemed to go well at first. Samuel anointed Saul,
saying: “The Lord anoints thee as ruler of His inheritance of Israel, and you
will rule over the people of the Lord and save them from out of the hand of
their enemies” (I Kings 10.1). Filled with the Spirit of the Lord, Saul
defeated the enemies of Israel, the Ammonites and the Philistines. But the
schism which had been introduced into the life of the nation began to express
itself also in the life of their king, with tragic consequences. First, before
a major battle with the Philistines, the king made a sacrifice to the Lord
without waiting for Samuel. For this sin, the sin of “caesaropapism”, as
western scholars term it, the sin of the invasion of the Church's sphere by the
State, Samuel prophesied that the kingdom would be taken away from Saul and
given to a man after God's heart.
This example was also quoted by Patriarch Nicon of Moscow: “Listen to
what happened to Saul, the first king of Israel. The Word of God said to
Samuel: ‘I have repented that I sent Saul to the kingdom, for he has ceased to
follow Me.’ What did Saul do that God should reject him? He, it is said, ‘did
not follow My counsels’ (I Kings 15.10-28)…This is the Word of God, and
not the word of man: ‘I made you ruler over the tribes of Israel and anointed
you to the kingdom of Israel, and not to offer sacrifices and whole-burnt
offerings,’ teaching for all future times that the priesthood is higher than
the kingdom, and that he who wishes for more loses that which is his own.”[49]
Then Saul spared Agag, the king of the Amalekites, together
with the best of his livestock, instead of killing them all, as God had
commanded. His excuse was: "because I listened to the voice of the
people" (I Kings 15.20). In other words, he abdicated his God-given
authority and became, spiritually speaking, a democrat, listening to the
people rather than to God. And so Samuel said: "Because thou hast rejected
the word of the Lord, the Lord also shall reject thee from being king over
Israel" (I Kings 15.23).
To modern readers Saul's sins mght seem
small. However, they must be understood in the context of the previous history
of Israel, in which neither Moses nor any of the judges (except, perhaps,
Samson), had disobeyed the Lord. That is why Samuel said: "To obey is
better than sacrifice, and to hearken than the fat of rams. For rebellion is as
the sin of witchcraft, and stubbornness as iniquity and idolatry" (I
Kings 15.22-23). For even a king can rebel, even a king is in obedience –
to the King of kings Who gave him his power. Only the despot feels that there
is nobody above him, that there is no law that he, too, must obey. His power is
absolute; whereas the power of the autocrat is limited, if not by man and the
laws of men, at any rate by the law of God.[50]
The anointing of Saul raises the question: are only those kings anointed
with a visible anointing recognised by God? The answer to this is: no. There is
also an invisible anointing.
Thus Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow writes: “The name ‘anointed’ is
often given by the word of God to kings in relation to the sacred and
triumphant anointing which they receive, in accordance with the Divine
establishment, on their entering into possession of their kingdom… But it is
worthy of especial note that the word of God also calls anointed some
earthly masters who were never sanctified with a visible anointing. Thus
Isaiah, announcing the will of God concerning the king of the Persians, says:
‘Thus says the Lord to His anointed one, Cyrus’ (Isaiah 45.1); whereas
this pagan king had not yet been born, and, on being born, did not know the God
of Israel, for which he was previously rebuked by God: ‘I girded thee, though
thou hast not known Me’ (Isaiah 45.5). But how then could this same
Cyrus at the same time be called the anointed of God? God Himself
explains this, when He prophesies about him through the same prophet: ‘I have
raised him up…: he shall build My city, and He shall let go My captives’ (Isaiah
45.13). Penetrate, O Christian, into the deep mystery of the powers that be!
Cyrus is a pagan king; Cyrus does not know the true God; however Cyrus is the anointed
of the true God. Why? Because God, Who “creates the future” (Isaiah
45.11), has appointed him to carry out His destiny concerning the re-establishment
of the chosen people of Israel; by this Divine thought, so to speak, the
Spirit anointed him before bringing him into the world: and Cyrus, although
he does not know by whom and for what he has been anointed, is moved by a
hidden anointing, and carries out the work of the Kingdom of God in a pagan
kingdom. How powerful is the anointing of God! How majestic is the anointed one
of God!”[51]
The
Davidic Kingdom
The falling away of Saul led directly to
the first major schism in the history of the State of Israel. For after Saul's
death, the northern tribes supported the claim of Saul's surviving son to the
throne, while the southern tribes supported David. Although David suppressed
this rebellion, and although, for David's sake, the Lord did not allow a schism
during the reign of his son Solomon, it erupted again and became permanent
after Solomon's death...
The greatness of David lay in the fact that in his person he represented
the true autocrat, who both closed the schism between north and south, and
closed the schism that was just beginning to open up between the sacred and the
profane, the Church and the State. For while being unequalled as a political
leader, his zeal for the Church, and for the house of God, was also second to
none. For “like Gideon,” notes Johnson, “he grasped that [Israel] was indeed a
theocracy and not a normal state. Hence the king could never be an absolute
ruler on the usual oriental pattern. Nor, indeed, could the state, however
governed, be absolute either. It was inherent in Israelite law even at this
stage that, although everyone had responsibilities and duties to society as a
whole, society – or its representative, the king, or the state – could under no
circumstances possess unlimited authority over the individual. Only God could
do that. The Jews, unlike the Greeks and later the Romans, did not recognize
such concepts as city, state, community as abstracts with legal personalities
and rights and privileges. You could commit sins against man, and of course against
God; and these sins were crimes; but there was no such thing as a crime/sin
against the state.
“This raises a central dilemma about Israelite, later Judaic, religion
and its relationship with temporal power. The dilemma can be stated quite
simply: could the two institutions coexist, without one fatally weakening the
other?”[52]
The reign of David proved that State and Church could indeed coexist,
and not only not weaken each other, but strengthen each other. This is most
clearly seen in the central act of his reign, his conquest of Jerusalem and
establishment of the city of David on Zion as the capital and heart of the
Israelite kingdom. This was, on the one hand, an important political act,
strengthening the centralising power of the state; for as the last part of the
Holy Land to be conquered, Jerusalem did not belong to any of the twelve
tribes, which meant that its ruler, David, was elevated above all the tribes,
and above all earthly and factional interests. But, on the other hand, it was also
in important religious act; for by establishing his capital in Jerusalem, David
linked his kingship with the mysterious figure of Melchisedek, both priest and
king, who had blessed Abraham at Salem (Jerusalem). Thus David could be seen as
following in the footsteps of Abraham in receiving the blessing of the
priest-king in his own city.
Moreover, by bringing the ark of the covenant, the chief sanctum of the
priesthood, to a permanent resting-place in Zion, David showed that the Church
and the priesthood would find rest and protection on earth only under the aegis
of the Jewish autocracy. As John Bright writes: “The significance of this
action cannot be overestimated. It was David’s aim to make Jerusalem the
religious as well as the political capital of the realm. Through the Ark he
sought to link the newly created state to Israel’s ancient order as its
legitimate successor, and to advertise the state as the patron and protector of
the sacral institutions of the past. David showed himself far wiser than Saul.
Where Saul had neglected the Ark and driven its priesthood from him, David
established both Ark and priesthood in the official national shrine.”
[53]
The Ark was a symbol of the Church; and it is significant that the birth
of the Church, at Pentecost, took place on Zion, beside David’s tomb (Acts 2).
For David prefigured Christ not only in His role as anointed King of the Jews,
Who inherited “the throne of His father David” and made it eternal (Luke
1.32-33), but also as Sender of the Spirit and establisher of the New Testament
Church. For just as David brought the wanderings of the Ark to an end by giving
it a permanent resting-place in Zion, so Christ sent the Spirit into the upper
room in Zion, giving the Church a firm, visible beginning on earth.
Only it was not given to David (since he
had soiled his hands with blood and war) to complete the third act which was to
complete this symbolism, the building of the Temple to house the ark. That was
reserved for his son Solomon, who consecrated the Temple on the feast of
Tabernacles, the feast signifying the end of the wanderings of the children of
Israel in the desert and the ingathering of the harvest fruits. Such was the
splendour of Solomon’s reign that he also became a type of Christ, and of
Christ in His relationship to the Church.
Only whereas David forefigures Christ as the Founder of the Church in
Zion, Solomon, through his relationship with foreign rulers in Egypt, Tyre and
Sheba, and his expansion of Israel to its greatest geographical extent and
splendour, forefigures the Lord’s sending out of the apostles into the Gentile
world and the expansion of the Church throughout the oikoumene. Thus
David sang of his son as the type of Him Whom “all the kings of the earth shall
worship, and all the nations shall serve” (Psalm 71.11). Moreover, at
the very moment of the consecration of the Temple, the wise Solomon looks
forward to that time when the Jewish Temple-worship will be abrogated and the
true worship of God will not be concentrated in Jerusalem or any single place,
but the true worshippers will worship Him “in spirit and in truth” (John
4. 21-23): “for will God indeed dwell on earth? Behold, the heaven and heaven
of heavens cannot contain Thee: how much less this house that I have builded?”
(I Kings 8.27).
But Solomon, while forefiguring Christ in
these ways, in other ways – his luxury, pagan wives and inclination to
idolatry, and vast military projects involving forced labour, - rather
displayed the image of the absolutist pagan despot that the Prophet Samuel had
warned against. And after his death, the schism between Church and State that
had begun to open up in Saul’s reign, but had then been closed by David, began
to reopen. The body politic was divided between the two tribes of the southern
kingdom of Judah under Rehoboam and the ten tribes of the northern kingdom of
Israel under Jeroboam. The political schism was mirrored by a religious schism
when Jeroboam built a rival altar and priesthood to the altar and priesthood in
Jerusalem.
Although the northern kingdom was accorded some legitimacy by the
prophets, this changed when King Ahab’s Tyrian wife Jezabel tried to make
Baalism the official religion of the State and began to persecute those who
resisted her. In this, probably the first specifically religious persecution in
history, the holy Prophet Elijah rose up in defence of the true faith, working
miracles in the sight of all and slaughtering the priests of Baal and the
soldiers whom Ahab sent against him. After his ascension to heaven his disciple
Elisha continued the struggle in a new and highly significant way: he ordered
the anointing of a new king, Jehu, in the place of Ahab’s dynasty. Jehu led the
counter-revolution which killed Jezabel and restored the true faith to Israel.
Here, then, we see the first application of a very important principle, namely,
that loyalty to autocracy is conditional on its loyalty to the true faith.
Both Israel and Judah enjoyed a certain recovery in the first half of
the eighth century. However, idolatry continued, combined with greed, injustice
and debauchery. Then Israel descended into a time of time of troubles in which
many illegitimate rulers came briefly to power and then disappeared – “they
have set up kings, but not by Me,” said the Lord through the Prophet Hosea
(8.3). Instead of relying on the Lord alone, Israel turned to the foreign
powers, and even invaded its brother-state of Judah. Therefore God permitted
its conquest by despotic Assyria and the deportation of its inhabitants to the
east, which spiritually speaking constituted a reversal of the exodus from
Egypt – “now will He remember their iniquity, and visit their sins; they shall
return to Egypt” (Hosea 8.13).
Judah was spared for a time, though as a vassal of Assyria. King
Hezekiah reversed the syncretistic policies of Ahaz, and Josiah – those of
Manasseh, which attracted Divine protection. Thus in one famous incident the
angel of the Lord struck down 185,000 of the warriors of Sennacherib in one night.
This showed what could be done if faith was placed, not in chariots and horses,
but in the name of the Lord God (Psalm 19.7). Moreover, Judah even
survived her tormentor Assyria, which, having been used to punish the sins of
the Jews, was then cast away (Isaiah 10.15).
In this period, as the people became weaker in faith, the kingship
became stronger. This was good if the king was good, for his strength and piety
could in part compensate for the weakness of the Church. But if the king
worshipped idols, then, like Ahaz, he might reign during his lifetime, but
after his death “they did not bring him into the sepulchres of the kings of
Israel” (II Chronicles 28.27). And if he did not understand his role,
and was not kept in his place by a good high priest, then the results could be
catastrophic.
Thus in the reign of King Ozias (Uzziah) the kingship began to encroach
on the altar. Blessed Jerome explains: “As long as Zacharias the priest,
surnamed the Understanding, was alive, Ozias pleased God and entered His
sanctuary with all reverence. But after Zacharias died, desiring to make the
religious offerings himself, he infringed upon the priestly office, not so much
piously as rashly. And when the Levites and the other priests exclaimed against
him: ‘Are you not Ozias, a king and not a priest?’ he would not heed them, and
straightway was smitten with leprosy in his forehead, in accordance with the
word of the priest, who said, ‘Lord, fill their faces with shame’ (Psalm
82.17)… Now Ozias reigned fifty-two years… After his death the prophet Isaias
saw the vision [Isaiah 6.1]… While the leprous king lived, and, so far
as was in his power, was destroying the priesthood, Isaias could not see the
vision. As long as he reigned in Judea, the prophet did not lift his eyes to
heaven; celestial matters were not revealed to him.”[54]
But betrayal did not only come from the kings: it could come from the
high priesthood. Thus the high priest and temple treasurer in the time of King
Hezekiah of Judah was called Somnas. Jewish tradition relates that Somnas
wished to betray the people of God and flee to the Assyrian King Sennacherib;
and St. Cyril of Alexandria says of him: "On receiving the dignity of the
high-priesthood, he abused it, going to the extent of imprisoning everybody who
contradicted him."[55]
Ozias and Somnas represent what have come to be called in Christian
times caesaropapism and papocaesarism, respectively – distortion to the right
and to the left of the ideal of Church-State symphony.
The prominent role played by the kings in restoring religious purity
foreshadowed the similarly prominent role that the Orthodox autocrats would
play in defence of the faith in New Testament times. Thus when the Emperor
Justinian pressed for the anathematization of the works of three dead heretics,
his supporters pointed to the fact that King Josiah had repressed the living
idolatrous priests, and burned the bones of the dead ones upon the altar (II
Kings 23.16).[56]
But the same spiritual sicknesses that had
afflicted Israel continued to undermine Judah, and so the Lord raised another
despot to punish her – the Babylonian King Nebuchadnezzar, who destroyed the
Temple and exiled the people to Babylon in 586 BC. The Jews had hoped to rebel
against the Babylonians by appealing to the other despotic kingdom of Egypt.
But the Prophet Jeremiah rebuked them for their lack of faith. If God wills it,
he said, He can deliver the people on His own, without any human helpers, as He
delivered Jerusalem from the Assyrians in the time of Hezekiah.
However, national independence had become a higher priority for the Jews
than the true faith. The only remedy, therefore, was to humble their pride by
removing even their last remaining vestige of independence. Therefore “bring
your necks under the yoke of the king of Babylon, and serve him and live! Why
will you die, you and your people, by the sword, by the famine, and by the
pestilence, as the Lord has spoken against the nation that will not serve the
king of Babylon… And seek the peace of the city where I have caused you to be
carried away captive, and pray to the Lord for it; for in its peace you will
have peace…” (Jeremiah 27.12-13, 29.7).
Nebuchadnezzar’s conquest of Jerusalem and carrying away of the Jews to
Babylon, writes Tikhomirov, “was understood by the Jews as a punishment of God
for their apostasy and corruption. In Babylonia, therefore, there began a
process of repentance and regeneration. But on the other hand a powerful
spiritual temptation awaited the Jews. Chaldea at that time had become an
advanced country of pagan culture. In respect of religion it preserved all the
charms of the magic of ancient Sumeria and Akkad, adding to it the astronomical
and astrological science of Assyrian star-gazing. The three main branches of
‘Chaldean wisdom’ combined a considerable fund of real scientific knowledge
with the higher philosophy worked out through the ages by the mind of the
Assyro-Babylonians, combined with the teaching of Zoroaster and offshoots of
Hinduism. Paganism presented itself before the captives from Jerusalem as a
huge intellectual power armed with everything that men could learn and
assimilate at that time.
“To this we must add that Babylon had attained the highest level of
political might and represented a remarkable system of state structure which
was hardly excelled by all the ancient states. A profoundly worked out law
guaranteed the inhabitants’ rights, and the Babylonian citizens of other tribes
here came upon such perfect civil conditions as they could not even imagine in
their native countries. The agriculture, industry and trade of Babylon was at a
high level of development. As captives of another tribe, crushed materially and
morally, recognizing that they had betrayed their Lord, the Jews came into a
country that was striking by its might, glitter, wealth, knowledge, developed
philosophical thought – everything by which one nation could influence another.
If they ‘sat by the waters of Babylon and wept’, dreaming of revenge on the destroyers
of their fatherland, they also could not help being subjected to the influences
of Chaldean wisdom.
“They had grown up in the thousand-year conviction of the loftiness of
their chosen people, of which there was no equal upon the earth. They remembered
amazing examples of the help of the Lord in the past, when He had crushed the
enemies of Israel, including the Assyrians themselves. They were filled with
determination to raise themselves to the full height of their spirit and their
providential mission. On the other hand, they did not have the strength not to
submit to the intellectual influence of Babylon. In general, the age of the
Babylonian captivity was the source of very complex changes in Israel. In the
higher sphere of the spirit prophetic inspirations finally matured to the
vision of the nearness of the Messiah. In the conservative layer of teachers of
the law there arose a striving to realize that ‘piety of the law’, the falling
away from which, as it seemed to all, had elicited the terrible punishments of
God. There began the establishment of the text of the law and the collection of
tradition; an embryonic form of Talmudic scholarship was born. Beside it, the
masses of the people involuntarily imbibed the local pagan beliefs, and the teachings
of ‘Chaldean wisdom’ was reflected in the minds of the intelligentsia; there
was born the movement that later expressed itself in the form of the Cabbala,
which under the shell of supposedly Moisean tradition developed eastern
mysticism of a pantheistic character…”[57]
Each of the main political systems is the reflection of a particular
religious (or or anti-religious) outlook on the world. Greek democracy, which
appeared at the same time as the Babylonian captivity of the Jews, is no
exception to this rule. It was the expression of a particularly human view
of God or the gods.
J.M. Roberts writes: “Greek gods and goddesses, for all their
supernatural standing and power, are remarkably human. They express the
humanity-centred quality of later Greek civilization. Much as it owed to Egypt
and the East, Greek mythology and art usually presents its gods as better, or
worse, men and women, a world away from the monsters of Assyria and Babylonia,
or from Shiva the many-armed. Whoever is responsible, this is a religious
revolution; its converse was the implication that men could be godlike. This is
already apparent in Homer; perhaps he did as much as anyone to order the Greek
supernatural in this way and he does not give much space to popular cults. He
presents gods taking sides in the Trojan war in postures all too human. They
compete with one another; while Poseidon harries the hero of The Odyssey,
Athena takes his part. A later Greek critic grumbled that Homer ‘attributed to
the gods everything that is disgraceful and blameworthy among men: theft,
adultery and deceit’. It was a world which operated much like the actual
world.”[58]
If the gods were such uninspiring figures, it was hardly surprising that
the kings (whether god-kings or not) should cease to inspire awe. Hence the
trend, apparent from Homeric times, to desacralise kingship and remove it from
the centre of political power. For if in religion the universe was seen as “one
great City of gods and men”, differing from each other not in nature but in
power, why should there be any greater differences in the city of man? Just as
gods can be punished by other gods, and men like Heracles can become gods
themselves, so in the politics of the city-state rulers can be removed from
power and those they ruled take their place. There is no “divine right” of
kings because even the gods do not have such unambiguous rights over men.
As we pass from Homer to the fifth-century poets and dramatists, the
same religious humanism, tending to place men on a par with the gods, is
evident. Thus the conservative poet Pindar writes: “Single is the race, single
/ of men and gods: / From a single mother we both draw breath. / But a
difference of power in everything / Keeps us apart.” Although cosmic justice
must always be satisfied, and the men who defy the laws of the gods are always
punished for their pride (hubris), nevertheless, in the plays of
Aeschylus, for example, the men who rebel (e.g. Prometheus), are sometimes
treated with greater sympathy than the gods against whom they rebel, who are
depicted like the tyrannical capitalists of nineteenth-century Marxism. Even
the conservative Sophocles puts a man-centred view of the universe into the
mouth of his characters, as in the chorus in Antigone: “Many wonders
there are, but none more wonderful / Than man, who rules the ocean…/ He is
master of the ageless earth, to his own will bending / The immortal mother of
gods.”
This tendency led, in Euripides, to open scepticism about the gods. Thus
Queen Hecabe in The Trojan Women expresses scepticism about Zeus in very
modern, almost Freudian tones: “You are past our finding out – whether you are
the necessity of nature or the mind of human beings”. “[Euripides’] gods and
goddesses,” writes Michael Grant, “emerge as demonic psychological forces –
which the application of human reason cannot possibly overcome – or as nasty
seducers, or as figures of fun. Not surprisingly, the playwright was denounced
as impious and atheistic, and it was true that under his scrutiny the plain
man’s religion crumbled to pieces.”[59]
If the dramatists could take such liberties, in spite of the fact that
their dramas were staged in the context of a religious festival, it is not to
be wondered at that the philosophers went still further. Thus Protagoras, the
earliest of the sophists, wrote: “I know nothing about the gods, whether they
are or are not, or what their shapes are. For many things make certain
knowledge impossible – the obscurity of the theme and the shortness of human
life.” And again: “Man is the measure of all things, of things that are,
that they are; and of things that are not, that they are not.” Protagoras did
not question the moral foundations of society in a thorough-going way,
preferring to think that men should obey the institutions of society, which had
been given them by the gods.[60] Thus he did not take the final
step in the democratic argument, which consists in cutting the bond between
human institutions and law (nomoV) and the Divine order of things
(jusiV) – a step that was not taken
unequivocally until the French revolution in the eighteenth century.
Nevertheless, his thought shows that the movement towards democracy went hand
in hand with religious scepticism.[61]
It is in the context of this gradual loss of faith in the official
“Olympian” religion that Athenian Democracy arose. But just as Athens was not
the whole of Greece, so Democracy was not the only form of government to be
observed among the Greek city-states. In Sicily and on the coast of Asia Minor
Monarchy still flourished; and on mainland Europe mixed constitutions including
elements of all three forms of government were also to be found, most notably
in Sparta.
This naturally led to a debate on which form was the best; and we find
one debate on this subject recorded by the “Father of History”, Herodotus, who
placed it, surprisingly, in the court of the Persian King Darius. Was this
merely a literary device (although Herodotus, who had already encountered this
objection, insisted that he was telling the truth)? Or did this indicate that
the Despotism of Persia tolerated a freer spirit of inquiry and debate than is
generally supposed? We do not know. But in any case the debate – the first of
its kind in western literature - is worth quoting at length:-
“The first speaker was Otanes, and his theme was to recommend the
establishment in Persia of popular government. ‘I think,’ he said, ‘that the
time has passed for any one man amongst us to have absolute power. Monarchy is
neither pleasant nor good. You know to what lengths the pride of power carried
Cambyses, and you have personal experience of the effect of the same thing in
the conduct of the Magus [who had rebelled against Cambyses]. How can one fit
monarchy into any sound system of ethics, when it allows a man to do whatever
he likes without any responsibility or control? Even the best of men raised to
such a position would be bound to change for the worse – he could not possibly
see things as he used to do. The typical vices of a monarch are envy and pride;
envy, because it is a natural human weakness, and pride, because excessive
wealth and power lead to the delusion that he is something more than a man.
These two vices are the root cause of all wickedness: both lead to acts of
savage and unnatural violence. Absolute power ought, by rights, to preclude
envy on the principle that the man who possesses it has also at command
everything he could wish for; but in fact it is not so, as the behaviour of
kings to their subjects proves: they are jealous of the best of them merely for
continuing to live, and take pleasure in the worst; and no one is readier than
a king to listen to tale-bearers. A king, again, is the most inconsistent of
men; show him reasonably respect, and he is angry because you do not abase
yourself before his majesty; abase yourself, and he hates you for being a
toady. But the worst of all remains to be said – he breaks up the structure of
ancient tradition and law, forces women to serve his pleasure, and puts men to
death without trial. Contrast this with the rule of the people: first, it has
the finest of all names to describe it – equality under the law
(); and,
secondly, the people in power do none of the things that monarchs do. Under a
government of the people a magistrate is appointed by lot and is held
responsible for his conduct in office, and all questions are put up for open
debate. For these reasons I propose that we do away with the monarchy, and
raise the people to power; for the state and the people are synonymous terms.’”[62]
Otanes’ main thesis is true as regards Despotic power, but false as
regards Autocratic power, as we shall see; for Autocracy’s rule over the people
is not absolute in that it is wielded only in “symphony” with the Church, which
serves as its conscience and restraining power. The theme of “equality under
the law” is also familiar from modern Democracy; it was soon to be subjected to
penetrating criticism by Plato and Aristotle. As for the assertion that “the
people in power do none of the things that monarchs do”, this was to be
disproved even sooner by the experience of Athenian Democracy in the war with
Sparta.
“Otanes was followed by Megabyzus, who recommended the principle of
oligarchy in the following words: ‘Insofar as Otanes spoke in favour of
abolishing monarchy, I agree with him; but he is wrong in asking us to transfer
political power to the people. The masses are a feckless lot – nowhere will you
find more ignorance or irresponsibility or violence. It would be an intolerable
thing to escape the murderous caprice of a king, only to be caught by the
equally wanton brutality of the rabble. A king does at least act consciously
and deliberately; but the mob does not. Indeed how should it, when it has never
been taught what is right and proper, and has no knowledge of its own about such
things? The masses handle affairs without thought; all they can do is to rush
blindly into politics like a river in flood. As for the people, then, let them
govern Persia's enemies; but let us ourselves choose a certain number of the
best men in the country, and give them political power. We personally
shall be amongst them, and it is only natural to suppose that the best men will
produce the best policy.’
“Darius was the third to speak. ‘I support,’ he said, ‘all Megabyzus’
remarks about the masses but I do not agree with what he said of oligarchy.
Take the three forms of government we are considering – democracy, oligarchy,
and monarchy – and suppose each of them to be the best of its kind; I maintain
that the third is greatly preferable to the other two. One ruler: it is
impossible to improve upon that – provided he is the best. His judgement will
be in keeping with his character; his control of the people will be beyond
reproach; his measures against enemies and traitors will be kept secret more
easily than under other forms of government. In an oligarchy, the fact that a
number of men are competing for distinction in the public service cannot but
lead to violent personal feuds; each of them wants to get to the top, and to
see his own proposals carried; so they quarrel. Personal quarrels lead to civil
wars, and then to bloodshed; and from that state of affairs the only way out is
a return to monarchy – a clear proof that monarchy is best. Again, in a
democracy, malpractices are bound to occur; in this case, however, corrupt
dealings in government services lead not to private feuds, but to close
personal associations, the men responsible for them putting their heads
together and mutually supporting one another. And so it goes on, until somebody
or other comes forward as the people’s champion and breaks up the cliques which
are out for their own interests. This wins him the admiration of the mob, and
as a result he soon finds himself entrusted with absolute power – all of which
is another proof that the best form of government is monarchy. To sum up: where
did we get our freedom from, and who gave it us? Is it the result of democracy,
or of oligarchy, or of monarchy? We were set free by one man, and therefore I
propose that we should preserve that form of government, and, further, that we
should refrain from changing ancient ways, which have served as well in the
past. To do so would not profit us.’”[63]
This to a western ear paradoxical argument that monarchy actually
delivers freedom – freedom from the scourge of civil war, especially, but
freedom in other senses, too – actually has strong historical evidence in its
favour. Several of the Greek kings were summoned to power by the people in
order to deliver them from oppressive aristocratic rule. Darius himself freed
the Jews from their captivity in Babylon, allowing them to go back to Jerusalem
and rebuild the Temple. Augustus, the first Roman emperor, freed the Romans
from the ravages of civil war. So did St. Constantine, the first Christian Roman
emperor, who also granted them religious freedom. Riurik, the first Russian
king, was summoned from abroad to deliver the Russians from the misery and
oppression that their “freedom” had subjected them to. Tsar Nicolas II freed
Serbia and the Yugoslavs from Austro-Hungarian Despotism, and died trying to
save his people from the worst of all despotisms, Communism…
Of course, these men were exceptional rulers: examples of monarchs who
enslaved their subjects rather than liberating them are easy to find. So the
problem of finding the good monarch – or, at any rate, of finding a
monarchical type of government which is good for the people even if the monarch
himself is bad – remains. But the argument in favour of monarchy as put into
the mouth of an oriental despot by a Greek democratic historian also remains
valid in its essential point. It should remind us that Greek historical and
philosophical thought was more often critical of democracy than in favour of
it.
The defeat of Athens in the Peloponnesian war, and the many negative
phenomena that war threw up, led not only to a slackening in the creative
impulse that had created Periclean Athens, but also, eventually, to a
questioning of the superiority of Democracy over other forms of government. The
first and most obvious defect it revealed was that democracy tends to divide
rather than unite men – at any rate so long as there are no stronger bonds
uniting them than were to be found in Classical Greece. The Greeks had united
to defeat Persia early in the fifth century B.C., and this had provided the
stimulus for the cultural efflorescence of Periclean Athens. But this was both
the first and the last instance of such unity. For the next one hundred and
fifty years, until Alexander the Great reimposed despotism on the city-states,
they were almost continually at war with each other. Nor was this disunity
manifest only between city-states: within them traitors were also
frequent (the Athenian Alcibiades is the most famous example).
Evidently, attachment to the idea of democracy does not necessarily
go together with attachment to the idea of the Nation, with patriotism
and loyalty. This fact elicited Aristotle’s famous distinction between
behaviour that is characteristic of democracy and behaviour that is conducive
to the survival of Democracy. The same dilemma was to confront democracy in its
struggle with communism in the twentieth century, when large numbers of
citizens of the western democracies were prepared to work secretly (and not so
secretly) for the triumph of a foreign power and the most evil despotism yet
seen in history.
This element of selfish and destructive individualism is described by
Roberts: “Greek democracy… was far from being dominated, as is ours, by the
mythology of cooperativeness, and cheerfully paid a larger price in
destructiveness than would be welcomed today. There was a blatant
competitiveness in Greek life apparent from the Homeric poems onwards. Greeks
admired men who won and though men should strive to win. The consequent release
of human power was colossal, but also dangerous. The ideal expressed in the
much-used word [areth]
which we inadequately translate as ‘virtue’ illustrates this. When Greeks used
it, they meant that people were able, strong, quick-witted, just as much as
just, principled, or virtuous in a modern sense. Homer’s hero, Odysseus,
frequently behaved like a rogue, but he is brave and clever and he succeeds; he
is therefore admirable. To show such quality was good; it did not matter that
the social cost might sometimes be high. The Greek was concerned with ‘face’;
his culture taught him to avoid shame rather than guilt and the fear of shame
was never far from the fear of public evidence of guilt. Some of the
explanation of the bitterness of faction in Greek politics lies here; it was a
price willingly paid.”[64]
Another defect was the fact that while, as Aristotle said, democracy
arose from the belief that men who are equally free should be equal in all
respects, in practice Athenian democracy could be as cruel and unjust and
imperialistic as any despotism. It was exemplified in the Athenians’ cruel
treatment of the inhabitants of the little island of Melos simply because they
did not want to become part of the Athenian empire.
[65] All the Melian males of military
age were slaughtered, and all the women and children were driven into slavery.
Thus in the end the ideal of freedom which had given birth to Athenian
Democracy proved weaker than Realpolitik and the concrete examples
provided by the Olympian gods and the Dionysian frenzies.
The Melian episode demonstrates that even the most just and democratic
of constitutions are powerless to prevent their citizens from descending to the
depths of barbarism unless the egoism of human nature itself is overcome, which
in turn depends crucially on the quality of the religion that the citizens
profess.
Plato and Aristotle on the State
It was the reflections on the failure of their state that prompted Plato
to undertake the construction of the first systematic theory of politics and of
the relationship of politics to religion.
According to Plato in his most famous work, The Republic, the end
of the state is happiness, which is achieved if it produces justice, since
justice is the condition of happiness. It was therefore greatly to the
discredit of Athenian democracy that it condemned to death its finest citizen
and Plato’s own teacher, Socrates. This tragic fact, combined with the fact of
the defeat of democratic Athens at the hands of aristocratic Sparta in the
Peloponnesian war, decisively influenced Plato against democracy[66] and in favour of that ideal
state which would place the most just of its citizens, not in the place of
execution and dishonour, but at the head of the corner of the whole state
system.
We shall come to Plato’s ideal in a moment. Let us consider first why
democracy was for him, not merely not the ideal, but a long way from the ideal,
being the penultimate stage in the degeneration of the state from the ideal to
a meritocracy to an oligarchy to a democracy, and finally to a tyranny.
The process of degradation is approximately as follows. A meritocracy –
the highest form of government yet found in Greece, and located, if anywhere,
in Sparta - tends to be corrupted, not so much by power, as by money (Spartan
discipline collapsed when exposed to luxury). This leads to a sharp division
between the rich and the poor. Then the poor rise up against the rich and bring
in democracy, which is “feeble in every respect, and unable to do either any
great good or any great evil.”[67] For democracy’s great weakness
is its lack of discipline: “You are not obliged to be in authority, however
competent you may be, or to submit to authority, if you do not like it; you
need not fight when your fellow-citizens are at war, nor remain at peace when
they do, unless you want peace…A wonderfully pleasant life, surely – for the
moment.”[68]
“For the moment” only, because a State founded on such indiscipline is
inherently unstable. Indiscipline leads to excess, which in turn leads to the
need to reimpose discipline through despotism, the worst of all evils. For
Plato, in short, democracy is bad is because it is unstable, and paves the way
for the worst, which is despotism or tyranny.
Plato compares the democratic state to a ship, the people to the captain
and the politicians to the crew: “Suppose the following to be the state of
affairs on board a ship or ships. The captain is larger and stronger than any
of the crew, but a bit deaf and short-sighted, and similarly limited in
seamanship. The crew are all quarrelling with each other about how to navigate
the ship, each thinking he ought to be at the helm; they have never learned the
art of navigation and cannot say that anyone ever taught it them, or that they
spent any time studying it studying it; indeed they say it can’t be taught and
are ready to murder anyone who says it can [i.e. Socrates, who recommended the
study of wisdom]. They spend all their time milling round the captain and doing
all they can to get him to give them the helm. If one faction is more
successful than another, their rivals may kill them and throw them overboard,
lay out the honest captain with drugs or drink or in some other way, take
control of the ship, help themselves to what’s on board, and turn the voyage
into the sort of drunken pleasure-cruise you would expect. Finally, they
reserve their admiration for the man who knows how to lend a hand in
controlling the captain by force or fraud; they praise his seamanship and
navigation and knowledge of the sea and condemn everyone else as useless. They
have no idea that the true navigator must study the seasons of the year, the
sky, the stars, the winds and all the other subjects appropriate to his
profession if he is to be really fit to control a ship; and they think that
it’s quite impossible to acquire the professional skill needed for such control
(whether or not they want it exercised) and that there’s no such thing as an
art of navigation. With all this going on aboard aren’t the sailors on any such
ship bound to regard the true navigator as a word-spinner and a star-gazer, of
no use to them at all?”[69]
David Held comments on this metaphor, and summarises Plato’s views on
democracy, as follows: “The ‘true navigator’ denotes the minority who, equipped
with the necessary skill and expertise, has the strongest claim to rule
legitimately. For the people.. conduct their affairs on impulse, sentiment and
prejudice. They have neither the experience nor the knowledge for sound
navigation, that is, political judgement. In addition, the only leaders they
are capable of admiring are sycophants: ‘politicians… are duly honoured.. [if]
they profess themselves the people’s friends’ (The Republic, p. 376).
All who ‘mix with the crowd and want to be popular with it’ can be directly
‘compared… to the sailors’ (p. 283). There can be no proper leadership in a
democracy; leaders depend on popular favour and they will, accordingly, act to
sustain their own popularity and their own positions. Political leadership is
enfeebled by acquiescence to popular demands and by the basing of political
strategy on what can be ‘sold’. Careful judgements, difficult decisions,
uncomfortable options, unpleasant truths will of necessity be generally avoided.
Democracy marginalises the wise.
“The claims of liberty and political equality are, furthermore,
inconsistent with the maintenance of authority, order and stability. When
individuals are free to do as they life and demand equal rights irrespective of
their capacities and contributions, the result in the short run will be the
creation of an attractively diverse society. However, in the long run the
effect is an indulgence of desire and a permissiveness that erodes respect for
political and moral authority. The younger no longer fear and respect their
teachers; they constantly challenge their elders and the latter ‘ape the young’
(The Republic, p. 383). In short, ‘the minds of citizens become so sensitive that the least vestige of
restraint is resented as intolerable, till finally… in their determination to
have no master they disregard all laws…’ (p. 384). ‘Insolence’ is called ‘good
breeding, licence liberty, extravagance generosity, and shamelessness courage’
(p. 380). A false ‘equality of pleasures’ leads ‘democratic man’ to live from
day to day. Accordingly, social cohesion is threatened, political life becomes
more and more fragmented and politics becomes riddled with factional disputes.
Intensive conflict between sectional interests inevitably follows as each
faction presses for its own advantage rather than that of the state as a whole.
A comprehensive commitment to the good of the community and social justice
becomes impossible.
“This state of affairs inevitably leads to endless intrigue, manoeuvring
and political instability: a politics of unbridled desire and ambition. All
involved claim to represent the interests of the community, but all in fact
represent themselves and a selfish lust for power. Those with resources,
whether from wealth or a position of authority, will, Plato thought, inevitably
find themselves under attack; and the conflict between rich and poor will
become particularly acute. In these circumstances, the disintegration of
democracy is, he contended, likely. ‘Any extreme is likely to produce a violent
reaction… so from an extreme of liberty one is likely to get an extreme of
subjection’ (The Republic, p. 385). In the struggle between factions,
leaders are put forward to advance particular causes, and it is relatively easy
for these popular leaders to demand ‘a personal bodyguard’ to preserve
themselves against attack. With such assistance the popular champion is a short
step from grasping ‘the reins of state’. As democracy plunges into dissension
and conflict, popular champions can be seen to offer clarity of vision, firm
directions and the promise to quell all opposition. It becomes a tempting
option to support the tyrant of one’s own choice. But, of course, once
possessed of state power tyrants have a habit of attending solely to
themselves.”[70]
Plato’s solution to the problem of statecraft was the elevation to
leadership in the state of a philosopher-king, who would neither be dominated
by personal ambitions, like the conventional tyrant, nor swayed by demagogues
and short-term, factional interests, like the Athenian democracy. This king
would have to be a philosopher, since he would frame the laws in accordance,
not with passion or factional interest, but with the idea of the eternal Good.
His “executive branch” would be highly educated and disciplined guardians, who
would not make bad mistakes since they would carry out the supremely wise
intentions of the king and would be carefully screened from many of the
temptations of life.
Plato had the insight to see that society could be held together in
justice only by aiming at a goal higher than itself, the contemplation of the
Good. He saw, in other words, that the problem of politics is soluble only in
the religious domain. And while he was realistic enough to understand that the
majority of men could not be religious in this sense, he hoped that at any rate
one man could be trained to reach that level, and, having attained a position
of supreme power in the state, spread that religious ideal downwards.[71] Thus he wrote: “Until
philosophers are kings, or the kings and princes of this world have the spirit
and power of philosophy, and political greatness and wisdom meet in one, and
those commoner natures who pursue either to the exclusion of the other are
compelled to stand aside, cities will never have rest from their evils, - no,
nor the human race, as I believe, - and then only will this our State have a
possibility of life and behold the light of day.”[72]
This represents a major advance on all previous pagan systems of
statehood or political philosophies. For while all the states of pagan
antiquity were religious, they located the object of their worship within
the political system, deifying the state itself, or, more usually, its ruler.
But Plato rejected every form of man-worship, since it inevitably led to
despotism. Contrary to what many of his critics who see him as the godfather of
totalitarianism imply, he was fully aware of the fact that, as Lord Acton put
it much later, “power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely”.[73] But he was also enough of a
“Platonist”, as it were, to know that the end of human society must transcend
human society.
Having said that, one cannot deny that there are elements of utopianism
in Plato’s system. Thus his approach to statecraft presupposed either that
existing kings could be educated in the Good (which Plato tried, but failed to
do in Syracuse) or that there was a rational method of detecting the true
lovers of wisdom and then promoting them to the height of power. However, as
Bertrand Russell noted, this is easier said than done: “Even if we supposed
that there is such a thing as ‘wisdom,’ is there any form of constitution which
will give the government to the wise? It is clear that majorities, like general
councils, may err, and in fact have erred. Aristocracies are not always wise;
kings are often foolish; Popes, in spite of infallibility, have committed
grievous errors. Would anybody advocate entrusting the government to university
graduates, or even to doctors of divinity? Or to men who, having been born
poor, have made great fortunes?… It might be suggested that men could be given
political wisdom by a suitable training. But the question would arise: what is
a suitable training? And this would turn out to be a party question. The
problem of finding a collection of ‘wise’ men and leaving the government to
them is thus an insoluble one…”[74]
To be fair to Plato, he was quite aware of the difficulty of finding a
man fit to be philosopher-king. He emphasised training in character as well as
intellect, and acknowledged, as we have seen, that such a man, if found and
elevated to power, could still be corrupted by his position. What his
philosophy lacked was the idea that the Good Itself could come down to the
human level and inspire Its chosen one with wisdom and justice.
The problem here was that the scepticism engendered by the all-too-human
antics of the Olympian gods revealed its corrosive effect on Plato, as on all
subsequent Greek philosophers. Greek religion recognised that the gods could
come down to men and inspire them, but the gods who did this, like Dionysius,
were hardly the wise, soberly rational beings who alone could inspire wise and
soberly rational statecraft. As for the enthusiasms of the Orphic rites, these
took place only in a condition that was the exact opposite of sobriety and
rationality. So Wisdom could not come from the gods.
But what if there was another divinity higher than these lechers and
buffoons, a divinity that would incorporate, as it were, the eternal ideas of
the Good, the True and the Beautiful? Now Plato did indeed come to some such
conception of the One God. But this was an impersonal God who did not interfere
in the affairs of men. Man may attempt to reach the eternal ideas and God
through a rigorous programme of intellectual training and ascetic endeavour.
But that Divine Wisdom should Himself bow down the heavens and manifest Himself
to men was an idea that had to await the coming of Christianity…
So Plato turned to the most successful State known to him, Sparta, and
constructed his utopia at least partly in its likeness. Thus society was to be
divided into the common people, the soldiers and the guardians. All life,
including personal and religious life, was to be subordinated to the needs of
the State. In economics there was to be a thoroughgoing communism, with no
private property, women and children were to be held in common, marriages
arranged on eugenic lines with compulsory abortion and infanticide of the unfit.
There was to be a rigorous censorship of the literature and the arts, and the
equivalent of the modern inquisition and concentration camps. Lying was to be
the prerogative of the government, which would invent a religious myth
according to which “all men are children of the same mother who has produced
men of gold, silver and bronze corresponding to the three different classes
into which Plato divides his ideal community.”[75] This myth would reconcile each
class to its place in society.
It is here that that the charge that Plato is an intellectual ancestor
of the totalitarian philosophies of the twentieth century is seen to have some
weight. For truly, in trying to avert the failings of democracy, he veered
strongly towards the despotism that he feared above all. Plato’s path to heaven
– the ideal state of the philosopher-king - was paved with good intentions. Nor
was this ideal just a pipedream – he tried to introduce it into Syracuse. But
it led just as surely to hell in the form the despotism that all Greeks
despised. It was all for the sake of “justice” – that is, in his conception,
each man doing what he is best fitted to do, for the sake of the common good.
But, being based on human reasoning and human efforts alone, it became the
model for that supremely unjust system that we see in Soviet and Chinese
communism. Moreover, it anticipated communism in its subordination of truth and
religion to expediency, and in its use of the lie for the sake of the survival
of the State.[76]
Aristotle avoided the extremes of Plato, dismissing his communism on the
grounds that it would lead to disputes and inefficiency. He agreed with him
that the best constitution would be a monarchy ruled by the wisest of men. But
since such men are rare at best, other alternatives had to be considered.
Aristotle divided political systems into three pairs of opposites: the
three “good” forms of monarchy, aristocracy and politeia, and the three
“bad” forms of tyranny, oligarchy and democracy (or what Polybius was later to
call “ochlocracy”, “rule by the mob).[77] The fact that Aristotle was
prepared to consider the possibility of a good kind of monarchy may have
something to do with the fact that one of his pupils was the future King of
Macedonia, Alexander the Great, whose father, Philip took advantage of the
perennial disunity of the Greek city-states to assume a de facto
dominion over them. However, Aristotle’s favourite form of government was politeia,
in which, in Copleston’s words, “there naturally exists a warlike multitude
able to obey and rule in turn by a law which gives office to the well-to-do
according to their desert”.[78]
Like Plato, Aristotle was highly critical of democracy. He defined it in
terms of two basic principles, the first of which was liberty. “People
constantly make this statement, implying that only in this constitution do men
share in liberty; for every democracy, they say, has liberty for its aim.
‘Ruling and being ruled in turn,’ is one element in liberty, and the democratic
idea of justice is in fact numerical liberty, not equality based on merit; and
when this idea of what is just prevails, the multitude must be sovereign, and
whatever the majority decides is final and constitutes justice. For, they say,
there must be equality for each of the citizens. The result is that in
democracies the poor have more sovereign power than the rich; for they are more
numerous, and the decisions of the majority are sovereign. So this is one mark
of liberty, one which all democrats make a definitive principle of their
constitution.”
The second principle was licence, “to live as you like. For this,
they say, is a function of being free, since its opposite, living not as you
like, is the function of one enslaved.”[79] The basic problem here,
Aristotle argued, following Plato, was that the first principle conflicted with
the second. For licence must be restrained if liberty is to survive.
Once again, history was the teacher: licence had led to Athens’ defeat at the
hands of the more disciplined Spartans. Not only must restraints be placed upon
individual citizens so that they do not restrict each other’s liberty. The
people as a whole must give up some of its “rights” to a higher authority if
the state is to acquire a consistent, rational direction. Not only liberty, but
equality, too, must be curtailed – for the greater benefit of all. Aristotle
pointed out that “the revolutionary state of mind is largely brought about by
one-sided notions of justice – democrats thinking that men who are equally free
should be equal in everything, oligarchs thinking that because men are unequal
in wealth they should be unequal in everything.”[80]
What is most valuable in Aristotle’s politics is that “in his eyes the
end of the State and the end of the individual coincide, not in the sense that
the individual should be entirely absorbed in the State but in the sense that
the State will prosper when the individual citizens are good, when they attain
their own proper ideal. The only real guarantee of the stability and prosperity
of the State is the moral goodness and integrity of the citizens, while
conversely, unless the State is good, the citizens will not become good.”[81] In this respect Aristotle was
faithful to the thought of Plato, who wrote: “Governments vary as the dispositions
of men vary. Or do you suppose that political constitutions are made out of
rocks or trees, and not out of the dispositions of their citizens which turn
the scale and draw everything in their own direction?[82]
This attitude was inherited by the Romans, who knew “that good laws make
good men and good men make good laws. The good laws which were Rome’s internal
security, and the good arms which made her neighbours fear her, were the Roman
character writ large. The Greeks might be very good at talking about the
connection between good character and good government, but the Romans did not
have to bother much about talking about it because they were its living proof.”[83]
However, the close link that Aristotle postulated to exist between the
kinds of government and the character of people led him to some dubious
conclusions. Thus democracy existed in Greece, according to him, because the
Greeks were a superior breed of men, capable of reason. Barbarians were
inferior – which is why they were ruled by despots. Similarly, women could not
take part in democratic government because the directive faculty of reason,
while existing in them, was “inoperative”. And slaves also could not
participate because they did not have the faculty of reason.[84]
A
more fundamental criticism of Aristotle’s politics, and one that was to bring
him into implicit conflict with Christian theorists, was his view that “the
state is teleologically autonomous: the polis has no ends outside
itself. A polis ought to be self-sufficiently rule-bound for it to need
no law except its own.”[85] For Aristotle it was only in
political life that man achieved the fulfilment of his potentialities – the
good life was inconceivable outside the Greek city-state. Thus “he who is
unable to live in society, or who has no need because he is sufficient for
himself, must be either a beast or a god; he is no part of a polis.”[86]
This highlights perhaps the fundamental difference between almost all
pagan theorising on politics (with the partial exception of Plato’s) and the
Christian attitude. For the pagans the life of the well-ordered state, together
with the happiness of its citizens understood in a purely secular sense, was
the ultimate aim; it did not exist for any higher purpose. For the Christian,
on the other hand, political life is simply a means to an end, an end that is
other-worldly and transcends politics completely.
This is not to say that Aristotle’s politics was irreligious in a
general sense. As Zyzykin points out, when Aristotle wrote that ”the first duty
of the State is concern over the gods”, he recognised that politics cannot be
divorced from religion.[87] But Greek religion, as we have
seen, was a very this-worldly species of belief, in which the gods were seen as
simply particularly powerful players in human affairs. The gods had to be
placated, otherwise humans would suffer; but the accent was always on
happiness, eudaimonia, in this life. Even Plato, for all his idealism,
subordinated religious myth to the needs of the state and the happiness of
people in this life; and Aristotle, for all his philosophical belief in an
“unmoved Mover”, was a less other-worldly thinker than Plato.
At the same time, it would be wrong to suppose that Greek democracy was
as irreligious and individualistic as modern democracy is. As Hugh Bowden
writes: “Modern democracy is seen as a secular form of government and is an
alternative to religious fundamentalism, taking its authority from the will of
the human majority, not the word of god or gods. In Ancient Greece matters were
very different… Within the city-state religious rituals entered into all areas
of life… There was no emphasis in the Greek world on the freedom of the
individual, if that conflicted with obligations to larger groups… Religion was
bound up with the political process. High political offices carried religious
as well as civic and military duties. Thus the two kings of Sparta were
generals and also priests of Zeus...
“Plato was no supporter of democracy, because he thought it allowed the
wrong sort of people to have access to office. However, in the Laws he
advocates the use of the lot as a means of selecting candidates for some
offices, specifically because it is a method that puts the decision in the
hands of the gods. Furthermore, where there are issues which Plato considers
beyond his powers to legislate for, he suggests that these should be referred
to Delphi. For Plato, then, the use of apparently random selection, and the
consultation of oracles was a preferable alternative to popular
decision-making, because the gods were more to be trusted than the people. This
view was not limited to anti-democratic philosophers…
“Greek city-states took oracles seriously, and saw them as the
mouthpieces of the gods who supported order and civilisation. Although it was
the citizen assemblies that made decisions, they accepted the authority of the
gods, and saw the working of the divine hand where we might see the action of
chance…”[88]
Alexander, the Stoics and the Demise of
Democracy
Classical Greek Democracy, undermined not only by the disunity,
instability and licence highlighted by the critiques of Herodotus, Thucydides,
Plato and Aristotle, but also by its narrow nationalism and pride in relation
to the “barbarian” world, ended up by succumbing to that same barbarian world –
first, the “Greek barbarism” of Macedon, and then the iron-clad savagery of
Rome. And if the glittering civilisation made possible by Classical Greek
democracy eventually made captives of its captors culturally speaking,
politically and morally speaking it had been decisively defeated. Its demise
left civilised mankind dazzled, but still thirsting for the ideal polity.
Most of the issues relating to democracy were raised in the Classical
period. So when the West turned again to democratic ideas in the early modern
period, it was to the Greek classical writers that they turned for inspiration.
Thus Marx and Engels turned to Aristotle’s description of democracy when they
planned the Paris Commune of 1871[89], while Plato’s ideas about
philosopher-kings and guardians, child-rearing, censorship and education found
a strong echo in the “people’s democracies” of twentieth-century communist
Eastern Europe.
In the intervening period, only two major ideas made a significant
contribution to thinking on politics. One was Christianity, which we
shall discuss in detail later. And the other was Stoicism, which
extended the notion of who was entitled to equality and democracy beyond
the narrow circle of free male Greeks to every human being.
Copleston has summarised the Stoic idea as follows: “Every man is
naturally a social being, and to live in society is a dictate of reason. But
reason is the common essential nature of all men: hence there is but one Law for
all men and one Fatherland. The division of mankind into warring States is
absurd: the wise man is a citizen, not of this or that particular State, but of
the World. From this foundation it follows that all men have a claim to our
goodwill, even slaves having their rights and even enemies having a right to
our mercy and forgiveness.”[90]
Another important element in Stoicism was fate. Stoicism took the idea
of fate, and made a virtue of it. Since men cannot control their fate, virtue
lies in accepting fate as the expression of the Divine Reason that runs through
the whole universe. Moreover, virtue should be practised for its own sake, and
not for any benefits it might bring, because fate may thwart our calculations.
This attitude led to a more passive, dutiful approach to politics than had been
fashionable in the Classical Greek period.
The political event that elicited this important broadening in political
thought was the rise of the Hellenistic empire founded by Alexander the Great.
Alexander, writes Paul Johnson, “had created his empire as an ideal: he wanted
to fuse the races and he ‘ordered all men to regard the world as their country…
good men as their kin, bad men as foreigners’. Isocrates argued that ‘the
designation ‘Hellene’ is no longer a matter of descent but of attitude’; he
thought Greeks by education had better titles to citizenship than ‘Greek by
birth’.”[91]
Alexander’s career is full of ironies. Setting out, in his famous
expedition against the Persians, to free the Greek democratic city-states on
the Eastern Aegean seaboard from tyranny, and to take final revenge on the
Persians for their failed invasion of Greece in the fifth century, Alexander
not only replaced Persian despotism with another, hardly less cruel one, but depopulated
his homeland of Macedonia and destroyed democracy in its European heartland. In
spreading Greek civilisation throughout the East, he betrayed its greatest
ideal, the dignity of man, by making himself into a god (the son of Ammon-Zeus)
and forcing his own Greek soldiers to perform an eastern-style act of proskynesis
to their fellow man.[92] He married the daughter of
Darius, proclaimed himself heir to the Persian “King of kings” and caused the
satraps of Bithynia, Cappadocia and Armenia to pay homage to him as to a
typical eastern despot.[93] Thus Alexander, like the deus
ex machina of a Greek tragedy, brought the curtain down on Classical Greek
civilisation, merging it with its great rival, the despotic civilisations of
the East.
Alexander’s successor-kingdoms of the Ptolemies and Seleucids went still
further in an orientalising direction. Thus Roberts writes: “’Soter’, as
Ptolemy I was called, means ‘Saviour’. The Seleucids allowed themselves to be
worshipped, but the Ptolemies outdid them; they took over the divine status and
prestige of the Pharaohs (and practice, too, to the extent of marrying their
sisters).”[94]
Classical Greek civilisation began with the experience of liberation
from despotism; it ended with the admission that political liberation without
individual, spiritual liberation cannot last. It was born in the matrix
of a religion whose gods were little more than super-powerful human beings,
with all the vices and frailty of fallen humanity; it died as its philosophers
sought to free themselves entirely from the bonds of the flesh and enter a
heaven of eternal, incorruptible ideas, stoically doing their duty in the world
of men but knowing that their true nature lay in the world of ideas. It was
born in the conviction that despotism is hubris which is bound to be
struck down by fate; it died as the result of its own hubris, swallowed
up in the kind of despotism it had itself despised and in opposition to which
it had defined itself.
And yet this death only went to demonstrate the truth of the scripture
that unless a seed falls into the earth and dies it cannot bring forth good
fruit (John 12.24). For, in the new political circumstances of empire,
and through the new religious prism, first of Stoicism and then of
Christianity, Greek democratic thought did bring forth fruit.
As McClelland perceptively argues: “The case for Alexander is that he
made certain political ideas possible which had never had a chance within the
morally confining walls of the polis classically conceived. Prominent
among these is the idea of a multi-racial state. The idea comes down to us not
from any self-conscious ‘theory’ but from a story about a mutiny in Alexander’s
army at Opis on the Tigris, and it is a story worth the re-telling. Discontent
among the Macedonian veterans had come to a head for reasons we do not know,
but their grievances were clear enough: non-Macedonians, that is Persians, had
been let into the crack cavalry regiment the Companions of Alexander, had been
given commands which involved ordering Macedonians about, and had been granted
the (Persian) favour of greeting Alexander ‘with a kiss’. The Macedonians
formed up and stated their grievances, whereupon Alexander lost his temper,
threatened to pension them off back to Macedonia, and distributed the vacant
commands among the Persians. When both sides had simmered down, the soldiers
came back to their allegiance, Alexander granted the Macedonians the favour of
the kiss, and he promised to forget about the mutiny. But not quite. Alexander
ordered up a feast to celebrate the reconciliation, and the religious honours
were done by the priests of the Macedonians and the magi of the Persians.
Alexander himself prayed for omonoia [unanimity] concord, and persuaded
10,000 of his Macedonian veterans to marry their Asiatic concubines…
“The plea for omonoia has come to be recognised as a kind of
turning point in the history of the way men thought about politics in the Greek
world, and, by extension, in the western world in general. The ancient Greeks
were racist in theory and practice in something like the modern sense. They
divided the world, as Aristotle did, between Greeks and the rest, and their
fundamental category of social explanation was race. Race determined at bottom
how civilised a life a man was capable of living. The civilised life was, of
course, only liveable in a properly organised city-state. Only barbarians could
live in a nation (ethnos) or in something as inchoate and meaningless as
an empire. The Greeks also seem to have had the modern racist’s habit of
stereotyping, which simply means going from the general to the particular:
barbarians are uncivilised, therefore this barbarian is uncivilised. The
race question was inevitably tied up with slavery, though is by no means clear
that the ancient Greeks had a ‘bad conscience’ about slavery, as some have
claimed. From time to time, they may have felt badly about enslaving fellow
Greeks, and that was probably the reason why thinkers like Aristotle troubled
themselves with questions about who was most suitable for slavery and who the
least. Low-born barbarians born into slavery were always at the tope of the
list of good slave material. Most Greeks probably believed that without ever
thinking about it much.
“The Macedonians may have lacked the subtlety of the Hellenes, but
Alexander was no fool. Whatever the Macedonians may have thought to themselves
about the races of the East, Alexander would have been asking for trouble if he
had arrogantly proclaimed Macedonian racial superiority over conquered peoples,
and it would have caused a snigger or two back in Hellas. What better way for
the conqueror of a multi-racial empire to conduct himself than in the name of
human brotherhood? Imperialism then becomes a gathering-in of the nations
rather than the imposition of one nation’s will upon another and this thought
follows from the empire-builder’s real desire: secretly, he expects to be
obeyed for love. This was Alexander’s way of showing that he was not a tyrant…”[95]
In Alexander’s empire, therefore, something like a creative fusion of
the despotic and democratic principles took place. It was an empire in form
like the pagan empires of old, with a god-king possessing in principle
unlimited power. But the Greek idea of the godlike possibilities of ordinary
men able to direct their own lives in rationality and freedom passed like a
new, more humane leaven through the heartless old lump of despotism, cutting
down the idea that rulers had of themselves (to the extent that they were Greek
in culture), while raising the idea that the ruled had of themselves (to the
extent, again, that they were Greek in culture).
Conversely, the eastern experience of many nations living in something
like equality with each other under one rule - we remember the honour granted
to the Jewish Prophet Daniel by the Babylonian King Nebuchadnezzar, and the
Persian King Cyrus’ command that the Jews be allowed to return to Jerusalem and
rebuild the Temple - expanded the consciousness of the Greeks beyond the narrow
horizons of the individual city-state or the one civilisation of the Greeks to
the universal community and civilisation of all mankind (or, at any rate, of
the oikoumene), and from the narrow worship of Athene of Athens or Diana
of the Ephesians to the One God Who created all men, endowed them all
with reason and freewill and brought them all together under one single
dominion.
Thus, as McClelland writes, “polis had given way to cosmopolis.
Henceforward, men were going to have to stop asking themselves what it meant to
be a citizen of a city, and begin to ask what it meant to be a citizen of the
world…”[96]
Although the political schism between Israel and Judah had been “healed”
by the disappearance of the northern kingdom of Israel, and then the political
passions of Judah had been at least partially quenched by the exile to Babylon
in 586, the spiritual “schism in the soul”, the schism between faithfulness to
the God of Israel and the opposite tendency, remained. For while a part of the
people repented and strengthened their spiritual unity, forming the core of
those who returned to Jerusalem under Zerubbabel to rebuild the Temple, a still
larger part stayed among the pagans. However, the book of Esther shows
that piety was not completely extinguished even among those Jews who stayed in
Persia, and we know that Zerubbabel returned to Babylon to work on
strengthening the exilarchate, becoming the first “Prince of the Exile” (Resh
goluta).[97]
In Israel, the most important Jewish leader was the priest Ezra. “His
main task,” writes Tikhomirov, “was the re-establishment of the Law of Israel.
Under him there began a collecting of the Sacred Scriptures and traditions, and
the people’s getting to know them, and a multiplication of copies of Scripture.
Around him there gathered the so-called soferim – the first ‘scribes’,
the forerunners of the Pharisees. Under their leadership the regeneration of
Israel progressed, but this regeneration was placed in the soil of the most
narrow exclusiveness. The inhabitants of Palestine in the time of the
captivity, the Samaritans and others, wanted to join the Jews and serve Jehovah
together with them, but they were severely rejected. Since a very large number
of mixed marriages had been entered into, and a significant number of children
had been born from them, a triumphant repentance of the people was appointed,
the marriages were broken, and the foreign wives and their children were sent
back to their parents.
“The task of the religious conservatives, who were first of all national
patriots, consisted in strongly organizing the Jewish people and concentrating
it under the leadership of the intelligentsia of that time – the Pharisees.
This was not a priestly party and was even hostile to the ‘Sadducees’, the
priestly party. The Pharisees constituted the intelligentsia, who,
inflating the cult of the law, received in it the means for holding the whole
people in their hands. The interpretation of the law given by the Pharisees was
in general rational and humane, being adapted to the conditions and way of life
of the time. But the endless details of the law thus interpreted required a
special class of scholars, since the mass of the people had no opportunity to
study these details and subtleties and had to seek enlightenment and guidance
from the specialists.
“It was these nationalists who at that
decisive moment of history determined the destinies of Israel…”[98]
However, we are running ahead of our story…
In
spite of the attempt to revive observance of the law under Ezra and Nehemiah,
piety declined in Israel, especially after the conquest of the Persian empire
by Alexander the Great. Not that he harmed Judah: on the contrary, he even gave
equal citizenship to the Jews of Alexandria. The trouble began only after
Alexander’s death, when “his servants [the Ptolemys and Seleucids] bore rule
every one in his place. And… they all put crowns upon themselves: so did their
sons after them many years: and evils were multiplied in the earth…” (I
Maccabees 1.7-9). The image of “putting crowns upon themselves” reminds us
of the difference between the true, autocratic king, whose crown is given him
by God, and the false, despotic king, who takes the crown for himself in a
self-willed manner.
The pagan idea of kingship was only one of
the aspects of pagan culture that now began to penetrate Jewry, leading to
conflicts between conservative, law-based and reformist, Hellenist-influenced
factions among the people. Those who were occupied with this and guided the
people, that is, the Pharisees and Scribes, … produced interpretations by their
joint efforts and composed the ruling class. They were undoubtedly deeply
convinced people who faithfully served the idea of the Jewish fatherland and
were able to achieve popularity. According to their interpretation, the Messiah
who was to come had to appear as the political leader of Israel and accomplish
the domination of the Jews in the pagan world. The Kingdom of God was understood
as the earthly kingdom of Israel. Their passionate conviction that these dreams
would be fulfilled showed itself in successive rebellions of the Jews, in those
‘zealots’ whose first representative was Judah of Galilee, who died in a
rebellion in the time of Christ.
In 175 Antiochus IV Epiphanes, a god-king
on the Middle Eastern despotic model, came to power. As US Senator Joseph
Lieberman points out, “The ruler’s name hinted at imminent struggle; Antiochus
added the title to his name because it meant, ‘A Divine Manifestation’. That underscored the primary
difference between the ancient Greeks and Jews: The Greeks glorified the
magnificence of man, while the Jews measured man’s greatness through his
partnership with the Creator. For the children of Israel, man was created in
the image of God; for the ancient Greeks, the gods were created in the likeness
of man.”[99]
Johnson has developed this distinction, one of the most important in the
history of ideas: "The Jews drew an absolute distinction between human and
divine. The Greeks constantly elevated the human – they were Promethean – and
lowered the divine. To them gods were much more than revered and successful
ancestors; most men sprang from gods. Hence it was not for them a great step to
deify a monarch, and they began to do so as soon as they embraced the orient
[where, as we have seen, kings were commonly deified]. Why should not a man of
destiny undergo apotheosis? Aristotle, Alexander's tutor, argued in his Politics:
‘If there exists in a state an individual so pre-eminent in virtue that neither
the virtue nor the political capacity of all the other citizens is comparable
with his... such a man should be rated as a god among men.' Needless to say,
such notions were totally unacceptable to Jews of any kind. Indeed, there was
never any possibility of a conflation between Judaism and Greek religion as
such; what the reformers [the Hellenising Jews] wanted was for Judaism to
universalize itself by pervading Greek culture; and that meant embracing the polis.”[100]
Antiochus was soon acting, not as
“Epiphanes”, “divine manifestation”, but as his enemies called him, “Epimanes”,
“raving madman”. In his eagerness to speed up the Hellenization of Judaea, he
removed the lawful Jewish high-priest Onias and replaced him by his brother
Jason, who proceeded to introduce pagan Hellenistic practices. After a struggle
for power between Jason and Menelaus, another hellenizing high-priest,
Antiochus invaded Jerusalem in 168. He plundered the Temple, led many of the
people away into slavery, banned circumcision, Sabbath observance and the
reading of the law, declared that the Temple should be dedicated to the worship
of Zeus, that pigs should be sacrificed on the altar, and that non-Jews should
be permitted to worship there with Jews. Those who resisted him were killed.
Lieberman continues: “The Jews resisted Antiochus’ edict and worshipped
in secret. The conflict festered before finally coming to a head in Modi’in, a
small village outside Jerusalem, where a priest named Matityahu rose up against
a Greek soldier who dared sacrifice a swine on the village altar. Soon
thereafter, Antiochus’ army swept through Jerusalem and ravaged the Holy
Temple, torturing and murdering many Jews along the way.”[101]
However, a liberation movement led by
Matityahu (Mattathias) and his sons (known as the Maccabees after the third
son, Judas Maccabeus) succeeded in expelling the Greeks from Israel, purifying
the Temple and restoring the True Faith. This victory was celebrated in the
feast of Hannukah, or Purification. It remains a clear example of how, in
certain extreme circumstances when the faith is under direct attack, God
blesses the taking up of arms in defence of the faith.
This great victory of Autocracy over Despotism was not sustained,
however. A true autocracy on the Davidic model was not re-established, for the
Maccabees (or Hasmoneans, as they were later called, after Matityahu’s surname,
Hasmon) illegally combined the roles of king and high priest (they were, in any
case, of the tribe of Levi, so they could only be priests, not kings). Thus the
last of the Maccabee brothers, Simon, was described as “great high-priest,
military commissioner, and leader of the Jews” (I Maccabees 13.42).
Simon’s son, John Hyrcanus, writes
Johnson, “accepted as literal truth that the whole of Palestine was the divine
inheritance of the Jewish nation, and that it was not merely his right but his
duty to conquer it. To do this he created a modern army of mercenaries.
Moreover, the conquest, like Joshua’s, had to extirpate foreign cults and
heterodox sects, and if necessary slaughter those who clung to them. John’s
army trampled down Samaria and razed the Samaritan temple on Mount Gerizim. He
stormed, after a year’s siege, the city of Samaria itself, and ‘he demolished
it entirely, and brought streams to it to drown it, for he dug ditches to turn
it into floods and water-meadows; he even took away the very marks which showed
a city had been there.’ In the same way he pillaged and burned the Greek city
of Scythopolis. John’s wars of fire and sword were marked by massacres of city
populations whose only crime was that they were Greek-speaking. The province of
Idumaea was conquered and the inhabitants of its two main cities, Adora and Marissa,
were forcibly converted to Judaism or slaughtered if they refused.
“Alexander Jannaeus, John’s son, took this
policy of expansion and forcible conversion still further. He invaded the
territory of the Decapolis, the league of ten Greek-speaking cities grouped
around the Jordan. He swept into Nabataea and took Petra, the ‘rose-red city
half as old as time’. He moved into the province of Gaulanitis. The Hasmoneans
pushed north into the Galilee and Syria, west to the coast, south and east into
the desert. Behind their frontiers they eliminated pockets of non-Jewish people
by conversion, massacre or expulsion. The Jewish nation thus expanded vastly
and rapidly in terms of territory and population, but in doing so it absorbed
large numbers of people who, though nominally Jewish, were also half Hellenized
and in many cases were fundamentally pagans or even savages.
“Moreover, in becoming rulers, kings and
conquerors, the Hasmoneans suffered the corruptions of power. John Hyrcanus
seems to have retained a reasonably high reputation in Jewish traditional.
Josephus says he was considered by God ‘worthy of the three greatest
privileges: government of the nation, the dignity of the high-priesthood, and
the gift of prophecy’. But Alexander Jannaeus, according to the evidence we
have, turned into a despot and a monster, and among his victims were the pious
Jews from whom his family had once drawn its strength. Like any ruler in the
Near East at this time, he was influenced by the predominantly Greek modes and
came to despise some of the most exotic, and to Greek barbarous, aspects of the
Yahweh cult. As high-priest, celebrating the Feast of Tabernacles in Jerusalem,
he refused to perform the libation ceremony, according to ritual custom, and
the pious Jews pelted him with lemons. ‘At this,’ Josephus wrote, ‘he was in a
rage, and slew of them about six thousand.’ Alexander, in fact, found himself
like his hated predecessors, Jason and Menelaus, facing an internal revolt of
rigorists. Josephus says the civil war lasted six years and cost 50,000 Jewish
lives.
“It is from this time we first hear of the Perushim or Pharisees,
‘those who separated themselves’, a religious party which repudiated the royal
religious establishment, with its high-priest, Sadducee aristocrats and the
Sanhedrin, and placed religious observance before Jewish nationalism. Rabbinic
sources record the struggle between the monarch and this group, which was a
social and economic as well as a religious clash. As Josephus noted, ‘the Sadducees
draw their following only from the rich, and the people do not support them,
whereas the Pharisees have popular allies.’ He relates that at the end of the
civil war, Alexander returned in triumph to Jerusalem, with many of his Jewish
enemies among his captives and then ’did one of the most barbarous actions in
the world… for as he was feasting with his concubines, in the sight of all the
city, he ordered about eight hundred of them to be crucified, and while they
were living he ordered the throats of their children and wives to be cut before
their eyes’…
“Hence, when Alexander died in 76 BC, after he had (according to
Josephus) ‘fallen into a distemper by hard drinking’, the Jewish world was
bitterly divided and, though much enlarged, included many half-Jews whose
devotion to the Torah was selective and suspect…”[102]
It was at this point that the shadow of Roman power (with whom the
Maccabees had maintained friendly relations) began to fall across the scene,
taking the place of the already severely weakened Seleucids. In 64 the Roman
general Pompey arrived in Antioch and deposed the last of the Seleucid kings.
The two sons of Alexander Jannaeus, Hyrcanus II and Aristobulus II, were
fighting each other for the kingship and high priesthood at this time, and they
both appealed to Pompey for help. The Pharisees also sent a delegation to him;
but they asked him to abolish the monarchy in Judaea, since they said it was
contrary to their traditions. In 63 Pompey, taking the side of Hyrcanus,
captured Jerusalem and, to the horror of the Jews, entered the Holy of Holies.
Although Hyrcanus II, remained formally in power, under Pompey and then
Julius Caesar, the real ruler of Judaea, with the title of Roman procurator,
became an Idumaean named Antipater. His son, who was placed in charge of
Galilee, was named Herod, known in history as “the Great”, the first persecutor
of Christianity, and the man who finally destroyed the Israelite autocracy…
In 43 BC, Antipater was poisoned by the Jewish nationalist party.
However, this did not hinder his son Herod’s rise. Although the Sanhedrin
forced him to flee Palestine, his friendship with Mark Antony ensured his
return. Thus when the Hasmonean Antigonus with the help of the Parthians conquered
Jerusalem in 37, Herod was in Rome being feted by Antony and Octavian. In a
triumphant procession they led him to the Capitol, “and there, as A. Paryaev
writes, “amid sacrifices to Jupiter of the Capitol that were impermissible for
a Jew, and which caused deep consternation among the Jews, he was formally
raised onto the Jewish throne.”[103] Three years later, after a
bloody civil war in which the Jews supported Antigonus, Herod was installed in
Jerusalem with the aid of the Roman legions.
Now Herod, as we have seen, was not only not of the line of David: he
was not even a Jew by birth, being a descendant of the Edomites (Idumeans).[104] Therefore pious Jews must
inevitably have wondered how the promises made by God to David about the
eternity of his dynasty could be fulfilled: “The Lord hath sworn in truth unto
David, and He will not annul it: Of the fruit of thy loins will I set upon thy
throne. If thy sons keep My covenant and these testimonies which I will teach
them, their sons also shall sit for ever on thy throne. For the Lord hath
elected Sion, He hath chosen her to be a habitation for Himself. This is My
rest for ever and ever; her will I dwell for I have chosen her” (Psalm
131.11-15).
Moreover, there was another prophecy, by the Patriarch Jacob: “The
sceptre shall not depart from Judah, nor a lawgiver from between his feet,
until Shiloh come; and unto Him shall the gathering of the people be” (Genesis
49.10). Now that the sceptre, in the form of the Jewish kingship, appeared to
have departed from Judah, was it not time for the appearance of Shiloh?[105] Again, there was another Old
Testament prophecy indicating the imminent coming of the Messiah - the “seventy
times seven” prophecy of Daniel (9.24-27). This declared that from the
rebuilding of Jerusalem, which took place in 453 BC, until the coming of Christ
there would be sixty-nine weeks of years, that is 483 years – which brings us
to 30 AD, the beginning of Jesus Christ’s ministry. Then, in the last week of
years “the Anointed One shall be destroyed” – that is, Christ will be
crucified.[106]
Herod tried to remedy the fault of his non-Jewish blood by marrying the
Hasmonean princess Mariamne, the grand-daughter of King Aristobulus and
Hyrcanus II on her mother’s side. He also rebuilt the Temple with unparalleled
splendour. But his Jewish faith was superficial. When Octavian declared himself
divine, he built a temple in his honour in Samaria, renaming it Sebaste, the
Greek equivalent of the emperor’ new title, Augustus. And he built so many fortresses,
gymnasia, temples and other buildings that Palestine under Herod (Octavian made
him procurator of Syria, too) became the most powerful Jewish kingdom since
Solomon and the wonder of the East.
Under Herod, the Jews, though under Roman dominion, reached the peak of
their power and influence in the ancient world. Johnson writes: “The number of
Jews, both born and converts, expanded everywhere, so that, according to one
medieval tradition, there were at the time of the Claudian recensus in 48 AD some
6,944,000 Jews within the confines of the empire, plus what Josephus calls the
‘myriads and myriads’ in Babylonia and elsewhere beyond it. One calculation is
that during the Herodian period there were about eight million Jews in the
world, of whom 2,350,000 to 2,500,000 lived in Palestine, the Jews thus
constituting about 10 per cent of the Roman empire.”[107]
But of
course the essence of the kingdom was quite different from that of David and
Solomon. Apart from the fact that the real ruler was Rome, and that outside
Jerusalem itself Herod showed himself to be a thorough-going pagan (for
example, he rebuilt the temple of Apollo in Rhodes), the whole direction of
Herod’s rule was to destroy the last remnants of the Jewish Church and
monarchy. Thus he killed most of the Sanhedrin and all of the Hasmonean family,
not excluding his own wife Mariamne and their sons Alexander and Aristobulus.
He was, in fact, the closest type of the Antichrist in Old Testament history…
“The last years of the life of Herod,” writes Paryaev, “were simply
nightmarish. Feeling that his subjects profoundly hated him, haunted at night
by visions of his slaughtered wife, sons and all the Hasmoneans, and conscious
that his life, in spite of all its external successes and superficial
splendour, was just a series of horrors, Herod finally lost his mental
stability and was seized by some kind of furious madness.”[108] The final product of his madness was his attempt to kill the Lord Jesus Christ and his slaughter of the 14,000 innocents of Bethlehem (it was his son, Herod Antipas, who killed John the Baptist).
Perhaps the clearest sign of the degeneration of the Jews under
Herod was the behaviour of the Pharisees. We have seen that they had led the
movement against Hellenising influences in the first century BC, and were
zealots of the purity of the law. But just as the Maccabee movement for renewal
of the true faith degenerated into its opposite, so did that of the Pharisees.
They even once sent a delegation to Rome asking for the establishment of a republic
in Judaea under the sovereignty of Rome.[109] Moreover, they supported Herod,
and, like him, persecuted Christ, the True King of the Jews, leading to the
abandonment of the Jewish people by God.
The last Jewish king mentioned in the New Testament, also called Herod,
was eaten by worms for allowing himself to be hailed as a god (Acts 12).
The wheel had turned full circle. The Jews, who had always prided themselves on
being ruled by God alone, had become become like the pagans in worshipping a
man as god.
Theocracy, Autocracy and the Jews
The people of God can be ruled by none other than God, or by a man
directly appointed by God. Rule by God alone is Theocracy. Rule by a man
appointed by God is sometimes also called Theocracy, but it is more called, in
Lev Tikhomirov’s phrase, “delegated Theocracy”, or Autocracy.
A
true autocrat is a man who is appointed to rule by God and who strives to rule
in accordance with the true faith and the commandments of God. Under these conditions
God blesses one-man rule. It is God Himself Who places true autocrats on their
thrones. For "He sends kings upon thrones, and girds their loins with a
girdle" (Job 12.18); "He appoints kings and removes them"
(Daniel 2.21); "Thou, O king, art a king of kings, to whom the God
of heaven has given a powerful and honourable and strong kingdom in every place
where the children of men dwell" (Daniel 2.37-38); "Listen,
therefore, O kings, and understand....; for your dominion was given you from
the Lord, and your sovereignty from the Most High" (Wisdom 6.1,3).
As Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow demonstrates, the superiority of the
Israelite Autocracy makes of it a model for all nations in all times: “It is in
the family that we must seek the beginnings and first model of authority and
submission, which are later opened out in the large family which is the State.
The father is.. the first master.. but since the authority of the father was
not created by the father himself and was not given to him by the son, but came
into being with man from Him Who created man, it is revealed that the deepest
source and the highest principle of the first power, and consequently of every
later power among men, is in God – the Creator of man. From Him ‘every family
in heaven and on earth is named’ (Ephesians 3.15). Later, when sons of
sons became a people and peoples, and from the family there grew the State,
which was too vast for the natural authority of a father, God gave this
authority a new artificial image and a new name in the person of the King, and
thus by His wisdom kings rule (Proverbs 8.15). In the times of
ignorance, when people had forgotten their Creator… God, together with His
other mysteries, also presented the mystery of the origin of the powers that be
before the eyes of the world, even in a sensory image, in the form of the
Hebrew people whom He had chosen for Himself; that is: in the Patriarch Abraham
He miraculously renewed the ability to be a father and gradually produced from
him a tribe, a people and a kingdom; He Himself guided the patriarchs of this
tribe; He Himself raised judges and leaders for this people; He Himself ruled
over this kingdom (I Kings 8.7). Finally, He Himself enthroned kings
over them, continuing to work miraculous signs over the kings, too. The Highest
rules over the kingdom of men and gives it to whom He wills. ‘The Kingdom is
the Lord’s and He Himself is sovereign of the nations’ (Psalm 21.29).
‘The power of the earth is in the hand of the Lord, and in due time He will set
over it one that is profitable’ (Sirach 10.4).”
“A non-Russian would perhaps ask me now: why do I look on that which was
established by God for one people (the Hebrews) and promised to one King
(David) as on a general law for Kings and peoples? I would have no difficulty
in replying: because the law proceeding from the goodness and wisdom of God is
without doubt the perfect law; and why not suggest the perfect law for all? Or
are you thinking of inventing a law which would be more perfect than the law proceeding
from the goodness and wisdom of God?”
“As heaven is indisputably better than the earth, and the heavenly than
the earthly, it is similarly indisputable that the best on earth must be
recognised to be that which was built on it in the image of the heavenly, as
was said to the God-seer Moses: ‘Look thou that thou make them after their
pattern, which was showed thee in the mount’ (Exodus 25.40). Accordingly
God established a King on earth in to the image of His single rule in the
heavens; He arranged for an autocratic King on earth in the image of His
heavenly omnipotence; and ... He placed an hereditary King on earth in the
image of His royal immutability. Let us not go into the sphere of the
speculations and controversies in which certain people – who trust in their own
wisdom more than others – work on the invention… of better, as they suppose,
principles for the transfiguration of human societies… But so far they have not
in any place or time created such a quiet and peaceful life… They can shake
ancient States, but they cannot create anything firm… They languish under the
fatherly and reasonable authority of the King and introduce the blind and cruel
power of the mob and the interminable disputes of those who seek power. They
deceive people in affirming that they will lead them to liberty; in actual fact
they are drawing them from lawful freedom to self-will, so as later to subject
them to oppression with full right. Rather than their self-made theorising they
should study the royal truth from the history of the peoples and kingdoms…
which was written, not out of human passion, but by the holy prophets of God,
that is – from the history of the people of God which was from of old chosen
and ruled by God. This history shows that the best and most useful for human
societies is done not by people, but by a person, not by many, but by one.
Thus: What government gave the Hebrew people statehood and the law? One man –
Moses. What government dealt with the conquest of the promised land and the
distribution of the tribes of the Hebrew people on it? One man – Joshua the son
of Nun. During the time of the Judges one man saved the whole people from
enemies and evils. But since the power was not uninterrupted, but was cut off
with the death of each judge, with each cutting off of one-man rule the people
descended into chaos, piety diminished, and idol-worship and immorality spread;
then there followed woes and enslavement to other peoples. And in explanation
of these disorders and woes in the people the sacred chronicler says that ‘in
those days there was no king in Israel; every man did what was pleasing in his
own eyes’ (Judges 21.25). Again there appeared one man, Samuel, who was
fully empowered by the strength of prayer and the prophetic gift; and the
people was protected from enemies, the disorders ceased, and piety triumphed.
Then, to establish uninterrupted one-man rule, God established a King in His
people. And such kings as David, Josaphat, Hezekiah and Josiah present images
of how successfully an autocratic Majesty can and must serve for the
glorification of the Heavenly King in the earthly kingdom of men, and together
with that – for the strengthening and preservation of true prosperity in his
people… And during the times of the new grace the All-seeing Providence of God
deigned to call the one man Constantine, and in Russia the one man Vladimir,
who in apostolic manner enlightened their pagan kingdoms with the light of the
faith of Christ an thereby established unshakeable foundations for their might.
Blessed is that people and State in which, in a single, universal, all-moving
focus there stands, as the sun in the universe, a King, who freely limits his
unlimited autocracy by the will of the Heavenly King, and by the wisdom that
comes from God.”[110]
The
Christian people can survive under other systems of government than
autocracy, but not prosper. Thus Bishop Dionysius (Alferov) writes: “The
Church can live for some time even in conditions of persecution, just as a
dying man can remain among the living for a certain period of time. But just as
the latter desires deliverance from his illness, so the Church has always
wished for such a situation in which there will be flocks, not individuals, of
those being saved – and this can be attained only if she is fenced around by
the power of ‘him who restraineth’”[111] – that is, the Autocracy.
In the Old Testament the loss of
autocracy, and its replacement by foreign despotic rule, was a sign of the
wrath of God. The classic example was the Babylonian captivity. However, God’s
purpose in subjecting His people to foreign rule was always ultimately positive
– to draw the people back to Him through repentance. The sign of the remission
of God’s wrath and the manifestation of His mercy and forgiveness was His return
of autocratic rule, as when the Jews returned from Babylon to Jerusalem under
Zerubbabel.
It is possible for the people of God to serve a foreign despotic ruler
with a good conscience – as Joseph served Pharaoh, and Daniel served Darius.
Indeed, it may be sinful to rebel against such rule, as it was sinful for King
Zedekiah to rebel against Nebuchadnezzar. However, such service is possible
only so long as the foreign ruler does not compel the people of God to worship
his false gods or transgress the law of the one true God. If he does, then
resistance – at any rate of the passive kind - becomes obligatory, as when the
Three Holy Children refused to worship Nebuchadnezzar’s golden idol. And in
certain circumstances even armed rebellion may be blessed by God, as when the
Maccabees rebelled against Antiochus Epiphanes.
Even if the ruler was originally a true autocrat, if he later turns
against the God of Israel he must be resisted, as when the Prophet Elijah
rebelled against Ahab and Jezabel, and the Prophet Elisha anointed Jehu as king
in their stead.
The essential differences between the autocrat and the absolutist despot
are as follows. First: the autocrat, having been appointed by God and being in
obedience to Him, will never ascribe divine honours to himself; whereas the
despot either commands that he be worshipped as a god, or acts as if he were
God by rejecting any criticism of his actions based on the law of God.
Secondly, the autocrat will always respect the priesthood and will yield it
authority in the sphere of Divine worship and the spiritual life generally,
whereas the despot will attempt to subject the priesthood to himself, perhaps
by making himself high priest. Although the relationship between the autocracy
and the priesthood is not clearly defined in the Old Testament, the embryo of
the Christian symphony of powers is already to be seen in the relationships
between Moses and Aaron, David and Abiathar, and Zerubbabel and Joshua. And
encroachment by the autocrat on the priestly prerogatives is already severely
punished, as when King Saul was removed from the kinship for taking it upon
himself to offer sacrifices, and King Uzziah of Judah (otherwise a good king)
was struck with leprosy for burning incense upon the altar of incense (II
Chronicles 27.16-19). It was the Hasmonean combination of the roles of king
and high-priest, and the degeneration that followed, that finally ushered in
the end of the Israelite autocracy.
The autocrat can sin in either of two directions: by becoming a despot
on the pagan model, or by becoming a democrat on the Classical Greek model.
For, on the one hand, autocratic power is not arbitrary, but subject to a
higher power, that of God – as Metropolitan Philaret puts it, the king “freely
limits his unlimited autocracy by the will of the Heavenly King”. And on the
other, it neither derives from the people nor can it be abolished by the
people.
The final test of a true autocracy is its recognition of, and obedience
to, the true Ruler, the King of kings, when He comes to take possession of His
Kingdom. The Jews failed this test. As Blessed Theophylact writes: “Some
expected and waited for Christ to come and be their King. But these Jews did
not want to be ruled by a king and so they slew this holy man, Zacharias, who
confirmed that the Virgin had given birth and that the Christ had been born Who
would be their King. But they rejected Him because they did not want to live
under a king”.[112]
The Jews both crucified their True King, God Himself, and said to
Pilate: "We have no other king but Caesar" (John 19.15). At
that moment they became no different spiritually from the other pagan peoples;
for, like the pagans, they had come to recognise a mere man, the Roman emperor,
as higher than God Himself. As St. John Chrysostom writes: “Here they declined
the Kingdom of Christ and called to themselves that of Caesar.”[113]
What made this apostasy worse was the fact that they were not compelled
to it by any despotic decree. Pilate not only did not demand this recognition
of Caesar from them, but had said of Christ – “Behold your king” (John
19.14), and had then ordered the sign, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews”,
to be nailed above the cross. The Jews had in effect carried out both a democratic
revolution against their True King, and, at the same time, a despotic
obeisance to a false god-king. Thus did the City of God on earth become the
City of Man, and the stronghold of Satan. Thus did the original sin committed
under Saul, when the people of God sought a king who would rule them "like
all the nations", reap its final wages in submission to "the god of
this world" and the spiritual ruler of the pagan nations.
In 66-70 AD the Jews rebelled against Rome and were ruthlessly
suppressed; perhaps a million Jews were killed, and the Temple was destroyed.
In 130, the Emperor Hadrian renamed Jerusalem Aelia Capitolina after himself,
and planned to erect a temple to Jupiter on the site of the Temple. In 135,
after another rebellion under Bar Koseba was crushed with the deaths of 580,000
Jewish soldiers, the city and ruins were ploughed over and a completely
Hellenic city built in its place…
Paradoxically, the Jews’ submission to the pagans, to their rulers and
their gods, was the result of their rejection of their mission to bring the
knowledge of the True God to the pagan world. Instead of serving as God’s
priests to the pagan world, enlightening them with the knowledge of the One
True God Who had been revealed to Abraham and Moses, they were puffed up with
dreams of national glory and dominion over the nations. And so God subjected
them to those same nations whom they despised and whom they had refused to
enlighten, and entrusted the same mission of enlightenment to the New Israel,
the Church of Christ.
“On coming into the world,” writes Tikhomirov, “the Saviour Jesus Christ
as a man loved his fatherland, Judaea, no less than the Pharisees. He was
thinking of the great role of his fatherland in the destinies of the world and
mankind no less than the Pharisees, the zealots and the other nationalists. On
approaching Jerusalem (during His triumphal entry) He wept and said: ‘Oh, if
only thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which
belong unto thy peace!’…, and recalling the coming destruction of the city, He
added: ‘because thou knewest not the time of thy visitation’ (Luke
19.41,44). ‘O Jerusalem, Jerusalem… which killest… them that are sent to thee!’
He said a little earlier, ‘how often would I have gathered thy children together,
as a hen doth gather her brood under her wings, and yet would not!’ (Luke
13.34). What would have happened if the Jews at that decisive moment had
accepted the true Messiah? Israel would have become the spiritual head of the
whole world, the beloved guide of mankind. At that very time Philo of
Alexandria wrote that ‘the Israelites have received the mission to serve as
priests and prophets for the whole world, to instruct it in the truth, and in
particular the pure knowledge of God’. If they had recognized this truth in
full measure, then the coming of the Saviour would have confirmed forever that
great mission. But ‘the spirit of the prophets’ turned out to be by no means so
strong in Jewry, and its leaders repeated the role of Esau: they gave away the
right of the firstborn for a mess of pottage.
“Nevertheless we must not forget that if the nationalist hatred for the
Kingdom of God, manifested outside tribal conditions, was expressed in the
murder of the Saviour of the world, all His disciples who brought the good news
of the Kingdom, all His first followers and a multitude of the first members of
the Church to all the ends of the Roman empire were Jews by nationality. The
greatest interpreter of the spiritual meaning of the idea of ‘the children of
Abraham’ was the pureblooded Jew and Pharisee, the Apostle Paul. He was a Jew
by blood, but through the prophetic spirit turned out to be the ideological
director of the world to that place where ‘there is neither Jew nor Greek’.”[114]
The history of Israel provides us with the answer to a question which
neither the despots of the east nor the democrats of the west could answer, the
question, namely: what is the end of the State? This question can be divided
into two further questions: what is the end, in the sense of the purpose
of the State? And what is the end, in the sense of the destroyer of the
State, that which brings the State to an end? The two questions are logically
as well as linguistically related. For that which brings the State to an end is
its failure to carry out the end or purpose for which it was created by God.
Now it will be recalled that the origin of the State lies in its ability
to save men from death – in other words, its survival value. Man as an individual,
and even in small groups or families, cannot survive for long; he has to
combine into larger groups that are self-sufficient in order to provide for his
basic needs and protect himself against external enemies. That is why Aristotle
defined the State as a large community that is “nearly or completely
self-sufficient”.[115]
However, for the Classical Greeks, and in particular for Aristotle, the
State had a positive as well as a negative purpose. It was not distinguished
from the smaller units of the family or the village simply because it was
better able to guarantee survival. It was qualitatively as well as
quantitatively distinct from them insofar as it enabled man to fulfil his
potential as a human being. Hence Aristotle’s famous definition of man as
“a political animal”, that is, an animal who reaches his full potential only by
living in “polities”, “cities” (for city states were the dominant form of
political organisation in the Greece of Aristotle’s time). For it is only in
states that man is able to develop that free spirit of rational inquiry that
enables him to know the True, the Beautiful and the Good. It is only in states
that he has the leisure and the education to pursue such uniquely human
activities as art, science, organised religion and philosophy, which constitute
his true happiness, eudaemonia.
The problem was that Greek democracy did not attain its positive end,
that is, happiness, and even failed to attain its negative end, survival.
First, Athenian democracy was defeated by the Spartan dual kingship and
aristocracy, a kind of political organisation that theoretically should have
been much inferior to democracy. And then the Greek city-states as a whole were
defeated by, and absorbed into, Alexander the Great’s despotic empire, a kind
of political organisation which the Greek philosophers agreed was the worst and
most irrational of all.
Israel was a completely different kind of state: a theocracy that
evolved in time into an autocracy. The distinguishing mark of this kind of
state is that its origin is not the need to survive but the call of God to
leave the existing states and their settled way of life and enter the desert on
the way to the Promised Land. Here physical survival may actually be
more difficult than before: but the prize is spiritual survival, life
with God. Thus we may say that the negative end of Israelite autocracy is the
avoidance of spiritual death (Babylon, Egypt, the kingdom of sin and death),
and its positive end is the attainment of spiritual life (the Promised Land,
Israel, the Kingdom of righteousness and life).
It follows that since neither spiritual life nor spiritual death are
political categories attainable by purely political means, the end of the
autocratic state is not in fact political at all as the word “political” is
usually understood, but religious. Its aim is not happiness in this life, the
peace and prosperity of its citizens in this world, but the blessedness of its
citizens in the world to come, in which there will be no politics and no
states, but only Christ and the Church. Thus the end of the state is
beyond itself, to serve the Church, which alone can lead the people into the
Promised Land.
The Israelite state survived so long as it placed spiritual ends above
purely political ones and was faithful to the Lord God of Israel. When it
faltered in this faithfulness it was punished by God with exile and suffering.
When it faltered to such a degree that it killed its true King, the Lord Jesus
Christ, it was finally destroyed. But since the purpose of God remained
unchanging, the salvation of men for the Kingdom of heaven, autocracy was
re-established on a still firmer and wider base. And in the very state that had
destroyed the old Israel – Rome…
2.
OLD ROME
Render
unto Caesar the things which are Caesar’s,
And
unto God the things that are God’s.
Matthew 22.21.
There is no power that is not from God,
And the powers that be have been instituted
by God.
Romans 13.1.
Christ and the Roman Empire
When the Lord Jesus Christ, the King of
heaven, was born as a man on earth, He was immediately enrolled as a citizen of
an earthly kingdom, the Roman Empire. In fact, His birth, which marked the
beginning of the Eternal Kingdom of God on earth, coincided almost exactly with
the birth of the Roman Empire under its first emperor, Augustus. This
coincidence pointed, for many of the Holy Fathers and Church writers, to a
certain special mission of the Roman empire, as if the Empire, being born at
the same time as Christ, was Divinely established to be a vehicule for the
spreading of the Gospel to all nations, coming into existence precisely for the sake of the
Christian Church, and creating a political unity that would help and protect
the spiritual unity created by the Church.
Thus in the third century Origen wrote:
“Jesus was born during the reign of Augustus, the one who reduced to
uniformity, so to speak, the many kingdoms on earth so that He had a single
empire. It would have hindered Jesus’ teaching from being spread throughout the
world if there had been many kingdoms… Everyone would have been forced to fight
in defence of their own country.”[116] Origen considered that the peace
of Augustus, which was prophesied in the scriptural verse: “He shall have
dominion from sea to sea, and from the rivers even unto the ends of the
inhabited earth” (Psalm 71.7), prefigured the spiritual peace of Christ.
Moreover, under the reigns of Augustus’ successors, the differences between the
peoples had been reduced, so that by the time of Christ’s Second Coming they
would all call on the name of the Lord with one voice and serve Him under one
yoke.[117]
Again, in the fourth century St. Gregory the Theologian said: “The state
of the Christians and that of the Romans grew up simultaneously and Roman
supremacy arose with Christ’s sojourn upon earth, previous to which it had not
reached monarchical perfection.”[118]
Again, in the fifth century the Spanish priest and friend of St.
Augustine, Orosius, claimed that the Emperor Augustus had paid a kind of
compliment to Christ by refusing to call himself Lord at a time when the true
Lord of all was becoming man. Christ returned the compliment by having himself
enrolled in Augustus’ census. In this way He foreshadowed Rome’s historical
mission.[119]
Also in the fifth century, St. Leo the Great, Pope of Rome, wrote:
"Divine Providence fashioned the Roman Empire, the growth of which was
extended to boundaries so wide that all races everywhere became next-door
neighbours. For it was particularly germane to the Divine scheme that many
kingdoms should be bound together under a single government, and that the
world-wide preaching should have a swift means of access to all people, over
whom the rule of a single state held sway."[120]
This teaching was summed up in a
liturgical verse: "When Augustus reigned alone upon earth, the many
kingdoms of men came to an end: and when Thou was made man of the pure Virgin,
the many gods of idolatry were destroyed. The cities of the world passed under
one single rule; and the nations came to believe in one sovereign Godhead. The
peoples were enrolled by the decree of Caesar; and we, the faithful, were
enrolled in the Name of the Godhead, when Thou, our God, wast made man. Great
is Thy mercy: glory to Thee.”[121]
That
the Roman Empire came into existence for the sake of the Church was, on the
face of it, a very bold and paradoxical teaching. After all, the people of God
at the beginning of the Christian era were the Jews, not the Romans. The Romans
were pagans; they worshipped demons, not the True God Who had revealed Himself
to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. In 63 BC they had actually conquered the people of
God, and their rule was bitterly resented. In 70 AD they destroyed Jerusalem
and the Temple in a campaign of appalling cruelty and scattered the Jews over
the face of the earth. How could Old Rome, the Rome of Nero and Titus and
Domitian and Diocletian, possibly be construed as working with God rather than
against Him?
The solution to this paradox is to be found in an examination of two
encounters recounted in the Gospel between Christ and two “rulers of this
world” – Satan and Pontius Pilate. In the first, Satan takes Christ onto a high
mountain and shows him all the kingdoms of this world in a moment of time. “And
the devil said to Him, ‘All this authority I will give You, and their glory;
for this has been delivered to me, and I give it to whomever I wish. Therefore,
if You will worship before Me, all will be Yours.’ And Jesus answered and said
to him: ‘Get behind Me, Satan! For it is written, You shall worship the Lord
your God, and Him only will you serve.’” (Luke 4.6-8). Here we see that
Satan up to that time had control over all the kingdoms of the world – but by
might, the might given him by the sins of men, not by right. Thus St. Cyril of
Alexandria exclaims: “How dost thou promise that which is not thine? Who made
thee heir of God’s kingdom? Who made thee lord of all under heaven? Thou hast
seized these things by fraud. Restore them, therefore, to the incarnate Son,
the Lord of all…”[122]
And indeed, the Lord accepted neither
Satan’s lordship over the world, nor the satanism that was so closely
associated with the pagan statehood of the ancient world (insofar as the pagan
god-kings often demanded worship of themselves as gods). He came to restore
true Statehood, which recognises the ultimate supremacy only of the one true
God, and which demands veneration of the earthly ruler, but worship only of the
Heavenly King. And since, by the time of the Nativity of Christ, all the major
pagan kingdoms had been swallowed up in Rome, it was to the transformation of
Roman Statehood that the Lord came in the first place.
For, as K.V. Glazkov writes: “The good news announced by the Lord Jesus
Christ could not leave untransfigured a single one of the spheres of man’s
life. One of the acts of our Lord Jesus Christ consisted in bringing the
heavenly truths to the earth, in instilling them into the consciousness of
mankind with the aim of its spiritual regeneration, in restructuring the laws
of communal life on new principles announced by Christ the Saviour, in the
creation of a Christian order of this communal life, and, consequently, in a
radical change of pagan statehood. Proceeding from here it becomes clear what place
the Church must occupy in relation to the state. It is not the place of an
opponent from a hostile camp, not the place of a warring party, but the place
of a pastor in relation to his flock, the place of a loving father in relation
to his lost children. Even in those moments when there was not and could not be
any unanimity or union between the Church and the state, Christ the Saviour
forbade the Church to stand on one side from the state, still less to break all
links with it, saying: ‘Give to Caesar what is Caesar’s, and to God what is
God’s’ (Luke 20.25).[123]
Thus Christ is the true King of the world, Who nevertheless grants a
qualified authority to earthly kings. For Christians in the pagan Roman empire,
this meant an attitude of qualified loyalty to the empire without full or
permanent integration into it. The latter was impossible, for, as Fr. George
Florovsky writes, “in ‘this world’ Christians could be but pilgrims and
strangers. Their true ‘citizenship’, politeuma, was ‘in heaven’ (Philippians
3.20). The Church herself was peregrinating through this world (paroikousa).
‘The Christian fellowship was a bit of extra-territorial jurisdiction on earth
of the world above’ (Frank Gavin). The Church was ‘an outpost of heaven’ on
earth, or a ‘colony of heaven’. It may be true that this attitude of radical
detachment had originally an ‘apocalyptic’ connotation, and was inspired by the
expectation of an imminent parousia. Yet, even as an enduring historical
society, the Church was bound to be detached from the world. An ethos of
‘spiritual segregation’ was inherent in the very fabric of the Christian faith,
as it was inherent in the faith of Ancient Israel. The Church herself was ‘a
city’, a polis, a new and peculiar ‘polity’. In their baptismal
profession Christians had ‘to renounce’ this world, with all its vanity, and
pride, and pomp, - but also with all its natural ties, even family ties, and to
take a solemn oath of allegiance to Christ the King, the only true King on
earth and in heaven, to Whom all ‘authority’ has been given. By this baptismal
commitment Christians were radically separated from ‘this world’. In this world
they had no ‘permanent city’. They were ‘citizens ‘ of the ‘City to come’, of
which God Himself was builder and maker (Hebrews 13.14; cf. 11.10).
“The Early Christians,” writes Fr. Georges Florovsky, “were often
suspected and accused of civic indifference, and even of morbid ‘misanthropy’, odium
generis humani, - which should probably be contrasted with the alleged
‘philanthropy’ of the Roman Empire. The charge was not without substance. In
his famous reply to Celsus, Origen was ready to admit the charge. Yet, what
else could Christians have done, he asked. In every city, he explained, ‘we
have another system of allegiance’, allo systema tes patridos (Contra
Celsum, VIII.75). Along with the civil community there was in every city
another community, the local Church. And she was for Christians their true
home, or their ‘fatherland’, and not their actual ‘native city’. The anonymous
writer of the admirable ‘Letter to Diognetus’, written probably in the early
years of the second century, elaborated this point with an elegant precision.
Christians do not dwell in cities of their own, nor do they differ from the
rest of men in speech and customs. ‘Yet, while they dwell in the cities of
Greeks and Barbarians, as the lot of each is cast, the structure of their own
polity is peculiar and paradoxical… Every foreign land is a fatherland to them,
and every fatherland is a foreign land… Their conversation is on the earth, but
their citizenship is in heaven.’ There was no passion in this attitude, no
hostility, and no actual retirement from daily life. But there was a strong
note of spiritual estrangement: ‘and every fatherland is a foreign land.’
It was coupled, however, with an acute sense of responsibility. Christians were
confined in the world, ‘kept’ there as in a prison; but they also ‘kept the
world together,’ just as the soul holds the body together. Moreover, this was
precisely the task allotted to Christians by God, ‘which it is unlawful to
decline’ (Ad Diognetum, 5, 6). Christians might stay in their native
cities, and faithfully perform their daily duties. But they were unable to give
their full allegiance to any polity of this world, because their true
commitment was elsewhere….”[124]
Let us now turn to the second time Christ confronted a ruler of this
world – His trial before Pilate. While acknowledging that the power of this
representative of Caesar was lawful, the Lord at the same time insists that
Pilate’s and Caesar’s power derived from God, the true King and Lawgiver. For
“you could have no power at all against Me,” He says to Pilate, “unless it had
been given to you from above” (John 19.11). These words, paradoxically,
both limit Caesar’s power, insofar as it is subject to God’s, and strengthen
it, by indicating that it has God’s seal and blessing in principle (if not in
all its particular manifestations).. Nor is this conclusion contradicted by His
earlier words: “My Kingdom is not of this world” (John 18.36). For, as
Blessed Theophylact writes: “He said: ‘My Kingdom is not of this world’, and
again: ‘It is not from here’, but He did not say: It is not in this world and
not here. He rules in this world, takes providential care for it and
administers everything according to His will. But His Kingdom is ‘not of this
world’, but from above and before the ages, and ‘not from here’, that is, it is
not composed from the earth, although it has power here”.[125] Again, Bishop Nikolai Velimirovich
writes: “Let no-one imagine that Christ the Lord does not have imperial power
over this world because He says to Pilate: ‘My Kingdom is not of this world.’
He who possesses the enduring has power also over the transitory. The Lord
speaks of His enduring Kingdom, independent of time and of decay,
unrighteousness, illusion and death. Some man might say: ‘My riches are not on
paper, but in gold.’ But does he who has gold not have paper also? Is not gold
as paper to its owner? The Lord, then, does not say to Pilate that He is not a
king, but, on the contrary, says that He is a higher king than all kings, and
His Kingdom is greater and stronger and more enduring than all earthly
kingdoms. He refers to His pre-eminent Kingdom, on which depend all kingdoms in
time and in space…”[126]
The Lord continues: “Therefore the one who delivered Me to you has the
greater sin.” The one who delivered Christ to Pilate was Caiaphas, chief priest
of the Jews. For, as is well known (to all except contemporary ecumenist Christians),
it was the Jews, His own people, who condemned Christ for blasphemy and
demanded His execution at the hands of the Roman authorities in the person of
Pontius Pilate. Since Pilate was not interested in the charge of blasphemy, the
only way in which the Jews could get their way was to accuse Christ of
fomenting rebellion against Rome – a hypocritical charge, since it was
precisely the Jews, not Christ, who were planning revolution.[127] Not only did Pilate not believe
this accusation: he did everything he could to have Christ released, giving in
only when he feared that the Jews were about to start a riot and denounce him
to the emperor in Rome. Thus it was the Jews, not the Romans, who were
primarily responsible for the death of Christ. This fact has the consequence
that, insofar Pilate could have used his God-given power to save the Lord from
an unjust death, Roman state power appears in this situation as the potential,
if not yet the actual, protector of Christ from His fiercest enemies. In other
words, already during the life of Christ, we see the future role of Rome as “he
who restrains” the Antichrist (II Thessalonians 2.7) and the guardian of
the Body of Christ.
Rome:
Protector or Persecutor?
In the
trial of Christ before Pilate, Roman power, still spiritually weak, did not use
its power for the good. But its sympathies were clearly already with Christ,
and this sympathy would later, under Constantine the Great, be turned into full
and whole-hearted support. In fact, we do not have to wait that long to see
Roman power fulfilling the role of protector of the Christians. Thus
already in 35, on the basis of a report sent to him by Pilate, the Emperor
Tiberius proposed to the senate that Christ should be recognised as a god. The
senate refused this request, and declared that Christianity was an “illicit
superstition”; but Tiberius ignored this and forbade the bringing of any
accusations against the Christians in the future. More than that: when St. Mary
Magdalene complained to the emperor about the unjust sentence passed by Pontius
Pilate on Christ, the emperor moved Pilate from Jerusalem to Gaul, where he
died after a terrible illness.[128]
In 36 or 37 the Roman legate to Syria, Vitellius, deposed Caiaphas for his
unlawful execution of the Archdeacon and Protomartyr Stephen (in 34), and in 62
the High Priest Ananias was similarly deposed for executing St. James the Just,
the first Bishop of Jerusalem. In between these dates the Apostle Paul was
saved from a lynching at the hands of the Jews by the Roman authorities (Acts
21, 23.28-29, 25.19).[129]
So for at least a generation after the Resurrection of Christ the
Romans, far from being persecutors of the Christians, were their chief
protectors against the Jews – the former people of God who had now become the
chief enemies of God. It is therefore not surprising that the Apostles,
following in the tradition of Christ’s own recognition of the Romans as a
lawful power, exhorted the Christians to obey Caesar in everything that did not
involve transgressing the law of God. Thus St. Paul commands Christians to give
thanks for the emperor "and for all that are in authority; that we may
lead a quiet and peaceful life in all godliness and honesty" (I Timothy
2.1-2). For it is precisely the emperor's ability to maintain law and order,
"a quiet and peaceful life", which makes him so important for the
Church. "Be subject for the Lord's sake," says St. Peter, "to
every human institution, whether it be to the emperor as supreme, or to
governors as sent by him to punish those who do wrong and praise those who do
right... Fear God. Honour the emperor" (I Peter 2.13, 17). The
emperor is to be obeyed "not only because of wrath, but for conscience's
sake" (Romans 13.5). For he is "the servant of God for
good" and "wields not the sword in vain" (Romans 13.4).
The Synod of Bishops of the Russian Church Outside Russia wrote in 1933
that Soviet power could not be compared with “the Roman authority, submission
to which the Apostles Peter and Paul demanded of the Christians of their time,
even though it too later persecuted the followers of Christ. The Romans by
nature were distinguished by their moral valor, for which, according to the
words of Augustine in his book On the City of God, the Lord magnified
and glorified them. To the genius of the Romans humanity owes the working out
of a more perfect law, which was the foundation of its famous governmental
structure, by which it subjected the world to itself to an even greater degree
than by its renowned sword. Under the shadow of the Roman eagle many tribes and
nations prospered, enjoying peace and free internal self-government. Respect
and tolerance for all religion were so great in Rome tht they were at first
also extended to recently engendered Christianity. It is sufficient to remember
that the Roman procurator Pilate tried to defend Christ the Savior from the
malice of the Jews, pointing out His innocence and finding nothing blameworthy
in the doctrine He preached. During his many evangelical travels, which brought
him into contact with the inhabitants of foreign lands, the Apostle Paul, as a
Roman citizen, appealed for the protection of Roman law for defense against
both the Jews and the pagans. And, of course, he asked that his case be judged
by Caesar, who, according to tradition, found him to be innocent of what he was
accused ofl only later, after his return to Rome from Spain, did he undergo
martyrdom there.
“The persecution of Christians never permeated the Roman system, and was
a matter of the personal initiative of individual emperors, who saw in the wide
dissemination of the new Faith a danger for the state religion, and also for
the order of the State, until one of them, St. Constantine, finally understood
that they really did not know what they were doing, and laid his sword and
sceptre at the footstool of the Cross of Christ…”[130]
For this reason, the early Christians always expressed loyalty to the
emperor – even those who were killed by him. Thus in the second century St.
Justin the Martyr wrote: “We worship God only, but in other things we gladly
serve you, acknowledging you as emperors and rulers of men and women, and
praying that with your imperial power you may also be found to possess sound
judgement…”[131]
At the same time, submission to the emperor was never considered to be unconditional. Thus in the third century
Hieromartyr Hippolytus, Pope of Rome, wrote: ““Believers in God must not be
hypocritical, nor fear people invested in authority, with the exception of
those cases when some evil deed is committed [Romans 13.1-4]. On the
contrary, if the leaders, having in mind their faith in God, force them to do
something contrary to this faith, then it is better for them to die than to
carry out the command of the leaders. After all, when the apostle teaches
submission to ‘all the powers that be’ (Romans 13.1), he was not saying
that we should renounce our faith and the Divine commandments, and
indifferently carry out everything that people tell us to do; but that we,
while fearing the authorities, should do nothing evil and that we should not
deserve punishment from them as some evildoers (Romans 13.4). That is
why he says: ‘The servant of God is an avenger of [those who do] evil’ (I
Peter 2.14-20; Romans 13.4). And so? ‘Do you not want to fear the
authorities? Do good and you will have praise from him; but if you do evil,
fear, for he does not bear the sword without reason’ (Romans 13.4).
Consequently, insofar as one can judge from the cited words, the apostle
teaches submission to a holy and God-fearing life in this life and that we
should have before our eyes the danger that the sword threatens us. [But] when
the leaders and scribes hindered the apostles from preaching the word of God,
they did not cease from their preaching, but submitted ‘to God rather than to
man’ (Acts 5.29). In consequence of this, the leaders, angered, put them
in prison, but ‘an angel led them out, saying: God and speak the words of this
life’ (Acts 5.20).”)[132]
Even when the Empire had become Christian, St. Basil the Great wrote:
“It is right to submit to higher authority whenever a command of God is not
violated thereby.”[133] And Blessed Theodoret of Cyr
wrote: “Paul does not incite us to obey even if we are being constrained to
impiety; he has, in fact, clearly defined the function of the power and the
manner in which God has regulated human affairs, so that promulgating laws
contrary to piety is not part of the function of the power, but rather belongs
to the will of those who exercise power badly. For that which concerns God does
not belong to the judgement of those who exercise power; they have not been
established for that; they have been established as intercessors and guarantors
of justice in that which concerns the affairs of men and their mutual rights.”[134] Again, St. John Chrysostom,
commenting on Romans 13.1, asked: “Is every ruler, then, elected by God?
This I do not say, he [Paul] answers. Nor am I now speaking about individual
rulers, but about the thing in itself. For that there should be rulers, and
some rule and others be ruled, and that all things should not just be carried
on in one confusion, the people swaying like waves in this direction and that;
this, I say, is the work of God’s wisdom. Hence he does not say, ‘for there is
no ruler but of God’, but it is the thing [political power as such] he speaks
of, and says, ‘there is no power but of God’.”[135] Again, as Archbishop Theophan of
Poltava writes, “St. Isidore of Pelusium, after pointing to the order of
submission of some to others established everywhere by God in the lives or
rational and irrational creatures, concludes therefrom: ‘Therefore we are
entitled to say that… power, that is, royal leadership and authority, is
established by God.”[136]
However, it is not only under the image of the lawful protector of Christianity
that Rome is portrayed in the Holy Scriptures. In Revelation the
seven-hilled city is portrayed as Babylon,
“the mother of harlots and abominations of the earth”, “a woman drunken with
the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus” (17.5,6).
In other words, Rome is seen, not as a lawful monarchy or future Christian
autocracy, but as a bloody and blasphemous despotism,
in the tradition of all the ancient despotisms that took their origin from
Nimrod’s Babylon.[137] Typical of this attitude is
Hieromartyr Victorinus of Petau, who wrote that the whore’s downfall was “the
ruin of great Babylon, that is, of the city of Rome.”[138]
The reason for this change is not difficult to find. In the generation
after Saints Peter and Paul wrote their epistles and before the writing of Revelation,
the Roman empire had changed from a benevolent dictatorship with democratic
leanings into a despotism headed by a god-king on the Babylonian model. It was
Nero who initiated the first specifically Roman
(as opposed to Jewish or popular pagan) persecution of the Christians, while it
was Domitian who initiated the first persecution of Christians for specifically
religious reasons – that is, because
they refused to worship the gods in general, and the divinity of Domitian in
particular.
Early in the second century the Emperor Hadrian deified his favourite
Antinous, of whom St. Athanasius the Great writes: “Although they knew he was a
man, and not an honourable man but one filled with wantonness, yet they worship
him through fear of the ruler… So do not be surprised or think that what we
have said is improbable, for quite recently, and perhaps even up to now, the
Roman senate decrees that their emperors who reigned from the beginning –
either all of them or whomever they choose and decide upon – are among the
gods, and prescribes that they be worshipped as gods.”[139]
Now religion in Rome had always been a department of State. As J.M.
Roberts writes: “It had nothing to do with individual salvation and not much
with individual behaviour; it was above all a public matter. It was a part of
the res publica, a series of rituals whose maintenance was good for the
state, whose neglect would bring retribution. There was no priestly caste set
apart from other men (if we exclude one or two antiquarian survivals in the
temples of a few special cults) and priestly duties were the task of the
magistrates who found priesthood a useful social and political lever.[140] Nor was there creed or dogma…
Men genuinely felt that the peace of Augustus was the pax deorum, a divine
reward for a proper respect for the gods which Augustus had reasserted.
Somewhat more cynically, Cicero had remarked that the gods were needed to
prevent chaos in society…”[141]
An important change in Roman religion came with Augustus’ introduction
of eastern ideas of divine kingship, which he had come to know after his
conquest of Egypt in 31 BC. Clearly impressed, as had been his rival Mark
Anthony, by the civilisation he found there, and by its queen, Cleopatra, he
brought back an obelisk to Rome and named himself after the month in which
Cleopatra died, August, rather than the month of his own birth, September,
which would have been more usual.
“After Augustus,” writes Roberts, “emperors always held the office of
chief priest (pontifex maximus) and political and religious primacy were
thus combined in the same person. This began the increasing importance and
definition of the imperial cult itself. It fitted well the Roman’s innate
conservatism, his respect for the ways and customs of his ancestors. The
imperial cult linked respect for traditional patrons, the placating or invoking
of familiar deities and the commemoration of great men and events, to the ideas
of divine kingship which came from the East, from Asia. It was there that
altars were first raised to Rome or the Senate, and there that they were soon
reattributed to the emperor. The cult spread through the whole empire, though
it was not until the third century AD that the practice was whole respectable
at Rome itself, so strong was the republican sentiment. But even there the
strains of empire had already favoured a revival of official piety which
benefited the imperial cult.”[142]
Dio Cassius writes that Augustus “gave
permission for sacred precincts to be set up in both Ephesus and Nicaea,
dedicated to Rome and his father [Julius] Caesar, to whom he had given the
title, the Divine Julius. These cities at that time held pre-eminent positions
in Asia and Bithynia respectively. The Romans who lived there he bade pay
honour to these two divinities, but he allowed the provincials, whom he styled
Greeks, to consecrate precincts to himself, the Asians in Pergamum, the
Bithynians in Nicomedia. From such a beginning this practice has also occurred
under other emperors, and not only in the Greek provinces but also in the
others that are subject to Rome. In the city of Rome itself and the rest of
Italy, however, no emperor, no matter how deserving of praise, has dared to do
this (i.e. style himself a god). Yet even there divine honours are accorded and
shrines set up to emperors who have ruled well, after their demise."[143]
It is no accident that the only martyr mentioned by name in Revelation
is Antipas, Bishop of Pergamum, “where Satan’s seat is” (2.13). Pergamum is
called “Satan’s seat” because it was there that the worship of Augustus was
first instituted, and Lenin’s mausoleum in Red Square, Moscow, was modelled on
Augustus’ temple in Pergamum. As for Nicomedia, this was the city from which Diocletian
initiated the last and most bloody of the persecutions against the Christians.
Thus the seeds of emperor-worship, and therefore of conflict between the Church
and the Empire, were sown in the reign of the very first Roman emperor.
However, the same emperor – together with most of his successors – was
compelled to curb any excessive tendencies in this direction by his regard for
the traditions of republican Rome, which tended in just the opposite direction.
“King” was a dirty word in Republican Rome, and sovereign power was
deemed to belong jointly to the Senate and the People. Julius Caesar had been
murdered precisely because he violated this democratic tradition by making
himself dictator.
For the Roman state before Augustus was,
in J.S. McClelland’s words, “a fortunate mixture of the three basic types of
government: monarchy, aristocracy and democracy. The Roman consuls were its
kings, the Senate its aristocracy, and its people and their tribunes its
democracy. It was standard doctrine in the ancient world that ‘pure’ forms of
government were not likely to last. Even the best of monarchies eventually
became corrupted, self-disciplined aristocracies degenerated into oligarchies
admiring only wealth, and democracies always ended up in mob rule. Rome was
lucky, because in the government of the republic each part of the state tended
to cancel out the vices of the other parts, leaving only their virtues. The
people tempered the natural arrogance of the aristocrats, the senators tempered
the natural turbulence of the people, while consulship for a year was a
constant reminder to the consuls that they were only temporary kings…. The
Romans stopped being the citizens of a free republic, and became the subjects
of an emperor, with their fixed political ideas largely intact.”[144]
So Augustus, while wielding all power de
facto, still maintained the fiction that he was merely “first among
equals”. And it is probably significant that Augustus allowed altars to be
dedicated to himself only in the provinces, whose inhabitants “he called
Greeks”, and not in Rome itself. The strength of this republican tradition,
allied to other philosophical elements such as Stoicism, guaranteed that
emperor-worship, as opposed to the worship of “ordinary” gods, remained an
intermittent phenomenon. It was felt to be an essentially alien, non-Roman
tradition, throughout the imperial period. Thus if Augustus had a temple
erected to his divinity, Tiberius rejected divine honours; if Domitian
considered himself a god, Trajan emphatically did not.
This intermittency in the cult of the
emperor was reflected in the intermittency of the persecution of Christians.
Thus for the century and a half between Domitian (late first century) and
Decius (mid-third century), although it remained technically illegal to be a
Christian, the Roman emperors initiated no persecution against the Christians,
convinced as they were that they did not constitute a political threat. They
were often more favourably inclined towards the Christians than either the
Senate, which remained for centuries a powerful bastion of paganism, or the
masses, who tended to blame the Christians’ “atheism”, that is, their refusal
to worship the gods, for the disasters that befell the empire. The Roman
authorities generally looked for ways to protect the Christians, and were only
compelled to adopt stricter measures in order to appease the mob – as we see,
for example, in the martyrdom of St. Polycarp, Bishop of Smyrna. It was
therefore in the Church’s long-term interest to support the imperial power,
enduring the occasional madmen, such as Nero and Domitian, and waiting for the
time when the emperor would not only protect her against her enemies, but take
the lead in converting the body of the empire to Christ.
This looked as if it might happen already
in the mid-third century, under the Emperor Philip the Arab, who was a secret
Christian, converted by Martyr Pontius the Senator, and a little later under
the Emperor Galerius, who declared his faith in Christ after witnessing a
miracle of the Martyrs Cosmas and Damian.[145] It was probably in order to counter Philip’s influence that
the next emperor, Decius, ordered all the citizens of the empire to worship the
pagan gods, which led to many Christian martyrdoms. However, the persecutions
of Decius and Valerian elicited a wave of revulsion in Roman society, and from
the edict of Gallienus to the persecution of Diocletian, there was even a long
period in which all the old anti-Christian laws were repealed and the Church was
officially recognised as a legal institution
“It is not, perhaps, a coincidence,” writes Professor Sordi, “that
Gallienus’ change of policy towards the senate went hand in hand with the
official recognition of the Christian religion which the senate had forbidden
for the previous two centuries. Gallienus broke completely with the pro-senate
policy of the preceding emperors, he forbade the senators military command and
he cut them off from all the sources of real power. It was this break with the senate,
this decision on the part of Gallienus to do without its consent, that made it
possible for the Emperor to grant to the Christians the recognition which was
so necessary for the well-being of the empire, but which the traditionalist
thinking of the senate had always feared so much.”[146]
We see, then, that Rome had a dual,
contradictory image in the minds of the early Christians. On the one hand, as
persecutor of the Church and worshipper of demons, it was a parody of God’s
Kingdom, not the Kingdom of Christ but that of the Antichrist. On the other
hand, as protector of the Church against the Jews and against anarchy in
general, it was an anti-type of God’s Kingdom and a bulwark restraining the
advent of the Antichrist.[147]
Why did God choose the Roman Empire over other States as the special
instrument of His Providence and the special protector of His Church, to the
extent that, from the early fourth century, Christianitas came to be almost
identified with Romanitas? Here we offer some speculative ideas borrowed from
Professor Sordi.
First, as Sordi writes, “the Romans and the Christians, albeit in
different ways and from different points of view, both represented a way of
overcoming the Graeco-Barbarian and Graeco-Jewish antimony which the
Hellenistic culture, despite all its ecumenical claims, actually contained
within itself.”[148]
Christianity is a truly universal religion in which “there is neither
male nor female, …neither Greek nor Jew, neither circumcised nor uncircumcised,
neither barbarian nor Scythian, neither slave nor freeman, but Christ is all,
and in all” (Galatians 3.28; Colossians 3.11). The Jews were not
inclined either to accept or to propagate this message; for in spite of the
universalist hints contained in the prophets, the racial distinction between
the Jews and Gentiles (or goyim) remained a fundamental divide in Jewish
thought. Similarly, the Greeks, even in the persons of their greatest
philosophers, Plato and Aristotle, looked on slaves, women and barbarians as
unable to partake fully in the splendours of Hellenic civilisation.
True, there was a universalist element in the Hellenistic philosophy of
the Stoics. However, it was not the Greeks, but the Romans who adopted Stoicism
most eagerly, demonstrating thereby that typically Roman trait of being able,
in Polybius’ words, “more than any others before them have ever been to change
their customs and to imitate the best”.[149] The classical Greek concepts of
citizenship and equality before the law were now given a vastly deeper
connotation and wider denotation.
Indeed, the universalism of Roman law, applying a single standard to all
citizens of the Roman empire, regardless of race or culture or creed, came to
be, with Christianity, one of the two main pillars of European civilization,
giving practical expression to the universalist leanings of the Roman – and
Christian - soul. For “Rome’s greatest triumph,” writes Roberts, “rested on the
bringing of peace and… a second great Hellenistic age in which men could travel
from one end to another of the Mediterranean without hindrance. The essential
qualities of the structure which sustained it were already there under the
republic, above all in the cosmopolitanism encouraged by Roman administration,
which sought not to impose a uniform pattern of life but only to collect taxes,
keep the peace and regulate the quarrels of men by a common law….
“The empire and the civilization it
carried were unashamedly cosmopolitan. The administrative framework contained
an astonishing variety of contrasts and diversities. They were held together
not by an impartial despotism exercised by a Roman élite or a
professional bureaucracy, but by a constitutional system which took local
elites and romanized them. From the first century AD the senators themselves
included only a dwindling number of men of Italian descent. Roman tolerance in
this was diffused among other peoples. The empire was never a racial unity
whose hierarchies were closed to non-Italians. Only one of its peoples, the
Jews, felt strongly about the retention of their distinction within it and that
distinction rested on religion…”[150]
In 212 Rome offered citizenship to all
free subjects of the empire, which meant that these subjects could both
identify with the empire as their own country and rise to the highest positions
within it. Thus in the first century we hear St. Paul, a member of a savagely
treated subject nation, nevertheless saying without shame or sense of
contradiction: “Civis romanus sum”, “I am a Roman citizen”. And already
from the beginning of the second century, we find non-Roman emperors of Rome;
they came from as far afield as Spain and Arabia, Dacia and Africa.
Rutilius Namatianus said of Rome: “You
have made out of diverse races one patria”.[151] And the poet Claudian wrote that “we may drink of the Rhine
or the Orontes”, but “we are all one people”. For the nations had become one in
Rome:
The conquered in
her arms and cherished all
The human race under
a common name,
Treating them as
her children, not her slaves.
She called these
subjects Roman citizens
And linked far
worlds with ties of loyalty.[152]
“The breadth of the East,” wrote the
Spanish priest Orosius, “the vastness of the North, the extensiveness of the
South, and the very large and secure seats of the islands are of my name and
law because I, as a Roman and Christian, approach Christians and Romans.”[153]
Secondly, writes Sordi, “the Roman soul suffered from a perennial
nostalgia for the stern moral code and the virtues on which their culture had
been founded and that a religion which called for rigorous moral commitment and
the practice of personal and domestic austerity would have attracted many of
those who were disgusted with the corruption they saw around them. Equally
attractive to those who longed for the security of the group was, probably, the
Christians’ strong community feeling and their capacity for mutual assistance
in times of need; and in fact this kind of solidarity would be recognisable to
the Romans as their own collegia, enlarged and enriched with new ideas
and with a deeper sense of human values…”[154]
For “the conversion of the pagan world to Christianity,” concludes
Sordi, “was first and foremost a religious conversion and … that immense
attraction the new religion exerted on the greatest of the empires of antiquity
and its cosmopolitan capital grew from the fact that it answered the deepest
needs and aspirations of the human soul.”[155]
In particular, the Romans’ religious concept of history, so different
from the cyclical, naturalistic ideas of the Greeks and other pagans, fitted in
well with the Christian concept. For, like the Christians, the Romans saw
history as having an ethical basis and as moving towards a definite end in
accordance with justice. Thus Sordi writes: “Whereas Hellenic thinking had
always seen the end in terms of natural phenomena based on the concept of the
corruption of the human constitution and the exhaustion of the world itself,
the Romans rarely saw things in these terms. For the Romans, even before the
advent of Christianity, the concept of decadence was closely linked to morality
and religion, so that the end tended to take on apocalyptic overtones. This
concept was to emerge in full force during the great crisis of the third
century, at the time of Decius and Valerian, but Augustan writers had already
diagnosed it in Rome’s first great crisis, the Gallic catastrophe of 386 BC,
and it was equally present in the first century before Christ. In all three
cases, but particularly in the period preceding Augustus’ accession, the crisis
was felt to be a consequence of a sin which had contaminated the roots of the
Roman state and had caused the gods to hate it. For example, in the first century
the civil wars symbolic of the scelus of Romulus’ fratricide, were
thought to be the cause. Equally in all three cases but particularly in the
first century BC it seems that the Romans were convinced that the sin could be
expiated, the punishment postponed and Rome renewed. With Augustus, the
celebration of the return of the golden age follows punctually on the heels of
the crisis, as will happen again under Gallienus.
“This religious concept of history with its sequence of sin, expiation
and redemption, was part of the inheritance handed on to the Romans by the
Etruscans. According to ancient Etruscan beliefs, every human being and every
nation had been given a fixed period of life, divided into periods (saecula
for nations), and marked by moments of crisis which could be postponed by means
of the expiation of the sin which had originally caused them. The only
exception was the supreme crisis, the last and fatal one, for which there was
no remedy…”[156]
Thirdly, as we have seen, the Roman empire was not a “pure” despotism,
but an original mixture of monarchical, aristocratic and democratic elements
which could and would be used to support that still more original organisation
that came into being simultaneously with it – the Church. On the one hand, its
monarchical element served to provide that strong framework of law and order
over a vast area, the pax Romana, which so greatly assisted the spread
and establishment of the Church. As E. Kholmogorov writes: “Rome set herself an
unprecedentedly bold task – to establish peace throughout the inhabited world
and root out barbarism”.[157] On the
other hand, its democratic and humanistic elements served to temper the
tendency to deify the ruler which was so pronounced in all the Near Eastern
despotisms. In fact, emperor-worship had become a lifeless formality by the
third century.
The holy Martyr Apollonius expressed the
classic Christian attitude towards the emperor thus: “With all Christians I
offer a pure and unbloody sacrifice to almighty God, the Lord of heaven and
earth and of all that breathes, a sacrifice of prayer especially on behalf of
the spiritual and rational images that have been disposed by God’s providence
to rule over the earth. Wherefore obeying a just precept we pray daily to God,
Who dwells in the heavens, on behalf of [the Emperor] Commodus who is our ruler
in this world, for we are well aware that he rules over the earth by nothing
else but the will of the invincible God Who comprehends all things.”[158] In other
words, the only legitimate sacrifice a Christian to the emperor is the
sacrifice of prayer on his behalf, who rules, not as a god, but “by the will of
God”.
Thus the Christians considered the
emperor, in Tertullian’s words, “more truly ours (than yours) because he was
put into power by our God”.[159]
Sordi comments on these words:
“Paradoxically, we could say that the Christian empire, made into reality by
Constantine and his successors, was already potentially present in this claim
of Tertullian’s, a claim which comes at the end of such a deeply committed
declaration of loyalty to Rome and its empire that it should surely suffice to
disprove the theory that a so-called ‘political theology’ was the fruit of
Constantine’s peace. Tertullian says that the Christians pray for the emperors
and ask for them ‘a long life, a safe empire, a quiet home, strong armies, a
faithful senate, honest subjects, a world at peace’.”[160]
Although Rome encompassed all the major kingdoms of the Mediterranean
basin except Persia, there was another contemporary kingdom that also claimed
universality and would seem to have had at least an equal claim to greatness –
China. Moreover, the Chinese empire lasted much longer than Old Rome, expiring
at almost the same time, the early twentieth century, as the Third Rome,
Russia, and even eventually succumbed to the same enemy – communism. But China
not only was not destined to become the cradle for the growth of Christian
civilization, but remained more impervious to the True Faith than any other
major nation on earth, acquiring its first truly Christian martyrs only in
1900. Why? By attempting to answer this question, we may gain further insights
into the specific qualities of Rome that made it the object of the Lord’s
election as the Guardian of the Ark, the saving Ark of the One, Holy,
Catholic and Apostolic Church.
China acquired unity in both cultural and political unity at about the
same time as Rome – in the late third century BC. Just as the Rome’s final
conquest of Carthage in 202 BC finally established her as the dominant power in
the West Mediterranean, which dominance was extended to the East by the battle
of Actium in 31 BC, so the victory of the Ch’in over their last enemy in 221 BC
established that there would be only one Chinese State on the North China
plain, while the early Han dynasty had extended this rule over almost the whole
of modern China by its fall in 9 BC. Each universal empire proclaimed its
exclusion of the northern barbarians who did not share in their civilization by
the building of a wall – Hadrian’s wall in the Roman West, and the far longer
(1400-mile) and more massive Great Wall of China.
But there the similarities end. Let us begin with the walls. Hadrian’s
wall was built by Roman professional soldiers, at no significant cost in lives.
But the Great Wall of China, according to legend, cost a million lives, and
this was only one of the empire’s vast public works, such as the system of
canals which linked the Yangtse river with the Yellow River to the north and
Hangchow to the south. Roberts writes: “Millions of labourers were employed on
this and on other great irrigation schemes. Such works are comparable in scale
with the Pyramids and surpass the great cathedrals of medieval Europe. They
imposed equally heavy social costs, too, and there were revolts against
conscription for building and guard duties.”[161]
In other words, China was essentially the same kind of despotism as the
pagan empires of Egypt and Babylon, whereas Rome, as we have seen, evolved a
unique state system composed of republican, aristocratic and despotic elements.
This meant that the characteristic, and vitally important combination of
freedom and discipline that characterised Roman statehood was lacking in China.
Moreover, the ancestor-worship which was at the root of the Egyptian and
Babylonian systems of king-worship was still more clearly the root of Chinese
despotism.
“As a
rule,” writes Tikhomirov, “all the monotheistic religions are more favourable
to the appearance of a monarchical form of supreme power [as opposed to
aristocratic or democratic forms], while polytheistic religions, on the
contrary, are not very favourable to it, unless the cult of ancestors creates
the deification of the representative of a dynasty in some ascending line of
kinship.
“It is understandable how the deification
of ancestors, who were at the same time the founders of the royal dynasty,
confers on the king the significance of being the living expression of the
spirit and faith of the people. The presence of this element is more or less
noticeable in all the ancient kingdoms. In Assyria the chief god was Assur, who
was also worshipped as the protector of the dynasty. He is called the son of
Shem [and therefore the nephew of Ham] in the Bible. In Egypt they openly
declared that originally the gods ruled in the country - in other words, the
ancestors of the kings were counted among the gods. As regards China, our
well-known Sinologist S. Georgievsky has very convincingly explained the significance
of the worship of ancestors through an analysis of Chinese hieroglyphs. As is
well known, the hieroglyphs of the Chinese express, not sounds, but concepts
and combinations of concepts, and therefore the analysis of hieroglyphs gives
us the opportunity to determine what circumstances and facts conditioned the
composition of a given hieroglyph. Thus, for example, we can clearly see from
what elements ‘state’ or ‘army’ or ‘people’, etc., were constructed.
“Such an
analysis of the hieroglyphs led Georgievsky to the conclusion that the ancient
Chinese kings were no more than elected leaders. They were elected as leaders
for their military services, since the hieroglyph ‘dai’ expresses precisely the
fact that the royal person is skilled in military matters. And then this
originally elected leader is later turned into a representative of Heaven
itself.
“The
general picture that emerges is as follows. One of the dynastic founders of the
Chinese, having been elected as leader during their conquest of their present
territories, was gradually turned into a supreme god, while the Chinese
emperors became his ‘sons’. The son of the first leader, who had probably not
been very powerful yet, offered sacrifices to him in accordance with the
demands of ancestor-worship. Consequently he became a necessary mediator
between the people and the dead leader, whose spirit was necessary to the
people as a protector. In this way the authority of his descendants grew from
generation to generation. All the later kings, on their death, filled up heaven
with yet more spirits, who were protectors of the Chinese, and all of them
lived in ‘Shan-Di’ (Heaven). But each Emperor was ‘the son of heaven’, and his
very reign was called ‘the service of heaven’. In reality the ‘service of
heaven’ was at the same time both a family obligation of the Emperor in
accordance with ancestor-worship, and administration of the people over whom
all these spirits had ruled during their lives, becoming the protectors of
their former subjects after death.
“The ancestor-worship that was obligatory
for each separate family had no significance for all the other families of the
Chinese people, while the cult of the powerful tribe of Shan-Di touched them
all. The ancestors of the other families remained domestic spirit-protectors,
while Shan-Di gradually grew into the main national Divinity. It is
understandable what an aura of power the cult of Shan-Di gave to the Chinese
Emperor, who was unquestionably the natural preserver of this cult by inheritance.
In submitting to heaven, that is, Shan-Di, the people were thereby obliged to
submit to his earthly representative, the Chinese Emperor, and could not refuse
him obedience without at the same time refusing obedience to heaven itself.
Thus from the original, fortunate war-leader, who was raised from the midst of
the leaders of the Chinese clans equal to him, there grew, on the soil of
ancestor-worship, a supreme power that no longer depended on the people’s
desires and choices, but on the will of ‘heaven’, ‘Shan-Di’.”[162]
The concept of the will of heaven was
especially important at moments of dynastic change, as when the earliest, Shang
dynasty was overcome by the Chou in 1027 BC. For, as Roberts writes, “the Chou
displacement of the Shang was religious as well as military. The idea was
introduced that there existed a god superior to the ancestral god of the
dynasty and that from him there was derived a mandate to rule. Now, it was
claimed, he had decreed that the mandate should pass to other hands.”[163]
Already in the Shang monarchy the king,
according to Gernet, was both “head of the armies and chief priest”. “All
activities are dependent on the royal palace, which vaguely assumes functions
which are simultaneously political, religious, military, and economic.”[164] Shafarevich has produced
evidence that the kings even in this very early period ruled in a despotic,
quasi-socialist manner: they called their subjects “cattle”, their graves were
surrounded by thousands of corpses of those killed to accompany them into the
next life, agriculture was controlled by the king’s bureaucrats, even the time
of marriages was determined by the State.[165]
These despotic tendencies came to their
peak in the reign of the first Ch’in emperor and probably the most powerful
ruler in history to that date, Shihuang. Guisso and Pagani
write: “Although Shihuang had only eleven more years to live after [uniting the
Warring States and] founding his dynasty, under his rule a total transformation
of the land we now call China took place. He created new administrative units
for the capital city of Xianyang and the rest of the country, he abolished the
feudal system of landholding and removed the aristocratic warlords. Weights,
measures and currencies were standardized throughout the land, and even such
details as the width of chariot axles were regulated to help prevent ruts in
the thousands of miles of new roads that were being constructed. The various
and confusing local scripts were eliminated and one standardized script used
throughout the land where a uniform and enormously detailed code of law was
imposed everywhere.
“Meanwhile hundreds of thousands of labourers and convicts were
conscripted into Shihuang’s great building projects – the canals and irrigation
works plus the hundreds of palaces and pavilions for the nobles whom he had
moved away from their own conquered territories in order to weaken their power.
His most magnificent works, those which would make his name immortal, were also
being carried out during this period of enormous change – the Great Wall, his
fabled palace at Afang and his enormous tomb where his childless concubines
were buried with him.
“And in the year 213 BC an event took
place which would make the First Emperor infamous to all succeeding generations
– the burning of the country’s books followed by the deaths of 460 scholars of
the period whom he buried alive.”[166]
In many ways, Shihuang represents the
archetypal despot: his rise to power as a warrior, his drive for uniformity,
his cruelty, megalomania and paranoia, his building projects, his
militarisation of society, his mass displacement of vast numbers of people, his
distrust of thinkers and book-learning, his fear of death and search for
immortality.[167]
After his death his empire collapsed very
quickly. However, the essential structure of Chinese despotism continued for
over 2000 years, succumbing finally only to Western democracy in the twentieth
century. This vast structure rested upon a complex of ritual rules and hierarchies
of family cults whose summit and linchpin was the emperor.
It is the emperor, writes Gernet, who, by
creating titles and ranks based on merits and demerits, “’secretes’ the order
which ensures the regular functioning of society as a whole. Since he does
this, he does not intervene in quarrels; he contents himself with installing a
mechanism which avoids them because it is based on the universal consensus…
being completely impartial, he is the source and guarantor of universal order…”[168]
“No private undertaking nor any aspect of
public life could escape official regulation. In the first place there was a
whole series of state monopolies… This welfare state superintended, to the
minutest detail, every step its subjects took from the cradle to the grave…”[169]
However, the most extraordinary thing
about the First Emperor was not the vastness of his despotism, but its
permanence. After all, in spite of changes of dynasty, Chinese despotism lasted
for another 2100 years and more! Such extraordinary longevity requires an
explanation…
The first reason must be found in the fact
that China, unlike Rome, was geographically isolated and so had few rivals.
With the exception of the Mongols, no other nation made a serious attempt to
conquer it, whereas Rome had to contend with Carthaginians and Parthians,
Picts, Irish, Franks, Vandals, Huns, Goths, Alans, Bulgars, Pechenegs,
Russians, Khazars, Arabs, Turks and Jews, not to mention innumerable internal
revolts by disaffected generals. Moreover, the Chinese managed to swallow up
the barbarians that invaded her, making them into another form of Chinese,
whereas the Romans were too few numerically to do that. In spite of that, the
Romans had striking success in Romanizing many of the barbarians, especially
through the religion that they adopted in their maturity – Christianity. But no
Germanic tribal ruler, however great his admiration for Roman civilization,
would have done the equivalent of what one Tatar ruler did in 500 – impose
Chinese customs and dress on his people by decree.[170]
However, this seeming strength of Chinese
civilization was also one of its major weaknesses. The Romans were able to see
the superiority of the Greek civilization which it absorbed, and to learn from
it. And their adoption from the Jews of the religion of the True God under St.
Constantine probably extended the life of the empire for another millennium.
The Chinese, on the other hand, were so convinced of their infinite superiority
over all non-Chinese, which conception was reinforced by the attitude of other
eastern peoples to them, that when the first western embassies came to them in
the nineteenth century they thought that they must be bringing tribute, and
could not understand the westerners’ refusal to kow-tow to them. That arrogance
cost them dear, and led to the final collapse of the Chinese empire in 1911 and
its surrender to communism in 1949.
But the most important element determining
the fate of any empire is its religion. And it is in the dominance of Confucianism
in China that we must seek for the clue not only to the extraordinary stability
and longevity of the Chinese empire, but also to its unfittingness to become
the cradle of the Church. It might have been different if Taoism, for example,
with its numerous extraordinary foreshadowings of Christianity, had become
dominant.[171] But while “for his
personal spiritual satisfaction, the [first] emperor turned to Taoism and the
folk beliefs which had become a part of it”, “for ruling the state,
he selected Legalism with its emphasis on strength, discipline and
organization”, and “for ruling his Blackhaired people, he chose Confucianism”.[172]
Confucius (551-479 BC) reinforced
despotism through his heavy emphasis on conservatism, order, and respect for,
and submission to, elders; for Confucius’ definition of good government was:
“May the prince be a prince, the subject a subject, the father a father, the
son a son.”[173]
“Over a social ocean in which families
were the fish that mattered presided one Leviathan, the state. To it and to the
family the Confucians looked for authority; those institutions were
unchallenged by others, for in China there were no entities such as Church or
communes which confused questions of right and government so fruitfully in Europe”.[174]
This is not to say that Confucianism never
countenanced any rebellion against the state. But rebellion was rationalised in
terms of a new “mandate from heaven” in such a way as to preserve the
foundations of society intact. “For Confucian principles taught that, although
rebellion was wrong if a true king reigned, a government which provoked
rebellion and could not control it ought to be replaced for it was ipso
facto illegitimate.”[175]
Thus Hegel’s later idea of the State as
"the divine idea on earth" was in essence a reformulation of the
Confucian Chinese conception of the State as the reflection of the impersonal
heavenly order which rules the world and man. For, as Alexeyev writes,
"for Confucius, as for Hegel, the State is 'the highest form of objective
morality', than which there is nothing higher".[176] This may partially explain why
the Chinese accepted communism with its Hegelian philosophical roots so
quickly…
Although there were other trends in
Chinese thought, even among Confucius’ own disciples, and Legalism, Taoism and,
later, Buddhism all contributed their influences, they were all absorbed into
the dominant Confucian stream.[177] “The canonical texts,” writes
Roberts, “were established soon after 200 BC. True, Han Confucianism was a
syncretic matter; it had absorbed much of legalism. But the important fact was
that Confucianism had been the absorbing force. Its ethical precepts remained
dominant in the philosophy which formed China’s future rulers. In 58 AD
sacrifices to Confucius were ordered in all government schools. Eventually,
under the T’ang, administrative posts were confined to those trained in this
orthodoxy. For over a thousand years it provided China’s governors with a set
of moral principles and a literary culture doggedly acquired by rote-learning.
The examinations they underwent were designed to show which candidates had the
best grasp of the moral tradition discernible in the classical texts as well as
to test mechanical abilities and the capacity to excel under pressure. It made
them one of the most effective and ideologically homogeneous bureaucracies the
world has ever seen and also offered great rewards to those who successfully
made the values of Confucian orthodoxy their own….
“In the Chinese state there was little
sense of the European distinction between government and society. Official,
scholar and gentleman were usually the same man, combining many roles which in
Europe were increasingly to be divided between government specialists and the
informal authorities of society. He combined them, too, within the framework of
an ideology which was much more obviously central to society than any to be
found elsewhere than perhaps in Islam. The preservation of Confucian values was
not a light matter, nor satisfiable by lip-service. The bureaucracy maintained
those values by exercising a moral supremacy somewhat like that long exercised
by the clergy in the West – and in China there was no Church to rival the
state. The ideas which inspired it were profoundly conservative; the
predominant administrative task was seen to be the maintenance of the
established order; the aim of Chinese government was to oversee, conserve and
consolidate, and occasionally to innovate in practical matters by carrying out
large public works. Its overriding goals were regularity and the maintenance of
common standards in a huge and diverse empire, where many district magistrates
were divided from the people in their charge even by language. In achieving its
conservative aims, the bureaucracy was spectacularly successful and its ethos
survived intact across all the crises of the dynasties.”[178]
There were other features making for the
uniqueness of this monolithic and self-perpetuating system. “Chinese
government,” writes Dominic Lieven, “though still ultimately dependent on local
landowners’ collaboration, was far more direct, centralized and bureaucratic
than the Roman even in the first and second centuries, let alone subsequently
under the Song and Ming dynasties. Writing on the period 27 BC to AD 235, one
authority on Roman government comments that ‘the Roman empire remained
undergoverned, certainly by comparison with the Chinese empire, which employed,
proportionately, perhaps twenty times the number of functionaries.’ Even after
the dramatic increase in bureaucracy and centralization under Diocletian in the
next century, the late Roman empire still had only one-quarter of the Chinese
level of bureaucrats.”[179]
This meant, however, that the Roman empire
could make dramatic changes of course more easily than the Chinese. Thus
Constantine, coming immediately after Diocletian, was able to ignore the Senate
and the bureaucracy and introduce an entirely new official religion. This would
have been impossible in China, where the bureaucrats, having a virtual monopoly
of education and power (it should be remembered that the army had less prestige
and therefore less power in China than in Rome), and committed to the
perpetuation of their caste and its ideology, would have stopped any such
moves.
Indeed, the Chinese emperor, for all his
godlike status, was trapped inside the bureaucracy. “The emperor’s dilemma,”
continues Lieven, “was partly due to the fact that China and its bureaucracy
was vastly larger and more sophisticated than was the case with any European
state before the nineteenth century. In addition, Chinese bureaucrats had a
unique esprit de corps. Most bureaucracies worship their procedures and
precedents but few see thm as guarantees of cosmic harmony and the moral order
of society. The Chinese did, largely because the Confucian bureaucrat filled
the roles that in Europe were divided between royal official and priest. Many
monarchs, and in particular many modern European ones, have felt deeply
frustrated and alienated by the bureaucratic machinery through which they have
been forced to rule. China provided stark precedents for this. In the late
sixteenth century, for instance, the Ming emperor Wanli refused for many years
to appoint new officials, conduct business or meet his ministers. ‘As an
emperor who actually carried on a strike against his own bureaucrats over a
long period of time, Wanli has come down in history without any close
parallel.’ Chinese history taught another crucial, albeit commonsensical,
lesson about emperors’ relations with great bureaucratic machines. The ruler
who sought to dominate his government must devote his life to this task. In her
brilliant account of the reign of Emperor Youngzheng (1723-35), one of China’s
most effective monarchs, Beatrice Bartlett comments that his system of rule
required a monarch who ‘threw his energies into the hurley-burley of governing,
his long days and half his nights consecrated to his mission of ruling. Most
hereditary monarchs were neither willing nor able to make this sacrifice,
particularly over the span of a long reign. Yongzheng himself commented that
‘one man’s strength is not sufficient to run the Empire’ and died after twelve
years on the throne.”[180]
There was another, very specific reason
why the Christians prayed for the emperors. “Again,” continues Sordi, “they
pray ‘for the general strength and stability of the empire and for Roman power’
because they know that ‘it is the Roman empire which keeps at bay the great
violence which hangs over the universe and even the end of the world itself,
harbinger of terrible calamities’. The subject here, as we know, was the
interpretation given to the famous passage from the second Epistle to the
Thessalonians (2.6-7) on the obstacle, whether a person or an object, which
impedes the coming of the Anti-Christ. Without attempting to interpret this
mysterious passage, the fact remains that all Christian writers, up to and
including Lactantius, Ambrose and Augustine, identified this restraining presence
with the Roman empire, either as an institution or as an ideology. Through
their conviction that the Roman empire would last as long as the world
(Tertullian Ad Scapulam 2) the early Christians actually renewed and
appropriated as their own the concept of Roma aeterna. ‘While we pray to
delay the end’ – it is Tertullian speaking (Apologeticum 32.1) – ‘we are
helping Rome to last forever’.”[181]
Thus St. John Chrysostom wrote about “him
that restraineth” or “withholdeth”: “Some say the grace of the Holy Spirit, but
others the Roman rule, to which I much rather accede. Why? Because if he meant
to say the Spirit, he would not have spoken obscurely, but plainly, that even
now the grace of the Spirit, that is the gifts of grace, withhold him… If he
were about come when the gifts of grace cease, he ought now to have come, for
they have long ceased. But he said this of the Roman rule,… speaking covertly
and darkly, not wishing to bring upon himself superfluous enmities and
senseless danger.[182] He says,
‘Only there is the once who
restraineth now, until he should be taken out of the midst’; that is, whenever
the Roman empire is taken out of the way, then shall he come. For as long as
there is fear of the empire, no one will willingly exalt himself. But when that
is dissolved, he will attack the anarchy, and endeavour to seize upon the
sovereignty both of man and of God.”[183]
Of course, Old Rome did fall – in 410
through Alaric the Visigoth, in 455 through Genseric the Vandal, and finally
and permanently in 476 through Odoacer the Ostrogoth. Does this not mean that
the prophecy was false, insofar as the Antichrist did not come, and the world
still continues in existence? Does this not mean that the “scoffers” were
right, of whom the Apostle Peter says that they will ask in the last days:
“Where is the promise of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all
things continue as they were from the beginning of creation” (II Peter
3.3-4)?
Not so, say the Holy Fathers. First, in a
spiritual sense the Antichrist did indeed come for the West in 476, insofar as
most of it was conquered by barbarian rulers who were Arian in their faith, who
denied the Divinity of the Lord Jesus Christ and were therefore “antichrist”
according to the apostle’s definition: “He is antichrist who denies the Father
and the Son. Whoever denies the Son does not have the Father either” (I John
2.22-23). All heretical or apostate regimes that deny the Divinity of the Son
and therefore deny the Father also, are antichrist in this sense. Secondly,
Rome did not die finally in 476, but continued in the New Rome of
Constantinople, and, after the fall of Constantinople in 1453, in the Third
Rome of Russia. Rome finally fell during the Russian revolution of 1917, since
when the spirit of Antichrist, not encountering any major opposition from
secular rulers, has had free rein in the world.[184] Indeed,
according to some of the Holy Fathers, in this passage St. Paul is speaking,
from an eschatological perspective, precisely of the Christian Autocracy from
Constantine the Great to Tsar Nicholas II.
Thus Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow writes: "The Spirit of God in him
foresaw and more or less showed him the future light of Christian kingdoms. His
God-inspired vision, piercing through future centuries, encounters Constantine,
who brings peace to the Church and sanctifies the kingdom by faith; and
Theodosius and Justinian, who defend the Church from the impudence of heresies.
Of course, he also goes on to see Vladimir and Alexander Nevsky and many spreaders
of the faith, defenders of the Church and guardians of Orthodoxy. After this it
is not surprising that St. Paul should write: I beseech you not only to pray,
but also to give thanks for the king and all those in authority; because there
will be not only such kings and authorities for whom it is necessary to pray
with sorrow…., but also those for whom we must thank God with joy for His
precious gift."[185]
Old Rome was the universal kingdom that
summed up the old world of paganism, both despotic and democratic, and crossed
it with the autocratic traditions of Israel, thereby serving as the bridge
between the State and the other-worldly Kingdom of the Church. It was universal
both in the sense that it encompassed all the major kingdoms of the Mediterranean
basin (except Persia), and in the sense that it came to embrace all the major
forms of political and religious life of the ancient world. But its external universalism, ecumenicity, was
soon to be transformed and transfigured by its embracing of internal universalism, Catholicity, the
Catholicity of the One, Holy, Catholic and Apostolic Church…
From the day that Rome became Christian,
her external universalism became immeasurably more important, precisely because
it raised the possibility that the internal universalism of Orthodox
Catholicity would spread throughout the world…
Ñhurch and
State in Old Rome
The relations between the Christians and
the Roman empire in the first three centuries are often seen, especially in the
West, as the classic example of Church-State conflict. However, as Fr. George Florovsky writes, “it would be utterly misleading to
interpret the tension between Christians and the Roman Empire as a conflict or
clash between the Church and the State. Indeed, the Christian Church was more
than ‘a church’, just as ancient Israel was at once a ‘church’ and a ‘nation’.
Christians also were a nation, a ‘peculiar people’, the People of 7God, tertium
genus, neither Jew nor Greek. The Church was not just a ‘gathered
community’, or a voluntary association, for ‘religious’ purposes alone. She
was, and claimed to be, much more than just ‘a state’. Since the Augustan
reconstruction, in any case, Rome claimed to be just the City, a
permanent and ‘eternal’ City, Urbs aeterna, and an ultimate City also.
In a sense, it claimed for itself an ‘eschatological dimension’. It posed as an
ultimate solution of the human problem. It was a Universal Commonwealth, ‘a
single Cosmopolis of the inhabited earth,’ the Oikoumene. Rome was
offering ‘Peace’, the Pax Romana, and ‘Justice’ to all men and all
nations under its rule and sway. It claimed to be the final embodiment of
‘Humanity’, of all human values and achievements. ‘The Empire was, in effect, a
politico-ecclesiastical institution. It was a “church” as well as a “state”; if
it had not been both, it would have been alien from the ideas of the Ancient
World’ (Sir Ernest Barker). In the ancient society – in the ancient polis, in
Hellenistic monarchies, in the Roman republic – ‘religious’ convictions were
regarded as an integral part of the political creed. ‘Religion’ was an integral
part of the ‘political’ structure’. No division of competence and ‘authority’
could ever be admitted, and accordingly no division of loyalty or allegiance.
The State was omnicompetent, and accordingly the allegiance had to be complete
and unconditional. Loyalty to the State was itself a kind of religious
devotion, in whatever particular form it might have been prescribed or imposed.
In the Roman Empire it was the Cult of Caesars. The whole structure of the
Empire was indivisibly ‘political’ and ‘religious’. The main purpose of the
Imperial rule was usually defined as ‘Philanthropy’; and often even as
‘Salvation’. Accordingly, the Emperors were described as ‘Saviours’.
“In retrospect all these claims
may seem to be but utopian delusion and wishful dreams, vain and futile, which
they were indeed. Yet, these dreams were dreamt by the best people of that time
– it is enough to mention Virgil. And the utopian dream of the ‘Eternal Rome’
survived the collapse of the actual Empire and dominated the political thinking
of Europe for centuries. Paradoxically, this dream was often cherished even by
those who, by the logic of their faith, should have been better protected against
its deceiving charm and thrill. In fact, the vision of an abiding or ‘Eternal
Rome’ dominated also the Christian thought in the Middle Ages, both in the
East, and in the West.
“There was nothing anarchical in the
attitude of Early Christians toward the Roman Empire. The ‘divine’ origin of
the State and of its authority was formally acknowledged already by St. Paul,
and he himself had no difficulty in appealing to the protection of Roman
magistrates and of Roman law. The positive value and function of the State were
commonly admitted in Christian circles. Even the violent invective in the book
of Revelation was no exception. What was denounced there was the iniquity and
injustice of the actual Rome, but not the principle of political order.
Christians could, in full sincerity and in good faith, protest their political
innocence in the Roman courts and plead their loyalty to the Empire. In fact,
Early Christians were devoutedly praying for the State, for peace and order,
and even for Caesars themselves. One finds a high appraisal of the Roman Empire
even in those Christian writers of that time, who were notorious for their
resistance, as Origen and Tertullian. The theological ‘justification’ of the
Empire originated already in the period of persecutions. Yet, Christian loyalty
was, of necessity, a restricted loyalty. Of course, Christianity was in no
sense a seditious plot, and Christians never intended to overthrow the existing
order, although they did not believe that it had ultimately to wither away. From
the Roman point of view, however, Christians could not fail to appear
seditious, not because hey were in any sense mixed in politics, but precisely
because they were not. Their political ‘indifference’ was irritating to the
Romans. They kept themselves away from the concerns of the Commonwealth, at a
critical time of its struggle for existence. Not only did they claim ‘religious
freedom’ for themselves. They also claimed supreme authority for the Church.
Although the Kingdom of God was emphatically ‘not of this world’, it seemed to
be a threat to the omnicompetent Kingdom of Man. The Church was, in a sense, a
kind of ‘Resistance Movement’ in the Empire. And Christians were ‘conscientious
objectors’. They were bound to resist any attempt at their ‘integration’ into
the fabric of the Empire. As Christopher Dawson has aptly said, ‘Christianity
was the only remaining power in the world which could not be absorbed in the
gigantic mechanism of the new servile state.’ Christians were not a political
faction. Yet, their religious allegiance had an immediate ‘political’
connotation. It has been well observed that monotheism itself was a ‘political
problem’ in the ancient world (Eric Peterson). Christians were bound to claim
‘autonomy’ for themselves and for the Church. And this was precisely what the
Empire could neither concede, nor even understand. Thus, the clash was
inevitable, although it could be delayed…”[186]
PART
II. THE TRIUMPH OF THE POWER
(306-1000)
3. NEW ROME: THE EAST
The kingdom with
which he [Constantine] is invested
is an image of the heavenly one.
He looks up to see
the archetypal pattern
and guides those
whom He rules below
in accordance with
that pattern.
Bishop Eusebius
of Caesarea.[187]
When by Divine decree I was
elected to the empire, then amidst the many needs of the State I was occupied
by none more than the need for the Orthodox and true faith of the Christians,
which is holy and pure, to remain without doubts in the souls of all...
Holy Emperor Marcian.[188]
St. Constantine the Great
“The world,” had said Tertullian a century before, “may need its
Caesars. But the Emperor can never be a Christian, nor a Christian ever be an
Emperor.”[189] He was wrong; and the fact of
his wrongness – the fact, namely, that even the most powerful, secular and
pagan element in Old Roman society, the very apex of its antichristian system,
could be and was become converted by the grace of Christ – changed that society
forever, renewing it in the image of the living God Whom the emperors now
recognised.
The cause of the final clash was a declaration by the haruspices,
the Roman-Etruscan priestly diviners, that it was the presence of the
Christians that prevented the gods from giving their responses through the
entrails of sacrificial victims. Angered by this, Diocletian ordered that all
soldiers and all palatines should sacrifice to the gods. The real persecution
began on February 23, 303, the pagan feast of the Terminalia. Churches
were destroyed, the Holy Scriptures burned, and Christians who refused to
sacrifice were tortured and killed.
Typical among the responses of the Christians was the following by St.
Euphemia and those with her on being commanded to worship the god Ares: “If
your decree and the Emperor’s is not contrary to the commandments of the God of
heaven, we will obey it. If it stands in opposition to God, then not only will
we disobey it, but we will seek to overturn it. If you were to command us to do
that which we are obliged to do, we would render to Caesar the things which are
Caesar’s. However, inasmuch as your ordinance is opposed to God’s commandments,
and you, in a manner hateful to God, require us to honor that which is created
rather than the Creator, worshipping and sacrificing to a demon rather than to
the most high God, we shall never obey your decree; for we are true worshippers
of the one God, Who dwells in the heavens.”[190]
In the West, after the abdication of Diocletian and Maximian on May 1,
305, the persecution was brought to an end by Constantius Chlorus in Gaul and
Britain, and then, after his death on July 25, 306, by his son Constantine in
the whole of the West. But in the East the persecution continued under Galerius
until his death in 311, and in the territories of Maximinus until 313.
The turning point, which marked the beginning of the end both for
paganism and for the image of Rome as the persecuting beast, must be considered
the Edict of religious toleration proclaimed by the Emperors Constantine and
Licinius in Milan in 313: “Our purpose is to grant both to the Christians and
to all others fully authority to follow whatever worship each man has desired;
whereby whatsoever divinity dwells in heaven may be benevolent and propitious
to us, and to all who are placed under our authority”.[191] Fr. Alexis Nikolin writes: “The Edict of Milan decisively rejected
many traditions of antiquity. St. Constantine clearly proclaimed that
Christianity is not the property of any particular people, but is a universal
religion, the religion of the whole of humanity. If formerly it was thought
that a given religion belongs to a given people and for that reason it is
sacred and untouchable, now the lawgiver affirmed a new principle: that the
sacred and untouchable religion was that religion which belonged to all peoples
– Christianity. It was obviously not an attempt to bring Christianity under the
usual (pagan) juridical forms, but a principled change in those forms.”[192]
However, when St. Constantine was acclaimed emperor by the Roman army in
York in 306, it seemed to many that the world was about to die rather than being
on the point of rebirth. The reason was that Diocletian’s persecution of the
Christians, the worst in history, threatened to destroy the Roman empire in its
role as “that which restraineth” the advent of the Antichrist and thereby, as
we have seen, usher in the end of the world. As Constantine’s tutor,
Lactantius, wrote: “It is apparent that the world is destined to end
immediately. The only evidence to diminish our fear is the fact that the city
of Rome continues to flourish. But once this city, which is the veritable
capital of the world, falls and there is nothing in its place but ruins, as the
sibyls predict, who can doubt that the end will have arrived both for humanity
and for the entire world?”[193] Thus Constantine, by bringing
the persecution to an end, both saved the Christians from extinction and gave
Rome and the world a new lease of life.
It was to be a true Renovatio Imperii, renovation of the Empire.
As Fr. George Florovsky writes, “the Age of Constantine is commonly regarded as
a turning point of Christian history. After a protracted struggle with the
Church, the Roman Empire at last capitulated. The Caesar himself was converted,
and humbly applied for admission into the Church. Religious freedom was
formally promulgated, and was emphatically extended to Christians. The
confiscated property was returned to Christian communities. Those Christians
who suffered disability and deportation in the years of persecution were now
ordered back, and were received with honors. In fact, Constantine was offering
to the Church not only peace and freedom, but also protection and close
cooperation. Indeed, he was urging the Church and her leaders to join with him
in the ‘Renovation’ of the Empire… Constantine was firmly convinced that, by
Divine Providence, he was entrusted with a high and holy mission, that he was
chosen to re-establish the Empire, and to re-establish it on a Christian
foundation. This conviction, more than any particular theory, was the decisive
factor in his policy, and in his actual mode of ruling.”[194]
And yet the Triumph of the Cross under St. Constantine proved,
paradoxically, that God does not need Christian kings in order to save the
world. They help – they help greatly. But for almost three centuries from the
Resurrection of Christ to the Edict of Milan the Church survived and grew in
the teeth of everything that Jewish and pagan fury could hurl against her, and
without the help of any earthly forces.
For, as Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow wrote: “there is benefit in the union of
the altar and the throne, but it is not mutual benefit that is the first
foundation of their union, but the independent truth, which supports both the
one and the other. May the king, the protector of the altar, be blessed; but
the altar does not fear the fall of this protection. The priest is right who
preaches that the king should be honoured, but not by right of mutuality, but
by pure obligation, even if this took place without the hope of mutuality…
Constantine the Great came to the altar of Christ when it already stood on the
expanses of Asia, Europe and Africa: he came, not in order to support it with
his strength, but in order to submit himself with his majesty before its
Holiness. He Who dwells in the heavens laughed at those who later thought of
lowering His Divine religion to dependence on human assistance. In order to
make their sophistry laughable, He waited for three centuries before calling
the wise king to the altar of Christ, and meanwhile from day to day king,
peoples, wise men, power, art, cupidity, cunning and rage rose up to destroy
this altar. And what happened in the end? All this has disappeared, while the
Church of Christ stands – but not because it is supported by human power…”[195]
Having said that, the conversion of the Emperor
to the Church was an event of the greatest historical significance that brought
immeasurable benefits to the Church and to humanity in general. Constantine was
converted in 312. Just before the fateful battle of the Milvian Bridge, outside
Rome, against the pagan Emperor Maxentius, both he and his army saw a cross of
light in the sky with the words: “In this sign conquer” above it. Eusebius
records the story as Constantine himself related it to him: “He said that at
about midday, when the sun was beginning to decline, he saw with his own eyes
the trophy of a cross of light in the heavens, above the sun, and bearing the
inscription Conquer by This (Hoc Vince). At this sight he himself was
struck with amazement, and his whole army also.”[196] The next night Christ appeared to him and told him to make
standards for the army in this form, “and to use it as a safeguard in all
engagements with his enemies”. So the next day Constantine had the pagan
standards removed and the Christian one, the so-called Labarum, put in
their place, and declared himself publicly to be a Christian. The result was an
easy victory over the much larger army of Maxentius. The next day, October 29,
Constantine entered Rome and was hailed as Emperor of the West.[197]
Although Constantine was not baptised until he was on his deathbed[198], and never received a Christian
anointing or coronation, the Church has always believed that he received the
invisible anointing of the Holy Spirit: “Thou wast the image of a new David,
receiving the horn of royal anointing over thy head; for with the oil of the
Spirit hath the transcendent Word and Lord anointed thee, O glorious one.
Wherefore, thou hast also received a royal sceptre, O all-wise one, asking
great mercy for us.”[199]
In 324, Constantine defeated Licinius and imposed his rule on the East,
thereby delivering Roman Christians throughout the Empire from the persecutions
of pagan emperors. Rome was now, not the persecutor, but the protector, of the
Christian people.
Indeed, long before his defeat of the last tyrant, Constantine had started to legislate in favour of Christianity with the following decrees: “on the abolition of pagan games
(314), on the liberation of the Christian clergy from civil obligations and
church lands from additional taxes (313-315), on the abolition of crucifixion
as a means of capital punishment (315), on the abolition of the branding of
criminals (315), against the Jews who rose up against the Church (315), on the
liberation of slaves at church gatherings without special formalities (316), on
forbidding private persons from offering sacrifices to idols and divining at
home (319), on the annulment of laws against celibacy (320), on the celebration
of Sunday throughout the Empire (321), on the right of bishops to be appeal
judges (321), on banning the forcible compulsion of Christians to take part in
pagan festivals (322), on the banning of gladiatorial games (325), on allowing
Christians to take up senior government posts (325), on the building of
Christian churches and the banning in them of statues and images of the emperor
(325).”[200]
Among these decrees the one on absolving the clergy from
holding civic office is particularly interesting because it shows the
underlying motivation of Constantine’s legislation: “[The clergy] shall not be
drawn away by any deviation and sacrifice from the worship that is due to the
Divinity, but shall devote themselves without interference to their own law…
for it seems that rendering the greatest possible service to the Deity, they
most benefit the state.”[201]
Some would see in this a cynical attempt to exploit the Deity in the
interests of the emperor. But a more reasonable interpretation is that
Constantine was already feeling his way to a doctrine of the symphony of
powers, in which the emperor helps the Church as the defender of the faith and
“the bishop of those outside the Church”, while the Church helps the emperor
through her prayers – all to the ultimate glory of God and the salvation of
men.
Barnes writes: “Constantine allowed pagans to retain their beliefs, even
to build new sacred edifices. But he allowed them to worship their traditional
gods only in the Christian sense of that word, not according to the traditional
forms hallowed by antiquity. The emperor made the distinction underlying his
policy explicit when he answered a petition from the Umbrian town of Hispellum
requesting permission to build a temple of the Gens Flavia. Constantine granted
the request but specified that the shrine dedicated to the imperial family must
never be ‘polluted by the deceits of any contagious superstition’. From 324
onwards Constantine constantly evinced official disapproval of the sacrifices
and other cultic acts which constituted the essence of Greco-Roman paganism:
Christianity was now the established religion of the Roman Empire and its
ruler, and paganism should now conform to Christian patterns of religious
observance.”[202]
Constantine also defended the Christians against the Jews. He ordered
the release of all slaves whom the Jews had dared to circumcise, and those Jews
who killed their co-religionists for converting to Christianity were themselves
executed.[203]
How central Christianity was to Constantine’s conception of empire is
illustrated by his words on hearing of the Donatist heresy: “Until now I cannot
be completely calm until all my subjects are united in brotherly unity and
offer to the All-holy God the true worship that is prescribed by the Catholic
Church”. Again, when the Donatists appealed to him against the judgement of the
bishops, he said: “What mad presumption! They turn heavenly things into
earthly, appealing to me as if the matter was of a civic nature.”[204]
Thus Constantine separated Church matters from civic matters and did not
subject the former to State law, but on the contrary tried to conform his
legislation to Christian principles. He gave to the Church the full honour due
to her as an institution founded by the One True God, no less than the Body of
the God-Man Himself, and therefore higher by nature than any human institution,
not excluding the Roman Empire itself. Christianity did not simply take the
place of the old Roman religion in the State apparatus; for Constantine
understood that the Christian faith was not to be honoured for the sake of the
empire, or in submission to the empire, but that the empire existed for the
sake of the faith and was to be submitted to it.
This was most clearly illustrated at the First Ecumenical Council in
325, when the emperor took part in the proceedings only at the request of the
bishops, and did not sit on a royal throne, but on a little stool.[205] Then, when he addressed the
Council Fathers he demonstrated that for him the internal peace and prosperity
of the Church was even more important that the external peace and prosperity of
the Empire: “Now that we, with the help of God the Saviour, have destroyed the
tyranny of the atheists who entered into open war with us, may the evil spirit
not dare to attack our holy Faith with his cunning devices. I say to you from
the depths of my heart: the internal differences in the Church of God that I
see before my eyes have plunged me into profound sorrow... Servants of the God
of peace, regenerate amidst us that spirit of love which it is your duty to
instil in others, destroy the seeds of all quarrels.”[206]
Again, to the Fathers who were not present at the Council of Nicaea he
wrote concerning its decrees: “That which has been established in accordance
with the God-inspired decision of so many and such holy Bishops we shall accept
with joy as the command of God; for everything that is established at the Holy
Councils of Bishops must be ascribed to the Divine will.”
Constantine saw himself as the instrument of God’s will for the
uprooting of impiety and the planting of piety: “With such impiety pervading
the human race, and the State threatened with destruction, what relief did God
devise?… I myself was the instrument He chose… Thus, beginning at the remote
Ocean of Britain, where the sun sinks beneath the horizon in obedience to the
law of nature, with God’s help I banished and eliminated every form of evil
then prevailing, in the hope that the human race, enlightened through me, might
be recalled to a proper observance of God’s holy laws.”[207]
Whatever Constantine did for the Church – for example, the convening of
Church Councils and the punishment of heretics – he did, not as arbitrary
expressions of his imperial will, but in
obedience to the commission of the Church. Thus the Fathers of
the First Council welcomed the Emperor as follows: "Blessed is God, Who
has chosen you as king of the earth, having by your hand destroyed the worship
of idols and through you bestowed peace upon the hearts of the faithful... On
this teaching of the Trinity, your Majesty, is established the greatness of
your piety. Preserve it for us whole and unshaken, so that none of the
heretics, having penetrated into the Church, might subject our faith to
mockery... Your
Majesty, command that Arius should depart from his error and rise no longer
against the apostolic teaching. Or if he remains obstinate in his impiety,
drive him out of the Orthodox Church." As A. Tuskarev (Bishop Dionysius
(Alferov)) observes, "this is a clear recognition of the divine election
of Constantine as the external defender of the Church, who is obliged to work
with her in preserving the right faith, and in correspondence with the
conciliar sentence is empowered to drive heretics out of the Church."[208]
The most famous definition of the relationship between Constantine and
the Church is to be found in two passages from Eusebius’ Life of Constantine,
which speak of him as “like a common bishop” and “like a bishop of those
outside”. The first passage is as follows: “[Constantine] was common for all,
but he paid a completely special attention to the Church of God. While certain
divergences manifested themselves in different regions, he, like a common
bishop established by God, reunited the ministers of God in synods. He did not
disdain to be present at their activities and to sit with them, participating
in their episcopal deliberations, and arbitrating for everyone the peace of
God… Then, he did not fail to give his support to those whom he saw were
bending to the better opinion and leaning towards equilibrium and consensus,
showing how much joy the common accord of all gave him, while he turned away
from the indocile…”
In the second passage the emperor receives the bishops and says that he,
too, is a bishop: “But you, you are bishops whose jurisdiction is withint the
Church: I also am a bishop, ordained by God to oversee those outside the
Church.” Eusebius immediately explains that Constantine’s “bishopric” here
consisted, not in liturgical priestly acts, but in “overseeing [epeskopei] all the subjects of the empire”
and leading them towards piety.[209] So the emperor is not really a bishop, but only like a bishop, being similar to the
pastors in both his missionary and in his supervisory roles.
Constantine excelled in both roles. Thus,
on the one hand, he responded vigorously to St. Nina’s request that he send
bishops and priest to help her missionary work in Georgia, and on hearing that
the Christians were being persecuted in Persia he threatened to go to war with
that state. And on the other hand, he convened numerous councils of bishops to
settle doctrinal disputes throughout the empire, acting as the focus
of unity for the Church on earth.
The emperor’s role as a focus of unity within the Church did not mean that he was thought to have power over the Church. Thus when St.
Athanasius the Great was condemned by a council at Tyre that considered itself
"ecumenical", and appealed to the Emperor Constantine against the
decision, he was not asking the secular power to overthrow the decision of the
ecclesiastical power, as had been the thought of the Donatists earlier in the
reign, but was rather calling on a son of the Church to defend the decision of
the Holy Fathers of the Church at Nicaea against overthrow by heretics from
outside the Church.
Of
course, being mortal, Constantine was not always consistent in the execution of
his principles (as when he refused Athanasius’ appeal). But the principles
themselves were sound, and he was always sincere in trying to uphold them.
The emperor’s role as focus of unity was especially necessary when the
Church was afflicted by problems that affected the whole Church, and needed a
Council representing the whole Church to solve them. Such, for example, were
the problems of Arianism and the Church calendar, both of which were resolved
at the First Ecumenical Council, convened by the Emperor Constantine. Since the
Church herself, contrary to the assertions of later papist propagandists,
lacked a “bishop of bishops” having ecumenical jurisdiction, only the emperor
could carry out this co-ordinating function. He alone had the ecumenical
authority necessary to compel the bishops from all parts of the empire to meet
together in Synods, and remain there until decisions were agreed upon. And he
alone could then see that these decisions, such as the exile of Arius, did not
remain a dead letter, but were put into practice.
St. Constantine died at midday on Pentecost,
337, and was buried in the church of the Holy Apostles amidst the sepulchres of
the twelve apostles. For in his person the Church had indeed found an “equal to
the apostles”. In his reign the process of converting the world that began at
Pentecost reached its first climax…
The transformation of the pagan despotism of Old Rome into the Christian
Autocracy of New Rome on the model of the Israelite Autocracy was a gradual,
piecemeal process, with many reverses along the way. Just as Constantine
himself did not immediately become a baptised Christian after his vision of the
Cross at the Milvian Bridge, but was baptised only on his deathbed, so the
pagan governmental structure did not become Christian overnight. Official
paganism still retained some of its rights until Theodosius’ decrees late in
the fourth century; it was not until the reign of Gratian near the end of the
century that the Emperors abandoned the pagan religious title of pontifex
maximus, and the Senate was forbidden to offer incense on the altar of the
goddess Victory.
Some of the successors of Constantine, especially in the East, tried to
revive the pagan Roman idea of the Emperor as supreme ruler in both religious
and secular affairs, and to treat the Church as no more than a department of
State. This pagan reaction began already in the reign of Constantine’s son
Constantius. He had been Orthodox, but converted to the Arian heresy, believing
that Christ was not the pre-eternal God but a created being. Consequently, St.
Athanasius, who had previously addressed him as “very pious”, a “worshipper of
God”, “beloved of God” and a successor of David and Solomon, now denounced him
as “patron of impiety and Emperor of heresy,… godless, unholy,.. this modern
Ahab, this second Belshazzar”, like Pharaoh, worse than Pilate and a forerunner
of the Antichrist.[210] For, as he wrote to Constantius:
“Judgement is made by bishops. What business is it of the Emperor’s?”[211]
Another bishop who spoke out against
Constantius was St. Hilary of Poitiers. “It is time to speak,” he begins; “the
time for holding my peace has passed. Let Christ be expected, for Antichrist
has prevailed. Let the shepherds cry, for the hirelings have fled… You are
fighting against God, you are raging against the Church, you are persecuting
the saints, you hate the preachers of Christ, you are annulling religion; you
are a tyrant no longer only in the human, but in the divine sphere… You lyingly
declare yourself a Christian, but are a new enemy of Christ. You art a
precursor of Antichrist, and you work the mysteries of his secrets.”[212]
Constantius’
heretical cast of mind made it easier for him to assume the place of Christ as
head of the Church. Thus at the Council of Milan in 355, he said: “My will is
law”. To which St. Osius of Cordoba, replied: “Stop, I beseech you. Remember
that you are a mortal man, fear the Day of Judgement, preserve yourself pure
for that. Do not interfere in matters that are essentially ecclesiastical and
do not give us orders about them, but rather accept teaching from us. God has
entrusted you with the Empire, and to us He has entrusted the affairs of the
Church. And just as one who seizes for himself your power contradicts the
institution of God, so fear lest you, in taking into your own hands the affairs
of the Church, do not become guilty of a serious offence. As it is written,
give to Caesar what is Caesar’s and to God what is God’s. We are not permitted
to exercise an earthly role; and you, Sire, are not authorised to burn
incense.”
At about this time, the Persian King Sapor started to kill the clergy,
confiscate church property and raze the churches to the ground. He told St.
Simeon, Bishop of Seleucia and Ctesiphon, that if he worshipped the sun, he
would receive every possible honour and gift. But if he refused, Christianity
in Persia would be utterly destroyed. In reply, St. Simeon not only refused to
worship the sun but also refused to recognise the king by bowing to him. This
omission of his previous respect for the king’s authority was noticed and
questioned by the King. St. Simeon replied: "Before I bowed down to you,
giving you honour as a king, but now I come being brought to deny my God and
Faith. It is not good for me to bow before an enemy of my God!" The King
then threatened to destroy the Church in his kingdom… He brought in about one
hundred priests and about one thousand other Christians and killed them before
the saint’s eyes. The saint encouraged them not to be frightened and to be in
hope of eternal life. After everyone had been killed, St. Simeon himself was
martyred.[213]
This shows that the Fathers and Martyrs of the Church recognised the
authority of kings and emperors only so long as they did not persecute the
Church of God. At the same time, non-recognition did not necessarily mean
rebellion. Thus although the Fathers could not look upon a heretical emperor
such as Constantius as an image of the Heavenly King, they did not counsel
rebellion against him, but only resistance against those of his laws that
encroached on Christian piety. However, when Julian the Apostate (361-363) came
to the throne, passive resistance turned into active, if not actually physical,
attempts to have him removed. Thus St. Basil the Great prayed for the defeat of
Julian in his wars against the Persians; and it was through his prayers that
the apostate was in fact killed, as was revealed by God to the holy hermit
Julian of Mesopotamia.[214]
St. Basil’s friend, St. Gregory the Theologian wrote: “I call to
spiritual rejoicing all those who constantly remained in fasting, in mourning
and prayer, and by day and by night besought deliverance from the sorrows that
surrounded us and found a reliable healing from the evils in unshakeable hope…
What hoards of weapons, what myriads of men could have produced what our
prayers and the will of God produced?”[215] Gregory called Julian not only
an “apostate”, but also “universal enemy” and “general murderer”, a traitor to
Romanity as well as to Christianity,[216] explicitly denying that his was
a power from God and therefore requiring obedience: “What demon instilled this
thought in you? If every authority were acknowledged as sacred by the very fact
of its existence, Christ the Savior would not have called Herod ‘that fox’. The
Church would not hitherto have denounced ungoldly rulers who defended heresies
and persecuted Orthodoxy. Of course, if one judges an authority on the basis of
its outward power, and not on its inner, moral worthiness, one may easily bow
down to the beast, i.e. the Antichrist, ‘whose coming will be will with all
power and lying wonders’ (II Thessalonians 2.9), to whom ‘power was
given… over all kindred, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwelt upon the
earth shall worship him, whose names were not written in the book of life of
the Lamb’ (Revelation 13.7-8).”[217]
This raises the question: what made Julian the Apostate so much worse
than previous persecutors and unworthy even of that honour and obedience that
had been given to them? Two possible answers suggest themselves. The first is
that Julian was the first – and last – of the Byzantine emperors who openly
trampled on the memory and legitimacy of St. Constantine, declaring that he
“insolently usurped the throne”.[218] In this way he questioned the
legitimacy of the Christian Empire as such – a revolutionary position very rare
in Byzantine history. If, as Magdalino suggests, “each emperor’s accession was
a conscious act of renewal of the imperial order instituted by Constantine the
Great,” and “the idea of each new ruler as a new Constantine was implicit in
the dynastic succession established by the founder of Constantinople”[219], then Julian’s rejection of
Constantine was clearly a rejection of the imperial order as such. In this
sense he was an anti-emperor as well as an anti-christ.
That this is how the Byzantines looked at it is suggested by what
happened at the death of Julian and the accession of the Christian Emperor
Jovian in 363: “Themistus assured the people of the city that what they were
getting, after Constantine’s son Constantius and Constantine’s nephew Julian,
was nothing less than a reincarnation of Constantine himself.”[220] Jovian’s being a “new
Constantine” was a guarantee that he represented a return to the old order and
true, Christian Romanity. From this time new Byzantine emperors were often
hailed as new Constantines, as were the Christian kings of the junior members
of the Christian commonwealth of nations.
A
second reason for ascribing to Julian an exceptional place amongst the
forerunners of the Antichrist was his reversal of Emperor Hadrian’s decree in
135 forbidding the Jews from returning to Jerusalem and, still worse, his
helping the Jews to rebuild the Temple, in defiance of the Lord’s prophecy that
“there shall be left not one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down”
(Mark 13.2).
By a miracle from God the rebuilding of the Temple was forcibly stopped.
St. Gregory the Theologian tells how the Jews enthusiastically set about the
rebuilding. But “suddenly they were driven from their work by a violent
earthquake and whirlwind, and they rushed together for refuge to a neighbouring
church… There are some who say that the church doors were closed against them
by an invisible hand although these doors had been wide open a moment before…
It is, moreover, affirmed and believed by all that as they strove to force
their way in by violence, the fire, which burst from the foundation of the
Temple, met and stopped them; some it burnt and destroyed, others it injured
seriously… But the most wonderful thing was that a light, as of a cross within
a circle, appeared in the heavens… and the mark of the cross was impressed on
their garments… a mark which in art and elegance surpassed all painting and
embroidery.” [221]
But if Julian had succeeded, then, wondered the Christians, what would
have prevented him from sitting in the Temple as God – that is, from becoming
the Antichrist himself? It is from this time, as Dagron points out, “that the
face of each emperor or empress is scrutinised to try and recognise in it the
characteristic traits of the Antichrist or of the sovereigns, good or bad, who
precede his coming…”[222]
The Fathers were no less bold in their claims on Orthodox emperors. Thus
St. Basil the Great wrote: “The Emperors must defend the decrees of God”.[223] And St. Gregory the Theologian
wrote: “The law of Christ submits you to our power and our judgement. For we
also rule, and our power is higher than yours. In fact, must the spirit bow
before matter, the heavenly before the earthly?”[224] Again, St. John Chrysostom
wrote: “The priesthood is as far above the kingdom as the spirit is above the
body. The king rules the body, but the priest – the king, which is why the king
bows his head before the finger of the priest.”[225] And again: “The Church is not
the sphere of Caesar, but of God. The decrees of the State authorities in
matters of religion cannot have ecclesiastical significance. Only the will of
God can be the source of Church law. He who bears the diadem is no better than
the last citizen when he must be reproached and punished. Ecclesiastical
authority must stand firmly for its rights if the State authorities interfere
in its sphere. It must know that the boundaries of royal power do not coincide
with those of the priesthood, and the latter is greater than the former.”[226]
This viewpoint was summarised in the Apostolic Constitutions as follows: “The king occupies himself only
with military matters, worrying about war and peace, so as to preserve the
body, while the bishop covers the priesthood of God, protecting both body and
soul from danger. Thus the priesthood surpasses the kingdom as much as the soul
surpasses the body, for it binds and looses those worthy of punishment and
forgiveness.”[227]
A
clear example of the heavenly refusing to bow down before the earthly was
provided by St. John Chrysostom in his relations with the Empress Eudoxia. In 403 a silver statue of the empress was
erected in Constantinople, before which the public games were performed.
“These,” writes Socrates Scholasticus, “John regarded as an insult offered to
the Church, and having regained his ordinary freedom and keenness of tongue
[after his first exile], he employed his tongue against those who did these
things… The empress once more applied his expression to herself as indicating
marked contempt towards her own person: she therefore endeavoured to procure
the convocation of another council of bishops against him. When John became
aware of this, he delivered in the church that celebrated oration beginning
with: ‘Again Herodias raves, again she is troubled, again she dances, and again
she desires to receive John’s head on a platter’.”[228]
A
still clearer example of this new assertiveness of the Church towards the
Empire is provided by the relationship between the Emperor Theodosius the Great
and St. Ambrose, Bishop of Milan. Theodosius was probably more disposed to
accede to the desires of the Church than any Emperor since Constantine. Thus in
380 he decreed that everyone should become a Christian: “It is Our Will that
all the peoples We rule shall practise that religion which the divine Peter the
Apostle transmitted to the Romans. We shall believe in the single Deity of the
Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, under the concept of equal majesty and of
the Holy Trinity. We command that those persons who follow this rule shall embrace
the name of Catholic Christians. The rest, however, whom We adjudge demented
and insane, shall sustain the infamy of heretical dogmas, their meeting places
shall not receive the name of churches, and they shall be smitten first by
divine vengeance and secondly by the retribution of Our own initiative, which
We shall assume in accordance with divine judgement.”[229]
While only a general, Theodosius had had a vision of St.
Meletius, Bishop of Antioch, investing him with the imperial robe and covering
his head with an imperial crown. So, on seeing him at the Second Ecumenical
Council in 381, the emperor ran up to him, “and, like a boy who loves his
father, stood for a long time gazing on him with filial joy, then flung his
arms around him, and covered eyes and lips and breast and head and the hand
that had given him the crown, with kisses”[230] – a striking image of the new,
filial relationship between Church and Empire. Never before, and probably never
again until the Muscovite tsars of the seventeenth century was this
relationship to be so clearly promulgated.
But if Theodosius thought that the Church would now in all circumstances
support him, as he supported the Church, he was to receive a salutary shock at
the hands of the great bishop, St. Ambrose of Milan. “Ambrose,” writes John
Julius Norwich, “was the most influential churchman in Christendom – more so by
far than the Pope in Rome, by reason not only of the greater importance of
Milan as a political capital but also of his own background. Member of one of
the most ancient Christian families of the Roman aristocracy, son of a
Praetorian Prefect of Gaul and himself formerly a consularis, or
governor, of Liguria and Aemilia, he had never intended to enter the
priesthood; but on the death in 374 of the previous bishop, the Arian
Auxentius, an acrimonious dispute had arisen between the Orthodox and Arian
factions in the city over which he, as governor, was obliged to arbitrate. Only
when it finally emerged that he alone possessed sufficient prestige to make him
equally acceptable to both parties did he reluctantly allow his name to go
forward. In a single week he was successively a layman, catechumen, priest and
bishop.”[231]
Now in 388 some Christians burned down the local synagogue in Callinicum
(Raqqa), on the Euphrates. Theodosius ordered it to be rebuilt at the
Christians’ expense. However, St. Ambrose wrote to him: «When a report was made by the
military Count of the East that a synagogue had been burnt down, and that this
was done at the instigation of the bishop, You gave command that the others
should be punished, and the synagogue be rebuilt by the bishop himself… The
bishop’s account ought to have been waited for, for priests are the calmers of
disturbances, and anxious for peace, except when even they are moved by some
offence against God, or insult to the Church. Let us suppose that the bishop
burned down the synagogue… It will evidently be necessary for him to take back
his act or become a martyr. Both the one and the other are foreign to Your rule: if he turns out to be a hero,
then fear lest he end his life in martyrdom; but if he turns out to be
unworthy, then fear lest you become the cause of his fall, for the seducer
bears the greater responsibility. And what if others are cowardly and
agree to construct the synagogue? Then… you can write on the front of the building:
‘This temple of impiety was built on contributions taken from Christians’. You are
motivated by considerations of public order. But what is the order from on
high? Religion was always bound to have the main significance in the State,
which is why the severity of the laws must be modified here. Remember Julian,
who wanted to rebuild the temple of Jerusalem: the builders were then burned by
the fire of God. Do you not take fright at what happened then?… And how many temples did the
Jews not burn down under Julian at Gaza, Askalon, Beirut and other places? You did not take revenge for the churches, but now You
take revenge for the synagogue!”[232] “What is more important,” he
asked, “the parade of discipline or the cause of religion? The maintenance of
civil law is secondary to religious interest.”
[233] And he refused to celebrate the
Divine Liturgy until the imperial decree had been revoked.
Theodosius
backed down…
St. Ambrose’s views on Church-State relations were squarely in the
tradition of the Eastern Fathers quoted above: “The Emperor is not above the
Church, but in the Church,” he wrote.
“If one reads the Scriptures, one sees that it is bishops who judge Emperors.”[234] St. Ambrose showed an awesome
courage in the face of State authority. He knew from his experience as a
governor, as well as from his Christian faith, how weak emperors really are. As
he wrote: “How miserable even in this world is the condition of kings, how mutable
the imperial state, how short the span of this life, what slavery sovereigns
themselves endure, seeing that they live not according to their own will but by
the will of others”.[235]
These patricians-turned-hierarchs strikingly combined the traditional
ideals of the political and ecclesiastical rulers as described by St. John
Chrysostom: “Fear induced by the leaders does not allow us to relax from lack
of care, while the consolations of the Church do not allow us to fall into
despondency: through both the one and the other God constructs our salvation.
He both established the leaders (Romans 13.4) so as to frighten the bold, and
has ordained the priests so as to comfort the sorrowing”.[236]
Ambrose displayed these qualities again in 390, when a riot took place
in Thessalonica that led to the murder of several magistrates. In his anger on
hearing the news, the Emperor Theodosius ordered the execution of the
perpetrators. But there was no trial, and many innocent as well as guilty were
killed, perhaps as many as seven thousand.
“News of this lamentable calamity,” writes Theodoret, “reached Ambrose.
The emperor on his arrival at Milan wished according to custom to enter the
church. Ambrose met him outside the outer porch and forbade him to step over
the sacred threshold. ‘You seem, sir, not to know,’ said he, ‘the magnitude of
the bloody deed that has been done. Your rage has subsided, but your reason has
not yet recognised the character of the deed. Peradventure your Imperial power
prevents your recognising the sin, and power stands in the light of reason. We
must however know how our nature passes away and is subject to death; we must
know the ancestral dust from which we sprang, and to which we are swiftly
returning. We must not because we are dazzled
by the sheen of the purple fail to see the weakness of the body that it robes.
You are a sovereign, sir; of men of like nature with your own, and who are in
truth your fellow slaves; for there is one Lord and Sovereign of mankind,
Creator of the universe. With what eyes then will you look on the temple of our
common Lord – with what feet will you tread that holy threshold, how will you
stretch forth your hands still dripping with the blood of unjust slaughter? How
in such hands will you receive the all-holy Body of the Lord? How will you who
in rage unrighteously poured forth so much blood lift to your lips the precious
Blood? Begone. Attempt not to add another crime to that which you have
committed. Submit to the restriction to which God the Lord of all agrees that
you be sentenced. He will be your physician, He will give you health.’
“Educated as he had been in the sacred oracles, Theodosius knew clearly
what belonged to priests and what to emperors. He therefore bowed to the rebuke
of Ambrose, and retired sighing and weeping to the palace. After a considerable
time, when eight months had passed away, the festival of our Saviour’s birth
came round and the emperor sat in his palace shedding a storm of tears.”
[237]
At this point Rufinus, controller of the
household, proposed that he ask Ambrose to revoke his decision. The emperor did
not think Rufinus would succeed; “for I know the justice of the sentence passed
by Ambrose, nor will he ever be moved by respect for my imperial power to
transgress the law of God.” Nevertheless, he eventually agreed that Rufinus
should make the attempt. Ambrose was scathing to Rufinus: “Your impudence
matches a dog’s,” he said, “for you were the adviser of this terrible
slaughter.” And he said he would rather die than allow the emperor to enter the
church: “If he is for changing his sovereign power into that of a tyrant, I too
will gladly submit to a violent death.”
Here we find a very important difference between the concepts of true
sovereignty, basileia, and the unlawful power of the usurper, tyrannis.
Such a distinction was not new. Aristotle had written: “There is a third kind
of tyranny; which is the most typical form and is the counterpart to the
perfect monarchy. This tyranny is just that arbitrary power of an individual
which is responsible to no-one and governs all alike, whether equals or
betters, with a view to its own advantage, not to that of its subjects and
therefore against their will.”[238]
The Holy Fathers developed this idea in a Christian context. Thus St.
Basil the Great said: “If the heart of the king is in the hands of God (Proverbs
21.1), then he is saved, not by force of arms, but by the guidance of God. But
not every one is in the hands of God, but only he who is worthy of the name of
king. Some have defined kingly power as lawful dominion or sovereignty over
all, without being subject to sin.” A strict definition indeed! And again: “The
difference between a tyrant and a King is that the tyrant strives in every way
to carry out his own will. But the King does good to those whom he rules.”[239]
St. Ephraim, in first of his Hymns against Julian, makes a
similar distinction: “The royal sceptre governed men and cared for cities and
chased away wild animals; the opposite was the sceptre of the King who turned
to paganism. The wild animals saw it and were glad…”[240] Since Julian revived paganism
and made himself a pagan priest, he was compared to the apostate kings of old,
like Ahab and Manasseh, and was destroyed by God.
St. Ambrose followed in this tradition and gave the idea a further
twist: a tyrant is a ruler who attempts disobey or dominate the Church. Other
Fathers agreed that the possession of power by no means guaranteed its
legitimacy. Thus St. Isidore of Pelusium wrote, early in the fifth century: “If
some evildoer unlawfully seizes power, we do not say that he is established by
God [the definition of a true king], but we say that he is allowed, either to
spit out all his craftiness, or in order to chasten those for whom cruelty is
necessary, as the king of Babylon chastened the Jews."[241]
Models of Kingship
The Christian Roman Empire was a new and astounding phenomenon, which
immediately raised the question: what kind of kingdom was it? Before attempting
to answer this question, let us remind ourselves of some of the different
concepts of kingship in ancient times.
“In every people,” writes the French linguist Émile Benveniste,
we can observe that special functions are attributed to the ‘king’. Between
royal power in the Vedas [of India] and Greek royal power there is a difference
which comes out when we compare the following two definitions: In the Laws of
Manu the king is characterised in one phrase: ‘the king is a great god in human
form’. Such a definition is confirmed by other utterances: ‘there are eight
holy objects, objects of veneration, worship and good treatment: Brahman, the
holy cow, fire, gold, melted butter, the sun, the waters and the king (as the
eighth)’. This is opposed by the definition of Aristotle: ‘the king is in the
same relationship with his subjects as the head of a family with his children’.
That is, in essence, this despotis in the etymological sense of the word
was a master of the house – a complete master, without a doubt, but by no means
a divinity….
“For the Indo-Iranians the king is a divinity, and he has no need to
attach legality to his power by using a symbol such as a sceptre. But the
Homeric king was just a man who received royal dignity from Zeus together with
the attributes that emphasised this dignity. For the Germans the king’s power
was purely human.”[242]
So Rome, according to Benveniste, tended towards the oriental, despotic,
god-man model of kingship. However, as we have seen, there was always a
tension, in the early pagan Roman empire, between the earlier, more democratic
traditions of Republican Rome and the later, more despotic traditions adopted
by Augustus from the East (especially Cleopatra’s Egypt). Only by the time of
Diocletian, in the early fourth century, had the oriental, despotic tradition
achieved clear dominance.
But the Christian Roman emperors beginning with St. Constantine had more
than Greco-Roman traditions to draw on: there were also the traditions of Old
Testament Israel. That is, they had as models for imitation not only the pagan
Greek and Roman emperors, such as Alexander and Augustus, but also the Old
Testament kings, such as David and Solomon. In the end, a creative synthesis
was achieved, which enabled the Christian Roman emperors to look back to both
David and Augustus as models and forerunners. And into this sythesis went a
third element: St. Paul’s teaching that the Roman emperor was “the servant of
God” (Romans 13.4), the King of kings, the Lord Jesus Christ – Who chose
to become a man as the Son of David and a taxpayer as the subject of Augustus.
However, the tension between the pagan (Roman) and Christian (neo-Roman
or Byzantine) elements of this synthesis continued to trouble the empire for
centuries. G.A. Ostrogorsky writes: “The Byzantine State structure was not
created by Christian Byzantium itself. It was created, first and above all, by
the Roman Emperor and pagan Diocletian, and secondly, by Constantine the Great,
who stood on the boundary between the old and the new Rome, between paganism
and Christianity. This circumstance determined the destiny of Byzantium.
According to their State consciousness, the Byzantines always remained Romans;
they proudly called themselves Romans right up to the 15th century,
on the eve of the fall of the Empire. Moreover, they knew no other name for
themselves. But in spirit – and the more so as time passed – they were Greeks.
But at the same time and first of all they were Christians. Transferred into
the sphere of another culture, the form of Roman Statehood served as a vessel
for the Greek-Christian spirit. No less than the Byzantine people, and still
more, did the Byzantine Emperors feel themselves to be Romans – the heirs and
successors of ancient Rome, right up to Augustus. With the form of Roman
Statehood they absorbed also all the prerogatives and attributes of Imperial
power in ancient Rome. But to these prerogatives there also belonged the
prerogative of the first-priesthood. The Emperor was not only the supreme judge
and army commander, but also the Pontifex Maximus; the religious life of
his subjects was subject to him as a part of public law. In ancient Rome, where
the State religion was the cult of the genius of the divine Emperor, this was
completely natural. In Christian Byzantium such a position, it would seem, was
unthinkable. Further development also demonstrated its impossibility, but not a
little time passed before the new spirit broke through the ways of the old
traditions. The very title Pontifex Maximus was removed only half a
century after the Christianisation of the Empire (by an Edict of the Emperor
Gratian in 375), while the remnants of the first-hierarchical character of
Imperial power were visible for longer.... This viewpoint was not eastern, but
simply typical of the given period, and was based not on Byzantine, but on
ancient Roman ideas. At that time it was inherent both in the East and in the
West; in the Middle Ages it lost its power both in the East and in Byzantium.
And it is important that it lost its power in East in proportion as the
Byzantine principles began to triumph over the Roman...”[243]
One idea that was to prove critical in defining the status of the
emperor was that of the earthly king as being the image of the Heavenly King.
Though pagan (hellenistic) in origin, immediately after the christianisation of
the empire this idea was borrowed and modified by Christian writers, who
purified it of the tendency, so natural to pagan thought, of identifying the earthly and the
Heavenly, the image and its archetype. Thus St. Cyril of Alexandria wrote to
the Emperor Theodosius II: “In truth, you are a certain image and likeness of
the Heavenly Kingdom”.[244]
The first to use this comparison in a Christian context was the Arian
Bishop Eusebius of Caesarea, who wrote of St. Constantine:
"The kingdom with which he is invested is an image of the heavenly one. He
looks up to see the archetypal pattern and guides those whom he rules below in
accordance with that pattern.”[245] “The ruler of the whole world is
the second Person of the All-Holy Trinity – the Word of God, Who is in
everything visible and invisible. From this all-embracing Reason the Emperor is
rational, from this Wisdom he is wise, from participation in this Divinity he
is good, from communion with this Righteousness he is righteous, in accordance
with the idea of this Moderation he is moderate, from the reception of this
highest Power he is courageous. In all justice one must call a true Emperor him
who has formed his soul with royal virtues, according to the image of the Highest Kingdom”.[246]
As we
have seen, already in the first three Christian centuries the Roman Empire had
been seen as the providential creation of God for the furtherance and
strengthening of His rule on earth. Now that the emperor himself was a
Christian and was acting in such a successful way to spread the faith
throughout the ecumene, the idea that his earthly kingdom was a
reflection of the Heavenly Kingdom was readily accepted. But this is no way
implied the spiritual subjection of the Church to the Empire. And when the
emperor began to support heresy and persecute the Orthodox, his “image status”
was immediately lost. At no time more than in the fourth century do we find
Christians bolder in their confession against false emperors, or more prepared,
as we have seen, to emphasise the superiority of the Church to the Empire…
Understood in a Christian way, the idea of
the emperor as the image of the Heavenly King excluded both the pagan idea of
the despotic king-god-man and the equally pagan idea of democratism. Thus
Eusebius: “The example of monarchical rule there is a source of strength to
him. This is something granted to man alone of the creatures of the earth by
the universal King. The basic principle of kingly authority is the
establishment of a single source of authority to which everything is subject.
Monarchy is superior to every other constitution and form of government. For
polyarchy, where everyone competes on equal terms, is really anarchy and
discord. This is why there is one God, not two or three or even more.
Polytheism is strictly atheism. There is one King, and His Word and royal law
are one.”[247]
Even those Fathers who insisted most on
the inferiority of the State to the Church accepted that the State could only
be ruled by one man.
Thus Ê.V. Glazkov writes: “St. Ephraim the Syrian noted that
God’s unity of rule in the Heavenly Kingdom and Caesar’s unity of rule in the
earthly kingdom destroy polytheism and polyarchy... The holy hierarch
Gregory the Theologian remarked that there exist three basic forms of rule:
monarchy – rule by one man, which contains in itself faith in one God or, at
least, in a highest God; polyarchy or aristocracy – the rule of the minority or
of the best, which is bound up with polytheism; and, finally, the power of the
majority, which St. Gregory calls anarchy (democracy), which goes hand in glove
with atheism. The saint affirmed that the Orthodox venerate monarchy insofar as
it imitates the unity of God, while polyarchy presupposes a scattering of His
might, a division of
His essence amidst several gods. And, finally, anarchy, the rule of the people,
theologically includes within itself the atomisation of God’s essence, in other
words, power is so fragmented that it becomes almost impossible to attain to
the very existence of God”.[248]
This teaching of the fourth-century Fathers în the
significance of autocratic power was confirmed, over four centuries later, by St. Theodore
the Studite: "There
is one Lord and Giver of the Law, as it is written: one authority and one
Divine principle over all. This single principle is the source of all wisdom,
goodness and good order; it extends over every creature that has received its
beginning from the goodness of God…, it is given to one man only… to construct
rules of life in accordance with the likeness of God. For the divine Moses in
his description of the origin of the world that comes from the mouth of God,
cites the word: 'Let us create man in accordance with Our image and likeness' (Genesis
1.26). Hence the establishment among men of every dominion and every authority,
especially in the Churches of God: one patriarch in a patriarchate, one
metropolitan in a metropolia, one bishop in a bishopric, one abbot in a
monastery, and in secular life, if you want to listen, one king, one regimental
commander, one captain on a ship. And if one will did not rule in all this,
there would be no law and order in anything, and it would not be for the best,
for a multiplicity of wills destroys everything."[249]
The idea that monarchy is the natural form
of government because it reflects, and draws attention to, the monarchy of God,
was a new concept of great importance in the history of ideas. The pagan states
of the Ancient World were, for the most part, monarchical. But none of them
believed, as did the Christians, in a single God and Creator. Moreover, as
often as not, they invested the king with divine status, so that no higher
principle or source of authority above the king or emperor was recognised. In
the Christian empire, on the other hand, sacred and secular power were embodied
in different persons and institutions, and both emperor and patriarch were
considered bound by, and subject to, the will of God in heaven.
Of course, there were real dangers in
attributing too exalted an authority to the emperor, and some of the iconoclast
emperors earned the epithets “beast”, “tyrant” and “forerunner of the
Antichrist” in Byzantine liturgical and hagiographical texts when they tried to
revive the pagan idea of the king-priest. However, in spite of their experience
with the iconoclast emperors, and the constant struggle the patriarchs had to
prevent the emperors invading their sphere, the Byzantines continued to assert
the independent and sacred authority of the anointed emperors, pointing to the
examples of the Old Testament kings. And since the Old Testament kings, such as
David and Solomon, while deferring to the priesthood, were nevertheless quite
clearly the leaders of the people of God in a more than purely political sense,
the same predominance was enjoyed by the emperors in Byzantium. In Byzantium,
therefore, writes Dagron, “the Old Testament has a constitutional value; it has
the same normative character in the political domain as the New Testament has
in the moral domain. The history of the Jews, carefully dehistoricised and
dejudaised by this Christian reading, has the function of prefiguring what will
be or should be the conduct of the Empire, of understanding in what conditions
and by conformity with what biblical “figure” a sovereign will win or lose his
legitimacy, a son inherit power from his father, or a king be able to call
himself a priest…”[250]
The Symphony of Powers
Although different interpretations of the Old Testament models of
kingship (and priesthood) eventually led, together with other doctrinal
disputes, to the schism between East and West in the eleventh century, until
then a common understanding of the Church-State relationship had flourished
throughout Christian Europe and the Middle East. This understanding was given
its classical expression in the Emperor Justinian’s famous Sixth Novella on
the “symphony of powers”. Let us briefly examine the historical process that
led to this statement.
We have seen that the great fourth-century bishops of the Church, in
both East and West, vigorously upheld the sovereignty of the Church in “the
things that are God’s”. This led in some cases to serious conflict with the
emperors. Thus Saints Athanasius and Basil and Gregory had to defy the will of
Arianising emperors in the East, as did Saints Osius and Hilary and Ambrose in
the West; while St. John Chrysostom reproached the Empress Eudoxia and suffered
banishment for his boldness.
However, there were several emperors who were conscientious in
protecting the rights of the Church – the western emperors Arcadius, Honorius
and Valentinian III, for example, and the eastern emperors Theodosius I and II.
The latter sent emissaries to the Council of Ephesus, at which Nestorius was
condemned, instructing not to interfere in the arguments about the faith. For
it was not permitted, he said, for any of them who was not numbered among the
most holy bishops to interfere in Church questions.[251]
But as the fifth century wore on, and the chaos in the Church caused by
the heretics increased, there were calls for the emperors to take a more active
role in Church affairs. Some “interference” by the emperors was even sanctioned
by Canon 93 (Greek 96) of the Council of Carthage in the year 419: “It behoves
the gracious clemency of their Majesties to take measures that the Catholic
Church, which has begotten them as worshippers of Christ in her womb, and has
nourished them with the strong meat of the faith, should by their forethought
be defended, lest violent men, taking advantage of the times of religious
excitement, should be fear overcome a weak people, whom by arguments they were
not able to pervert”. An ancient epitome of this canon puts it succinctly: “The
Emperors who were born in the true religion and were educated in the faith,
ought to stretch forth a helping hand to the Churches. For the military band
overthrew the dire conspiracy which was threatening Paul.”[252]
That the Emperor, as well as the hierarchs, was required to defend the
faith can be seen in the life of St. Hypatius of Rufinianus: “When Nestorius
had left for Ephesus, and the [Third Ecumenical] Council had assembled, on the
day when he should be deposed, Saint Hypatius saw in a vision that an angel of
the Lord took hold of Saint John the Apostle, and led him to the most pious
Emperor [Theodosius II] and said to him, ‘Say to the Emperor: “Pronounce your
sentence against Nestorius”.’ And he, having heard this, pronounced it. Saint
Hypatius made note of this day, and it was verified that Nestorius was deposed
on that very day…”[253]
St. Isidore of Pelusium declared that some “interference” by the
emperors was necessary in view of the sorry state of the priesthood: “The
present hierarchs, by not acting in the same way as their predecessors, do not
receive the same as they; but undertaking the opposite to them, they themselves
experience the opposite. It would be surprising if, while doing nothing similar
to their ancestors, they enjoyed the same honour as they. In those days, when
the kings fell into sin they became chaste again, but now this does not happen
even with laymen. In ancient times the priesthood corrected the royal power
when it sinned, but now it awaits instructions from it; not because it has lost
its own dignity, but because that dignity has been entrusted to those who are
not similar to those who lived in the time of our ancestors. Formerly, when
those who had lived an evangelical and apostolic life were crowned with the
priesthood, the priesthood was fearful by right for the royal power; but now
the royal power is fearful to the priesthood. However, it is better to say, not
‘priesthood’, but those who have the appearance of doing the priestly work,
while by their actions they insult the priesthood. That is why it seems to me
that the royal power is acting justly when, while recognising the priesthood
itself.”[254] Such “interference” was
justified, in St. Isidore’s view, because “although there is a very great
difference between the priesthood and the kingdom (the former is the soul, the
latter – the body), nevertheless they strive for one and the same goal, that
is, the salvation of citizens”.[255]
Following this rule, the emperors did at times intervene successfully in
Church affairs. This was especially necessary because of the violent behaviour
of heretics such as Dioscuros. Thus it was the decisive intervention of the new
Emperors Marcian and Pulcheria that made possible the convening of the Fourth
Ecumenical Council in 451 which anathematised the Monophysite heresy.
For, as Marcian said at the Council: “When by
the decree of God we were elected to the kingdom, then amidst the very many
needs of the State, there was no matter that occupied us more than that the
true and Orthodox faith, which is holy and pure, should remain in the souls of
all without doubts”. [256]
The faithful bishops welcomed the “interference” of the emperors at such
times. Thus St. Leo, Pope of Rome, wrote to the Emperor Marcian: “I have
learned that although the impious [Monophysite] Eutychius is in exile as he
deserves, in the very place of his condemnation he is still more desperately
pouring out many poisons of blasphemies against Catholic purity, and, in order
to ensnare the innocent, he is with the greatest shamelessness vomiting that
which the whole world was appalled at in him and condemned. And so I think your
grace with complete justification ordered that he be sent to a more distant and
remote place.”[257]
At such times, when the bishops were betraying the truth, the pious
emperors stood out as the representatives of the laity, which, as the Eastern
Patriarchs were to declare in their encyclical of the year 1848, is the
guardian of the truth of the Church. At such times they were indeed higher than
the clergy, if not by the grace they had received, at any rate in view of the
fact that the clergy had forsaken their vocation and trampled on that grace
they had received. At such times, the emperors were indeed images of the
Heavenly King, their vocation being, like His, to witness to the truth. For as the King of kings said to Pilate: “You say
that I am a king. For that I was born, and for that I came into the world, to
witness to the truth” (John 18.37). It was in this sense that St.
Leo the Great wrote to the Emperor Theodosius II that he had “not only the soul
of an Emperor, but also the soul of a priest”. And to the Emperor Marcian he wished
“the palm of the priesthood as well as the emperor’s crown”.[258]
As Dagron points out, “the emperor could not remain neutral. He
was the guarantor and often the principal architect of the unity of the Church.
Thus the Orthodox or heretical council unanimously celebrated the sovereign
‘guarded by God’ by giving him without niggardliness the title of ‘teacher of
the faith’, ‘new Paul’, ‘equal to the apostles, illumined like the bishops by
the Holy Spirit’. At the end of the fourth session of the council held in
Constantinople in 536, the bishops expressed the conviction of all in declaring
that, ‘under an Orthodox emperor’, the Empire had nothing and nobody to fear;
and Patriarch Menas concluded: ‘It is fitting that nothing of that which is
debated in the holy Church should be decided against the advice and order [of
the emperor]’.” It is in this context that one has to understand the at times
highly rhetorical expressions often applied to the rulers. Dagron again: “The
distinction between the two powers was never as clearly formulated as while
there was a disagreement between them. When there was concord or the hope of
harmony, the celebration or hope of unity carried the day. Nobody found
anything wrong when the synod that condemned the heretic Eutyches in
Constantinople in 448 acclaimed Theodosius with the words: ‘Great is the faith
of the emperors! Many years to the guardians of the faith! Many years to the
pious emperor, the emperor-bishop (tw arcierei basilei).’ The whole world is equally
agreed, a little later at the Council of Chalcedon, in acclaiming Marcian as
‘priest and emperor’, at the same time as ‘restorer of the Church, teacher of
the faith, New Constantine, New Paul and New David’. At the same time Pope Leo
congratulated Theodosius II, and then Marcian, on the sacerdotalis industria,
on the sacerdotalis anima, and on the sacerdotalis palma with
which God had
rewarded them, and he declared to Leo I that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit
in matters of the faith.[259] Except during periods of tension,
the adjective sacerdotalis was part of the formula of the pontifical
chancellery for letters addressed to the emperors of Constantinople. The
composers of elegies were not behindhand, in the West as in the East. Procopius
of Gaza underlined that Anastasius had been elected to be a bishop before being
named emperor, and that he reunited in himself ‘that which is most precious
among men, the apparatus of an emperor and the thought of a priest’; Ennodius
of Pavia (473-521) proclaimed Theodoric to be ‘prince and priest’; Venantius
Fortunatus, in the second half of the 6th century, called Childebert
I ‘Melchisedech noster, merito rex atque sacerdos’; towards 645 and anonymous
panegyric characterised Clotaire I as quasi sacerdos; Paulinus, bishop
of Aquilea, in 794 encouraged Charlemagne to be ‘Dominus et pater, rex et
sacerdos’. To justify the canonisation of a king, they said that he had been
led during his reign acsi bonus sacerdos. We are in the domain of
rhetoric, but that does not mean that they could say anything and break the
taboos. Even if the words have a metaphorical and incantatory meaning, even if
their association distilled a small dose of provocation, there was nothing
abnormal in affirming that the ideal emperor was also a priest.”[260]
It was therefore on the basis of a common understanding of the
politico-theological foundations of Christian Rome that spiritual peace between
the Old and New Romes was restored after the death of Anastasius. First came
the recognition, by Patriarch John Kappadokes, of the primacy of the see of Old
Rome – which, however, he declared to be one church with the see of New Rome.[261] Then, in 533, Pope John II
responded by exalting the emperor as high as any western bishop had ever done:
"'The King's heart is in the hand of God and He directs it as He pleases'
(Proverbs 21.1). There lies the foundation of your Empire and the
endurance of your rule. For the peace of the Church and the unity of religion
raise their originator to the highest place and sustain him there in happiness
and peace. God's power will never fail him who protects the Church against the
evil and stain of division, for it is written: 'When a righteous King sits on
the throne, no evil will befall him'." (Proverbs 20:8)[262]
Thus by the time Justinian ascended the throne, the Gelasian doctrine of
a strict demarcation of powers between the Emperor and the Church was giving
way, in both East and West, to a less clearly defined Leonine model in which
the Emperor was allowed a greater initiative in the spiritual domain, for the
sake of “the peace of the Church and the unity of religion”. Justinian pursued
this aim in two ways: by war in the West, and by theological negotiation in the
East. He was more successful in the former than the latter. Nevertheless, the
union, however fleeting, of the five ancient patriarchates of Rome,
Constantinople, Alexandria, Antioch and Jerusalem in one Orthodox Church under
one right-believing Emperor, was a great achievement. And there could be little
doubt that the single person most instrumental in achieving this union was the
emperor himself: if the five patriarchates represented the five senses of the
Body of Christ on earth, then the head in which they all adhered – again, on
earth - was the emperor.
This unity was not achieved without some pressure, especially on the
Roman patriarchate. However, writes Meyendorff, “without denying the dangers
and the abuses of imperial power, which occurred in particular instances, the
system as such, which been created by Theodosius I and Justinian, did not
deprive the Church of its ability to define dogma through conciliarity. But
conciliarity presupposed the existence of a mechanism, making consensus
possible and effective. Local churches needed to be grouped into provinces and patriarchates,
and patriarchates were to act together to reach an agreement valid for all. The
empire provided the universal Church with such a mechanism…”[263]
Thus, no less strikingly than in Constantine’s time, the emperor acted
as the focus of unity of quarrelling Christians. The importance of this
function was recognised by all – even by the heretics. In consequence, as L.A.
Tikhomirov points out, even when a Byzantine emperor tried to impose heresy on
the Church, “this was a struggle that did not besmirch the Church and State
power as institutions. In this struggle he acted as a member of the Church, in
the name of Church truth, albeit mistakenly understood. This battle was not
about the relationship between the Church and the State and did not lead to its
interruption, nor to the seeking of any other kind of principles of mutual
relationship. As regards the direct conflicts between Church and State power,
they arose only for particular reasons, only between given persons, and also
did not relate to the principle of the mutual relationship itself.”[264]
As if to symbolise the unity he had achieved, Justinian built
Hagia Sophia, the greatest church in Christendom and without a peer to this
day. “I have surpassed Solomon,” he cried on entering the church. The other, no
less enduring expression of this unity was Justinian’s codification of Roman
law, which united the old and new in one coherent body.
These laws included the famous Sixth Novella (535): "The
greatest gifts given by God to men by His supreme kindness are the priesthood
and the empire, of which the first serves the things of God and the second
rules the things of men and assumes the burden of care for them. Both proceed
from one source and adorn the life of man. Nothing therefore will be so greatly
desired by the emperors than the honour of the priests, since they always pray
to God about both these very things. For if the first is without reproach and
adorned with faithfulness to God, and the other adorns the state entrusted to
it rightly and competently, a good symphony will exist, which will offer
everything that is useful for the human race. We therefore have the greatest
care concerning the true dogmas of God and concerning the honour of the
priests…, because through this the greatest good things will be given by God –
both those things that we already have will be made firm and those things which
we do not have yet we shall acquire. Everything will go well if the principle
of the matter is right and pleasing to God. We believe that this will come to
pass if the holy canons are observed, which have been handed down to us by the
apostles, those inspectors and ministers of God worthy of praise and
veneration, and which have been preserved and explained."
Several points in Justinian’s Sixth Novella, which was
addressed to Patriarch Epiphanius of Constantinople, need to be emphasised.
First, both the priesthood and the empire are said to “proceed from the same
source”, that is, God. This has the very important consequence that the normal
and natural relationship between the two powers is one of harmony and symphony,
not rivalry and division. If some of the early Fathers, in both East and West,
tended to emphasise the separation and distinctness of the powers rather than
their unity from and under God, this was a natural result of the friction
between the Church and the pagan and heretical emperors in the early centuries.
However, now that unity in Orthodoxy had been achieved the emphasis had
to return to the common source and common end of the two institutions. This
commonality was emphasised in the Seventh Novella (2, 1), in which it
was admitted in principle that “the goods of the Church, which are in principle
inalienable, could be the object of transactions with the emperor, ‘for the
difference between the priesthood (ierwsύnh) and the
empire (basileia) is small, as it is between the sacred goods and the
goods that are common to the community.’”[265]
The unity of the Christian world under the Christian emperor had as its
foundation-stone this “symphony” between the emperor and the patriarch, this
symphony being grounded in their common origin in God. However, insofar as the
symphony is said in the Novella to exist, not only between two men, but between
two institutions, the priesthood and the empire, it goes beyond the
relationship between emperor and patriarch. As Hieromonk (now Bishop) Dionysius
Alferov writes: “Symphonicity in Church administration only began at the level
of the Emperor and Patriarch, and continued at the level of the bishop and
eparch (who also received the blessing of the Church for his service) and was
completed at the level of the parish priest and its founder. With such a deep
‘churchification’ from all sides of the life of the Orthodox Empire, and the
symphonicity of all levels of the Church-State pyramid, the violations of
symphony at the highest level were, while annoying, not especially dangerous.
The most important thing still remained the service of ‘him who restrains’,
which was carried out by the Orthodox Emperor in symphony with the whole
Church, and not only personally with the Patriarch. The decisive factor was the
personal self-consciousness of the Emperor and the activity based on that. Thus
Justianian conceived of himself completely as a Christian sovereign, and strove
throughout the whole of his life to make the whole world Christian. His
symphony with the Patriarch was desirable as a useful means towards that end,
but it was not an end-in-itself. During Justinian’s time five Patriarchates
entered into the Empire, including the Roman, and the Emperor did not establish
‘symphonic’ relations with all of them personally (as, for example, with Pope
Vigilius, who did not want to accept the decisions of the 5th
Ecumenical Council). But symphony with the whole Church did exist, and a proof
of this is provided by the 5th Ecumenical Council, which was
convened through the efforts of Justinian and accepted the dogmatic definitions
against the heresies that he presented; and by the multitude of saints who shone
forth during his reign and who related completely ‘symphonically’ to him (for
example, St. Sabbas the Sanctified); and by the general flourishing of
Christian culture.”[266]
Secondly, it is not any kind of harmony or
symphony that is in question here, but only a true symphony that comes from God
and leads to the good. As Andrushkevich points out, the word"symphony” [consonantia
in the original Latin] here denotes much more than simple agreement or concord.
Church and State can agree in an evil way, for evil ends. As A.V. Kartashev,
the minister of religions under the Russian Provisional Government, points out,
‘this is no longer symphony, but cacophony’. [267] True symphony is possible only
where both the Church "is without reproach and adorned with faithfulness
to God" and the State is ruled "rightly and competently" - that
is, in accordance with the commandments of God.[268]
If the emperor were seriously to observe
the Church canons, then he would have to qualify the absolutist principle of
Roman power, namely, that whatever is
pleasing to the emperor has the force of law with the words: unless it contradicts the holy canons.
Several Church canons forbid resort to the secular powers in Church matters[269], and
Justinian now defended the canons in his Novella 131: “The Church canons have the same force in the State as the
State laws: what is permitted or forbidden by the former is permitted or
forbidden by the latter. Therefore crimes against the former cannot be
tolerated in the State according to State legislation.”
“As regards the judicial branch,” writes Nikolin, “coordinated
action presupposed not simply mutual complementation of the spheres of
administration of the ecclesiastical and secular courts, but, which is
especially important, the introduction into the activity of the latter of the
moral-educational content inherent in Christianity.
“In a single service to the work of God
both the Church and the State constitute as it were one whole, one organism –
‘unconfused’, but also ‘undivided’. In this lay the fundamental difference
between Orthodox ‘symphony’ and Latin ‘papocaesarism’ and Protestant
‘caesaropapism’.”[270]
Of course, the principle that the Church canons
should automatically be considered as State laws was not always carried out in
practice, even in Justinian’s reign; and in some spheres, as Nikolin points out, “in becoming [State] law, the
[Church] canon lost its isolation, and the all-powerful Emperor, in commenting
on the canon that had become law, was able thereby to raise himself above the
canon. The Christian Emperor received the ability to reveal the content of the
canon in his own way (in the interests of the State). Justinian’s rule provides several confirmations of this. The rules for the election, conduct and inter-relations of bishops, clergy and monks,
for the punishment of clergy, and for Church property were subjected to his reglamentation. Bishops
received broad powers in State affairs (more exactly, numerous State duties
were imputed to them)”.[271]
This recruitment of bishops to
undertake essentially secular bureaucratic duties was contrary to the apostolic
canons and could have led to a secularisation of the Episcopal calling. In
general, however, this
did not take place. And the enormous benefits of the principle of the symphony of powers
continued to be felt
throughout the long history of Byzantium.
As
Nikolin writes, “Justinian’s rule was a rule in which the mutual relations of
Church and State were inbuilt, and which later lasted in Byzantium right up to
the days of her fall, and which were borrowed in the 10th century by
Rus’. In the first place this
related to the principle: 'Ecclesiastical canons are State laws’. Moreover, the
Christian direction of Justinian’s reforms told on the content of the majority
of juridical norms. This was most vividly revealed in the resolutions of
questions concerning the regulation of individual spheres of Church life.
Church communities were now provided with the rights of a juridical person. In
property questions they were given various privileges...
“A particular feature of Justinian’s reforms was that as a result of
them State power was transformed into a defender of the faith. This was most
clearly revealed in the establishment of restrictions on the juridical rights
of citizens of the empire linked with their confession of faith:
-
Pagans
and Jews were deprived of the right to occupy posts in state or societal
service, and were not able to possess Christians slaves.
-
Apostates,
that is, people going over from Christianity to paganism or Judaism were
deprived of the right to composed wills and inherit, and likewise were not able
to be witnesses at trials;
-
Heretics were not able to occupy posts in state or societal service; they were deprived of the right of inheritance; they could make bequests… only to Orthodox. There were even
stricter measures adopted in relation to certain sects.”[272]
It is from the reign of Justinian that
the Roman Emperor is evaluated primarily for his services to the Church rather
than for his secular successes. As Bishop Dionysius (Alferov) writes: “After
the holy Emperor Justinian any Christian monarch must confess, and reverently
and unhypocritically believe that ‘Christian piety is the foundation of the
strength of the empire’. For greater clarity let us indicate an example.
The Emperor Justinian himself, while paying great attention to theology, Divine
services and the building of churches, completely neglected the army and the
navy, which under him came to a state of decline. But for his unfeigned piety
and faith the Lord protected the empire from invasions and subjected to
Justinian a part of the barbarians. After him the iconoclast emperors Leo the
Isaurian and Constantine Copronymus were outstanding military commanders who
reorganized the army and repelled opponents (the Arabs and Bulgars) far from
the empire. But the heresy they introduced and their general impiety shook the
foundations of Byzantium from within and brought it to the verge of extinction.
Therefore amongst the qualities of an exemplary ruler his faith and piety
occupy the first place. For the sake of these the Lord protects his kingdom
from many woes. His practical capabilities in raising national life are
already in second place.”[273]
As a natural development of this
church-oriented tendency, from 602 the crowning of Byzantine emperors took
place, not in the Hippodrome, but in the church, and at the hands of the
Patriarch.
The Orthodox Roman empire
inherited from its pagan predecessor the idea that Rome encompassed the whole oikoumene
or “inhabited world”. “In Roman eyes,” as Dominic Lieven writes, “the Roman
Empire was a universal monarchy: it encompassed the whole globe, or at least
all of it that was worth bothering about. The barbarians beyond the empire’s
wall they regarded in terms somewhat similar to nineteenth-century European
colonists’ view of ‘natives’. Their only imperial neighbour, the Parthian
empire, was considered by the Romans to be ‘an oriental despotism, a barbarian,
braggart and motley nation’. As in every other aspect of their culture, the
Roman sense of universalism owed much to the Greeks. Alexander had conquered
virtually the whole of the known world and although his empire was very
short-lived the spread of Hellenistic culture was not. ‘The Greek philosophers,
in particular the Stoics, stressed the notion that all mankind formed one
community, partaking of universal reason… it was, indeed, the Greeks who from
the second century BC had regarded the Roman Empire and the universe (oikoumene)
as one… Ideas such as these made a deep impression on the minds of the
political and intellectual elite of Rome, and through their influence the two
notions of orbis terrarum and imperium came to be regarded in the
first century as identical: from then on no distinction was ever made between
them.’
“The adoption in the fourth
century of Christianity, a world religion which recognized no ethnic or
cultural borders, could only increase the Roman imperial sense of universalism.
In time Christian clergy undertook evangelizing missions outside their
polities’ borders, converting whole peoples to their religion and therefore, in
the end, to a great extent to their culture. This the rulers of imperial Rome
had never conceived of…”[274]
And so, parallel to the concept of the symphony
of powers, whose model was the the relationship between the two natures
of Christ, there emerged the concept of the symphony of nations, whose model was the hierarchical relationship
between father and son. The Roman Emperor was the head and father of a family
of Christian rulers, a family not united by a single political or
ecclesiastical jurisdiction, but by a common belonging to the civilisation of
Christian Rome.[275] If we
restrict ourselves to speaking only of the Orthodox Christian States and
peoples, then within this single religio-cultural commonwealth or civilisation
there was, strictly speaking, only one Christian people, the people of the
Romans; and Greeks and Latins, Celts and Germans, Semites and Slavs were all
equally Romans, all equally members
of the Roman commonwealth of nations. Thus the following words of Fr. George
Metallenos concerning the Eastern Empire could be applied, without major
qualification, to the whole vast territory from Ireland and Spain in the West
to Georgia and Ethiopia in the East: "A great number of peoples made up
the autocracy but without any 'ethnic' differentiation between them. The whole
racial amalgam lived and moved in a single civilisation (apart from some particularities)
- the Greek[276], and it
had a single cohesive spiritual power – Orthodoxy, which was at the same time
the ideology of the oikoumene - autocracy. The citizens of the autocracy
were Romans politically, Greeks culturally and Orthodox Christians spiritually.
Through Orthodoxy the old relationship of rulers and ruled was replaced by the
sovereign bond of brotherhood. Thus the 'holy race' of the New Testament (I
Peter 2.9) became a reality as the 'race of the Romans', that is, of the
Orthodox citizens of the autocracy of the New Rome."[277]
This international quality of the Empire was underlined by the
Emperors’ diverse nationalities. Thus Constantine was a Roman crowned in
Britain, Theodosius I was a Spaniard, Justinian I was a Thracian or Illyrian
from Skopje, Maurice and Heraclius were Armenians and Leo the iconoclast was
Syrian.
So widely accepted was the ideal of “One
Faith, One Church, One Empire” that when Charlemagne came to create his western
rival to the Eastern Empire, he also spoke of "the Christian people of the
Romans" without ethnic differentiation, and tried (without much success)
to introduce a single Roman law for all the constituent nations of his empire.
As Agobard, Archbishop of Lyons, put it: "There is now neither Gentile nor
Jew, Scythian nor Aquitanian, nor Lombard, nor Burgundian, nor Alaman, nor
bond, nor free. All are one in Christ... Can it be accepted that, opposed to
this unity which is the work of God, there should be an obstacle in the
diversity of laws [used] in one and the same country, in one and the same city,
and in one and the same house? It constantly happens that of five men walking
or sitting side by side, no two have the same territorial law, although at root
- on the eternal plan - they belong to Christ."[278]
There were gaps, it must be admitted, in the
record of Orthodox unity. Thus towards the end of the fifth century the Eastern
Emperor Zeno confessed Monophysitism, as did the Armenians, while a vast swathe
of Italy, France and Spain was ruled by the Arian Theodoric. Again, in the
seventh century all of the patriarchates fell, temporarily, into the heresy of
Monothelitism, and in the eighth century the East fell into iconoclasm. But
while Orthodoxy faltered – although never in all places at the same time – the
underlying unity of Orthodox Christian civilisation enabled unity of faith to
be recovered before long. It was only in the first half of seventh century, in
the East, and towards the end of the eighth century, in the West, that the
first more or less deep and permanent cracks in the unity both of faith and
civilisation began to appear.
The unity achieved by Justinian between
the Orthodox Church and the Orthodox Empire was striking, but it was not, of
course, monolithic. Not only were there Roman citizens who were not Orthodox –
the Monophysite Copts and Syrians, for example: there were also large bodies of
Orthodox, and Orthodox States, that remained outside the bounds of the Empire –
for example, the Celts in the West and the Georgians in the East. The question
was: what was the relationship of these non-Roman Orthodox to Rome and
Romanity?
Of
course, friction between the nations of the Byzantine commonwealth did occur.
And although nationalism as such is usually considered to be a modern phenomenon
stemming from the French Revolution, something similar to nationalism is
certainly evident in antiquity. Perhaps the clearest example is that of Armenia, which can lay claim to having been the first
Christian kingdom, having been converted by St. Gregory the Illuminator in the
early fourth century.
However, in the middle of the fifth
century, in the wake of the Byzantine Emperor Marcian’s refusal to support an
Armenian revolt against Persia, the Armenian Church ignored and then rejected
the Council of Chalcedon. From this time the Armenian Church was alienated from
Orthodoxy, but not completely from Romanity. Thus in the council of Dvin in
506, they sided with the Monophysites who were being persecuted by the Persian
government at the instigation of the Nestorians.
As Jones writes, they “affirmed their
unity with the Romans, condemning Nestorius and the council of Chalcedon, and
approving ‘the letter of [the Monophysite] Zeno, blessed emperor of the
Romans’.
“However, when Justin and Justinian reversed [the Monophysite Emperor]
Anastasius’ ecclesiastical policy, they were apparently not consulted, and did
not follow suit. This implied no hostility to Rome, however, for when in 572
they revolted against Persia they appealed to Justin II. He insisted on their
subscribing to Chalcedon as a condition of aid, but they soon went back to
their old beliefs. Maurice [an Armenian himself] again attempted to imposed the
Chalcedonian position upon them, but the bishops of Persian Armenia refused to
attend his council, and excommunicated the bishops of Roman Armenia, who had
conformed.[279]
“It was thus not hostility to Rome which led the Armenians into heresy…
But having got used to this position they were unwilling to move from it.”[280]
After
the Muslim conquest, the Armenian Church became more and more entrenched, not
only in anti-Chalcedonian Monophysitism, but also in a kind of nationalism that
made it the first national church in the negative sense of that phrase – that
is, a church that was so identified with the nation as to lose its universalist
claims. In this way the Armenian Church contrasts with other national Churches
in the region, such as the Orthodox Georgian and the Monophysite Ethiopian.
Other cases in which national hatred has been suspected to lie beneath
religious separatism are the Arian Goths, the Donatist Berbers and the
Monophysite Copts and Syrians. However, Jones urges caution in such
inferences: “Today religion, or at any rate doctrine, is not with the majority
of people a dominant issue and does not arouse major passions. Nationalism and
socialism are, on the other hand, powerful forces, which can and do provoke the
most intense feelings. Modern historians are, I think, retrojecting into the
past the sentiments of the present age when they argue that mere religious or
doctrinal dissension cannot have generated such violent and enduring animosity
as that evinced by the Donatists, Arians, or Monophysites, and that the real
moving force behind these movements must have been national or class feeling.”
[281]
The first and most powerful anti-Roman nationalism was, of course, that
of the Jews. In the Old Testament, the faith of the Jews, though necessarily
turned in on itself to protect itself from paganism, contained the seeds of a
truly universalist faith. Thus God commanded Abraham to circumcise not only
every member of his family, but also “him that is born in the house, or bought
with the money of any stranger, which is not
of thy seed” (Genesis 17.12). The Canaanite Rahab and the Moabite Ruth
were admitted into the faith and nation of the Jews. And by the time of Christ
there was a large Greek-speaking diaspora which was spreading the faith of the
Jews throughout the Greco-Roman world and winning converts such as the Roman
centurion Cornelius (Acts 11).[282]
However, the Pharisees, who came to dominate Jewry, were interested only
in converts to the cause of Jewish nationalism (cf. Matthew 23.15). It
was the Pharisees who incited Christ’s death because He preached a different
kind of spiritual and universalist Kingdom that was opposed to their
nationalist dreams. And after His death the Jews became possessed by an
egoistical, chauvinist spirit that was expressed in such a way that, as Rabbi Solomon
Goldman put it, "God is absorbed in the nationalism of Israel."[283]
Cyril Mango writes: “By virtue of a long tradition in Roman law, Jews
enjoyed a peculiar status: they were a licit sect, their synagogues were
protected from seizure, they appointed their own clergy and had recourse in
civil cases to their own courts of law. At the same time they were forbidden to
proselytise, to own Christian slaves or to build new synagogues.”[284] However, they continually strove
to undermine the Empire. Alone among all the nations of the Mediterranean
basin, they refused to benefit from, or join in, the Pax Romana. Having
asserted, at the Crucifixion of Christ, that they had no king but Caesar, they
nevertheless constantly rebelled against the Caesars and slaughtered thousands
of Christians. Thus in 66-70, and again in 135, they rebelled against Rome. In
115-117, in Alexandria, whose population was about one-third Jewish, civil war
broke out between the Jews and the Christians. And in 150 the Jews killed
240,000 Greeks in Cyrenaica and 100,000 in Cyprus.
[285]
The Jews were fiercely anti-Christian. As the Jewish Professor Norman
Cantor writes: “Insofar as they thought about the Christians in the first seven
or eight decades after the Nazarene’s death, the rabbis considered them only a
desperate underclass heretics, at best pathetic, more evidently contemptible
and damnable. They made jokes about Mary. She was a whore, they cackled, and
Jesus was the offspring of one of her sloppy unions…”[286]
At the root of the Jews’ fierce hatred of Gentiles and Christians was
the teaching of what came to be, from the second century onwards, their major
holy book – the Talmud. The Talmud (like the later Jewish holy book, the
Cabbala) purports to record a secret oral tradition going back to Moses and
representing the true interpretation of the Torah, the first five books of the
Bible. In fact, it bears only the most strained and perverse relation to the
Torah, often completely corrupting the true meaning of the Scriptures and asserting
its own superiority over them: “The Law is water, but the Mishna [the first
form of the Talmud] is wine.” Again: “The words of the elders are more
important than the words of the Prophets.”
This opposition between the true,
God-inspired Tradition of the Holy Scriptures and the false, man-made tradition
of the Talmud was pointed out by Christ when He said to the Pharisees, the
inventors and guardians of the Talmud: “Thus have ye made the commandment of no
effect by your tradition” (Matthew 15.6). “Ye blind guides,” He said, “who strain at
a gnat, and swallow a camel” (Matthew 23.24). And concerning their
disputes, that former Pharisee, St. Paul, said: “Avoid foolish disputes,
genealogies, contentions, and striving about the law; for they are unprofitable
and useless” (Titus 3.9).
Douglas Reed, the London Times
correspondent in Central Europe in the 1930s, wrote: “The Talmudic Law governed every imaginable
action of a Jew’s life anywhere in the world: marriage, divorce, property
settlements, commercial transactions, down to the pettiest details of dress and
toilet. As unforeseen things frequently crop up in daily life, the question of
what is legal or illegal (not what is right or wrong) in all manner of novel
circumstances had incessantly to be debated, and this produced the immense
records of rabbinical dispute and decisions in which the Talmud abounds.
“Was it much a crime to crush a flea as to kill a camel on a sacred day?
One learned rabbi allowed that the flea might be gently squeezed, and another
thought its feet might even be cut off. How many white hairs might a
sacrificial red cow have and yet remain a red cow? What sort of scabs required
this or that ritual of purification? At which end of an animal should the
operation of slaughter be performed? Ought the high priest to put on his shirt
or his hose first? Methods of putting apostates to death were debated; they
must be strangled, said the elders, until they opened their mouths, into which
boiling lead must be poured. Thereon a pious rabbi urged that the victim’s
mouth be held open with pincers so that he not suffocate before the molten lead
enter and consume his soul with his body. The word ‘pious’ is here not
sardonically used; this scholar sought to discover the precise intention of
‘the Law’.”[287]
A
dominant feature of these Jewish “holy books” was their hatred of Christ and
Christianity. Douglas Reed writes: “The Jewish
Encyclopaedia says: ‘It is the tendency of Jewish legends in the Talmud,
the Midrash… and in the Life of Jesus (Toledoth Jeshua) that originated
in the Middle Ages to belittle the person of Jesus by ascribing to him
illegitimate birth, magic and a shameful death’. He is generally alluded to as
‘that anonymous one’, ‘liar’, ‘imposter’ or ‘bastard’ (the attribution of
bastardy is intended to bring him under the Law as stated in Deuteronomy
23.3: ‘A bastard shall not enter into the congregation of the Lord’). Mention
of the name, Jesus, is prohibited in Jewish households.
“The work cited by the Jewish
Encyclopaedia as having ‘originated in the Middle Ages’ is not merely a
discreditable memory of an ancient past, as that allusion might suggest; it is
used in Hebrew schools today. It was a rabbinical production of the Talmudic
era and repeated all the ritual of mockery of Calvary itself in a different
form. Jesus is depicted as the illegitimate son of Mary, a hairdresser’s wife,
and of a Roman soldier called Panthera. Jesus himself is referred to by a name
which might be translated ‘Joey Virgo’. He is shown as being taken by his
stepfather to Egypt and there learning sorcery.
“The significant thing about this bogus life-story (the only information
about Jesus which Jews were supposed to read) is that in it Jesus is not
crucified by Romans. After his appearance in Jerusalem and his arrest there as
an agitator and a sorcerer he is turned over to the Sanhedrin and spends forty
days in the pillory before being stoned and hanged at the Feast of Passover;
this form of death exactly fulfils the Law laid down in Deuteronomy
21.22 and 17.5, whereas crucifixion would not have been in compliance with that
Judaic law. The book then states that
in hell he suffers the torture of boiling mud.
“The Talmud also refers to Jesus as ‘Fool’, ‘sorcerer’, ‘profane
person’, ‘idolator’, ‘dog’, ‘child of lust’ and the like more; the effect of
this teaching over a period of centuries, is shown by the book of the Spanish
Jew Mose de Leon, republished in 1880, which speaks of Jesus as a ‘dead dog’
that lies ‘buried in a dunghill’. The original Hebrew texts of these Talmudic
allusions appear in Laible’s Jesus
Christus im Talmud. This scholar says that during the period of the
Talmudists hatred of Jesus became ‘the most national trait of Judaism’, that
‘at the approach of Christianity the Jews were seized over and again with a
fury and hatred that were akin to madness’, that ‘the hatred and scorn of the
Jews was always directed in the first place against the person of Jesus’ and
that ‘the Jesus-hatred of the Jews is a firmly-established fact, but they want
to show it as little as possible’.
“This wish to conceal from the outer
world that which was taught behind the Talmudic hedge led to the censoring of
the above-quoted passages during the seventeenth century. Knowledge of the Talmud
became fairly widespread then (it was frequently denounced by remonstrant Jews)
and the embarrassment thus caused to the Talmudic elders led to the following
edict (quoted in the original Hebrew and in translation by P.L.B. Drach, who
was brought up in a Talmudic school and later became converted to
Christianity):
“’This is why we enjoin you, under pain of excommunication major, to
print nothing in future editions, whether of the Mishna or of the Gemara, which
relates whether for good or for evil to the acts of Jesus the Nazarene, and to
substitute instead a circle like this: O, which will warn the rabbis and
schoolmasters to teach the young these passages only viva voce. By means
of this precaution the savants among the Nazarenes will have no further pretext
to attack us on this subject’ (decree of the Judaist Synod which sat in Poland
in 1631). At the present time, when public enquiry into such matters, or
objection to them, has been virtually forbidden by Gentile governments, these
passages, according to report, have been restored in the Hebrew editions of the
Talmud…
“The Talmud sets out to widen and heighten the barrier between the Jews
and others. An example of the different language which the Torah spoke, for
Jews and for Gentiles, has previously been given: the obscure and apparently
harmless allusion to ‘a foolish nation’ (Deuteronomy 32.21). According
to the article on Discrimination against
Gentiles in the Jewish Encyclopaedia
the allusion in the original Hebrew is to ‘vile and vicious Gentiles’, so that
Jew and Gentile received very different meanings from the same passage in the
original and in the translation. The Talmud, however, which was to reach only
Jewish eyes, removed any doubt that might have been caused in Jewish minds by perusal
of the milder translation; it specifically related the passage in Deuteronomy
to one in Ezekiel 23.20, and by so doing defined Gentiles as those
‘whose flesh is as the flesh of asses and whose issue is like the issue of
horses’! In this spirit was the ‘interpretation’ of the Law continued by the
Talmudites.
“The Talmudic edicts were all to similar effect. The Law (the Talmud
laid down) allowed the restoration of a lost article to its owner if ‘a brother
or neighbour’, but not if a Gentile. Book-burning (of Gentile books) was
recommended… The benediction, ‘Blessed by Thou… who hast not made me a goi
[Gentile]’ was to be recited daily. Eclipses were of bad augury for Gentiles
only. Rabbi Lei laid down that the injunction not to take revenge (Leviticus
19.18) did not apply to Gentiles, and apparently invoked Ecclesiastes
8.4 in support of his ruling (a discriminatory interpretation then being given
to a passage in which the Gentile could not suspect any such intention).
“The Jews who sells to a Gentile landed property bordering on the land
of another Jews is to be excommunicated. A Gentile cannot be trusted as witness
in a criminal or civil suit because he could not be depended on to keep his
word like a Jew. A Jew testifying in a petty Gentile civil court as a single
witness against a Jew must be excommunicated. Adultery committed with a
non-Jewish woman is not adultery ‘for the heathen have no lawfully wedded wife,
they are not really their wives’. The Gentiles are as such precluded from admission
to a future world…”[288]
Sergius and Tamara Fomin write: “To the prayer ‘birkam za-minim’ which
was read everyday against heretics and apostates there was added the ‘curse’
against ‘the proud state’ (of Rome) and against all the enemies of Israel, in
particular the Christians… [The Christians were also identified with] the
scapegoat, on which the sins of the Jews were laid and which was then driven
into the wilderness as a gift to the devil. According to rabbinic teaching, the
goat signified Esau and his descendants, who at the present time were the
Christians”.[289]
Another name that the Jews had for the Christians was Edom, and the
Roman Empire was called “the kingdom of the Edomites”. Rabbi David Kimchi
writes as follows in Obadiam: “What the Prophets foretold about the
destruction of Edom in the last days was intended for Rome, as Isaiah explains
(34.1)… For when Rome is destroyed, Israel shall be redeemed.” And Rabbi
Abraham in his book Tseror Hammor writes: “Immediately after Rome is
destroyed, we shall be redeemed.”[290]
The teaching of the Talmud incited the Jews to terrible crimes against
Gentiles, especially Christians. “Under Theodosius II,” writes L.A. Tikhomirov,
“it was discovered that the Jews, on the day of the feast of the execution of
Haman [Purim], had introduced the practice of burning the Cross. The government
had to undertake repressions against the blasphemy, but the Jews were not
pacified. Under the same Theodosius II, in the city of Imma, the Jews during
one of their feasts took hold of a Christian child, crucified him on a cross
and with scourges cut him into pieces. The disturbed Christians took to arms,
and a bloody battle took place. This incident, as they said, was not unique.
The Christian historian Socrates relates that the Jews more than once crucified
Christian children. At that time it was not a matter of ‘ritual killings’, and
in such acts only the hatred of the Jews for Christans and mockery of them was
seen. In the give case Theodosius II executed those guilty of the murder, but
at the same time the government began to take measures to weaken Jewry.
Theodosius destroyed the Jewish patriarchate in Palestine and confiscated the
sums collected throughout Jewry for the patriarchate. But all these repressions
did not quickly pacify the Jews. Under the same Theodosius II there took place
in 415 the well-known brawl in Alexandria elicited by the killing of Christians
by the Jews. All this boldness of the Jews in the face of a power that was
evidently incomparably greater than theirs seems improbably. But we must bear
in mind that this was an age of terrible Messianic fanaticism on the part of
the Jews. It often drove them to acts that were senseless, in which pure
psychosis was operating. Here, for example, is a purely internal incident
having no relation to the Christians. At about the same time, in 432, on the
island of Cyprus there took place an event which shows to what an inflamed
condition the Jews of that time could come. On the island there appeared a man
who was evidently mad, called Moses, the same who had led the people out of
Egypt through the Red Sea. He declared that he now had an order from the Lord
to lead the Jews out of Cyprus into Palestine through the Mediterranean Sea.
His preached attracted crowds of Jews who did not hesitate to follow the
prophet. These hordes went to the sea and, at a sign from Moses, began to hurl
themselves from a lofty cliff into the water. Many crashed against the rocks,
others drowned, and only the forcible intervention of the Christians saved the
rest: fishermen dragged them from the water, while other inhabitants forcibly
drove the Jews from the shore. This mass psychosis shows to what lengths the
Jews could go in the name of the idea of the re-establishment of the Kingdom of
Israel…
“The [Western] Church had already quite early, in the sixth century,
begun to take measures to protect Christians from the influence of the Jews.
Councils in Orleans in 538 and 545 decreed the suppression of relations between
Christians and Jews and, moreover, forbade the Jews from publicly showing
themselves during the Christian Pascha, doubtless to cut off the possibility of
any blasphemous outrages. But we can understand why these measures could not be
maintained, nor were they systematic, and relations inevitably continued,
having two kinds of consequences: some they spiritually cut off from
Christianity and drew them into heresy, and others they filled with hatred for
the Jews.”[291]
In about 520, 4000 Christians were martyred by the Jewish ruler of the
South Arabian land of Omir (or Himyar), Dû-Nuwâs, for their refusal
to renounce Christ.[292] Again, in 555, the
Jews took part in the Samaritan rebellion against Byzantium on the Samaritan
side in spite of their traditional disdain for the Samaritans.
During the Time of Troubles that began
for Byzantium with the murder of the Emperor Maurice in 602, the Jewish
anti-Roman consciousness reached a new peak of frenzy. David Keys writes: “The
so-called Book of Zerubabel, written
by a rabbi of that name in Persian-ruled Babylon in the first quarter of the
seventh century AD, prophesied the coming of the Jewish Messiah (and his
mother!) and their defeat of the Christian Roman monster – an emperor/pope
called Armilus – the son of Satan. Furthermore, a Palestinian Jew called Jacob
who had been forcibly baptised by the Romans in Carthage described the Empire
in typically apocalyptic terms as ‘the fourth beast’ which was being ‘torn in
pieces by the nations, [so] that the ten horns may prevail and Hermolaus Satan…
the Little Horn may come.’
“The Jews viewed the apparently imminent
collapse of the Roman Empire in the first quarter of the seventh century as
evidence that the ‘beast’ (the formerly pagan but now Christian empire) was
doomed, that the Devil in the guise of the last Roman emperor or Christian pope
would be killed by the (imminently expected) Messiah. They saw the Persians
(and a few years later, the Arabs) as the agents who would help destroy the
‘Roman beast’. Violent and often Messianic Jewish revolutionary attitudes had
been increasing throughout the second half of the sixth century and went into
overdrive as the Empire began to totter in the first quarter of the seventh. In
Antioch in AD 608, Christian attempts [by the mad tyrant Phocas] at forced
conversion, as the Persians threatened the city, triggered a major revolt in
the Jewish quarter. At first the Jewish rebels were successful, and their
community’s arch-enemy, the city’s powerful Christian patriarch, [St.]
Anastasius, was captured, killed and mutilated. But the revolt was soon put
down – and the 800-year-old Antiochan Jewish community was almost totally
extinguished.”[293]
The situation was no better in the Holy
Land. The Jewish sent an appeal to all the Jews of Palestine, inviting them to
come and join the Persians. Enraged crowds destroyed the churches of Tiberias,
killed the local bishop and 90,000 Christians in one day. When the Persians
conquered Jerusalem, most of the Christians were sent into captivity to Persia.
However, “the Jews distinguished themselves at this point with a beastly
cruelty unique in the history of the world. They spared no money to buy many
Christians from the Persians with one purpose only – to gain enjoyment in
killing them. They say that in this way they bought and destroyed 80,000
people. The Jewish historian G. Graetz glides silently over this terrible fact,
saying only: ‘Filled with rage, the Jews of course did not spare the
Christians’ and ‘did not spare the holy things of the Christians’. Graetz
reduces the number of Christians killed to 19,000.”[294].
The Persians were defeated by the
Byzantine Emperor Heraclius, who banished the Jews of Jerusalem to a distance
of three miles from the city, and decreed that all the Jews of the empire
should be baptised.
But the pendulum swung again when the
Byzantines were defeated by the new power of the Arab Muslims. The Jews were
delighted. Many of them thought that Muhammed was a prophet who had come to
prepare the way for the Messiah.
And “even when the Messiah failed to
arrive,” writes Karen Armstrong, “Jews continued to look favourably on Islamic
rule in Jerusalem. In a letter written in the eleventh century, the Jerusalem
rabbis recalled the ‘mercy’ God had shown his people when he allowed the
‘Kingdom of Ishmael’ to conquer Palestine. They were glad to remember that when
the Muslims arrived in Jerusalem, ‘there were people from the children of
Israel with them; they showed the spot of the Temple and they settled with them
until this very day.’”[295]
Meanwhile, in what remained of the
Byzantine empire there were intermittent attempts to return to the policy of
Phocas and Heraclius. Thus Cyril Mango writes that “Leo III ordered once again
the baptism of Jews and those who complied were given the title of ‘new
citizens’, but they did so in bad faith, while others, it seems, fled to the
Arabs. The failure of this measure was acknowledged by the Council of 787 which
decreed that insincere converts should not be accepted; it was preferable to let
them live according to their customs while remaining subject to the old
disabilities. A fresh attempt was made by Basil I: Jews were summoned to
disputations and if they were unable to demonstrate the truth of their
religion, they were to be baptized.[296] Remission
of taxes and the grant of dignities were offered as rewards; even so, after the
emperor’s death, most of the converts ‘returned like dogs to their own vomit’.
The last recorded case of forced conversion was under Romanus I, but it only
resulted in driving many Jews to the land of Khazaria north of the Black Sea
[where they converted the Khazars to Judaism]. From then on such Jews as
remained were left to live in relative peace; there was even a reverse
migration of them from Egypt into the Empire in the late tenth and eleventh
centuries…”[297]
The Khazarite Jews are the ancestors of
today’s Ashkenazi Jews, who constitute the great majority of Jewry world-wide.
As the Hungarian Jew Arthur Koestler writes: “In the 1960’s, the number of the
Sephardim was estimated at 500,000. The Ashkenazim, at the same period,
numbered about eleven million.”[298]
The attempts by successive (usually
heretical) Byzantine emperors to convert the Jews to Orthodoxy by force were
contrary to the spirit of Christianity. Christ’s parable of the tares and the
wheat, in which it is said that the tares should not be destroyed, is
interpreted by St. John Chrysostom to mean that heretics should not be killed
(which is not to say, however, that they should not be resisted in other ways).
As early as the fourth century – for example, in Sulpicius’ Life of St.
Martin – we find the Holy Fathers protesting against the forcible
conversion of heretics. As S.V. Troitsky writes: “Christians are called to
freedom (Galatians 5.13), and every religious act of conscious
Christians must bear on itself the mark of freedom. The ancient Christian
writer Lactantius demonstrated that religion exists only where there is
freedom, and disappears where freedom has disappeared, and that it is necessary
to defend the truth with words and not with blows (verbis, non verberibus).[299] ‘The
mystery of salvation,’ writes St. Gregory the Theologian, ‘is for those who
desire it, not for those who are compelled’. The 108th canon of the
Council of Carthage cites the law of Honorius that ‘everyone accepts the
exploit of Christianity by his free choice’, and Zonaras in his interpretation
of this canon writes: ‘Virtue must be chosen, and not forced, not involuntary,
but voluntary… for that which exists by necessity and violence is not firm and
constant’. ‘It does not belong to religion,’ says Tertullian, ‘to force people
to religion, since it must be accepted voluntarily.’ [Ad Scapulam, 2]”[300]
Justinian’s formulation of the Symphony of
Powers had been consciously based on Chalcedonian Orthodoxy: the unity of
kingship and priesthood in one Christian Roman State was likened to the union
of the two natures, human and Divine, in the one Person of Christ. It is therefore
not surprising to find that under succeeding emperors who renounced
Chalcedonian Orthodoxy and embraced heresy (Monothelitism and Iconoclasm), the
Symphony of Powers was also renounced – or rather, reinterpreted in such a way
as to promote the prevailing heresy. The emperor, from being a focus of unity in the religious sphere,
became an imposer of unity – and a
false unity at that. The empire suffered accordingly: vast areas of the East
were lost, first to the Persians, and then to the Muslim Arabs. As religious
unity collapsed, so did the unity of nations. St. Anastasius of Sinai
considered these defeats to be Divine punishment for the heresy of the
Monothelite emperor.[301]
Of course, this was not the first time
that an emperor had been tempted to apply violence against the Orthodox. Even
the great Justinian had come close to overstepping the mark in his relations
with the Roman Popes. If that mark, in the final analysis, was not overstepped
by him, because a real unity of faith between the Old and New Romes was
achieved in his reign, this could no longer be said to be the case a century
later, in 655, when the Orthodox Pope St. Martin was martyred for the faith by
a heretical emperor acting in concert with a heretical patriarch.
The heretics then proceeded to torture the
famous monk and defender of the Church against Monothelitism, St. Maximus the
Confessor. They wished him to acknowledge the power of the emperor over the
Church, as if he were both king and priest like Melchizedek. But Maximus refused.
“Then you said:
‘What? Is not every Christian emperor a priest?’ I replied: ‘No, for he has no
access to the altar, and after the consecration of the bread does not elevate
it with the words: “The holy things to the holy”. He does not baptise, he does
not go on to the initiation with chrism, he does not ordain or place bishops,
priests and deacons, he does not consecrate churches with oil, he does not wear
the marks of the priestly dignity – the omophorion and the Gospel, as he wears
those of the kingdom, the crown and the purple.’ You objected: ‘And why does
Scripture itself say that Melchisedech is “king and priest” [Genesis
14.18; Hebrews 7.1]?’ I replied: ‘There is only One Who is by nature
King, the God of the universe, Who became for our salvation a hierarch by
nature, of which Melchisedech is the unique type. If you say that there is
another king and priest after the order of Melchisedech, then dare to say what
comes next: “without father, without mother, without genealogy, of whose days
there is no beginning and of whose life there is no end” [Hebrews 7.3],
and see the disastrous consequences that are entailed: such a person would be
another God become man, working our salvation as a priest not in the order of
Aaron, but in the order of Melchisedech. But what is the point of multiplying
words? During the holy anaphora at the holy table, it is after the hierarchs
and deacons and the whole order of the clergy that commemoration is made of the
emperors at the same time as the laity, with the deacon saying: “and the
deacons who have reposed in the faith, Constantine, Constans, etc.” Equally,
mention is made of the living emperors after all the clergy’”[302]
Again he said: “To investigate and define
dogmas of the Faith is the task not of the emperors, but of the ministers of
the altar, because it is reserved to them both to anoint the emperor and to lay
hands upon him, and to stand before the altar, to perform the Mystery of the
Eucharist, and to perform all the other divine and most great Mysteries.”[303]
And when Bishop Theodosius of Caesarea
claimed that the anti-Monothelite Roman Council was invalid since it was not
convened by the Emperor, St. Maximus replied: “If only those councils are
confirmed which were summoned by royal decree, then there cannot be an Orthodox
Faith. Recall the councils that were summoned by royal decree against the
homoousion, proclaiming the blasphemous teaching that the Son of God is not of
one essence with God the Father… The Orthodox Church recognizes as true and holy
only those councils at which true and infallible dogmas were established.”[304]
In the next
century, the iconoclast Emperor Leo III’s heretical, quasi-Muslim understanding
of the nature of icons went hand in hand with a resurrection of the pagan model
of the imperator-pontifex maximus. In fact, insofar as the Muslim Caliph
considered himself to be both a king and a prophet, Leo could be said to have
borrowed his theory of kingship (“I am both king and priest”), as well as his
iconoclasm, from the Muslims. It was therefore eminently fitting
that his main critic in both spheres should have been St. John of Damascus, a
functionary at the Caliph’s court. “What right have
emperors to style themselves lawgivers in the Church?” asks St. John. “What does the holy apostle
say? ‘And God has appointed in the Church first apostles, second prophets,
third teachers and shepherds, for building up the body of Christ.’ (I Corinthians 12.28). He does not mention emperors… Political prosperity is the
business of emperors; the condition of the Church is the concern of shepherds
and teachers.”[305]
Again, an epistle accepted by the Seventh
Ecumenical Council addressed both the Patriarch and the Emperors, who were
described as occupying the second
place in the Church order: “God
gave the greatest gift to men: the Priesthood and the Imperial power; the first
preserves and watches over the heavenly, while the second rules earthly things
by means of just laws”.[306]
The epistle also produced a concise
and inspired definition of the Church-State relationship: “The priest is the sanctification
and strengthening of the Imperial power, while the Imperial power is the
strength and firmness of the priesthood”.[307]
Some years later, in a document probably written early in the
ninth century in Constantinople, but ascribed to the earlier Orthodox Pope
Gregory II, Leo III’s claim to be both king and priest is fittingly refuted,
while it is admitted that true kings
are in some ways like priests: “You
write: ‘I am Emperor and priest’. Yes, the Emperors who were before you proved
this in word and deed: they build churches and cared for them; being zealous
for the Orthodox faith, they together with the hierarchs investigated and
defended the truth. Emperors such as: Constantine the Great, Theodosius the
Great, Constantine [IV], the father of Justinian [II], who was at the Sixth Council. These
Emperors reigned piously: they together with the hierarchs with one mind and soul convened
councils, investigated the truth of the dogmas, built and adorned the holy
churches. These were priests and Emperors! They proved it in
word and deed. But you, since the time that you received power, have not
completely begun to observe the decrees of the Fathers...”[308]
Leo’s claim to be the first pastor of the Church in the image
of the Apostle Peter was fittingly refuted by the Pope, who was still at that
time the first pastor of Orthodoxy: “You know, Emperor, that the dogmas of the
Holy Church do not belong to the Emperor, but to the Hierarchs, who can safely
dogmatise. That is why the Churches have been entrusted to the Hierarchs, and
they do not enter into the affairs of the people’s administration. Understand
and take note of this... The coming together of the Christ-loving Emperors and
pious Hierarchs constitutes a single power, when affairs are governed with peace and
love”. And again: “God
has given power over all men to the Piety of the Emperors in order that those
who strive for virtue may find strengthening in them, - so that the path to the
heavens should be wider, - so that the earthly kingdom should serve the
Heavenly Kingdom.”[309]
One person in two distinct natures: one power in two distinct
functions: the Chalcedonian basis of the symphonic doctrine of Church-State
relations is clear. And just as the
symphonic doctrine of Church-State relations reflects Chalcedonian Orthodoxy,
so the absolutist theory of Church-State relations reflects both Monothelitism
and Iconoclasm. Just as Monothelitism denies that there is more than one will
in Christ, so the absolutist theory denies that there is more than one will in
the government of the Christian commonwealth, declaring that the will of the
emperor can take the place of the will of the hierarchs. And just as Iconoclasm
destroys the proper relationship between the icon and its archetype, saying
that icons are in fact idols, so absolutism destroys the proper relationship
and distance between the earthly type and his Heavenly Archetype, so that the
emperor becomes, in St. Maximus’ words, “another God incarnate” - that is, an
idol. For this, no less than for his iconoclasm, Leo III is justly called
“forerunner of the Antichrist” in the Byzantine service books[310], and was anathematised by the
Church as “the tormentor and not Emperor Leo the Isaurian”.[311]
In fact, just as the Seventh Ecumenical Council brought to an end the
period of Christological debates in the history of the Church, so it brought to
an end the debates over the role of the Emperor in the Church. The Emperor was
an icon of Christ the King, but only so long as he remained Orthodox. He was in
the Church, being second in rank after the Patriarch, but not above it. “The priest is the sanctification
and strengthening of the Imperial power, while the Imperial power is the
strength and firmness of the priesthood”.
Perso-Islamic Despotism
The great power that remained unconquered by Roman armies, and hostile
to Romanity throughout the early Christian period, was Sassanid Persia, the
successor of the Parthian empire. “Sassanid Persia,” writes Roberts, “was a
religious as well as a political unity. Zoroastrianism had been formally
restored by Ardashir [or Artaxerxes, the first Sassanid ruler], who gave
important privileges to its priests, the magi. They led in due course to
political power as well. Priests confirmed the divine nature of the kingship,
had important judicial duties, and came, too, to supervise the collection of
the land-tax which was the basis of Persian finances. The doctrines they taught
seem to have varied considerably from the strict monotheism attributed to
Zoroaster but focused on a creator, Ahura Mazda, whose viceroy on earth was the
king. The Sassanids’ promotion of the state religion was closely connected with
the assertion of their own authority.”[312]
At the beginning of the seventh century, Persia was ruled by the great
Sassanid king Chosroes II. His message to the Byantine Emperor Heraclius was
uncompromising: “Chosroes, greatest of gods, and master of the earth, to
Heraclius, his vile and insensate slave. Why do you still call yourself a
king?”[313]
Chosroes conquered both Antioch and Jerusalem. But then, in 628,
Heraclius, by the power of the holy and life-giving cross which he recaptured
from Persia, was able to defeat Chosroes and bring old-style Middle Eastern despotism
to an end. However, the effort exhausted the Byzantine state; and the emperor’s
sometimes despotic attempts to impose his Monothelite faith alienated some of
his subject peoples.
Thus a political vacuum was created; and into that vacuum stepped a
third force that was as far as possible opposed to the style of governing of
its predecessors. For Mohammed, the founder of Islam, was not a king, still
less a Persian-style “king of kings”, but a supposed “prophet”. He was not a
man who ascribed divine honours to himself, but a man who claimed to abhor
every kind of man-worship and idolatry (hence Islam’s influence, as some have
supposed, on the iconoclast movement, which claimed to be fighting the idolatry
of icon-worship).
As Bernard Lewis points out, “the power wielded by the early caliphs was
very far from the despotism of their predecessors and successors. It was
limited by the political ethics of Islam and by the anti-authoritarian habits
and traditions of ancient Arabia. A verse attributed to the pre-Islamic Arabic
poet ‘Abid ibn al-Abras speaks o his tribe as ‘laqah’, a word which,
according to the ancient commentators and lexicographers, denotes a tribe that
has never submitted to a king. ‘Abid’s proud description of his people makes his
meaning clear:
They
refused to be servants of kings, and were never ruled by any.
But
when they were called on for help in war, they responded gladly.
“The ancient Arabs, like the ancient Israelites depicted in the books of
Judges and Samuel, mistrusted kings and the institution of kingship. They were,
indeed, familiar with the institution of monarchy in the surrounding countries,
and some were even led to adopt it. There were kings in the states of southern
Arabia; there were kings in the border principalities of the north; but all
these were in different degrees marginal to Arabia. The sedentary kingdoms of
the south used a different language, and were part of a different culture. The
border principalities of the north, though authentically Arab, were deeply
influenced by Persian and Byzantine imperial practice, and represent a somewhat
alien element in the Arab world…
“The early Muslims were well aware of the nature of imperial monarchy as
practised in their own day in Byzantium and in Persia, and believed that the
state founded by the Prophet and governed after him by his successors the
caliphs represented something new and different…”[314]
In what way was it different? Miloslavskaya and Miloslavsky point to two
major differences which Muslims see as distinguishing their society from those
around them: the idea that society must be ruled by the commands of Allah, and
not by the laws of men, and the idea that the caliphate's secular and spiritual
powers (the sultanate and the imamate) are indivisible.[315]
However, this indivisibility of powers resulted in a gradual undermining
of the quasi-democratic, almost anarchical ideal of early Islam by the reality
of the caliphs’ almost unlimited power. On the one hand, the caliphs wanted to
create an order in which, “as ideally conceived, there were to be no priests,
no church, no kings and no nobles, no privileged orders or castes or estates of
any kind, save only for the self-evident superiority of those who accept the
true faith to those who wilfully reject it – and of course such obvious natural
and social realities as the superiority of man to woman and of master to
slave.”[316] But on the other hand, they were
military leaders, and success in war, especially against peoples trained in
obedience to autocratic or despotic leaders, required that they should be able
to command no less obedience.
And so Muslim “democratism” soon passed into a despotism no less fierce
than the monarchies that Islam had destroyed. Thus in 747, Abu Muslim, a manumitted
Persian slave, raised the standard of revolt, defeated the Umayyad caliph and
created the Abbasid dynasty. A few years later, Al-Mansur (754-775) moved the
capital of the empire to Baghdad, where it came under the influence of Persia
with its strong despotic tradition. The caliphs of the ninth century,
particularly Mamun (813-833), believed their authority to be unlimited. And at
the beginning of the eleventh century, the Fatimid ruler Al-Hakim even believed
he was god.[317]
“The increasingly authoritarian character of government”, writes Lewis,
“and the disappointment of successful revolutionaries is vividly expressed in a
passage quoted by several classical authors. A certain Sudayf, a supporter of
the Abbasids, is cited as complaining of the changes resulting from the fall of
the Umayyads and the accession of the Abbasids to the caliphate: ‘By God, our
booty, which was shared, has become a perquisite of the rich. Our leadership,
which was consultative, has become arbitrary. Our succession, which was by the
choice of the community, is now by inheritance.”[318]
Despotism in politics leads to the persecution of all
non-State-sponsored religion. Thus when Caliph Mutasim, Mamum’s brother and
successor, conquered the Byzantine fortress town of Amorion, he executed
forty-two prisoners who refused to renounce Christianity and embrace Islam. In
Moorish Spain, too, we find an increase in Christian martyrdoms (and apostasies
to Islam) at this time.[319]
That Muslim statehood should become despotic was a natural consequence
of the lack of a separation of Church and State in Islam, which gave an
absolute, unchecked power to the Caliphs, embodying as they did both religious
and political authority.[320]
As Guizot points out, the separation of spiritual and temporal power is
a legacy of Christianity which the Islamic world abandoned: “This separation is
the source of liberty of conscience; it is founded upon no other principle but
that which is the foundation of the most perfect and extended freedom of conscience.
The separation of temporal and spiritual power is based upon the idea that
physical force has neither right nor influence over souls, over conviction,
over truth. It flows from the distinction established between the world of
thought and the world of action, between the world of internal and that of
external facts. Thus this principle of liberty of conscience for which Europe
has struggled so much, and suffered so much, this principle which prevailed so
late, and often, in its progress, against the inclination of the clergy, was
enunciated, under the name of the separation of temporal and spiritual power,
in the very cradle of European civilisation; and it was the Christian Church
which, from the necessity imposed by its situation of defending itself against
barbarism, introduced and maintained it… It is in the combination of the
spiritual and temporal powers, in the confusion of moral and material
authority, that the tyranny which seems inherent in this [Muslim] civilisation
originated.”[321]
There is another reason why despotism and
tyranny are inherent in Islam: the Muslims’ belief that all people are bound to
obey Allah, and that those who do not obey – with the partial exceptions of the
Jews and Christians - have no right either to life or freedom or property. This
belief, combined with their further beliefs in fatalism and in the automatic
entrance of all Muslim warriors that die in the struggle with the unbelievers
into the joys of Paradise, made the Muslim armies of the early Arab caliphate,
as of the later Turkish sultanate, a formidable expansionary force in world
politics.
Thus the
Koran says: “O believers, make war on the infidels who dwell around you. Let
them find firmness in you” (Sura: 9; Ayat: 123). “Fight those who believe not…
even if they be People of the Book [Jews and Christians] until they willingly
agree to pay the tribute in recognition of their submissive state” (Sura: 9;
Ayat: 29). “You will be called to fight a mighty nation; fight them until they
embrace Islam” (Sura: 48; Ayat: 16).” As Kenneth Craig writes, holy war, or jihad,
“was believed to be the recovery by Islam of what by right belonged to it as
the true and final religion but which had been alienated from it by the
unbelief or perversity embodied in the minorities whose survival – but no more
– it allowed....”[322]
L.A. Tikhomirov writes: “In submitting without question to God, the
Muslim becomes a spreader of the power of God on earth. Everyone is obliged to
submit to Allah, whether they want to or not. If they do not submit, then they
have no right to live. Therefore the pagans are subject either to conversion to
Islam, or to extermination. Violent conversion to Islam, is nothing
prejudicial, from the Muslim point of view, for people are obliged to obey God
without question, not because they desire it, but because Allah demands this of
them.”[323]
With the fall of iconoclasm in Byzantium
in 843, there also fell the absolutist theory of Church-State relations preached
by the iconoclast emperors. Under the new dynasty of Macedonian emperors, the
empire entered a glorious period of increased power and prosperity. However,
the patriarchs of the period were in no mood to concede more power than was
necessary to the new dynasty, however Orthodox it might be.
One reason for this was was the
particularly prominent – and damaging - role that the emperors had taken in the
recent persecutions, in which several of the leading hierarchs themselves had
suffered (St. Methodius had been in prison, while St. Photius’ parents had been
martyred). The early Roman emperors had persecuted the Church at times – but
they had been pagans in a pagan society, and were therefore simply expressing
the prejudices of the society in which they lived. Later emperors in the
post-Constantinian era, such as Constantius and Valens, had also persecuted the
Church – which was worse, since they were supposed to be Christians, but again,
they had not been the initiators of the persecution, but had responded to the
pleas of heretical churchmen. However, the iconoclast emperors enjoyed the
dubious distinction of having been at the head of their heretical movement;
they were heresiarchs themselves, not simply the political agents of
heresiarchs. “The ancient heresies came from a quarrel over the dogmas and
developed progressively, whereas this one [iconoclasm] comes from the imperial
power itself.”[325] The patriarchs therefore laboured to raise the profile of
the patriarchate in society, as a defence against any return to
antichristianity on the part of the emperors.[326]
This new intransigeance of the patriarchs
in relation to the emperors had been foreshadowed even before the last period
of iconoclast persecution, when, on 24 December, 804, “Leo V brought Patriarch
Nicephorus and several bishops and monks together to involve them in coming to
an agreement with those who were ‘scandalised’ by the icons and in making an
‘economy’. The confrontation gave way to a series of grating ‘little phrases’
that were hawked about everywhere and which sketched a new theory of imperial
power. The clergy refused to engage in any discussion with this perfectly
legitimate emperor who had not yet taken any measures against the icons and who
wanted a council of bishops to tackle the problem. Emilian of Cyzicus said to
him: ‘If there is an ecclesiastical problem, as you say, Emperor, let it be
resolved in the Church, as is the custom… and not in the Palace,’ to which Leo
remarked that he also was a child of the Church and that he could serve as an
arbiter between the two camps. Michael of Synada then said to him that ‘his
arbitration’ was in fact a ‘tyranny’; others reproached him for taking sides.
Without batting an eyelid, Euthymius of Sardis invoked eight centuries of
Christian icons and angered the emperor by reusing a quotation from St. Paul
that had already been used by John of Damascus: ‘Even if an angel from heaven
should preach to us a gospel different from the one that you have received, let
him be anathema!’ (Galatians 1.8). The ‘ardent teacher of the Church and
abbot of Studion’ Theodore was the last to speak: ‘Emperor, do not destroy the
stability of the Church. The apostle spoke of those whom God has established in
the Church, first as apostles, secondly as prophets, and thirdly as pastors and
teachers (I Corinthians 12.28)…, but he did not speak of emperors. You,
O Emperor, have been entrusted with the stability of the State and the army.
Occupy yourself with that and leave the Church, as the apostle says, to pastors
and teachers. If you did not accept this and departed from our faith…, if an
angel came from heaven to preach to us another gospel, we would not listen to
him; so even less to you!’ Then Leo, furious, broke off the dialogue to set the
persecution in motion.”[327]
What is remarkable in this scene is the refusal of the hierarchs to
allow the emperor any kind of arbitrating role – even though he had not yet
declared himself to be an iconoclast. Of course, the bishops probably knew the
secret motives and beliefs of the emperor, so they knew that any council
convened by him would have been a “robber council”, like that of 754. Moreover,
the Seventh Ecumenical Council had already defined the position of the Church,
so a further council was superfluous. However, the bishops’ fears were probably
particularly focussed on the word “arbitration” and the false theory of
Church-State relations that that implied. The Church had allowed, even urged,
emperors to convene councils in the past; but had never asked them to arbitrate
in them. Rather it was they, the bishops sitting in council, who were the
arbiters, and the emperor who was obliged, as an obedient son of the Church, to
submit to their judgement. The bishops were determined to have no truck with
this last relic of the absolutist theory of Church-State relations.
It was St. Theodore the Studite who particularly pressed this point. As
he wrote to the Emperor Leo V: “If you want to be her (the Church’s) son, then
nobody is hindering you; only follow in everything your spiritual father (the
Patriarch)”.[328] And it was the triumph of
Studite rigorism – on this issue, at any rate – that determined the attitude of
the patriarchs to the emperors after the final Triumph of Orthodoxy over
iconoclasm in 843. For
Patriarchs Methodius, Photius and Ignatius, all of whom were later canonised,
quite consciously tried to exalt the authority of the patriarchate in relation
to the empire.
However, in order to justify this programme, they needed a biblical
model. And just as the Emperor Leo had used the figure of Melchizedek, both king and priest, to
justify his exaltation of the role of the emperor, so Patriarch Photius used
the figure of Moses, both king (as it were) and priest, to exalt the role of
the patriarch.[329] Only whereas Melchizedek had
been seen by Leo as primarily a king who was also a priest, Moses was seen by
St. Photius as primarily a priest who also had the effective power of a king:
“Among the citizens, [Moses] chose the most refined and those who would be the most
capable to lead the whole people, and he appointed them as priests… He
entrusted them with guarding the laws and traditions; that was why the Jews
never had a king and why the leadership of the people was always entrusted to
the one among the priests who was reputed to be the most intelligent and the
most virtuous. It is he whom they call the Great Priest, and they believe that
he is for them the messenger of the Divine commandments.”[330]
However, St. Photius soon came into conflict with one who exalted his
priesthood in such a way as to encroach on the prerogatives of kings and
introduce heresy into the Church – Nicholas I, Pope of Rome. The dogmatic
aspect of the quarrel related to Nicholas’ introduction into the Creed of the Filioque,
which Photius succeeded in having anathematised together with its author. But
it also had a political aspect insofar as Nicholas, reasserting the Gelasian
model of Church-State relations, but also going further than that in an
aggressively papist direction, claimed jurisdiction over the traditionally
eastern provinces of Sicily and Bulgaria. It was becoming clear that if
“caesaropapism” had been the greatest danger in the iconoclast period, it was
its opposite, “papocaesarism”, that was the greatest danger in the post-iconoclast
period.
It was partly because of her healthy scepticism about the corruption of
secular power, had been the most faithful to Orthodoxy of all the
patriarchates. But her consciousness of this fine record had bred an incipient
feeling of infallibility, which led her to encroach on the prerogatives both of
the other patriarchates in the Church and of the emperor in the State. And so
St. Photius now stood up in defence of the Eastern Church and State – and in so
doing was forced to limit his own exalted conception of the patriarchate, as we
see in the later part of the 15th canon of the First-and-Second
Council, which permits clergy and laity to break communion with their patriarch
on the grounds of publicly proclaimed heresy even before a conciliar decision.
In two letters dating to the year 870, one to the bishops from exile and
the other to the Emperor Basil who exiled him, St. Photius presents a balanced
and traditional model of the role of the emperor. Thus on the one hand, in his
letter to the emperor, he reminds him of his fallibility and mortality.[331] But on the other hand, in his
letter to the bishops, he gives due honour to the emperor: “While before us the
divine Paul exhorts us to pray for sovereigns, so does Peter too, the chief of
the apostles, saying, ‘Be submissive to every human institution for the Lord’s
sake whether it be to the emperor as supreme,’ and again, ‘Honor the emperor,’
But still, even before them, our common Master and Teacher and Creator Himself
from His incalculably great treasure, by paying tribute to Caesar, taught us by
deed and custom to observe the privileges which had been assigned to emperors.
For this reason, indeed, in our mystical and awesome services we offer up
prayers on behalf of our sovereigns. It is, accordingly, both right and
pleasing to God, as well as most appropriate for us, to maintain these
privileges and to join also our Christ-loving emperors in preserving them.”
[332]
Moreover, in his advice to the newly bapised Bulgarian Tsar Boris-Michael
he gave the tsar authority even in matters of the faith: “The king must correct
his people in the faith and direct it in the knowledge of the true God”.[333]
However, in the law manual entitled the Epanagoge, which was compiled between 879 and 886, and in whose
composition St. Photius probably played a leading part, the authority of the
Patriarch is exalted over the Emperor. The pro-patriarchal
“bias” of this document is already evident in the foreword, where, as Fr.
Alexis Nikolin writes, “it says that ‘the law is from God’, Who is the true
Basileus.…[And] in the Digests we
do not find the following thesis of Roman law: ‘That which is pleasing to the emperor has
the force of law’. Thus the emperor is not seen as ‘the living law’ [nomoV emyucoV].”[334]
The
Emperor is the living law, says the Epanagoge, only when there is not
already a written law: “The Emperor must act as the law when there is none
written, except that his actions must not violate the canon law. The Patriarch
alone must interpret the canons of the ancient (Patriarchs) and the decrees of
the Holy Fathers and the resolutions of the Holy Synods” (Titulus III, 5). In fact, as Dagron writes, “The emperor is defined
as a ‘legitimate authority’ (ennomoV epistasia),
contrary to the Hellenistic and Roman tradition which declares him to be ‘above
the laws’, being himself ‘the living law’ and only submitting to the laws of
his own free will… In the first article [of Titulus
III] the patriarch is defined as the living and animate image of Christ by
deeds and words typifying the truth (eikwn zwsa Cristou kai emyucoV di’ergwn kai logwn carakterizousa thn alhqeian)… Everything that the patriarch gains, he
steals from the emperor. In place of the emperor traditionally called – as in
the letter of Theodore the Studite – ‘imitator of Christ’ there is substituted
a patriarch called the image of Christ, and in place of the emperor as the
living law – a patriarch as the living truth… The idea of the emperor-priest,
which was condemned in the person of Leo III, is succeeded by the prudent but
clear evocation of a patriarch-emperor, or at least of a supreme priest to whom
revert all the attributes of sovereignty. If he is the living image of Christ,
the patriarch participates like him in the two powers. He is a New Moses and a
New Melchizedek.”[335]
The document then proceeds to contrast the rights and duties of
the Emperor and the Patriarch. “The task of the Emperor is to protect and preserve the existing popular
forces by good administration, and to reestablish the damaged forces by careful
supervision and just ways and actions” (Titulus
II, 2). “The
task of the Patriarch is, first, to keep those people whom he has received from
God in piety and purity of life, and then he must as far as possible convert all
heretics to Orthodoxy and the unity of the Church (heretics, in the laws and
canons of the Church, are those who are not in communion with the Catholic
Church). Also, he must lead the unbelievers to adopt the faith, striking them
with the lustre and glory and wonder of his service” (Titulus III, 2)… “The aim of the Patriarch is the
salvation of the souls entrusted to him; the Patriarch must live in Christ and
be crucified for the world” (Titulus III,
3). “The Emperor
must be most distinguished in Orthodoxy and piety and glorified in divine zeal, knowledgeable in the dogmas of
the Holy Trinity and in the definitions of salvation through the incarnation of
our Lord Jesus Christ” (Titulus II,
5). “It particularly
belongs to the Patriarch to teach and to relate equally and without limitations
of both high and low, and be gentle in administering justice, skilled in
exposing the unbelievers, and not to be ashamed to speak before the face of the
Emperor about justice and the defence of the dogmas” (Titulus III, 4). “The Emperor is bound to defend
and strengthen, first of all, all that which is written in the Divine
Scriptures, and then also all the dogmas established by the Holy Councils, and
also selected Roman laws” (Titulus II,
4).
Although it is evident that a more exalted
place is accorded to the patriarch in the Epanagoge,
it is nevertheless striking that the emperor is still given an important role
in defending the faith. However,
the word “emperor” is carefully defined to exclude what St. Basil or St.
Ambrose would have called a “tyrant”: “The aim of the Emperor is to do good,
which is why he is called a benefactor. And when he ceases to do good, then, it
seems, he corrupts the meaning of the concept of Emperor by comparison with the
ancient teachings” (Titulus II, 3).
In the last analysis, Photius’ conception of the kingship seems
“to the right of centre” of the patristic consensus, if Justinian’s Novella 6 is seen as the centre. This is
probably to be explained by the need felt by the Patriarch to counter the
absolutism of Leo III’s Eclogue and to check the still sometimes
intemperate acts of the contemporary emperors (Photius himself was exiled more
than once), and by the great power that St. Photius wielded in post-iconoclast
Byzantium. Thus in the struggle with Rome he was the main mover and the main
victor. The Great Council of 879-880, which was attended by 400 bishops,
including the legates of Pope John VIII, anathematised the Filioque,
firmly restricted the Pope’s jurisdiction to the West, and gave Photius a
completely analogous jurisdiction in the East, calling him “supreme pastor”,
whose competence extended to “the whole world”.[336]
If that phrase was just a rhetorical flourish, it was nevertheless true
that the authority of the Constantinopolitan patriarchate now extended
throughout the Orthodox East; and it is from this time that the structure of
the Orthodox Church, which from Justinian to Theodore the Studite had been
characterised as a pentarchy of patriarchates, now became a diarchy (Rome and
Constantinople), with the three Eastern patriarchates under Muslim rule being
virtually reduced to the status of metropolitan districts of the
Constantinopolitan patriarchate.[337]
In the East, moreover, the diarchy was seen rather as a Constantinopolitan
monarchy, insofar as the decline and corruption of Rome in the early tenth
century during the “pornocracy of Marozia” greatly reduced her prestige and
influence.[338] Again, in missionary work beyond
the bounds of the empire, where the emperors had previously taken the
initiative, the patriarch was now the prime mover: in relation to the Armenians
and Syrians in the East, to the Moravians in the West, to the Khazars, Bulgars
and Russians in the North.[339] Thus the patriarchate was
becoming more truly “ecumenical” with every passing year.
At the same time, it must not be thought that St. Photius denied the
traditional doctrine of Church-State symphony. Thus the Epanagoge concludes: “The State consists of parts and
members like an individual person. The most important and necessary parts are
the Emperor and the Patriarch. Therefore unanimity in everything and agreement (sumfwnia) between the Empire and the
Priesthood (constitutes) the spiritual and bodily peace and prosperity of the
citizens” (Titulus III, 8).
Thus the iconoclast thesis and the
post-iconoclast antithesis in political theology came to rest, in the Epanagoge,
in a synthesis which emphasised the traditional value of symphony between the
two powers, even if the superiority was clearly given to the patriarch (the
soul) over the emperor (the body).
It must
also be remembered that the “consensus of the Fathers” with regard to the
emperor-patriarch relationship did not occupy an exact middle point, as it
were, on the spectrum between “caesaropapism” and “papocaesarism”, but rather a
broad band in the middle. In times when the emperor was apostate, heretical or
simply power-hungry and passionate, the Fathers tended slightly right of
centre, emphasising the independence of the Church in her own sphere, the lay,
unpriestly character of the emperor, and the superiority of spiritual to
temporal ends as the soul is superior to the body (SS. Basil the Great, Gregory
the Theologian, John Chrysostom, Ambrose of Milan, Maximus the Confessor,
Photius the Great). But in times when the emperor was a faithful son of the
Church, the Fathers were glad to accord him a quasi-priestly role and
leadership even in spiritual matters – provided, of course, that he did not
undertake strictly sacramental functions (the Fathers of the First, Fourth and
Fifth Ecumenical Councils, St. Isidore of Pelusium). It was only the extremes that were definitely
excluded: the royal absolutism of the iconoclast emperors and the priestly
absolutism of the heretical popes, both of which tended to deny any independent
sphere of action to the Church hierarchy, in the former case, and to the
emperor, in the latter.
As we
have seen, it was a fundamental principle both of Justinian’s and of Photius’
legislation that Church canons should always take precedence over imperial
laws. As this principle became more generally accepted, more areas of what had
been considered purely secular life, having little or nothing directly to do
with the Church, came under the influence of the process of “enchurchment”.
This process was expressed in several new requirements: that
the emperors themselves should be anointed in a special Church rite; that
marriages take place in church, and in accordance with the canons; and that
lands and monies donated by individuals to the Church should never be
secularised, but should ever remain under the control of the Church. Thus one
of the novellas of Emperor Alexis
Comnenus said that it was wrong to forbid a slave a Church marriage in a
Christian State, for in the Church a slave is equal to a lord. Again, there
were cases of trials of murderers, not according to the civil codex, but in
accordance with the Church canons: the criminal besought forgiveness on his knees
and was given a fifteen-year penance of standing among the penitents at the
Divine Liturgy.[340]
However, as was to be expected, there was
resistance to this process, if not as an ideal, at any rate in practice; and
this was particularly so in the case of marriage law – more specifically, of
marriage law as applied to emperors…
The first major conflict came towards the
end of the eighth century, when St. Tarasius, Patriarch of Constantinople,
refused to give his blessing to the marriage of the son of the Empress Irene,
Constantine VI, who had cast off his lawful wife and entered into an adulterous
relationship with his mistress. The Emperors then turned to the priest Joseph,
who performed the marriage, upon which. St. Tarasius at first did nothing,
“through adaptation to circumstances”, but then excommunicated Joseph. Fearful,
however, that too great strictness in this affair would lead the Emperors to
incline towards iconoclasm, the patriarch accepted Joseph into communion before
the end of his penance. Joseph was also received into communion by the next
Patriarch, St. Nicephorus, who was under pressure from the next Emperor,
Nicephorus.
In protest against these applications of “economy”, St. Theodore the
Studite broke communion with both patriarchs, and returned into communion with
St. Nicephorus only when he had again excommunicated Joseph.[341] St. Theodore allowed no compromise in relation to
the Canons. He who was not guided by the canons was not fully
Orthodox. St. Paul anathematised anyone who transgressed the law of Christ,
even if he were an angel from heaven. A fortiori the emperors were not
exempt from the canons; there was no special “Gospel of the kings”. Only God is
not subject to the law.[342]
St. Photius faithfully followed St. Theodore’s teaching. When Basil I
came to power after murdering his predecessor, Photius accepted him as emperor,
but refused to give him communion, for which he was deposed.
However, he was deposed again by Basil’s son, Leo the Wise, who shifted
the balance of Church-State relations back towards caesaropapism, saying: “from
now on the emperor’s care extends to everything, and his foresight (pronoia, a word which can equally well
mean the ‘providence’ of God) controls and governs everything.”[343] He claimed, according to Dorothy
Wood, “to be head of Church and State in the sense that, if the Church as led
by the Patriarch was irreconcilably opposed to the Emperor, the Emperor could
resolve the conflict”.[344] And so when St. Photius’
successor (and nephew), Patriarch Nicholas the Mystic, opposed his fourth
marriage to Zoe, the Emperor simply removed him from office, forced a priest to
perform the marriage and then, in the absence of a patriarch, himself placed
the imperial crown on his “wife’s” head.
However, the patriarch did not give in.
Commenting that the Emperor was to Zoe “both bridegroom and bishop”[345], he defrocked the priest that
had “married” the emperor and refused the emperor entrance into the church.
Then, when the legates of the Pope recognised the marriage, St. Nicholas
resigned from his see, declaring that he had received the patriarchate not from
the king but through the mercy of God alone, and that he was leaving his see
because the emperor by his uncanonical actions had made the government of the
Church impossible.
The emperor retaliated by putting his friend Euthymius on the
patriarchal throne, who permitted the fourth marriage, saying: “It is right, your
Majesty, to obey
your orders and receive your decisions as emanating from the will and
providence of God”![346] However, after the death of Leo
in 912, Euthymius was imprisoned and St. Nicholas was restored to the
patriarchate.
The struggle between the Nicholaitans and the Euthymites was brought to
an end only by the Tome of Union in
920, which condemned fourth marriages as “unquestionably illicit and void.”[347] As St.
Nicholas later explained to the Pope: “What was I to do in such circumstances?
Shut up and go to sleep? Or think and act as befits a friend who cares at one
and the same time both for the honour of the emperor and for the ecclesiastical
decrees? And so we began the struggle with God’s help; we tried to convince the
rulers not to be attracted by that which is proper only for those who do not
know how to control themselves, but to endure what had happened with
magnanimity, with good hope on Christ our God; while we touched, not only his
knee, but also his leg, begging and beseeching him as king in the most
reverential way not to permit his authority to do everything, but to remember
that there sits One Whose authority is mightier than his - He Who shed His Most
Pure Blood for the Church.” And to the Emperor he wrote: “My child and emperor,
it befitted you as a worshipper of God and one who has been glorified by God more
than others with wisdom and other virtue, to be satisfied with three marriages:
perhaps even a third marriage was unworthy of your royal majesty… but the
sacred canons do not completely reject a third marriage, but are condescending,
although they dislike it. However, what justification can there be for a fourth
marriage? The king, they say, is the unwritten law, but not in order that he
may act in a lawless manner and everything that comes into his head, but in
order that by his unwritten deeds he may be that which is the written law; for
if the king is the enemy and foe of the laws, who will fear them?”[348]
Another area in which imperial might came
up against ecclesiastical right, and in which “natural” processes were subject
to a process of “enchurchment”, was the very important one of imperial
legitimacy and succession. Dagron has shown that the Byzantine concept of
legitimacy was a complex one composed of many strands; one could become emperor
by dynastic succession from father to son, by being “purple-born (porjurogennhtoV)”[349], by marrying a former empress, by being made co-emperor by
a living emperor, and even by what we would call usurpation, the overthrow of a
living emperor by force.[350] Although a usurper would naturally be considered to be the
very opposite of a legitimate ruler, he could nevertheless be seen as
expressing a change in “the mandate of heaven”, God’s transfer of power from an
unworthy man to one more worthy, as when He “repented” of His choice of Saul and
chose David instead.[351]
Thus, according to Lemerle, “usurpation… has… almost a political
function. It is not so much an illegal act as the first act in a process of
legitimation… There is a parallelism, rather than an opposition, between the
basileus and the usurper. Hence the existence of two different notions of
legitimacy, the one ‘dynastic’ and the other which we might call (in the Roman
sense) ‘republican’, which are not really in conflict but reinforce each other:
the second, when the usurper fails, reinforces thereby the first, and when he
succeeds, recreates it, whether the usurper attaches himself to the dynasty or
founds a dynasty himself.”[352]
And yet… what if a usurper came to power
by the murder of his predecessor? Even here the Church usually crowned the
usurper. Thus in 865 St. Irene Chrysovalantou revealed that the Emperor Michael
III was to be murdered. However, she said, “do not by any means oppose the new
Emperor [Basil I], who shall come to the throne, though murder be at the root
of it. The holy God has preferred and chosen him, so the enemy himself will not
benefit.”[353] St. Photius also accepted the new emperor – but refused him
communion in church.[354]
Sometimes the usurper was crowned, provided certain conditions were
fulfilled. Thus when Emperor Nicephorus Phocas was murdered on December 11, 969
by his successor, John Tzimiskes, Patriarch Polyeuctus “declared that he would
not allow the Emperor to enter the church as long as he had not expelled the
Augusta from the palace and had not named the murderer of the Emperor, whoever
he might be. Moreover, he demanded the return to the Synod of a document
published by Nicephorus in violation of justice. The point was that Nicephorus,
either intending to remove certain violations of the sacred rites that had been
allowed, in his opinion, by certain hierarchs, or wishing to submit to himself
even that in the religious sphere which it was not fitting for him to rule
over, had forced the hierarchs to compose a decree according to which nothing
in Church affairs was to be undertaken without his will. Polyeuctus suggested
that the Emperor carry out all (this); in the contrary case he would not allow
him to enter the holy church. (John) accepted the conditions; he removed the
Augusta from the palace and exiled her to an island called Protos, returned
Nicephorus’ decree to the Synod and pointed to Leo Valans, saying that he and
nobody else had killed the Emperor with his own hand. Only then did Polyeuctus
allow him into the holy church and crown him, after which he returned to the
Royal palace and was hailed by the army and people”.[355]
This extraordinary episode tells us much about the real relationship
between Church and State in Byzantium. On the one hand, there is no question
that Tzimiskes won the throne through brute force and murder, and that there
was no real attempt to remove him or refusal to recognise him. This indicates
that the pagan principle of Old Rome: “might is right”, still prevailed in
tenth-century Byzantium. On the other hand, Tzimiskes’ de facto victory
was not felt to be enough in a Christian society: he needed the de jure
confirmation of the Church, her sacramental blessing. And this the Church felt
powerful enough to withhold until several conditions had been met: (1) the
removal of Empress Theophano, the widow both of Nicephoros and the previous
emperor Romanos and the mother of Romanos’ purple-born sons Basil and
Constantine, whom Tzimiskes had wanted to marry in order to strengthen his
position; (2) the annulment of a caesaropapist decree of the previous emperor;
and (3) the new emperor had made at least a formal attempt to find the murderer
(everyone must have known that the emperor himself was the murderer, but if he
did not accuse himself there was no higher judicial power that could convict
him). By obtaining the fulfilment of these three conditions the Church, it
could be said, made the best out of a bad job, extracting some good from an
essentially evil deed.
While the Byzantines accepted Tzimiskes as basileus, they
condemned the deed by which he attained the throne. Thus, according to Morris,
“Leo the Deacon writes of the action… as kathairesis (‘pulling down’)
and anairesis (‘destruction’, ‘abrogation’). He comments that if the
emperor’s brother, Leo Phokas, had been quicker off the mark, he might have
been able to rally support against this neoterismos (‘innovation’,
revolution’).”[356] The manoeuvre, writes Morris,
was “nicely put by Leo the Deacon, who clearly understood these matters.
Tzimiskes, he wrote, ‘took up the reins of the Empire’ at the fourth hour of
the day of 11 December 963. In other words he assumed the governance of the
empire. But it was not until after his coronation that his position as autokrator
was finally legitimised by receiving the blessing of the church.”[357]
But if this resolved the question of Tzimiskes’ legitimacy (for the
Church, if not for Nikephoros’ relatives, who continued to rebel against the
empire), it did not wipe out his sin. [358] Morris writes: “In the Apocalypse of Anastasia, dateable to the
beginning of the twelfth century at the latest, we have an angel indicating to
the narrator an empty throne in Hell and explaining that it belonged to John
Tzimiskes ‘who was not worthy of it, because he murdered Nikephoros Phokas’. Then
the wounded Nikephoros is seen reproaching John, saying, ‘”John, Tzimiskes,
Lord John, why did you inflict an unjust death on me… “ and John replied
nothing but “Woe! What have I done?”’ The invention of the tradition that
Tzimiskes’ anointing had washed away the sin of the murder is, of course,
another clear indication that he was believed to have been directly
implicated.”[359]
“The aim,” according to Dagron, “is to convert brute force (to qhriwdeV, qhrion alogon, as Agapetus and Basil write)
into a legitimate power, and the historical sources often allude to this
conversion. If Theophanes characterises Leo V, in 814, as ‘very legitimate
emperor of the Romans’, this is to signify that this general, who had been
called to the Empire by war and popular favour, was able to carry out the
mutation which from now on made him a legitimate sovereign by not being too
precipitate in the stages of transition, by letting the patriarch act, by
ceasing to be an army commander, by conforming himself, not to constitutional
rules which did not exist, nor even to more or less uncertain procedures, but
to a process that allowed him to leave one role, that of a popularly elected
general, for another, that of an emperor elected by God. If, on the contrary,
Michael Attaliates and his contemporaries were doubtful that Isaac I Comnenus
had succeeded, in 1057, in his passage from ‘tyranny’ to ‘legitimate power’, in
spite of his probity and his courage, this was because he had not been able to
divest himself of his martial fury, which had given him power but not
sacredness….
“So it is not power that is legitimate, it is he who appropriates it who
can become legitimate by choosing to respect the law. Ancient tradition gave
this simple idea the form of a paradox, whose first term was borrowed from
Hellenistic literature: the emperor is not subject to the laws, since he is
himself ‘the living law’, and whose second term brings in a correction: but a
legitimate sovereign must choose to conform to the laws. In short, legitimacy passes
by conversion to legality…”[360]
The question of the legitimacy or
otherwise of one who seized the Roman throne by force was linked with the
question of the legitimacy of rulers of other kingdoms that claimed for themselves
prerogatives similar to those of the Roman emperor. We have already studied
this in the case of Charlemagne and the Carolingian empire, and have seen that,
from the Byzantine point of view, Charlemagne might be an “emperor” (basileus),
but in no way could he be called the “emperor of the Romans”, whose seat could
only be the New Rome of Constantinople. A challenge similar to that of
Charlemagne – and much more threatening to the real power of the Roman emperors
– was provided by the Bulgarian tsars.
Early in the 860s Khan Boris of Bulgaria was
converted to the Orthodox faith by the famous Greek monk St. Methodius.[361] In 865 Boris was baptised, probably by the patriarch of
Constantinople, St. Photius, and took the name Michael after his godfather, the
Emperor Michael. In this way the foundation was laid, not only of the
Christianization of Bulgaria, but also of the unification of its two
constituent peoples, the Bulgar ruling class and the Slavic peasants, who had
been at loggerheads up to that time.
However, Tsar Boris-Michael wanted the Bulgarian Church to be
autonomous, a request that the Mother Church of Constantinople denied. So,
taking advantage of the rift that was opening up between the Eastern and Western
Churches and empires, he turned to Pope Nicholas I with a series of questions
on the faith and a request that Bulgaria be given a patriarch. The Pope did not
immediately grant his request, but Boris was sufficiently encouraged by his
reply to allow Roman missionaries – with the new Frankish heresy of the Filioque
- into his land.
Since the Bulgarian Church was clearly
within the jurisdiction of Constantinople, the Pope’s sending his clerics to
Bulgaria was already a canonical transgression and a first manifestation of his
claim to universal dominion in the Church. It would never have happened if the
West had recognised the authority of the East Roman emperor, as the Popes had
done in earlier centuries. The same could be said of the later expulsion of
Saints Cyril and Methodius from Moravia by jealous German bishops – these were
all fruits, in the ecclesiastical sphere, of that division that had first begun
in the political sphere, when the Pope crowned Charlemagne Emperor of the
Romans.
After some turmoil, the Bulgarian Church was firmly re-established
within the Eastern Church and Empire. A pagan reaction was crushed, the
Scriptures and services were translated into Slavonic by the disciples of St.
Methodius and a vast programme of training native clergy was initiated.
However, the virus of national self-assertion had been sown almost
simultaneously with the Christian faith, and during the reign of St. Boris’
youngest son, Symeon, Bulgaria was almost continuously at war with the Empire.
Symeon, writes Papadakis, “extended his power over the entire Balkan peninsula,
assumed the title of ‘emperor (tsar) of the Bulgarians and the Romans’
and tried to capture Constantinople itself.”[362]
St. Nicholas the Mystic vigorously defended the authority of the East
Roman Emperor. “The power of the Emperor,” he said, “which extends over the
whole earth, is the only power established by the Lord of the world upon the
earth.” Again, he wrote to Tsar Symeon in 913: “God has submitted the other
sceptres of the world to the heritage of the Lord and Master, that is, the
Universal Emperor in Constantinople, and does not allow his will to be
despised. He who tries by force to acquire for himself the Imperial dignity is
no longer a Christian”.[363]
However, Symeon continued to act like a new Constantine, transferring
the capital of the new Christian kingdom from Pliska, with its pagan
associations, to Preslav on the model of St. Constantine’s moving his capital
from Rome to Constantinople. And during the reign of his more peaceful son
Peter (927-969) the Byzantines conceded both the title of “basileus” to the
Bulgarian tsar (so there were now three
officially recognised Christian emperors of the one Christian empire, with
capitals at Constantinople, Aachen and Preslav!) and (in 932) the title “patriarch”
to the first-hierarch of the Bulgarian Church, Damian. Peter’s legitimacy was
also recognised by the greatest of the Bulgarian saints, John of Rila.
After the death of Peter the Bulgarian kingdom was conquered by the
Greeks (in about 971), as a consequence of which the local Bulgarian dioceses
were again subjected to the Constantinopolitan Patriarchate. However, there was
a resurgence of Bulgarian power in Macedonia under Tsar Samuel, who established
his capital and patriarchate in Ohrid. But this did not last long either. In
1014 the Bulgarian armies were decisively defeated by Emperor Basil “the
Bulgar-slayer”, leading to the end of the Bulgarian empire and its
re-absorption into the Roman Empire. The Ohrid diocese’s autocephaly was still
recognised, but it was demoted from a patriarchate to an archbishopric.
It has been claimed that the task assigned to Bulgaria and King Boris by
God “could be realized only by an independent, autonomous church, since, if the
nation were to be dependent on another people in church matters, it could
easily lose its political independence along with its religious independence
and disappear from the face of the earth.”[364] Perhaps; and yet the idea that
each nation has to have its own independent church was a new one in the history
of Christianity. De facto, as a result of the conquest of certain parts
of the Roman Empire by barbarian leaders, independent national Churches had
sprung up in various regions, from Georgia in the East to England in the West.
But the idea of a single Christian commonwealth of nations looking up to its
father in God, the Christian Roman Emperor, was never completely lost; and
there was still the feeling that de jure all Christian nations owed him
some kind of allegiance. Charlemagne had not disputed this; he (or the Pope)
simply believed that he was now that
Emperor, and that the Empire was now centred, not in Constantinople but in
Aachen.
It must be admitted that it was the Bulgarian emperors who made the
first serious breach in this internationalist ideal; for they called their
kingdom, not by the internationalist name of Rome, but “the kingdom of the
Bulgarians and the Greeks” – in other words, a national kingdom composed of two
nations, with the Bulgarians as the dominant ethnic element. Coups by
individuals were commonplace in Byzantine history: the attempt to place one nation above all others was new. It is
perhaps not coincidental that when the Orthodox Church came to anathematise the
heresy of nationalism, or phyletism, in 1872, the anathema was directed in the
first place against Bulgarian nationalism…
In 860 a new nation which St. Photius called “Ros” (RwV)[365] appeared off Constantinople and
ravaged the suburbs. These came from Russia, but were probably Scandinavian
Vikings by race (the Finns call the Swedes “Rossi” to this day). Through the
grace of the Mother of God the invaders were defeated, and in the treaty which
followed the ceasefire the Russians agreed to accept Christianity. Thus St.
Photius wrote that “the formerly terrible people, the so-called Ros… are
even now abandoning their heathen faith and are converting to Christianity,
receiving bishops and pastors from us, as well as all Christian customs.”
In this way weres laid the foundations of the conversion of the last of
the major Christian nations. St. Photius sent Bishop Michael to Russia (perhaps the holy
equal-to-the-apostles St. Methodius also went). He began to preach the word of
God among the pagans, and at their demand worked a miracle: he ordered a fire
to be kindles and placed in it a book of the Gospels, which remained unharmed.[366] Many
were then converted to the faith, including the Prince Askold, the first prince of Kiev,
Askold, who was baptised with the name Nicholas and opened diplomatic relations
with Constantinople in 867. According to tradition, Princes Askold and Dir
suffered martyrdom for the faith.[367]
Two years after the defeat of 860, and perhaps partly as a result of it,
the Slavs of the northern city of Novgorod made an unprecedented change in the
form of their political organisation, inviting the Scandinavian Vikings under
Rurik to rule over them: “Our land is great and abundant, but there is no order
in it – come and rule over us”. As N.M. Karamzin writes: “The citizens perhaps
remembered how useful and peaceful the rule of the Normans had been: their need
for good order and quiet made them forget their national pride, and the Slavs,
‘convinced,’ as tradition relates, ‘by the advice of the Novgorod elder
Gostomysl,’ demanded rulers from the Varyangians.”[368]
As I. Solonevich notes[369], this appeal was similar to that
of the British Christians to the Saxons Hengist and Horsa. However, the results
were very different: whereas in Britain the invitation led to a long series of
wars between the Britons and Saxons and the eventual conquest of most of
England by the pagans, in Russia it led, without bloodshed, to the foundation
of a strong and stable State, in which the Germanic element was quickly
swallowed up by the Slavs. Thus by inviting the Vikings to rule over them, the
Russian Slavs triumphed at one stroke over egoism and self-will in both the
individual and the national spheres.[370]
As New Hieromartyr Andronicus of Perm wrote: “At a time when, in the
other peoples of Europe, the power of the princes and kings was subduing the
peoples to themselves, appearing as external conquerors of the disobedient, but
weak, - we, on the other hand, ourselves created our own power and ourselves
placed the princes, the prototypes of our tsars, over ourselves. That is how it
was when Rurik and his brothers were recognised by Ilmen lake. We placed them
to rule over ourselves at a time when we had only just begun to be conscious of
ourselves as a people, and when our statehood was just beginning to come into
being”.[371]
Of course, the consolidation of the victory, and the transformation of
Russia into Holy and Autocratic Russia, required many more centuries of
spiritual and political struggle. “The real state life of Rus’,” writes St.
John Maximovich, “begins with Vladimir the Saint. The princes who were before
him were not so much ruler-lords as conquerors, for whom the establishment of
good order in their country was less important than subduing the rich country
to themselves and forcing it to pay some tribute. Åven Svyatoslav preferred to live
in Bulgaria, which he had conquered, ànd
not in his own capital. It was Christianity, which was brought into Russian
first by Olga, who had great influence on her eldest grandsons Yaropolk and
Oleg, and then finally by St. Vladimir the Beautiful Sun, who baptised Rus’,
that laid the firm foundations of Statehood.
“Christianity bound together by a common culture the princely race,
which was, they say, of Norman extraction, and the numerous Slavic and other
races which constituted the population of ancient Rus’. It taught the princes to look on themselves as defenders of the weak and oppressed and servers of the righteousness of
God. It taught the people to see in them not simply leaders and war-commanders,
but as people to whom power had been given by God Himself.”[372]
Archbishop Nathaniel of Vienna writes: “The ideal of Holy Rus’, like the
formula itself, was not born immediately. Two stages are important in its
genesis: the baptism of Rus’ and her regeneration after the Tatar conquest.
Like any other historical people, the Russian nation is a child of her Church.
Greece and Rome, on accepting Christianity, brought to the Church their rich
pagan inheritance. The German peoples were already formed tribal units at the
moment of their reception of Christianity, and they preserved quite a lot of
their pagan past, especially in the sphere of national and juridical ideas, in
Christianity. But we – the Russian Slavs – had absolutely nothing before our
acceptance of Christianity: neither state ideas, nor national consciousness,
nor an original culture. The Eastern Slav pagans did not even have their own
gods – the whole ancient Russian pantheon consisted of foreign divinities: Perun
was a Lithuanian divinity, Khors – a Scythian-Sarmatian one, Moksha and Veles
were Finnish gods. None of them even had a Slavic name. The Russian people gave
their untouched soul to Christianity. And the Church gave everything to the
Slavs, so that already one generation after the reception of Christianity,
under Prince Yaroslav, we were no poorer in a cultural sense, but rather richer
than the majority of our neighbours…”[373]
It was
St. Vladimir’s
grandmother, St. Olga, who in 957 initiated the Christianisation of her country
by submitting to baptism in Constantinople. Her godfather was the Byzantine
Emperor himself.[374] However, she did not succeed in
converting her son Svyatoslav, and towards the end of her reign a pagan
reaction set in, which intensified under Svatoslav and in the early years of
Vladimir’s rule.
Like Moses, St. Vladimir, the baptiser of Russia, was expelled from his
homeland in his youth. But in 980 he returned and conquered Kiev. After a
period of fierce idolatry, he repented and led his people in triumph out of the
Egypt of idolatry and through the Red Sea of baptism in the Dniepr on August
1, 988, and thence
into the inheritance of the promised land, the new Israel of “Holy Russia”,
which had been all but evangelised by his death in 1015.
In view of this, the usual epithet of “new Constantine” granted to the
kings of new Orthodox nations was more than usually appropriately applied to
St. Vladimir, as Metropolitan Hilarion applied it in his famous Sermon on
the Law and Grace in about 1050. Indeed,
Russia was not only an offshoot of
Christian Rome, like Bulgaria or Georgia. Through her racial and dynastic links
with Western Europe (especially the Anglo-Scandinavian north-west), Russia
became the heir of what was left of the Old,
Orthodox Rome of the West, regenerating the ideal of the Symphony of Powers
just as it was being destroyed in the West by the heretical Papacy. And by her
filial faithfulness to Byzantium, as well as through the marriage of
Great-Prince Ivan III to Sophia Palaeologus in the fifteenth century, she
became the heir of the Second or New Rome of Constantinople.
Thus Vladimir was not a “new Constantine”
in the conventional way that all founders of new Christian dynasties, were
called such in the Middle Ages. His kingdom actually became, in the course of
time (about 500 years), the reincarnation
or successor or heir of Christian Rome. In fact, it became the Third Rome. But such an idea was never accepted by the
Byzantines before the fall of Byzantium itself. As St. Photius the Great declared: “Just as the
dominion of Israel lasted until the coming of Christ, so we believe that the
Empire will not be taken from us Greeks until the Second Coming of our Lord
Jesus Christ…”[375]
4. NEW ROME: THE WEST
So
then Northumbria was prosperous,
When
king and pontiff ruled in harmony,
One
in the church and one in government;
One
wore the pall the Pope conferred on him,
And
one the crown his fathers wore of old.
Alcuin, On the Saints of the Church of York.
I
pray Thee, O Son of God, that the Catholic order may grow with me, to the
benefit of Thy faithful people. And grant to this temple the same function that
Thou didst assign to the Temple of Solomon.
King Liutprand, inscription on church of St. Anastasius, Pavia (729).
St. Constantine’s transfer of his capital
from Old Rome to the New Rome of Constantinople marked the beginning of the end
of the Western Empire. The new capital, in the words of St. Gregory the
Theologian, was to be “a bond of union between East and West to which the most
distant extremes from all sides were to come together, and to which they look
up as the common centre and emporium of their faith.”[376]
For the old capital, weighed down by its pagan past, was in no position to defend
and unify the newly Christianized empire, and would soon prove incapable of
defending even herself.
In 410 and 455 Old Rome was conquered by
barbarians. In 476 she fell permanently under barbarian rule until Justinian’s
conquests in the sixth century. The shock was great[377],
and called for a theological and historiosophical explanation. For if
Tertullian had said: “In the Emperor we reverence the judgement of God, Who has
set him over the nations”[378],
the fall of the empire itself – albeit only its western half - had to express
the judgement of God in some especially important way.
The most famous meditation on the fall of
Rome came from St. Augustine, Bishop of Hippo, after Alaric’s sacking of the
city in 410. Augustine distanced himself from the perhaps too close
identification of Romanitas and Christianitas that had been
common in the first century after Constantine’s conversion. As F. van der Meer
interprets his thought: “Compared with Christianity, what significance was
there in things, admittedly good in themselves, like the order, unity and
authority of the Roman Empire?… Were even the old ethical insights worthy to
serve as a basis for the scientific investigation of revelation? ‘All mortal
things are only symbols’… In the year 400 all earthly things were recognized as
relative, even the immortal Empire and the supposedly final wisdom of the
ancients.”[379]
The pagans were quick to claim that Rome
had fallen because she had deserted her gods. They pointed out that it was
precisely since the ban on pagan practices imposed by Theodosius the Great in
380 that the barbarians had begun to overwhelm the empire. Augustine wrote the
first five books of his City of God to refute this notion, and to show
that the disasters suffered by the empire were allowed by God to chasten and
purify His people; “for God’s providence constantly uses war to correct and
chasten the corrupt morals of mankind.”[380]
Then, in the second part of the work, he
describes the origin, history and final destiny of the two Cities - the City of
God, which is holy and destined for eternal bliss, and the City of Man, which
is sinful and destined for the eternal fire. The Roman Empire, he wrote, like
the Church herself of which it is the ally, contains citizens of both Cities, both
wheat and tares. When the state is ruled by a truly Christian ruler, like
Theodosius, one can see “a faint shadowy resemblance between the Roman Empire
and the Heavenly City”; which is why one must obey the law and render one’s
patriotic and civic duty to the State.
However, this now
traditional view is juxtaposed, in Augustine’s thought, with a more radical,
apolitical and even anti-political view. Thus at one point he calls Rome a
“second Babylon”.[381]
He points out that there was always a demonic element at the heart of the Roman
state, which has not been eliminated even now. Sin, fratricide – Romulus’
murder of Remus – lie at the very root of the Roman state, just as sin and
fratricide – Cain’s murder of Abel – lie at the beginning of the history of
fallen humanity. Moreover, the growth of the Roman empire was achieved through
a multitude of wars, many of which were quite unjust. But “without justice what
are governments but bands of brigands?”[382]
Therefore it should not surprise us that
the Roman empire should decline and fall. “If heaven and earth are to pass
away, why is it surprising if at some time the state is going to come to an
end? If what God has made will one day vanish, then surely what Romulus made
will disappear much sooner.” “As for this mortal life, which ends after a few
days’ course, what does it matter under whose rule a man lives, being so soon
to die, provided that the rulers do not force him to impious and wicked acts?”[383]
For it is the Jerusalem above that is our real
Fatherland, not Rome here below.
Augustine’s
purpose was to wean men away from trust in men and in political institutions,
whether pagan or Christian, and to trust in God alone. Christian rulers were,
of course, better than pagan ones. But politics in general was suspect.
Augustine
believed Rome had not been destroyed, but chastised. By this tribulation God
was purifying the Roman nation, as He had purified Israel in Old Testament
times. Rome would emerge from this period of affliction cleansed and better
able to carry out her civilising mission in the world. For “God’s providence,”
he wrote, “constantly uses war to correct and chasten the corrupt morals of
mankind, as it also uses such afflictions to train men in a righteous and
laudable way of life. It removes to a better state those whose life is
approved, or keeps them in this world for further service.”
The
catastrophe of 410 did not produce the regeneration of Rome that Augustine had
hoped for. Things went from bad to worse until, in 476, the last emperor of the
West, Romulus Augustulus, surrendered without a fight to the barbarian,
Odoacer. And that this really
was the end was proved by the fact that Odoacer did not take the title of
emperor, nor put a puppet-emperor in his place, but was content with the
formerly despised title of rex. The ideal of the Roman empire remained
potent and was even resurrected in the centuries to come. But the reality – in
the West, at any rate - was gone…
If it was still true at the
beginning of the century that Rome was being chastised, not destroyed, it had
to be admitted that the disease was more serious and chronic, and the treatment
more radical, tending rather to kill than cure the patient, than Augustine (in
his more optimistic moods, at any rate) had recognised. It was not so much that
some rotting flesh had been cut away, allowing the body to recover its full
strength in time; it was rather that a whole limb – or rather, the head, the
ruling city itself - had been amputated. The sad fact was that Old Rome had not
profited from the opportunity presented by the conversion of St. Constantine to
regenerate herself. It remained in a situation of spiritual and political
crisis not dissimilar to that in the time of Diocletian over a hundred years
earlier.
That Old
Rome was in a sense irredeemable had been implicitly recognised by St.
Constantine when he transferred his capital to the New Rome of Constantinople,
hoping thereby to make a fresh start for the Christian empire.[384]
And even several of the western emperors chose rather to live in Milan or
Ravenna. The symbolism of his act was clear: if the state, like the individual
man, was to be redeemed and enjoy a long and spiritually fruitful life, it,
too, had to make a complete break with the past, renounce the demonic
sacrifices and pagan gods and philosophies that it had loved, and receive a new
birth by water and the Spirit. For Old Rome, in contrast to many of her
individual citizens, had never been baptised. There was a pagan rottenness at
the heart of the western empire which even its Christian head, the Emperor, was
not able to cut out.[385]
And so its doom was sealed.
The real rulers of the later western
empire when the emperor was campaigning against the barbarians, were the
senators. Snobbish and immensely rich, they had much to lose from the empire’s
fall. However, as an eastern visitor to Rome remarked, they did not want to
serve the State, “preferring to enjoy their property at leisure”.[386]
“In spite of frequent lip-service to the
romantic concept of Eternal Rome,” writes Grant, “many noblemen were not
prepared to lift a finger to save it… They also undermined the state in a very
active fashion. For of all the obstacles to efficient and honest
administration, they were the worst. They forcibly ejected collectors of taxes,
harboured deserters and brigands, and repeatedly took the law into their own
hands… They often remained hostile to the Emperor, and estranged from his
advisers. For a long time many were pagans while their ruler was Christian.”[387]
The free
poor of Rome did not come far behind the senators in corruption. Although the
Christian Emperor Honorius had supposedly abolished the circuses in 404, Grant
writes that “a hundred and seventy-five days of the year were given up to public
shows, as opposed to a mere hundred and thirty-five two centuries earlier;
moreover the fabric of the Colosseum was restored as late as 438. It is also
true that in the mid-fourth century 300,000 Romans held bread tickets which
entitled them to draw free rations from the government; and even a century
later, when the population of the city had greatly diminished, there were still
120,000 recipients of these free supplies. Certainly the population of Rome was
largely parasitic. However, the city proletariat played little active part in
guiding the course of events which brought the later Roman empire to a halt.
“It was, on
the other hand, the ‘free’ poor of the rural countryside upon whom the
government, struggling to raise money for the army, imposed the full rigours
and terrors of taxation. Although technically still distinguishable from
slaves, they were no better off and perhaps worse off, since they often found
themselves driven into total destitution. Between these rustic poor and the
government, the relationship was that of oppressed and oppressor, of foe and
foe.
“This is perhaps the greatest of all the
disunities that afflicted the Western Empire. The state and the unprivileged
bulk of its rural subjects were set against each other in a destructive and
suicidal disharmony, which played a very large and direct part in the downfall
that followed. It was because of this rift that the taxes which were needed to
pay the army could not be raised. And because they could not be raised, the Empire
failed to find defenders, and collapsed.”[388]
It might have been different if the
barbarians had been converted to the universalism of both Rome and the Church.
Certainly, the Germans, having settled within the empire through necessity, to
escape the hordes that pressed on them from the east, were not always resolved
to destroy it, and often came to admire and emulate it. Thus Ataulf, the son
and successor of the famous Alaric, expressed his attitude towards Rome as
follows: “To begin with, I ardently desired to efface the very name of the
Romans and to transform the Roman Empire into a Gothic Empire. Romania, as it
is commonly called, would have become Gothia; Ataulf would have replaced Caesar
Augustus. But long experience taught me that the unruly barbarism of the Goths
was incompatible with the laws. Now, without laws there is no state. I
therefore decided rather to aspire to the glory of restoring the fame of Rome
in all its integrity, and of increasing it by means of the Gothic strength. I
hope to go down to posterity as the restorer of Rome, since it is not possible
that I should be its supplanter.”[389]
Even the Huns, who were still more
barbaric than the Germans, respected the greatness of Rome. Attila was turned
back from sacking Rome in 452 by the eloquent embassy of Pope Leo I and a
vision of SS. Peter and Paul, who appeared in a vision with St. Leo and
threatened him with death.[390]
Churchmen such as the Italian St.
Paulinus, Bishop of Nola, the Spanish priest Orosius and the Gallic priest
Salvian of Marseilles, were hopeful that a new Romano-Germanic order could be
constructed.[391]
Moreover, they had the example of the Gothic Christian Martyrs Sabbas (+372)
and Nicetas (+378), and the very early translation of the Bible into the Gothic
language, to show that a real conversion of the barbarians was possible.
Unfortunately, however, most of the Goths were converted to Arianism rather
than Orthodox Christianity.[392]
Moreover, many Christians did not rise to
the universalist spirit that alone could have saved Rome at this hour, making a
Romano-Germanic Christian order a real possibility. Thus the Christian poet
Prudentius, who once declared that the peoples of the empire were “equals and
bound by a single name”, nevertheless despised the barbarians:
As
beasts from men, as dumb from those who speak,
As
from the good who God’s commandments seek,
Differ
the foolish heathen, so Rome stands
Alone
in pride above barbarian lands.[393]
In the last analysis it was this pride, more than any purely political
or economic factors, that destroyed Old Rome. Rome ceased to be the universal
ruler when she abandoned her own tradition of universalism. The same happened,
as we shall see, to the New Rome of Constantinople when she, too, turned in on
herself. In the past Rome had not been too proud to learn from the Classical
Greeks whom she had conquered. Nor, centuries later, had she despised the
humble fishermen who preached a Jewish God Whom they themselves had crucified.
The success of the apostles even among the emperor’s own family was witnessed
by St. Paul, who declared: “My bonds in Christ are manifest in all the palace
[of the emperor]” (Philippians 1.13), and came to fruition with the conversion
of St. Constantine.
Even when the last pagan Roman emperor,
Julian the apostate, tried to reverse the Constantinian revolution, the
momentum proved unstoppable. Like all the previous persecutors of the
Christians, he perished in agony, crying, “You have triumphed, Galilean!”
And when the last Emperor to unite East
and West, Theodosius the Great, bowed in penitence before a Christian bishop,
Ambrose of Milan, it seemed as if Ambrose’s dream of a Rome purged of its pagan
vices and uniting its traditional virtues to the Cross of Christ – a Rome truly
invicta and aeterna because united to the invincible and eternal
God - had been realised.
For, as St. Leo the Great, Pope of Rome, said in the
next century, addressing Rome: “[The Apostles] promoted thee to such glory,
that being made a holy nation, a chosen people, a priestly and royal state, and
the head of the world through the blessed Peter's holy See thou didst attain a
wider sway by the worship of God than by earthly government. For although thou
wast increased by many victories, and didst extend thy rule on land and sea,
yet what thy toils in war subdued is less than what the peace of Christ has
conquered… That state, in ignorance of the Author of its aggrandisement, though
it ruled almost all nations, was enthralled by the errors of them all, and
seemed to itself to have fostered religion greatly, because it rejected no
falsehood. And hence its emancipation through Christ was the more wondrous in
that it had been so fast bound by Satan.”[394]
But the fifth century proved
to be the great watershed, the “stone of separation” (Zachariah 4.10)
which both revealed the rottenness still nestling in the heart of the Western
Empire, and cut it away in an operation so painful that in 476, with the fall
of the last emperor, Romulus Augustulus, the Empire, too, collapsed. It was not
the Emperors that were to blame: although there were no really distinguished
Emperors after Theodosius I, they remained faithful to Orthodox Christianity.[395] The burdens they imposed on the people were not
imposed willingly, but because the desperate situation of the empire called for
drastic remedies. These remedies failed because Roman society was divided both
against itself and against its allies. And a divided house cannot stand…
And yet Christian Rome did
not die in the West. Although the Antichrist took her place in the sense that
pagan and heretical rulers took the place of Orthodox ones, under the rubble of
the old empire new kingdoms were arising that were to restore Orthodoxy and
reincarnate the spirit of Christian Rome. Moreover, for many centuries to come
the memory of Old Rome and her achievement was to remain influential; even the
twentieth-century atheist philosopher Bertrand Russell concluded: “The problem
of a durable and satisfactory social order can only be solved by combining the
solidity of the Roman Empire with the idealism of St. Augustine’s City of God.”[396]
The question facing the Old Rome of the
West after the collapse of the Western empire was: to what extent was it able,
and willing, to integrate itself into the New Rome of the East? Was the
destruction of the ancient institutions too thorough, and the dominance of the
Germanic kings too great, to permit Old Rome to continue in a real, and not
merely nominal union with New Rome? Or, even if the answer to that question
was: no, would the jealousy of the old capital towards its younger supplanter
hinder it, as the jealousy of the Jews towards the Christians had prevented
their integration into the New Testament Church?
In the end, as is well-known, Old Rome did
fall away from New Rome both politically and ecclesiastically, a fact which has
been more critical than any other in determining the course of European
civilisation in the second millenium of Christian history. However, this
apostasy did not happen immediately; and the six centuries or so from the fall
of the Western Empire to the emergence of the new Papist Empire of Hildebrand
and the medieval Popes constitute a fascinating period in which the Orthodox
Christian forms of political and ecclesiastical life – upheld primarily, now,
in the East – gradually succumbed to the new, heretical forms – but only after
a fierce struggle during which the Orthodox staged several “comebacks”. In this
struggle two forces were especially prominent both for good and for evil: the
Popes of Rome, and the kings of the newly emergent national kingdoms of Western
Europe.
As we have seen in the last chapter, the
Popes of the fifth century were completely “eastern” in their political theology
and in their respect for the Eastern Emperor. They played an important (but by
no means “papist”) part in the theological struggles of the Eastern Church. St.
Leo’s Tome, for example, was one of the great documents that established
the triumph of Orthodoxy over Monophysitism at the Fourth Ecumenical Council.
For centuries to come, the Popes were the main upholders of Orthodox Romanitas,
the politico-ecclesiastical unity of Christendom, in the West, and the vital
rampart against which the waves of barbarism and heresy beat in vain.[397]
Although such famous Popes as Leo I and Gregory I were scions of West Roman
aristocratic families, and were therefore sensitive to the pride and traditions
of the old capital,[398]
they maintained close links with the Empire of New Rome. And they understood
Church-State relations in essentially the same, “symphonic” way as in the East,
with the Emperor being expected to play an important part in Church affairs.[399]
However, already by the end of the fifth
century, we can begin to see a different emphasis in the Popes’ understanding
of Church-State relations from that prevalent in the East. This emphasis was in
fact no less Orthodox than that in the East, being essentially the same
“anti-caesaropapist” emphasis as we find, not only in such Western Fathers as
Ambrose of Milan, but also in such Eastern Fathers as Basil the Great, Gregory
the Theologian and John Chrysostom. Moreover, it was elicited by essentially
the same fact – the falling of the Eastern Emperor into heresy. However, there
was another important factor which was to be found only in the West and which
sharpened the emphasis: the vacuum in political authority left by the fall of
Old Rome, which vacuum the Eastern Emperors before Justinian were unable to
fill and which the Germanic Arian kings only partially filled. Into this vacuum
stepped the Popes, as a result of which, when the Popes argued for the
independence of the Church from the State, they were speaking from a position
of unparalleled authority, as being almost the first authority in both Church
and State in the West.
This emphasis on the
independence of the Church from the State was reflected in a rejection of the
comparison, common in the East, between the Emperor and Melchizedek. This
comparison might be valid in some respects, but not if it meant that a mortal
man could combine the roles of king and priest in the manner of Melchizedek.
For ordinary mortals, as Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow wrote many centuries
later, “God has not blessed the union of the callings of king and priest”.[400] That is
why He punished King Uzziah when he took upon himself to serve as a priest in
the Temple. The sinful combination of the roles of king and priest was
characteristic of the pagan god-kings of antiquity, has been characteristic of
all the major forerunners of the Antichrist, and will be characteristic of the
Antichrist himself at the end of time.
Thus “before the coming of
Christ,” wrote Pope Gelasius (492-496), “there existed people… who were,
according to what sacred history tells us, at the same time both kings and
priests, such as Melchizedek. This example was followed in his domain by the
devil, who always, in a tyrannical spirit, claims for his own that which is
fitting for divine worship, to the extent that the pagan emperors were also
called pontiffs. But when there came He Who was in truth both King and Priest,
from that time the emperor ceased to give himself the name of pontiff and the
pontiff to lay claim to the royal pomp. For, although we say that the members
of Christ, the true King and Priest, have, by reason of their participation in
the glorious nature, received both the one and the other dignity through the
sacred generosity [of Christ], so that they are at the same time ‘a royal and a
priestly race’, nevertheless Christ, remembering the weakness of men..., has
divided the spheres of the two powers by means of a distinction of duties and
callings..., desiring that His own [children] should be guarded by grace-filled
humility and should not once again become victims of human pride. So that the
Christian emperors need the pontiffs for eternal life and the pontiffs conform
to the imperial laws as regards the course of temporal things. Thus spiritual
activities have been separated from carnal activities…. He who is entrusted
with secular matters should not appear to preside over divine things, so that
the modesty of the two orders should be respected…. ”[401]
And so, the same Pope wrote to the
Monophysite Emperor Anastasius, “there are two powers which for the most part
control this world, the sacred authority of priests and the might of kings. Of
these two the office of the priests is the greater inasmuch as they must give
account even for kings to the Lord at the Divine Judgement. You know that although
by your rank you stand at the head of the human race, you nevertheless bend
your will before the leaders of Divine affairs, you turn to them in matters
relating to your salvation, and you receive the heavenly sacraments from them.
You know, consequently, that in matters of the faith you must submit to their
lawful decisions and must not lord it over them – not submit them to your will,
but be yourself guided by their judgements.”
However, “in matters touching public
order, the Church hierarchs know that the emperor’s power has been sent down on
you from above, and are themselves obedient to your laws, for they fear to be
shown to be opponents of your will in worldly affairs.”[402]
However, as
Dagron points out, this was very much a western perspective: the easterners
continued to attach a quasi-priestly character to the figure of the emperor –
but without, of course, the specifically sacramental functions of the
priesthood. The difference in perspective is explained partly by the fact that
in the fifth century Rome had little support from Byzantium in her struggle
with the barbarians, and the popes were often forced to fill the political
vacuum themselves, as when Pope Leo the Great travelled to the camp of Attila
and succeeded in turning him away from Rome.
The
rejection of the comparison with Melchizedek was also influenced, as Dagron
points out, by St. Augustine’s The City of God, “in
which, during his exegesis of Melchisedek, Augustine affirms that from now on
Christ is the only Mediator between God and men, the only One to have put on
the eternal priesthood. In the time of Israel, the earthly kingdom ‘was a type
of’ the spiritual kingdom, but since the Incarnation the City of God has found
its King once and for all. The break is a sharp one: before the coming of
Christ a royal priesthood is possible whether by Divine economy (Melchisedek)
or by diabolical counterfeit (the Roman emperor-pontifex maximus); after
the coming of Christ this very notion is lanced with illegitimacy; the regale
sacerdotium has devolved to the Son of God and by extension to the
Christians as a whole… A true Christian emperor is not a Roman emperor
converted or faithful to Christianity, or an emperor who could draw a new
legitimacy from Old Testament models, but an emperor whose power has been in
part confiscated by Christ and whose competence has been modified by the
installation of Christianity, who will have to adopt the pose of humility
before the new wielders of spiritual power, who will be constantly suspected of
belonging to ‘the earthly City’, of remaining pagan or of identifying himself
through pride with the Antichrist.”[403]
And so Augustinian scepticism with regard
to secular authority, together with the unparalleled prestige and power of the
Popes in the West, combined to introduce a new, specifically western exaltation
of ecclesiastical power. So far, there was nothing heretical in this new
accent; it remained just that – a new accent, a different emphasis. In
hindsight, however, we can see how, in the conditions of continued political
weakness and disunity in the West, it paved the way for the definitely
heretical political theology of such later, “papist Popes” as Nicholas I and
Gregory VII, which did seek to combine the roles of king and priest in the
single person of the Pope...
But that was still many
centuries ahead. Let us now see how the remnants of Roman Christian
civilisation, and loyalty to the idea of Romanitas, survived the fall of
Old Rome.
Fr.
Patric Ranson and Laurent Motte write: “In reality the barbarian invasions –
Visigoths, Lombards, Vandals, Franks, - in spite of their violence did not
shatter this national Roman unity; they could only, at the beginning, displace
its visible centre: bypassing the Roman political structures, it was around the
Church that the conquered people found itself again, and it was the Church that
then exercised a real ethnocracy. It was with the Church that the barbarians
had to come to terms; the bishop, still freely elected by the faithful and the
clergy, was their interlocutor. In Gaul, this ethnarchy was for a long time
assumed by the bishop of Arles – a true Roman capital, which bore the name of
Constantine, in Spain by that of Cordoba, in Italy by that of Rome.”[404]
But it was not only in the
Mediterranean provinces of France, Spain and Italy that the consciousness of
Romanity survived and reestablished itself around the Church. The distant
province of Britain was in a sense more committed to the new order of Christian
Rome than any other for the simple reason that the first Christian Emperor,
Constantine the Great, had been proclaimed emperor for the first time precisely
in Britain, and had taken the title Britannicus
Maximus, “the greatest of the Britons”, in 315.
However, with this
consciousness that Christian Roman power had been established first in Britain
there appears also to have come the more dangerous idea that Christian Roman
power could be re-established – more
precisely, usurped - from Britain.
Thus in 383 Magnus Maximus, leader of the army in Britain, seized power over
the whole of the West and killed the Western Emperor Gratian.
Now Maximus was baptised, was
a champion of the Church and defended the Western frontier against the Germans
well. Moreover, his usurpation of the empire should not have debarred him from
the throne: many emperors before and after came to the throne by the same
means. Nevertheless, he is consistently portrayed in the sources as a tyrant;
and Sulpicius Severus wrote of him that he was a man “whose whole life would
have been praiseworthy if he could have refused the crown illegally thrust upon
him by a mutinous army”.[405] St. Ambrose of
Milan refused to give him communion, warning him that “he must do penance for
shedding the blood of one who was his master [the Western Emperor Gratian] and…
an innocent man.” Maximus refused, “and he laid down in fear, like a woman, the
realm that he had wickedly usurped, thereby acknowledging that he had been
merely the administrator, not the sovereign [imperator] of the state.”[406] In 388 he was defeated and executed by the Eastern
Emperor Theodosius.
The very fact that western
bishops such as Ambrose could recognise the Eastern Emperor Theodosius as a
true king while rejecting the British usurper Maximus, was a tribute to the way
in which Christian Rome had transformed political thought in the ancient world.
In early Rome a “tyrant” was a man who seized power by force; and in Republican
Rome tyrants were those who, like Julius Caesar, imposed one-man rule on the
true and only lawful sovereigns – Senatus PopulusQue Romanorum, the
senate and people of Rome. During the first three centuries of the empire, many
generals seized power by force and the senate and the people were forced to
accept their legitimacy. However, this changed with the coming of St.
Constantine, who became the source and model of all legitimate emperors.
Constantine, of course, had seized the empire by force; but he had done so
against anti-Christian tyrants and was therefore seen to have been acting with
the blessing of God. Now legitimate rulers would have to prove that they were
in the image of Constantine, both in their Orthodoxy and in their legitimate
succession from the previous emperor. As for who the real sovereign was – the emperor or the senate and people – this
still remained unclear.
In the years 406-410, British
troops attempted to place the “tyrants” Marcus, Gratian and Constantine III on
the throne of the Western Empire. Gratian, for example, was given “a purple
robe, a crown and a body-guard, just like an emperor,” according to Zosimus.[407] What happened next is confusing, but the Roman
legions left Britain and, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the British
found themselves outside the Roman Empire from the year 410. As Procopius
wrote: “The Romans never succeeded in recovering Britain, but it remained from
that time on under tyrants.”[408]
The British sixth-century
historian, St. Gildas the Wise, blamed his countrymen, saying that they had
“ungratefully rebelled” against “Roman kings”, and had failed in their “loyalty
to the Roman Empire”.[409] And yet many, perhaps most Britons continued to
consider themselves to be Romans and to preserve the Roman traditions in Church
and State.[410] And the distinction between true kings and tyrants
continued to be made.
Let us see how the words
“king” and “tyrant”were used in the land that had been known as “the Roman
island”, but which became, from the beginning of the fifth century, “a province
fertile in tyrants” (St. Jerome).[411] St. Patrick, the British apostle of Ireland, called
the Scottish chieftain Coroticus a “tyrant” because he did not fear God or His
priests; “for the sake of a miserable temporal kingdom [regnum]” he
would face God’s judgement on “wicked kings” [regibus].[412] Patrick’s use of the terms “king” and “tyrant” is not
clear; his definition of the word “tyrant” seems to be a mixture between the
old, secular meaning of “usurper” and the newer, more religious, Ambrosian
meaning of “unjust or immoral person in authority”.
St. Gildas the Wise, writing
in about 540, makes a clearer distinction between “king” and “tyrant”. Among
past rulers in Britain, Diocletian, Maximus, Marcus, Gratian, Constantine,
Constans and Vortigern were all “tyrants”. On the other hand, there had been
legitimate rulers, such as Ambrosius Aurelianus, “a modest man, who alone of
the Roman nation had been left alive in the confusion of this troubled period…
He provoked the cruel conquerors [the Anglo-Saxons] to battle, and by the
goodness of our Lord got the victory”. His parents, according to Gildas, even
“wore the purple”.[413] And then, at the turn of the century, came the famous
King Arthur. He won twelve victories over the Saxons, fighting with a cross or
icon of the Virgin Mary on his back, and halted the pagan advance westwards for
at least a generation, until his death in 519. Arthur of Britain, with Clovis
of France, was the first great king of the post-Roman West, and became the
stuff of innumerable medieval legends.[414]
But as for Gildas’
contemporaries: “Britain has kings [reges], but they are tyrants [tyrannos];
she has judges, but they are wicked. They often plunder and terrorize the
innocent; they defend and protect the guilty and thieving; they have many
wives, whores and adulteresses; they constantly swear false oaths, they make
vows, but almost at once tell lies; they wage wars, civil and unjust; they
chase thieves energetically all over the country, but love and reward the
thieves who sit with them at table; they distribute alms profusely, but pile up
an immense mountain of crime for all to see; they take their seats as judges,
but rarely seek out the rules of right judgement; they despise the harmless and
humble, but exalt to the stars, as far as they can, their military companions,
bloody, proud and murderous men, adulterers and enemies of God… They hang
around the altars swearing oaths, then shortly afterwards scorn them as though
they were filthy stones…”[415]
Thus by the sixth century it
looks as if the problem of formal legitimacy had been solved, at least in the
eyes of the Britons themselves. The kings Gildas were talking about were both
Christian and “anointed” – they had that link, at any rate, with the anointed
kings of Israel and Christian Rome. But they did not fulfil their vows; they
were a terror to good works, but not to the evil – and by that criterion they
were not true authorities (Romans 13.3), being linked rather with the
tyrants of old, the Ahabs and Magnus Maximuses. So the break with Rome was
still keenly felt. Celtic Britain had many great monks and hierarchs, but very
few great, or even powerful, kings…
Moreover, even when the link
with Rome was re-established, through St. Augustine’s mission to the pagan
Anglo-Saxons in 597, the old British tendency to rebellion manifested itself
again – and led, this time, to the first formal schism on nationalist grounds
in Church history (if we exclude the Jews and the Armenians at the other end of
the empire, which had dogmatic underpinnings). Unlike the neighbouring Irish
Church, which had always expressed willing obedience to the Pope of Rome (from
whom it had received its first missionary bishop)[416], the older Church of Wales strongly asserted its
independence. Thus when the Roman St. Augustine, first archbishop of
Canterbury, sought union with the Welsh, asking only that they adopt the
Roman-Byzantine method of calculating the date of Pascha, correct some
inadequacy in their administration of the rite of Baptism, and co-operate with
him in the conversion of the pagan Saxons, the Welsh refused.
Two generations later, the
Welsh rejected the decrees of the Synod of Whitby (664), which brought about a
union of the Celtic and Roman traditions in the British Isles through the acceptance
of the Byzantine-Roman Paschalion. For the next century they went into
schism, and were received as schismatics by the Anglo-Saxon and Irish Churches.
As an Irish canon put it, “the Britons [of Wales] are… contrary to all men,
separating themselves both from the Roman way of life and the unity of the
Church”.[417] St. Aldhelm of Sherborne, described the behaviour of
the schismatic Welsh thus: “Glorifying in the private purity of their own way
of life, they detest our communion to such a great extent that they disdain
equally to celebrate the Divine offices in church with us and to take course of
food at table for the sake of charity. Rather,.. they order the vessels and
flagons [i.e. those used in common with clergy of the Roman Church] to be
purified and purged with grains of sandy gravel, or with the dusky cinders of
ash.. Should any of us, I mean Catholics, go to them for the purpose of
habitation, they do not deign to admit us to the company of their brotherhood
until we have been compelled to spend the space of forty days in penance… As
Christ truly said: ‘Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees; because you make clean
the outside of the cup and of the dish’.”[418]
Some have argued that the
Welsh were in fact making the first major protest against the Papist heresy.
Thus according to one, somewhat suspect source[419], the Welsh said to Augustine: “Be it known and
declared that we all, individually and collectively, are in all humility
prepared to defer to the Church of God, and to the Bishop of Rome, and to every
sincere and godly Christian, so far as to love everyone according to his
degree, in perfect charity, and to assist them all by word and deed in becoming
children of God. But as for any other obedience, we know of none that he, whom
you term the Pope, or Bishop of bishops, can demand. The deference we have
mentioned we are ready to pay to him as to every other Christian, but in all
other respects our obedience is due to the jurisdiction of the Bishop of
Caerleon, who is alone under God our ruler to keep us right in the way of
salvation.” However, this is an anachronistic argument. For the Pope of St.
Augustine’s time, Gregory I, was vehemently opposed to any idea of a universal
“Bishop of bishops”, and the Roman Church in the seventh century was as Orthodox
as any in the oikoumene. In fact, the Welsh rebellion, motivated by
pride and nationalist hatred, had nothing to do with Papism as such, although
it did demonstrate the fruits of that anti-conciliar and anti-Roman spirit of which Papism, paradoxically, was to be the
most disastrous example.
As we have
seen, the relationship between the Church and the State in New Rome was
understood by analogy with the relationship between the soul and the body, with
the soul corresponding to the Church and the body to the State. Now while this
analogy was certainly illuminating, it had, like all analogies of spiritual
things, certain limitations. One important limitation was that while the
Orthodox Church throughout the world was one, there never was just one Orthodox
Christian State. Or rather, there had been one Orthodox Christian State for a
short time, in the fourth century. But with the fall of the Empire in the West
in 476, the West (and parts of the East) had split up into a number of
barbarian kingdoms, some of them Orthodox, most not, and none of them deriving
their power from the emperor in Constantinople. Thus while there was only one
soul, there appeared to be many bodies.
How, then,
was the idea of a single Christendom, a single Christian oikoumene
animated by a single Christian Faith and Church, to be reconciled with the fact
of a multiplicity of Christian States and nations? And, still more importantly,
what were to be the relations between the Christian Empire and the newly formed
Christian kingdoms?
The first solution was to bestow upon the
independent barbarian states a kind of filial status in relation to the Eastern
Empire. Thus when the last Western Emperor, Romulus Augustulus, was deposed by
Odoacer and the imperial insignia returned to the East, Odoacer was made
“lieutenant” (foederatus) of the sole Emperor in New Rome. Later, in
489, the Emperor Zeno commissioned the king of the Ostrogoths, Theodoric, to
drive out Odoacer[420],
and in 497 Theodoric gained the Emperor Anastasius’ recognition of his
kingship.
Theodoric, writes Roberts, “was utterly
convinced of Rome’s authority; he had an emperor as a godfather and had been
brought up at Constantinople until he was eighteen. ‘Our royalty is an
imitation of yours, a copy of the only Empire on earth’, he once wrote to the
emperor in Constantinople from his capital in Ravenna. On his coins appeared
the legend ‘Unvanquished Rome’ (Roma invicta), and when he went to Rome,
Theodoric held games in the old style in the circus. Yet technically he was the
only Ostrogoth who was a Roman citizen, his authority accepted by the Senate;
his countrymen were merely the mercenary soldiers of the empire. To civil
offices he appointed Romans…”[421]
Theodoric was an Arian, but Clovis, king
of the Franks, was an Orthodox Christian. St. Avitus, Bishop of Vienne,
congratulated him on his baptism in terms that showed that he regarded Clovis’
kingdom as still part of the Eastern Roman Empire: “Let Greece rejoice indeed
in having chosen our princeps”.[422]
Again, St. Gregory of Tours wrote that he
received letters “from the Emperor Anastasius to confer the consulate on him.
In Saint Martin’s church he stood clad in a purple tunic and the military
mantle, and he crowned himself with a diadem. He then rode out on his horse and
with his own hand showered gold and silver coins among the people present all
the way from the doorway of Saint Martin’s church to Tours cathedral. From that
day on he was called Consul or Augustus.”[423]
Actually, Clovis was the only
major Orthodox Christian ruler at this time, if we exclude the British King
Arthur (Anastasius was a Monophysite). Soon he began a series of religious wars
against the Arians. In 506 he defeated the Arian Visigothic King Alaric II at
Vouillé in 507. By 510 the Visigoths had been forced to give up most of
their lands in France, and then in 511 the Franks’ allies against the
Visigoths, the Burgundians, were converted from Arianism to Orthodoxy. The
revival of Orthodoxy received its strongest boost in 518 when the Monophysite
Emperor Anastasius, died, and was succeeded by the Orthodox Justin I.
Although Arian German rule had not
generally been oppressive for the majority Roman population, the revival of
Orthodoxy in both Gaul and the East, where the heterodox, Jews and pagans were
coming under increasing pressure, together with the new and friendly
relationship between the Emperor and the Pope, began to make the previously
tolerant Arian King Theodoric nervous. In 524 he executed the Roman senator and
philosopher Boethius on suspicion of plotting with the Byzantines against the
Goths. Then, in 526, he sent Pope John I on a humiliating mission to
Constantinople to intercede for the Arians in the Empire.
Although the Pope was received with great
honour and crowned Justin emperor, he did not succeed in his mission, and on
his return he was cast into prison, where he died. Then Theodoric issued an
edict allowing the Arians to occupy the churches of the Orthodox in retaliation
for the Emperor’s actions against the Arians in the East.
Soon, the legal fiction that the Arian
German kings of Italy and Spain were in any sense foederati of the
Orthodox Emperor was abandoned[424],
and the new Emperor Justinian prepared to wage war on them, in order to restore
the territory of the Roman Empire, on the one hand, and to restore the Orthodox
faith to the West, on the other. The Gothic wars that ensued posed an acute
dilemma for the Orthodox Roman populations under Arian rule, a dilemma that was
to be felt many times in the future by Orthodox Christians living under
non-Orthodox rule: to rebel or not to rebel.
The question was: was the Roman Empire the
only legitimate political authority for those of Roman descent living on its
former territories? Or were the barbarian kings also legitimate powers, the
legal successors of Rome in some sense? The question was easily answered – in a
positive sense - in the case of the Frankish kings, who immediately entered
into a close, harmonious relationship with the Gallo-Roman nobility and
episcopate, and even received Baptism under Clovis.
It was also easily answered – in a
negative sense - in the case of the Vandals of North Africa, whose first king,
Gaiseric, a rigorous Arian, had banished Orthodox priests who refused to
perform the Arian services and even sacked Rome in 455.[425]
Later, in 530, the pro-Roman and pro-Orthodox King Hilderic was overthrown by
the anti-Roman and anti-Orthodox Gelimer. This gave Justinian the excuse he
needed, and in a short six-month campaign (533-34) his general Belisarius,
supported by the local population, destroyed the Vandal kingdom and placed all
the dissident and heretical assemblies under ban.
But the Gothic rulers of Italy and Spain
constituted a less clear-cut case. On the one hand, they remained socially and
legally separate from their Roman subjects and did not adopt Orthodoxy; but on
the other hand, they did not, in general, persecute the Faith, and allowed the
Romans to follow their own laws. The dilemma was made more acute by the fact
that in Rome itself many suspected that Justinian had deliberately appointed a
pro-Monophysite patriarch of Constantinople in the person of Anthimus. And when
Pope Agapetus arrived in Constantinople, Justinian said to him: “I shall either
force you to agree with us, or else I shall send you into exile.” Whereupon the
Pope replied: “I wished to come to the most Christian of all emperors,
Justinian, and I have found now a Diocletian; however, I fear not your
threats.”[426]
So the question of who was the legitimate
ruler of the western lands was not so clear to the Roman populations of the
West, in spite of their natural sympathy for the Empire, as it probably
appeared to Justinian. If they had lived peaceably enough for more than one
generation under Arian rulers, why should they rise up against them now?
However, after the murder of the pro-Roman
Ostrogothic Queen Amalasuntha in 534 by the new King Theodahad, the Emperor had
a clear casus belli. And then the victories of Justinian’s generals
Belisarius and Nerses settled the question: Italy was again Roman and Orthodox.
The famous frescoes of Justinian and Theodore in Ravenna’s church of San Vitale
commemorate the restoration of Romanity to the heartland of Old Rome. And
although there had been many desertions, and the cost of the war had been very
great, and the north was soon overrun again by another Arian Germanic race, the
Lombards, the leaders of Roman society, such as Pope Gregory I, were convinced
that it had all been worth it…
In the
fourth century Spain had been an important part of the Roman Empire, producing
such great Christians as St. Osius, bishop of Cordoba, and the Emperor
Theodosius I. Its recovery from the hands of the Arian Visigoths was therefore
an important part of Justinian’s strategy of reuniting the Empire. By the 550s
the Roman armies had carved out a province in the south-east of Iberia called
Spania.
Now it might have been expected that the
Roman inhabitants of the peninsula, who constituted perhaps 90% of the
population, would have risen up in support of the Byzantines against their
foreign rulers. However, many of the Hispano-Romans fled inland from Cartagena
when the Byzantines invaded, including even the most notable Spaniard of the
age, St. Leander of Seville. As a result of this loyalty of the Roman Spaniards
to the Visigothic regime, the
restoration of Orthodoxy in Spain came about, neither through the might of Byzantine
arms from without, nor through the rebellion of Hispano-Romans from within, but
through the conversion of the Visigoths themselves. It began in 579 when the
Visigothic King Leovigild’s eldest son and the ruler of Seville, Hermenegild,
married the Orthodox Frankish princess Ingundis. Not only did Ingundis
stubbornly refuse to become an Arian even under torture from the Queen Mother
Goisuntha. On arriving in Seville, she and St. Leander succeeded in converting
Hermenegild to Orthodoxy. And this was followed by the conversion of several
thousand Goths in Seville.
Now Arianism was the national religion of
the Goths: every Goth was required to be Arian, just as every Roman was
encouraged to remain Orthodox. Intermarriage between the two sub-nations was
illegal. This was not so much a matter of faith, as of national identity. The
Goths did not try to convert the Romans because that would have meant a
confusion of the races, and they discouraged conversion by insisting on the
rebaptism of converts from Orthodoxy. Already some confusion was taking place
through the Goths’ adoption of Roman manners and dress. If they adopted the
faith of the Romans as well, what would distinguish them from their subjects?
And so, writes Scott, “in the political situation of the kingdom the
transference of the allegiance of the heir apparent from the Arian to the
Catholic confession involved and proclaimed a withdrawal of his allegiance to
the king. This ecclesiastical defection was necessarily accompanied by a
political rebellion.”[427]
As Keys writes, “Hermegild’s conversion was a massive challenge to the
political system as a whole.”[428]
The rebellion of Hermenegild, though aided
by the Orthodox Sueves in the north-west[429]
and the Byzantines in the south-east[430],
was crushed by King Leogivild (the Byzantine general was bribed to stay in
camp). Hermenegild himself was killed at Pascha, 585 for refusing to accept
communion from an Arian bishop in prison. He was immediately hailed as a martyr
by Pope St. Gregory, the writer of his life; and St. Gregory of Tours
also treated the civil war as religious in essence. However, the Spanish
sources, both Gothic and Roman, speak of him as a rebel rather than a martyr
(they say that he prostrated before his father), and “it seems evident,” writes
Ziegler, “that the Spanish Church did not espouse the cause of the Catholic
prince against his Arian father”[431]
So it is clear that those within and
outside the country attached different priorities to the purity of the faith,
on the one hand, and the integrity of the kingdom, on the other. For the Franks
and the Italians (and the Orthodox of other nations who inscribed St.
Hermenegild’s name among the saints), the triumph of Orthodoxy justified even
the horrors of civil war. But the Spaniards, who, as St. Gregory of Tours
wrote, “had adopted this detestable custom of killing with the sword any of
their kings who did not please them, and of appointing as king whomsoever their
fancy lighted upon”[432],
preferred the peaceful status quo.
And yet
putting the faith first bore rich fruit; for within a very few years, at the
great Council of Toledo in 589, the new king, Reccared and the whole of the
Gothic nobility accepted Orthodoxy, and Arianism never again lifted its head in
Spain. Thus “the fruit of the death of this one man was life and Orthodoxy for
all the people of Spain”.[433]
Led by the Church, Spain now entered perhaps the greatest period in her
history, marred only by ever-increasing persecution of the Jews.[434]
It is true
that it was the king who effectively appointed the bishops in Spain. At the
same time, he insisted on bringing the Church right into the process of civil
legislation, allowing bishops to take part in the election of kings. Thus “the
decisions of the council,” writes Ziegler, “had the strange character of being
partly civil and partly ecclesiastical, with the important distinction,
however, that the ecclesiastical as well as the civil had the force of statute
law for all living within the kingdom… It cannot be denied that the presence of
the bishops at these councils had the result of placing the legal code of
Visigothic Spain on a philosophical basis and of resting it on principles which
expressed to a very large degree the social doctrines of the Christian
religion. The enactment of laws by the synod did not have the necessary result
of making the Church an integral or essential part of the civic administration,
but it did introduce into the laws principles of morality and justice which
must ultimately have resulted in the greatest benefit to all the people of
Spain…”[435]
The Church’s glorification of St.
Hermenegild established the principle that legitimate
political power was either Roman power, or that power which shared in the faith
of the Romans, Orthodoxy. A heterodox power could legitimately be
overthrown from without or rebelled against from within as long as the motive
was truly religious – the establishment or re-establishment of Orthodoxy. This
did not mean, however, that Christians were obliged
to rebel against pagan or heterodox régimes; for, as Metropolitan
Anthony (Khrapovitsky) points out, civil war is one of the worst of all evils
and is to be undertaken only if the alternative is likely to be even worse in
terms of the salvation of souls.[436]
The power of the Spanish Orthodox kings
continued until 711, when the
Muslims conquered Spain. According to the Jewish historian Graetz, the Spanish
Jews then entered into an alliance with the conquerors, whereby, on conquering
a city, the Arab regimental commanders would entrust its garrisoning to the
Jews, leaving only an insignificant detachment of Muslims in it. Thus the Jews
became the masters of the cities of Cordoba, Granada, Malaga and others. In
Toledo, while the Christians were in the churches praying, the Jews opened the
gates to the Arabs and received them triumphantly.[437]
By the end of the sixth century, Old Rome,
restored to ecclesiastical and political unity with New Rome, was recovering
much of its power and influence among the western peoples. The crucial figure
in this revival was undoubtedly Pope Gregory I – “the Great”, as he is known in
the West, “the Dialogist”, as he is known in the East. As well as restoring the
power and influence of the papacy throughout continental Western Europe, he
determined on recovering Britain, “the Roman island”, where the heirs of
Christian Rome in Britain had been driven to the West or absorbed into the
pagan Anglo-Saxon settlements that dominated most of the island.[438]
To
this end, in 597 he sent a band of Roman monks, led by St. Augustine of
Canterbury, to convert the Anglo-Saxons. And so, as Roberts remarks, “it was
another Rome which was to convert the English nation, not the empire,”[439]
which had first brought the island within the scope of Roman civilization, and
hence of Christianity, but the Church, which now took the place of Rome in the
lives of the Germanic peoples. Of course, the Roman missionaries tried hard to
reconstruct the few bridges that connected the land with its Roman past, as
when St. Paulinus constructed the first wooden church in York right in the
middle of the vast Roman praetorium where St. Constantine had been
hailed as emperor.[440]
However, the missionaries found a virtual cultural tabula rasa amid
pagans who knew next to nothing about Rome. This makes the English enthusiastic
embrace of Romanity, both in its religious and political aspects, the more
remarkable.
For the Anglo-Saxons were not like the
other Germanic tribes who, for generations before accepting the faith, had been
settled within the boundaries of the Roman Empire, and had even been employed
as foederati in the Roman armies. They were newcomers whose conversion
to Romanity was the stronger in that it was fresher, less hindered by
historical betrayals. They had been called by God from darkness into light by
Pope Gregory and his disciples; and their gratitude to St. Gregory, St.
Augustine’s spiritual father and “the Apostle of the English”, was boundless.
As we read in the earliest work of English hagiography, a monk of Whitby’s Life of St. Gregory: “When all the
apostles, leading their Churches with them, and each of the teachers of
separate races, present them to the Lord on Judgement Day in accord with
Gregory’s opinion, we believe he will wondrously lead us, that is, the English
nation, taught by him through the grace of God, to the Lord.”[441]
From that time English men and women of
all classes and conditions poured across the Channel in a well-beaten path to
the tombs of the Apostles in Rome (to whom almost all the English cathedrals
were dedicated), and a whole quarter of the city was called “Il Borgo Saxono”
because of the large number of English pilgrims it accomodated.[442]
English missionaries such as St. Boniface of Germany and St. Willibrord of
Holland carried out their work as the legates of the Roman Popes. And the
voluntary tax known as “Peter’s Pence” which the English offered to the Roman
see was paid even during the Viking invasions, when it was the English themselves
who were in need of alms.
However, the “Romanity” to which the
English were so devoted was not the Roman Catholicism of the later Middle Ages,
or even the Frankish Romanity of Charlemagne. Rather, it was the Greco-Roman Romanitas
or Rwmeiosύnh of Orthodox Catholicism. And the spiritual and
political capital of Romanitas until 1453 was not Old Rome in Italy, but
the New Rome of Constantinople.
Thus St. Gregory compared the newly
enlightened King Ethelbert of Kent to St. Constantine and Queen Bertha to St.
Helena, and according to Fr. Andrew Phillips they “had, it would seem, actually
emulated Constantine. Having made Canterbury over to the Church, they had moved
to Reculver, there to build a new palace. Reculver was their New Rome just as
pagan Byzantium had become the Christian city of New Rome, Constantinople.
Nevertheless, King Ethelbert had retained, symbolically, a royal mint in his
‘Old Rome’ – symbolically, because it was his treasury, both spiritually and
physically. The coins he minted carried a design of Romulus and Remus and the
wolf on the Capitol. Ethelbert had entered ‘Romanitas’, Romanity, the universe
of Roman Christendom, becoming one of those numerous kings who owed allegiance,
albeit formal, to the Emperor in New Rome…”[443]
The Romanisation of England was greatly aided by the appointment, in
668, of a Greek, St. Theodore of Tarsus, as archbishop of Canterbury, who
created a single Church organisation and body of canonical law, to which all
the Christian kings of England submitted and which formally recognised the
first Six Ecumenical Councils. Bishops like SS. Wilfrid, Egwin and Aldhelm
strengthened the links with Rome by frequent trips there, and abbots like SS.
Benedict Biscop and Ceolfrid imported books, icons and even the chief chanter
of the Roman Church to make sure that even in the furthest recesses of the
north things were done as the Romans did them.
In
Church-State relations, too, the English followed the Roman-Byzantine model. Thus Ethelbert and Augustine (in Kent), Oswald and
Aidan (in Northumbria), and Cynegils and Birinus (in Wessex) enjoyed close,
“symphonic” relations.
The acceptance of the symphonic pattern of
Church-State relations in England may well have been aided by the fact that
sacral kingship was a traditional institution among the Germanic tribes even
before their conversion to Christianity. With the coming of Christianity,
writes Chaney, there was “a separation of royal functions, the
sacrificial-priestly role of the Germanic tribal monarch going to the Church
hierarchy and that of sacral protector remaining with the king. This separation
of power manifested itself not in the obliteration of the religious nature of
kingship but in the establishment of a sphere of action by and for the ecclesia
apart… from that of the regnum.”[444]
In fact,
the Byzantine ideal of a true symphony between Church and State was perhaps
more passionately believed in – and, at times, more closely attained – among
these former barbarians of the Orthodox West than among the more worldly-wise
Byzantines themselves. Thus in Northumbria in the eighth century we see the
almost ideal harmony between the brothers King Edbert and Archbishop Egbert, of
whom Alcuin writes:
So
then Northumbria was prosperous,
When
king and pontiff ruled in harmony,
One
in the church and one in government;
One
wore the pall the Pope conferred on him,
And
one the crown his fathers wore of old.
One
brave and forceful, one devout and kind,
They
kept their power in brotherly accord,
Each
happy in the other’s sure support.[445]
The rite of royal anointing appears to
have originated in the West, although it is not certain where. According to one
tradition, Clovis, first Christian king of the Franks received the sacrament in
a miraculous fashion after his baptism by St. Remigius, Archbishop of Rheims,
on Christmas Day, 496.[446]
But this may in fact have been the sacrament of chrismation that is normally
administered immediately after baptism, and not specifically royal anointing.[447]
Early in the sixth century the Italian
archbishop Gregory anointed the first Christian King of the South Arabian
kingdom of Omir, Abraham, in the presence of St. Elesbaan, king of Ethiopia:
“Raising his eyes and mind and hands to heaven, he prayed fervently and for a
long time that God, Who knows the life and thoughts of every man, should
indicate to him the man who was worthy of the kingdom. During the prayer of the
archbishop, the invisible power of the Lord suddenly raised a certain man by
the name of Abraham into the air and placed him in front of King Elesbaan.
Everyone cried out in awe for a long time: ‘Lord, have mercy!’ The archbishop
said: ‘Here is the man whom you demanded should be anointed to the kingdom.
Leave him here as king, we shall be of one mind with him, and God will help us
in everything.’ Great joy filled everyone on beholding the providence of God.
Then King Elesbaan took the man Abraham, who had been revealed by God, led him
to the temple of the All-Holy Trinity which was in the royal city of Afar, put
the royal purple on him and laid the diadem on his head. Then St. Gregory
anointed him and the bloodless Sacrifice was offered for the kings and all the
people, and both kings communicated in the Divine Mysteries from the hands of
the archbishop…”[448]
One possibility is that anointing to the
kingdom originated in Britain; for St. Gildas the Wise, writing in about 545
but referring to events taking place in the fifth century, declared: “Kings
were anointed [Ungebantur reges] not in God’s name, but as being
crueller than the rest; before long, they would be killed, with no enquiry into
the truth, by those who had anointed them, and other still crueller chosen to
replace them.”[449]
Not long after this, in 574, the Irish
apostle of Scotland, St. Columba, consecrated (by laying on of hands rather
than anointing) the first Orthodox King of Scotland, Aidan Mor, who was to
become the ancestor of all the Celtic kings of Scotland and, through James VI
of Scotland and I of England, of the present British royal family. [450]
The seventh-century Abbots of Iona
Cummineus Albus and Adomnan both relate the story, according to which, when the
saint was staying “in the island of Hymba [probably Jura], he was in an ecstasy
of mind one night and saw an Angel of the Lord who had been sent to him, and
who held in his hand a glass book of the Ordination of Kings. The venerable man
received it from the Angel’s hand, and at his command began to read it. And
when he refused to ordain Aidan as king according to the direction given to him
in the book, because he loved his brother Iogenan more, the Angel, suddenly
stretching out his hand, struck the saint with a scourge, of which the livid
mark remained on his side all the days of his life, and he added these words,
saying: ‘Know thou for certain that I am sent to thee by God with this glass
book, that according to the words which thou hast read in it, thou mayest
ordain Aidan to the kingship – and if thou art not willing to obey this command,
I shall strike thee again.’ When, then, this Angel of the Lord had appeared on
three successive nights, having in his hand that same glass book, and had
pressed the same commands of the Lord concerning the ordination of that king,
the saint obeyed the Word of the Lord, and sailed across to the isle of Iona
where, as he had been commanded, he ordained Aidan as king, Aidan having
arrived there at the same time.”[451]
The next year, St. Columba went with King
Aidan to the Synod of Drumceatt in Ireland, where the independence of Dalriada
(that part of Western Scotland colonised by the Irish, of which Iona was the
spiritual capital) was agreed upon in exchange for a pledge of assistance to
the mother country in the event of invasion from abroad.
It is perhaps significant that these
earliest examples of sacramental Christian kingmaking come from parts of the
world that were remote from the centres of Imperial power. Neither Ethiopia nor
Ireland had ever been part of the Roman Empire[452];
while Britain had fallen away from the Empire. We may speculate that it was
precisely here, where Romanity was weakest or non-existent, that the Church had
to step in to supply political legitimacy through the sacrament, especially
since in these cases a new dynasty in a
new Christian land was being created, which required both the blessing of
the former rulers and a special act of the Church – something not dissimilar to
the creation of a new autocephalous Church.
In the formerly Roman West, if we exclude
the doubtful case of Clovis, the sacrament of royal anointing first appeared in
Spain. A possible reason for this is that Spain had a serious weakness which
the sacrament may have gone some way to removing: the lack of a stable
monarchy. Thus Collins writes that in the first half of the seventh century,
“principles by which legitimacy of any king could be judged, other than sheer
success in holding onto his throne against all comers, seem to be conspicuously
lacking. Thus Witteric had deposed and killed Liuva II in 603, Witteric had
been murdered in 610, Sisebut’s son Reccared II was probably deposed by
Swinthila in 621, Swinthila was certainly deposed by Sisenand in 631, Tulga by
Chindaswinth in 642. Ephemeral kings, such Iudila, who managed to strike a few
coins in Baetica and Lusitania in the early 630s, also made their bids for
power.”[453]
The only generally recognised authority that could introduce order into this
chaos was the Church, and so, probably toward the middle of the seventh
century, the Orthodox Church in Spain introduced the rite of royal anointing.
From now on, kings would not only be called
“kings by the grace of God”, they would be seen
to be such by the visible bestowal of sacramental grace at the hands of the
archbishop.
Thus in 672 King Wamba was anointed by the
archbishop of Toledo in a ceremony that was described by his contemporary, St.
Julian of Toledo, as follows: “When he had arrived there, where he was to
receive the vexilla of the holy unction, in the praetorian church, that
is to say the church of Saints Peter and Paul, he stood resplendent in his
regalia in front of the holy altar and, as the custom is, recited the creed to
the people. Next, on his bended knees the oil of blessing was poured onto his
head by the hand of the blessed bishop Quiricus, and the strength of the
benediction was made clear, for at once this sign of salvation appeared. For
suddenly from his head, where the oil had first been poured on, a kind of
vapour, similar to smoke, rose upon the form of a column, and from the very top
of this a bee was seen to spring forth, which sign was undoubtedly a portent of
his future good fortune.”[454]
But it was the anointing of the Frankish
King Pepin by Pope Stephen in 754 that led gradually to the rite becoming
standard practice in kingmaking throughout the West. Thus in 781 Pepin’s
successor, Charlemagne, had two of his sons anointed by Pope Hadrian as kings
of Aquitaine and Italy, It was some time, however, before anointing came to be
seen as constitutive of true kingship.
As in Rome and Byzantium, western kings who were raised to the throne by
election or acclamation only were not considered illegitimate; it was simply
that anointing added an extra authority and sacred character to the monarchy.
The extra
authority and grace provided by the sacrament of anointing produced tangible
results; for in Spain, Francia and England the introduction of anointing,
accompanied by stern conciliar warnings “not to touch the Lord’s Anointed”, led
to a reduction in regicides and rebellions and a considerable strengthening of
monarchical power. In Spain, this process came to an abrupt end in 711, when
most of the peninsula was conquered by the Arab Muslims. In Western Francia
(modern France), it was also brought to an end towards the end of the ninth
century by the Viking invasions, in spite of the efforts of such champions of
royal power (and opponents of papal despotism) as Archbishop Hincmar of Rheims;
and France did not develop a powerful monarchy until the twelfth century. But in
Eastern Francia (modern Germany) and, especially, in England, the monarchy
survived and put down deep roots.
Now Janet Nelson writes: “If relatively
many reigning Merovingians and no Carolingians were assassinated, this can
hardly be explained simply in terms of the protective effect of anointing for
the latter dynasty, at least in its earlier period. More relevant here are such
factors as the maintenance of a fairly restrictive form of royal succession
(and the Carolingians’ abandonment of polygamy must soon have narrowed the
circle of royals) and the growth of a clerically-fostered ideology of Christian
kingship.”[455]
However, all these factors were related.
Once it became accepted that the Church had an important part to play in
kingmaking through the sacrament of anointing, then it also became natural for
the Church to have a say in deciding who was the best candidate for the throne,
and then in administering a coronation-oath in which the king swore to protect
the Church and uphold justice, peace and mercy, etc. Theoretically, too, the Church could refuse to sanction a king, and
even lead the people in rebellion if he did not rule rightly[456]
– although in practice this ultimate sanction was rarely, if ever applied.
Joseph Canning writes: “The specific
contribution which the anointing rituals made to the development of the idea of
theocratic kingship appeared clearly in Hincmar’s ordines. Anointing had
become the constitutive element in the king-making process: it was the bishops
who as mediators of divine grace made the king. There was thus a relative
downgrading of other, traditional aspects of inauguration: the consent of the
great men of the kingdom, enthronement and the feast. The episcopal anointing
represented the third stage of the elaboration of the notion of kingship by the
grace of God, the first being the Pauline view that all rulership was divinely
sanctioned, and the second that the monarch derived his power directly from
God. Anointing transformed kingship into another, higher dimension, because
such unction was understood to be a sacrament. There was thereby involved a
crucial change in the meaning attributed to the ‘grace’ by which the medieval
king ruled. Whereas previously, gratia in this context meant ‘favour’,
thus indicating the source of his power (the possibly sacramental nature of
eighth-century unction remains obscure), now gratia also definitely
signified ‘supernatural grace’ infused into the king through the mediation of
the bishops in order to enable him to perform his sacred ministry of rulership
over clergy and laity within his kingdom understood as a church in the wider
sense.”[457]
St. Constantine in a famous phrase had
called himself “the bishop of those outside” – in other words, his ministry was
understood as being analogous to that of the bishop, but extending beyond the
jurisdiction of any bishop into the pagan world and therefore subject to the
Church in a moral, but not in a jurisdictional sense. In the West by the ninth
century, however, when the boundaries of the kingdom and the Church were almost
coterminous, the king’s ministry was seen as almost entirely within the Church, which perception was
reinforced by his anointing by the
Church, and by the fact that the symbolism of the rite, including the staff and
ring and vestments, were almost identical to that of episcopal consecration.
This served to increase the king’s sacred, spiritual character; but it also
gave the Church the opportunity to intervene more decisively both in the
kingmaking process and in the definition of what the king could and could not
do.[458]
Of course, the power of the king had never
been absolute in Germanic society; there was a contractual element between him
and his subjects. Thus “in 843 Charles the Bald swore to uphold the honour of
both his clerical and lay fideles, and the respective laws under which
they lived, whereas they swore to sustain the honour of the king”. And in 858
he promised “’like a faithful king’ to honour and protect the persons and legal
position of his fideles”.[459]
What was new from the ninth century
onwards was the increased role played by the Church in this process, both in
that protecting the Church’s rights was considered the most important part of the king’s obligations and in that it was
the Church that administered the coronation oath. Also new was the hint, as we
have seen, that the bishops might depose the king if he broke his oath, as
Charles the Bald implicitly admitted at his coronation in 869, when he said
that he could be expelled from his consecration “by no one, at least without
hearing and judgement by the bishops, by whose ministry I was consecrated
king”.[460]
Now the fact that the king was anointed by
the bishop did not mean that the king was thereby subject to the bishop, any
more than Christ’s baptism at the hands of St. John the Baptist meant that He
was subject to the Baptist.[461]
Nevertheless, the hint was there, and was spelled out by Archbishop Hincmar of
Rheims, who “subjected more than one king to harsh criticism, to penance and
even to excommunication”[462]
As he put it in 881: “So much greater is the responsibility of the priesthood
in that they must render account in God’s judgement even for the very kings of
men, and by so much greater are the rank and prestige of bishops than of kings
because kings are consecrated to their kingship by bishops, but bishops cannot
be consecrated by kings.”[463]
This doctrine was to be distorted and
exploited by Pope Gregory VII in his war against the anointed kings. However,
Hincmar was no papist, even on the smaller scale of the Frankish kingdom. Like
other powerful western bishops who anointed kings, he was not trying to weaken
the institution of the monarchy, but to strengthen and purify it. For he saw
that Christian society in his troubled age could not survive without the sacred
power of the anointed kings…
In the seventh and early eighth centuries
the West entered probably its most vigorous and truly Christian period. It was
united ecclesiastically under a patriarchate that was more consistently
Orthodox than any of the eastern sees (and which remained, throughout this
period, predominantly Greek in culture), with a vigorous monasticism on the
Benedictine model spreading the faith and learning everywhere, and with
national kingdoms (the seven Anglo-Saxon kingdoms, the Merovingians in France,
the Visigoths in Spain, the Lombards in Italy) consciously basing their
administrations on the Byzantine model of Church-State relations.
However, the linguistic and cultural
differences between East and West were beginning to widen. St. Gregory the
Great (+604) was the first Pope who did not speak Greek, although he had served
in Constantinople, and remained loyal to the Byzantine Empire. In the sixth century
Latin was still regularly spoken in Byzantium[464],
but from the time of the Emperor Heraclius (early seventh century) the East
stopped using Latin even in its official documents, although it always retained
the title of “Empire of the Romans”. The last emperor who came to Rome did so
in 663 and the last pope to go to Constantinople went there in 710. [465]
Moreover, the patience of the West Romans was tested when the Council in
Trullo (692) rejected certain Roman customs, such as fasting on
Saturdays.
The
estrangement deepened with the coming to power of the Emperor Leo III. His
iconoclastic faith sent streams of iconodule refuges to the West, confirming
the Popes in their opposition to the heresy – both Popes Gregory II and III
anathematised it. Then, in about 733, Leo took the whole diocese of East
Illyricum, including the bishoprics of Sicily, South Italy, Crete, mainland
Greece and the Balkans into the jurisdiction of the patriarchate of
Constantinople. But the popes of that period, while rebuking the iconoclast
emperors for their impiety, still looked to New Rome as the capital of the
Christian ecumene, still commemorated them at the Liturgy, and still
used their coinage. East and West still constituted one Christian world.
However, in 752, the last Greek Pope,
Zachariah, died; and in 754, at a council in Constantinople, the heresy of
iconoclasm was officially proclaimed as the religion of the Eastern empire. A
little earlier, in 751, Ravenna, the capital of Byzantine power in northern
Italy, fell to the Lombards, and the Emperor Leo was too distracted by the
Bulgars in the north to send troops to recover it. Pope Stephen II did not want
to break with Byzantium, but since the Byzantines were no longer able to defend
their Italian lands, he was forced to look for protectors elsewhere. He
travelled to France and anointed the former major-domo of the French
Merovingian dynasty, Pepin the Short, as the first of a new dynasty of Frankish
kings, bestowing on him the Roman title of patricius and appointing him
protector of the papal lands. That Pope Stephen did not desire to break with
the Eastern Empire is proved by his first words on meeting Pepin, beseeching
him tearfully “to reach agreements in the cause of peace, of St. Peter, and of
the Roman Republic” – where “Roman Republic” could only refer to the Byzantine
Empire. But when the honour bestowed by Pope Stephen on the Frankish ruler had
its desired effect and Pepin defeated the Lombards who were oppressing Rome,
the Pope proceeded to act in a way that could only be interpreted as a decisive
break from Byzantium: he accepted from Pepin, as “a gift to St. Peter”, the
former Byzantine Exarchate of Ravenna. This both created the territorial base
for the Papal State, making the Pope a secular as well as a spiritual ruler,
and revealed that the Pope had renounced his allegiance to Byzantium.[466]
Moreover, from this time the popes began to change the dating of their
documents, and to issue their own coins.[467]
The significance of the new relationship
was underscored by the fact that Pope Stephen’s anointing of Pepin was his second
anointing to his kingdom. Some years earlier, after the deposition and
sending to a monastery (with Pope Zachariah’s blessing) of the last weak
Merovingian ruler of Francia, Pepin had been specially crowned and anointed by
the English missionary archbishop of Mainz, St. Boniface. For the change of
dynasty or coup d’état – call it what you will - had to be
legitimised, as did the claims of the new dynasty to power over the vast new territories
that had just been Christianized by St. Boniface and his army of English
missionaries to the east of the Rhine. But the second anointing had a deeper significance. Whether Stephen already
had this in mind or not, it came to signify the
re-establishment of the Western Roman Empire, with its political capital
north of the Alps, but its spiritual capital, as always, in Rome.
In 768, King Pepin’s son, Charles, later
known as Charlemagne, ascended the throne. He vigorously expanded the boundaries
of his kingdom; at its height it extended from the Elbe to the Spanish Marches,
from Brittany to the borders of Byzantine Italy and Hungary. Nor were his
achievements limited to the military and the secular. He took a very active
interest in Church matters. He promoted education and art, held twice-yearly
Synods of his bishops and nobles in the best conciliar style, suppressed heresy
(e.g. Adoptionism, a form of Arianism) and did his best to weld the very varied
peoples and customs of his far-flung realm into a coherent, multi-national
whole.
It is clear that Charlemagne’s empire was
seen as a resurrection of the Western Roman empire. Thus in 794, during the
building of the palace complex at Charlemagne’s new capital of Aachen, a court
poet wrote:
That all the
separate kingdoms are joined in his empire through victory,
That the age has
been changed back into the culture of Antiquity,
Golden Rome is
restored and reborn to the world.[468]
But if Charlemagne’s empire was meant to
be a restoration of the Western Roman Empire, it must be judged to have failed;
for it disintegrated after his death into three separate kingdoms and continued
to decline into the tenth century. One reason for this was that he failed to
create the political bureaucracy and tax and legal systems which were so
important in preserving the Roman Empire. Another reason was the fact that the
dukes and counts upon whom his administration critically depended expected to
be paid in land for the services they rendered, so that the kingdom was stable
just so long as it was expanding – and the expansionist phase of its history
was already over by the 810s.[469]
The idea of selfless service to the king just because he was the king, the
Lord’s anointed, had to compete with the idea of the aristocratic band of
warriors whose leader was elected because of his military prowess and because
he promised greater success in war and therefore more plunder than any other
leader. The state was not yet fully a res publica, a public thing or possession, in the
Frankish consciousness; it was rather the private demesne of the king and those
of his nobles who had earned a part of the spoils through their service to him.
As Tacitus had written centuries before of the pagan Germans, “You cannot keep
up a great retinue except by war and violence, for it is to the free-handed
chief that they look for the war horse, for the murderous and masterful sphere:
banquetings and a certain rude but lavish outfit take the place of salary. The
material for this open-handedness comes from war and foray.”[470]
However, the real weakness of
Charlemagne’s kingdom was more spiritual than institutional: he took his own
achievements, and the weakness of the Eastern Empire (which, since it was ruled
at the time by a woman, Irene, was technically vacant according to Frankish
law), as sufficient reason to usurp the place of the Basileus in the
political sphere and, still more serious, the place of the Church in the
ecclesiastical sphere. Thus in 794, without consulting the Pope, he convened a
council in Frankfurt which condemned the Acts of the Seventh Ecumenical Council
on icon-veneration (the translation of the Acts into Latin may have confused
icon veneration with icon worship) and introduced the Filioque – the
statement that the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Father and the Son – into the Creed, in spite of the fact that all additions
to the Creed were forbidden by the Ecumenical Councils. The Filioque
immediately produced conflict between Frankish and Greek monks in Jerusalem.
But Charlemagne did not back down. In a council in Aachen in 809 he decreed
that the innovation was a dogma necessary for salvation.
As for the Seventh Council, since Pope
Hadrian had already, as Professor John Romanides points out, “excommunicated
all those who had not accepted the Seventh Ecumenical Council, technically the
Franks were in a state of excommunication.”[471]
However, neither Hadrian nor his successor, Pope Leo III, felt powerful enough
openly to oppose Charlemagne’s ecclesiastical innovations - although Leo did
have the Creed without the Filioque
inscribed in Greek and Latin on silver shields placed outside St. Peter’s.
Charlemagne’s English adviser on Church
affairs, Deacon Alcuin of York, also opposed the Filioque (in a letter
to the brothers in Lyons) – and also felt he could not oppose the king too
openly. He even supported the idea that was becoming fashionable that
Charlemagne was greater than both Pope and Emperor: "There have hitherto
been three persons of greatest eminence in the world, namely the Pope, who
rules the see of St. Peter, the chief of apostles, as his successor…; the
second is the Emperor who holds sway over the second Rome…; the third is the
throne on which our Lord Jesus Christ has placed you to rule over our Christian
people, with greater power, clearer insight and more exalted royalty than the
afore-mentioned dignitaries. On you alone the whole safety of the churches of
Christ depends."[472]
According to Alcuin, Charlemagne, like
King David, combined the functions of royal leadership and priestly teaching in
order to guide his people to salvation.[473]
This exalted view of his kingly role was shared by others, such as Paulinus of
Aquileia, who called Charlemagne “king and priest” in 794. And as early as 775
Cathwulf wrote to Charlemagne: “Always remember, my king, with fear and love
for God your King, that you are in His place to look after and rule over all
His members and to give account on judgement day even for yourself. And a
bishop is in second place: he is only in Christ’s place. Ponder, therefore,
within yourself how diligently to establish God’s law over the people of God.”[474]
Caesaropapism was threatening to
re-establish itself in the West – with the same results for the purity of the
faith as under the caesaropapist emperors of the East. As we shall see, it did
not last long: by the second half of the ninth century, episcopal power had
reasserted itself. But while it lasted it threatened to tear the West away from
the unity of the Orthodox faith.
As long as the Eastern Emperors had been
iconoclast, and he himself remained Orthodox, Charlemagne could have had some
justification for claiming the leadership of the Christian world. But since 787
the Eastern Empire had returned to Orthodoxy while he, through his false
council of Frankfurt in 794, had become a heretic! Again, the iconoclast
Emperor Leo the Isaurian had undermined the “symphonic” principle of
Church-State relations when he had declared that he was “both king and priest”.
But now Charlemagne was showing himself to be no less of a “caesaropapist” than
the iconoclasts by his imposition of heretical innovations on the Church.
Indeed, the former champion of Orthodoxy and Romanity against the heretical and
despotic iconoclast emperors was now well on the way to becoming the chief
enemy of Orthodoxy and Romanity through his heresy and despotism, considering,
as Romanides puts it, "that the East Romans were neither Orthodox nor
Roman"![475]
The critical point came on Christmas Day,
800, when Pope Leo III crowned Charlemagne “Emperor of the Romans” in Rome. Now
Charlemagne’s biographer Einhard claims that he would never have entered the
church if he had known what the Pope was intending to do. And there is evidence
that in later years Charlemagne drew back from too sharp a confrontation with
Constantinople, dropping the phrase “of the Romans” while retaining the title
“Emperor”. Moreover, he dropped his idea of attacking the Byzantine province of
Sicily. Instead he proposed marriage to the Byzantine Empress Irene (or perhaps
it was her idea[476]),
hoping “thus to unite the Eastern and Western provinces”, as the chronicler
Theophanes put it[477]
- not under his sole rule, for he must have realised that that was impossible,
but perhaps on the model of the dual monarchy of the fifth-century Roman
empire. In any case, all these plans collapsed with Irene’s overthrow in 802…
The Byzantines at first treated
Charlemagne as yet another impudent usurper; for, as a chronicler of Salerno
put it, "The men about the court of Charles the Great called him Emperor
because he wore a precious crown upon his head. But in truth, no one should be
called Emperor save the man who presides over the Roman - that is, the Constantinopolitan
kingdom.”[478]
As Russell Chamberlin writes: “The Byzantines derided the coronation of
Charlemagne. To them he was simply another barbarian general with ideas above
his station. Indeed, he took care never to style himself Imperator Romanorum.
His jurists, dredging through the detritus of empire, came up with a title
which me with his approval: Romanum gubernas imperium ‘Governing the
Roman Empire’. The resounding title of the first of the post-classical Western
Emperors was ‘Charles, Most Serene Augustus, crowned by God, great and merciful
Emperor, governing the Roman Empire and by the mercy of God, King of the
Lombards and the Franks’.”[479]
Whatever Charlemagne’s real intentions in
800, the fact is that in the ninth century the idea became established in the
West that the only Orthodox Roman Emperor was the Emperor of the Franks. And
this in spite of the fact that by the middle of the century the Eastern Empire
had recovered its former glory while the Frankish Empire was disintegrating
rapidly. So whereas Alcuin in the previous century had followed the convention
of calling Constantinople the second Rome, for a later Latin eulogist the
second Rome was Charlemagne’s capital, Aachen: “Most worthy Charles, my voice
is too small for your works, king, love and jewel of the Franks, head of the
world, the summit of Europe, caring father and hero, Augustus! You yourself can
command cities: see how the Second Rome, new in its flowering and might extent,
rise and grows; with the domes which crown its walls, it touches the stars!”[480]
Thus Romanides writes that the Frankish
position “was clearly spelled out in a letter of Emperor Louis II (855-875) to
Emperor Basil I (867-886) in 871. Louis calls himself ‘Emperor Augustus of the
Romans’ and demotes Basil to ‘Emperor of New Rome’. Basil had poked fun at
Louis, insisting that he was not even emperor in all of Francia, since he ruled
only a small part of it, and certainly was not emperor of the Romans, but of
the Franks. Louis argued that he was emperor in all of Francia because the
other Frankish kings were his kinsmen by blood. He makes the same claim as that
found in the Annals of Lorsch: he who holds the city of Old Rome is
entitled to the name ‘Emperor of the Romans’. Louis claimed that: ‘We received
from heaven this people and city to guide and (we received) the mother of all
the churches of God to defend and exalt… We have received the government of the
Roman Empire for our Orthodoxy. The Greeks have ceased to be emperors of the
Romans for their cacodoxy. Not only have they deserted the city (of Rome) and
the capital of the Empire, but they have also abandoned Roman nationality and
even the Latin language. They have migrated to another capital city and taken
up a completely different nationality and language.’”[481]
But Louis’ arguments were in vain. In
879-80, a Council in Constantinople under the presidency of St. Photius
condemned Pope Nicolas I, as a heretic and upheld the Orthodoxy of the Eastern
Church. Significantly, the Acts of the Council were signed by the legates of
Pope John VIII. Thus both East and West agreed that it was the Western, Frankish empire that was not Orthodox.[482]
And since both Greeks and Romans and Franks agreed that there could be only one
Christian Roman Empire, this meant that the Frankish attempt to usurp the
Empire was defeated – for the time being...
And yet this did not stop the most exalted
significance being attached to what was left of the Carolingian empire. Thus in
the mid-tenth century Adso of Montier-en-Der wrote to Queen Gerbera of France:
“Even though we see the Roman Empire for the most part in ruins, nonetheless,
as long as the Kings of the Franks who now possess the Roman Empire by right
shall last, the dignity of the Roman Empire will not completely perish because
it will endure in its kings. Some of our learned men say that one of the Kings
of the Franks will possess anew the Roman Empire. He will be in the last time
and will be the greatest and the last of all kings. After he has successfully
governed his empire, he will finally come to Jerusalem and will lay aside his
sceptre and crown on the Mount of Olives. This will be the end and the
consummation of the Roman and Christian Empire…”[483]
K.N. Leontiev writes: “It was precisely
after the fall of the artificial empire of Charles that the signs which
constitute, in their integrity, a picture of a special European culture, a new
universal civilization, become clearer and clearer. The future bounds of the
most recent western States and particular cultures of Italy, France and Germany
also begin to become clearer. The Crusades come closer, as does the flourishing
age of knighthood and of German feudalism, which laid the foundations of the
exceptional self-respect of the person (a self-respect which, passing by means
of envy and imitation first into the bourgeoisie, produced the democratic
revolution and engendered all these modern phrases about the boundless rights
of the person, and then, penetrating to the lower levels of western society,
made of every simple day-time worker and cobbler an existence corrupted by a
nervous feeling of his own worth). Soon after this we hear the first sounds of
Romantic poetry. Then Gothic architecture develops, and soon Dante’s Catholic
epic poem will be created, etc. Papal power grows from this time. And so the
reign of Charles the Great (9th century) is approximately the
watershed after which the West begins more and more to bring its own
civilisation and its own statehood into prominence. From this century Byzantine
civilisation loses from its sphere of influence all the large and
well-populated countries of the West. On the other hand, it acquires for its
genius the Southern Slavs…., and then… Russia.”[484]
As the power of the “Holy Roman Emperors”
of the West declined in the ninth century, so the power of the Popes increased.
Beginning with Nicholas I, they began to claim a quasi-imperial rule over the
whole Church, East and West. And this imperial role began more and more to
resemble the “imperator-plus-pontifex maximus” role of the pagan
Roman emperors. However, for the first eight centuries, every attempt to
combine the roles of king and priest in a single person had been decisively
rejected by the Popes. Thus when, in 796, Eadbert Praen, an English priest,
rejected the lordship of the kingdom of Mercia and assumed the crown of the
sub-kingdom of Kent for himself, he was immediately rejected by Archbishop
Aethelheard of Canterbury and anathematised by Pope Leo III, who wrote that
such a priest-king was like Julian the Apostate.[485]
But gradually, and with increasing
self-assertion, the Popes claimed a kingly power and role.
One of the reasons for this was that after
the Western Empire had collapsed after 476 and split up into a number of
independent kingdoms, the Western Church remained united, making her by far the
most prominent survival of Christian Romanity. Even the most powerful of the
western kings did not command a territory greater than that of a Roman
provincial governor, whereas the Pope was not only the undisputed leader of the
whole of Western Christendom but also the senior hierarch in the whole of the
Church, Eastern and Western. However, as long as the Popes remained both Orthodox in faith and loyal subjects of the Eastern
Emperor in politics, – that is, as we have seen, until Pope Stephen’s political
break with Byzantium in 756, – the lack of a political power in the West
commensurate with the ecclesiastical power of the Popes was not a pressing
necessity; for everyone accepted that in the political sphere the Eastern
Emperor was the sole basileus of the whole of Christendom, and the
western kings were his sons or satraps; but that in the ecclesiastical sphere
there was no single head, the Body of Christ being overseen by its “five
senses”, the five patriarchates, of which Rome was simply the primus inter
pares.
But problems arose when Rome broke its
last political links with the Empire and sought a new protector in the Frankish
empire of Pepin and Charlemagne. This caused changes in the political ideology
of the Franks, on the one hand, who, as we have seen, came to see themselves as
the real Roman Empire, more Roman and
more Orthodox than the Empire of the East; and on the other hand, in the
ecclesiology of the Popes, who came to see themselves as the only Church of this renewed Roman Empire, having ultimate
jurisdiction over all the Churches in
the world. Frankish caesaropapism soon collapsed; but Roman papocaesarism
continued to grow until it claimed supreme authority in both Church and State…
In fact, the ultimate gainer from
Charlemagne’s coronation in 800 may well have been not the new emperor, but the
Pope. Herrin writes that his “acclamation as imperator et augustus only
partly answered Alcuin’s proposals for a grander title and did not please the
Frankish theologians. They did not consider that the Bishop of Rome had any
right to bestow an imperial title and thus assume a crucial role in the
ceremony. The Franks did not perceive of Roman ecclesiastical authority as
something overarching which covered the whole of Charles’s territories. Within
northern Europe, papal authority was hedged by the claims of many archbishops
to an equal power…
“Of the three powers involved in the
coronation event of 800, the Roman pontiff emerges as the clear winner in the
triangular contest over imperial authority. By seizing the initiative and
crowning Charles in his own way, Pope Leo claimed the superior authority to
anoint an imperial ruler of the West, which established an important precedent…
Later Charles would insist on crowning his own son Louis as emperor, without
papal intervention. He thus designated his successor and, in due course, Louis
inherited his father’s authority. But the notion that a western rule could not
be a real emperor without a papal coronation and acclamation in ancient Rome
grew out of the ceremonial devised by Leo III in 800.”[486]
So the
foundations were laid for the growth of papal power in the political as well as
the ecclesiastical spheres as Carolingian power declined later in the ninth
century. The significant figure here is Pope Nicholas I, whose first task was
to establish his supremacy over the Church in the West. However, an Orthodox
ecclesiology still prevailed at the metropolitan and lower levels. Thus the
archbishops of Trèves and Cologne replied to an unjust sentence by
Nicholas as follows: “Without a council, without canonical inquiry, without
accuser, without witnesses, without convicting us by arguments or authorities,
without our consent, in the absence of the metropolitans and of our suffragan
bishops, you have chosen to condemn us, of your own caprice, with tyrannical
fury. But we do not accept your accursed sentence, so repugnant to a father’s
or a brother’s love; we despise it as mere insulting language; we expel you
yourself from our communion, since you commune with the excommunicate; we are
satisfied with the communion of the whole Church and with the society of our
brethren whom you despise and of whom you make yourself unworthy by your pride
and arrogance. You condemn yourself when you condemn those who do not observe
the apostolic precepts which you yourself are the first to violate, annulling
as far as in you lies the Divine laws and the sacred canons, and not following in the footsteps of the Popes your predecessors…”[487]
Nicholas did not confine himself to
unjustly deposing western bishops: he also deposed St. Photius, Patriarch of
Constantinople, whose speedy promotion to the rank of patriarch from the lay
state he considered uncanonical (although many holy patriarchs, and the famous
St. Ambrose of Milan, had risen to the episcopate as quickly). All this was in
accordance with his theory, first put forward in 865, that the Pope had
authority “over all the earth, that is, over every other Church”, “the see of
Peter has received the total power of government over all the sheep of Christ”.
The Emperor Michael III was furious, but Nicholas replied: “The day of
king-priests and emperor-pontiffs is past, Christianity has separated the two
functions, and Christian emperors have need of the Pope in view of the life
eternal, whereas popes have no need of emperors except as regards temporal
things.”[488]
This would suggest that Nicholas supported
the Orthodox teaching on the separation of the secular and ecclesiastical
powers. And indeed, his treatment of the traditional theme of Melchizedek is
Orthodox.[489]
However, while it was useful for him to preach the Orthodox doctrine in order
to limit the power of the emperor, he accepted few, if any, limitations on his
own power. He even hinted that the Byzantine emperors might not be legitimate
emperors of the Romans, which would imply that the only legitimate emperor was
the Frankish one, or, if the Donation of Constantine was to be believed,
the Pope himself! Thus he said that it was ridiculous for Michael to call
himself Roman emperor, since he did not speak Latin.[490]
Then he demanded from the Emperor the return of his territories in the
Greek-speaking south of Italy for no other reason than that they had once,
centuries before, come within the jurisdiction of the Roman patriarchate: “Give
us back the patrimony of Calabria and that of Sicily and all the property of
our Church, whereof it held possession, and which it was accustomed to manage
by its own attorneys; for it is unreasonable that an ecclesiastical possession,
destined for the light and service of the Church of God, should be taken from
us by an earthly power.” Finally, he sent missionaries to Bulgaria, which was
deep within the traditionally Byzantine sphere. To add injury to insult, these
missionaries preached the heresy of the Filioque to the newly converted
Bulgarians. For this reason, a Council convened at Constantinople in 867
presided over by St. Photius, and at which the archbishops of Trèves,
Cologne and Ravenna were present, excommunicated and anathematized Nicholas.
Two years later, however, a
palace revolution enabled another “anti-Photian” council to be convened, at
which the Council of 867 was annulled. Papists have often counted this
anti-Photian council as the Eighth Ecumenical – not least, one suspects,
because the new Pope, Hadrian II, demanded that all its participants recognized
him as “Sovereign Pontiff and Universal Pope”.
But a much better claim to ecumenicity can
be made for the Great Council convened at Constantinople in 879-80, which four
hundred Eastern bishops and the legates of Pope John VIII attended. This
Council annulled, under the legates’ signature, the acts of the anti-Photian
council. It also made two very important decisions. First, it decreed that
there was no papal jurisdiction in the East, although the papal primacy was
recognised. And secondly, it reaffirmed the original text of the Nicene Creed
without the Filioque, and explicitly condemned all additions to it. So a
Roman Pope formally recognised that he had no jurisdiction in the Eastern
Church and that the Filioque was a heresy!
The Growth of Feudalism
Thus was the Papist heresy crushed – for the time being. However, the
serpent lay bruised, not completely scotched; a more permanent triumph could be
hoped for only if a healthy antidote against its poison could be built up
within the West. This depended, above all, on the strength of the other pillar
of Christian society in the West – the sacred power of the anointed kings. Such
an antidote existed, as we shall see, in England, where a powerful monarchy
ruling most of the country arose in the person of King Alfred the Great. On
most of the continent, however, the monarchy was deeply involved in a
phenomenon that had a profoundly negative impact on both political and
ecclesiastical life – feudalism.
The word “feudalism” comes from the Latin feuda, translated as
“fief”, which means a piece land held in exchange for service to a lord.
Feudalism, in the sense of the widespread division of the land into fiefs, is a
common phenomenon in many lands in time of invasion or social decline. But the
term was invented to describe the particular socio-political organisation of Western
Europe in the later Middle Ages. It arose as a defensive reaction to the Viking
invasions of the ninth century, and the breakdown in central authority which
they caused. The breakdown was worst in West Francia, modern France, where
royal authority almost disappeared. One result was serfdom: the lands
which had belonged to the crown, the royal “fisc”, were given to local
landowners, both ecclesiastical and lay, and the peasants who had cultivated
the land, deprived of any protection from the crown, threw themselves on the
mercy of the local landowners, bartering their and their children’s labour in
return for protection. The second was feudalism proper: the freemen became
vassals of lords, swearing to fight the lord’s battles in exchange for
protection. A vassal was a knight – that is, he owned arms and a horse and was
able to fight. Since this required money, he very likely owned land – either
inherited, “allodial” land, or a “benefice” or “fief” granted temporarily, in
the vassal’s lifetime only. A vassal might himself have vassals. Thus many of
the king’s counts, or local officials, were at the same time both feudal lords
and vassals of the king.
Feudalism ate into the king’s power in two ways: first, the kings’
peasants hardly counted as his subjects any more since their real masters were
now their landowners; and secondly, the king’s vassals tended to leave his
service for that of the most powerful local feudal lord. The king did not
always resist this process, but rather reinforced it, since he saw that the
feudal lord was the only guarantee of law and order in the countryside. Thus in
the capitulary of Meersen in 847 King Charles the Bald ordered all free men to
choose a lord, and likewise forbade them to leave their lord without just
reason – which effectively made the bond of vassalage permanent in all normal
cases. Again, in a capitulary issued at Thionville, he gave official
recognition to the vassal’s oath, which thereby replaced the oath of allegiance
as the main glue holding society together. Finally, in the capitulary of Kiersy
in 877, Charles sanctioned hereditary succession to counties and other fiefs,
which meant that county administration became hereditary and passed out of the
king’s control.[491]
As a defensive system to preserve a minimum of order in a time of
foreign invasion, feudalism undoubtedly had merits. But it was much inferior
not only to Byzantine-style autocracy, but also to the Carolingian system.
Moreover, as the threat of invasion passed, and feudalism spread from its
homeland in Northern France throughout Western Europe in the eleventh century,
its degrading and coarsening effect on general morality, and its potential, in
certain circumstances, for a more-than-local despotism, became more obvious.
According to Solonevich, feudalism could be defined as “the splintering
of state sovereignty among a mass of small, but in principle sovereign owners
of property”. Contrary to Marx, it had nothing to do with ‘productive
relations’ and was far from being an advance on previous forms of social
organisation. “It is sufficient to remember the huge cultural and unusually
high level of Roman ‘production’. Feudal Europe, poor, dirty and illiterate, by
no means represented ‘a more progressive form of productive relations’ – in
spite of Hegel, it was sheer regression. Feudalism does not originate in
productive relations. It originates in the thirst for power beyond all
dependence on production and distribution. Feudalism is, so to speak, the democratisation of power [my italics
– V.M.] – its transfer to all those who at the given moment in the given place
have sufficient physical strength to defend their baronial rights –
Faustrecht.. Feudalism sometimes presupposes a juridical basis of power, but
never a moral one.
“The feudal lord does not rule ‘in the name’ of the nation, the people,
the peasants, or whoever else there might be. He rules only and exclusively in
his own interests, which have been strengthened by such-and-such battles or
parchments. For the feudal lord the monarch is not the bearer of definite moral
ideals or even of the practical interests of the people or nation, but only
‘the first among equals’, who has had the luck to be stronger than the rest…
“The thirst for power is, of course, a property common to all humanity,
and therefore the tendency to the
development of feudalism will be to a greater or lesser degree characteristic
of all countries and all peoples of the world…. But if we discard trivialities,
then we must say that Rome, for example, had no knowledge at all of feudal relations. There were landowners and there were
senators, there were proconsuls and there were emperors, but there were no
barons. The sovereign power ‘of the people and senate of Rome’, engraved on the
Roman eagles, remained the single indivisible source of all power – even the
power of the Roman emperors. The civil wars of Rome bore no relation to the
feudal wars of medieval Europe. Nor did Ancient Greece with its purely
capitalist relations know feudalism. Yes, Greece was split up into a series of
sovereign states, but, though tiny, these were nevertheless states – monarchies
and republics, in principle having equal rights in relation to each other and
by no means in relations of feudal submission or co-submission.”[492]
One of the
worst aspects of feudalism was the fact that the Church, too, was bound up in
the feudal nexus, with churchmen having lay lords higher than themselves and
vassals lower than themselves. This resulted, as Papadakis writes, in “the
unrestrained secularization of the western clergy. By the 900s most churchmen –
both high and low – had lost nearly all their independence and sense of
corporate identity, as their functions everywhere became identified with those
belonging to lay vassals. Quite simply, as rulers came to regard all
ecclesiastical organization under their effective control as a facet of the
secular system, conventions governing one sphere were adjusted to fit the
other. As a result, bishops and abbots were not exempt from the secular obligations
and responsibilities attached to feudal tenure. As feudal dependents they, too,
had to attend court, give advice and, when required, supply their lay superiors
with military service… Characteristically, promotion to an episcopal see or a
rich abbey was often the reward of previous dutiful service in the royal
household. It is worth adding that ecclesiastical tenants were also preferred
for many posts because their lands and their jurisdictions were not governed by
inheritance [celibate priests had no (legal) children]. Whereas the heirs of a
lay vassal holding of the king by hereditary right could occasionally create
legal difficulties or foment rebellion, an heirless but enfeoffed celibate
cleric was incapable of doing so. This was probably a decisive reason why so
many high ecclesiastics, time and again, became essential associates in royal
government everywhere.”[493]
The control exercised by feudal lords over clerical appointments was
symbolised by the ceremony of “lay investiture”, whereby the lord endowed the
cleric with a ring, signifying the cleric’s entry into feudal tenure of a
church or lands. Such a ceremony was distinct from ecclesiastical ordination.
But in practice the power inherent in lay investiture determined who should be
ordained (and for how much). “The hastily ordained and ‘invested’ clerk was
often altogether unworthy (if not also incompetent and untrained) of the
priestly calling. Church assemblies and individual churchmen, it is true,
routinely complained. All the same, neither the power of laymen to appoint and
invest clergy, nor the encroachment and spoliation of Church property, was ever
discontinued. As a matter of fact, lay nominations to vacant sees became so
frequent that they were no longer regarded a radical departure from canonical
tradition. The abuse was recognized as a perfectly acceptable practice. In 921
the archbishop of Cologne was thus solemnly admonished by the pope himself for
attempting to block a royal appointment at Liège. Pope John X’s letter
informing the archbishop that no episcopal candidate was to be consecrated in
any diocese without royal authorization still survives. As far as pope John was
concerned, the right of the feudal power to interfere at the highest level in
the internal affairs of the Church was ‘ancient usage’. Ecclesial autonomy, to
say nothing of ecclesial political and economic freedom, was apparently of
little consequence. Canon law evidently had long given way to the feudal
system…”[494]
The development of feudalism was aided by
the pressure of the German land law system, which prevailed throughout the
former Carolingian empire. The result, continues Papadakis, “was the so-called Eigenkirchentum,
or proprietary church system, an arrangement by which the parish with all its
appurtenances became the private property of its founder. In terms of
ecclesiastical power, according to one investigator, the main result of this
‘Germanization’ or ‘privatization’ was complete revolution. Its overall effect
on Latin ecclesiastical organization at any rate was profound as well as
extensive.
“This becomes evident when traditional
canon law is compared or contrasted with German land law. Plainly put, unlike
the Church, early barbarian Europe did not understand the legal concept of
corporate ecclesiastical ownership. The idea of an abiding corporation with
legal rights simply did not exist in German customary law. Thus, the conviction
that the Church could also simultaneously own land or real property, as a
corporate personality or institution, was unknown. Rather, according to
Germanic law, everything built on a plot of land, whether it was the local
parish church or the monastery, was considered the exclusive ‘property’ of the
landlord; the man who had built and endowed it was also its real owner. Control
and rights of ownership of the foundation constructed on an estate, quite
simply, continued to be in the hands of the proprietor. To be sure, the church
could never actually be secularized. On the other hand, it could always be
given, sold, traded, or exchanged if necessary. It was even possible to dispose
of it as a sort of fief by leasing it to one’s relatives or liegemen. In sum,
the treatment of parishes was identical to the holding of ordinary pieces of
real property… It is worth adding that the resident priest of the Eigenkirche
(usually an ill-trained serf from the lord’s own estate) was in practice
appointed and dismissed by the proprietor. His status resembled a small
quasi-feudal dependent. Almost invariably, if the incumbent was married or
living in concubinage he was able to pass the parish on to his son or heir.
“…The practice of buying and selling rural
parishes as a profitable investment was in time also applied to bishoprics and
cathedrals. Although such sales were not a general phenomenon, it remains true
that in some areas such as the Midi region, bishoprics were habitually sold or
bequeathed as Eigenkirche. This was presumably still the practice in
1067 when the bishopric of Carcassone was sold to the count of Barcelona by the
viscount of Albi….
“Everywhere the priest had really become
essentially an estate servant. His private arrangement with the lord of the
parish had in fact replaced the canonical bond uniting him to his bishop. It
was this personalized local relationship that ultimately mattered, rather than
the bishop’s potestas jurisdictionis. Throughout Europe, to put it
another way, episcopal control enjoyed by all prelates was succeeded by a
division of control among an unlimited number of owners. The diocese no longer
actually functioned as a single administrative unit, but as a collection of
private independent churches, in which the bishop’s pastoral and disciplinary
powers were in practice relaxed or ignored altogether. Before long, given the
moral and intellectual shortcomings of the priesthood, this diocesan
centralization was to generate further serious pastoral and canonical problems.
The confusion of authority and rights within the diocese just described was, in
the main, also responsible for the ensuing simony and incontinence among the
western clergy.
“It was undoubtedly lay control of
ecclesiastical structure that made possible the purchase or sale of virtually
every clerical grade the general rule by the tenth century. Simony became in
fact unavoidable once clerical offices began to be treated like secular
appointments. If a secular vassal could be taxed on inheriting his fief, so
could every clerical candidate on his elevation to office. Besides, the offices
in question were profitable, and to grant them out without any remuneration
would have been pointless if not unusual in the agrarian world of the Middle
Ages. In the event, the bishop who had received his position by canonical
election (without paying for it) had before long become a great rarity...”[495]
The English Monarchy
“In the intricate web of vassalage,” writes Roberts, “a king might have
less control over his own vassals than they over theirs. The great lord,
whether lay magnate or local bishop, must always have loomed larger and more
important in the life of the ordinary man than the remote and probably
never-seen king or prince. In the tenth and eleventh centuries there are
everywhere examples of kings obviously under great pressure from great men. The
country where this seemed to present least trouble was Anglo-Saxon England…”[496]
England
before the Viking invasions, which began in 793, was divided into seven
independent kingdoms. Each had its own bishops, but all, from the time of St.
Theodore the Greek, archbishop of Canterbury (+691), recognised the authority
of the archbishop of Canterbury. In 786, however, Prince Egfrith of the kingdom
of Wessex was anointed even before he had ascended the throne of his father,
and from the time of this, the first royal anointing in Anglo-Saxon history,
the Wessex dynasty gradually came to dominate political life in England. In the
late ninth century, under Alfred the Great, it led the recovery against the
Viking invaders, and Alfred’s successors succeeded in uniting most of Britain
in a single Orthodox kingdom until the Norman-papist invasion of 1066-70. In a
real sense, therefore, the anointing of Egfrith may be said to have been the
critical event that led to the creation of one nation and one State.
King Alfred came to the throne of Wessex
when English civilisation was in the process of being wiped out by the pagan
Danes. Almost single-handedly, he defeated the Danes and laid the foundations
for their conversion and integration into his kingdom. Not content with that,
he undertook the organisation and education of the badly shattered Church,
beginning by sending all his bishops a copy of his own translation of the Pastoral Care by Pope Gregory the Great
– the Roman connection again! Indeed, re-establishing links with both Rome and the
Eastern Orthodox Church was a priority with Alfred. He corresponded with the
Patriarch of Jerusalem and sent alms to the monks of India.
The stability of Alfred’s dynasty and
kingdom by comparison with the sub-Carolingian kingdoms on the continent was
partly owing to the fact that, like the Roman missionaries in the early seventh
century, this Romanising monarch found a tabula rasa and was able to
rebuild on relatively uncluttered, but firm foundations. In particular, the
tensions between the monarchy and the local aristocracies which so weakened the
West Frankish kingdom, hardly existed in England after 878 and surfaced again
in a serious way only in 1052. There are several indications that the English
kingdom modelled itself on Byzantium. Thus early in the tenth century King
Athelstan gave himself the Byzantine titles basileus and curagulus.
Again, in 955, King Edred called himself “King of the Anglo-Saxons and Emperor
of the whole of Britain”. And a little later King Edgar is also called basileus
et imperator.
In the second half of the tenth century,
England reached the peak of her glory as an Orthodox kingdom, founded on a
strong monastic revival supported by a powerful king, Edgar, and a sainted
archbishop, Dunstan. Ryan Lavelle writes: “A document from around 973, the Regularis
Concordia,… was intended as a rulebook and liturgical guide for English
monks and nuns, but it was also a bold statement of the relationship between
God, the king and a Christian people. The king and queen were seen as
protectors of monks and nuns in the temporal world, while, in return, the souls
of the West Saxon royal family were protected with prayers by the same monks
and nuns. The positions of the king and queen were therefore inextricably
linked with the survival of Christianity in the kingdom. This was part of a
process of legitimising royal power to an extent that was hitherto unparalleled
in Anglo-Saxon England. The king had become part of the ecclesiastical order in
a coronation ceremony that made him God’s representative on earth. The original
meaning of Christ’s name, Christus meant ‘the anointed [king]’, and the
inauguration of Edgar used an ordo (an order of service) that put Edgar
on a similar level – directly anointed by God. The monastic reform movement
gave this a new impetus, to such an extent that King Edgar could go through
such a royal inauguration for a second time.”[497]
Edgar’s first anointing had taken place in
960 or 961, when he became King of England. For many years he was not allowed
to wear his crown in penance for a sin he had committed. But in 973, the
penance came to an end, and at the age of thirty (perhaps significantly, the
canonical age for episcopal ordination in the West) he was anointed again, this
time as “Emperor of Britain” in the ancient Roman city of Bath (again
significantly, for Edgar was emphasising the imperial, Roman theme). In the
same year, again emphasising the imperial theme, he was rowed on the River Dee
by six or eight sub-kings, include five Welsh and Scottish rulers and one ruler
of the Western Isles.[498]
“This was a move,” writes Lavelle, “that recalled the actions of his
great-uncle Athelstan, the successful ruler of Britain, but it was also an
English parallel to the tenth-century coronation of the Holy Roman Emperor,
Otto of Germany, in which the stem-dukes had undertaken the task of feeding the
emperor.”[499]
Edgar’s ascription to himself of the
trappings of Romanitas was not without some foundation. The economy was
strong, the tax and legal systems were sophisticated, the coinage was secure
(with an impressive system of monetary renewal whereby all coins issued from
the royal mints had to be returned and reissued every five years). England was
now a firmly Orthodox, multi-national state composed of three Christian
peoples, Anglo-Saxons, Celts and Danes[500],
living in mutual amity. She was at peace at home and respected abroad,
spreading her influence in a beneficial way outwards through missions to the
Norwegians and Swedes.
Edgar married twice, the first marriage
producing a son, Edward, and the second another son, Ethelred. When he died in
975 (his relics were discovered to be incorrupt in 1052), Ethelred’s partisans,
especially his mother, argued that Ethelred should be made king in preference
to his elder half-brother Edward, on the grounds that Edgar had not been
anointed when he begat Edward in 959 or 960, and that his first wife, Edward’s
mother, had never been anointed, so
that the throne should pass to the younger son, Ethelred, who had been born “in
the purple” when both his parents were anointed sovereigns. The conflict was
settled when the archbishop of Canterbury, St. Dunstan, seized the initiative
and anointed St. Edward. [501]
In this way, through her stewardship of
the sacrament of royal anointing, the Church came to play the decisive role in
deciding the question of succession.
However, the defeated party of Ethelred
did not give up their opposition to God’s chosen one, and in 979 came the
murder of the Lord’s anointed. “No worse deed for the English was ever done
that this,” said the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle. And while it was said that
there was “great rejoicing” at the coronation of St. Edward’s half-brother,
Ethelred, St. Dunstan sorrowfully prophesied great woes for the nation in the
coming reign. The prophecy was exact; for not only were the English
successively defeated by Danish pagan invaders and forced to pay ever larger
sums in “Danegeld”, but the king himself, betrayed by his leading men, was
forced to flee abroad in 1013. The next year he was recalled by the English
leaders, both spiritual and lay, who declared that “no lord was dearer to them
than their rightful lord, if only he would govern his kingdom more justly than
he had done in the past.” [502]
The historian David Starkey[503] has
hailed this agreement between King Ethelred and the English leaders as a kind
of “Magna Carta two hundred years before the Magna Carta” and a
sign of the maturity and sophistication of English political life at that time.
From an Orthodox Christian point of view, it would be better to characterise it
as the beginning of the end of the English Orthodox Autocracy and the beginning
of a kind of constitutional monarchy. Fortunately, however, in 1016, after
Ethelred had died and the Danish King Canute had conquered the land, full
autocratic rule was restored. This was characterised by the king’s complete
control in the political sphere, while the Church retained her supremacy in the
spiritual sphere (Canute became a Christian). However, in 1051-52, and again in
1065, the aristocracy again raised its head against the king, which presaged
the final fall of the English Autocracy in 1066…
The religious nature of Anglo-Saxon
kingship was manifested in the fact that the king was still seen as the “warden
of the holy temple”.[504]
Crimes against the Church or her servants were seen as crimes against the king,
and were duly punished by him. It was seen as his duty to look after the Church
and enforce her laws with secular penalties. “For a Christian king is Christ’s
deputy among Christian people”, as King Ethelred’s laws put it. Both he and the
archbishop were “the Lord’s Anointed” – the archbishop so that he might
minister the sacraments of salvation, and the king so that, as Bede wrote in
his commentary on Acts, “he might by conquering all our enemies bring us
to the immortal Kingdom”. The king was sometimes compared to God the Father and
the bishop – to Christ (in fact, the bishop is often called “Christ” in
Anglo-Saxon legislation).[505]
He was the shepherd and father of his people and would have to answer for their
well-being at the Last Judgement. Regicide and usurpation were the greatest of
crimes; for, as Abbot Aelfric wrote in a Palm Sunday sermon, “no man may make
himself a king, for the people have the option to choose him for king who is
agreeable to them; but after that he has been hallowed as king, he has power
over the people, and they may not shake his yoke from their necks.” And so, as
Archbishop Wulfstan of York wrote in his Institutes
of Christian Polity, “through what shall peace and support come to God’s
servants and to God’s poor, save through Christ, and through a Christian king.”[506]
Nor was the king’s authority confined to
the purely secular sphere. Thus “in England,” writes Barlow, “just as the king
referred to his earls and thegns, so he addressed his archbishops, bishops and
abbots. The prelates were his men, his servants; their churches and estates
were in his gift and under his protection and control. He could even grant the
rank of bishops without the office or benefice. It was he who decided under
what rule his monasteries should live, what saints should be recognized, what
festivals observed.”[507]
And yet the relationship between Church
and State in England was one of “symphony” in the Byzantine sense, not of
caesaropapism; for the kings, as well as being in general exceptionally pious,
did nothing without consulting their bishops and other members of the witan
or assembly – who were not afraid to disagree with the king, or remind him of
his obligations.[508]
Thus, as Frank Barlow goes on, “a true theocratic government was created, yet
one, despite the common charge of confusion [between spiritual and political
functions] against the Anglo-Saxon Church, remarkably free of confusion in theory.
The duality of the two spheres was emphatically proclaimed. There were God’s
rights and the king’s rights, Christ’s laws and the laws of the world. There
was an independent ecclesiastical jurisdiction under the control of the bishop,
but there was also the helping hand of the secular power which the church had
invoked and which it could use at its discretion.”[509]
Just as the English
autocracy arose out of the successful struggle with the Vikings, so the German
autocracy arose out of the successful struggle with the Magyars. King Alfred
the Great’s victory at Ethandune in 878 laid the foundations for the
All-English kingdom that eventually encompassed three nations: the
Anglo-Saxons, the Danes in the East and the Celts in the West. In the same way,
King Otto the Great’s victory at Lech in 955 laid the foundations for the
Salian monarchy, which, while not quite as extensive as the Carolingian empire
at its height, lasted much longer. However, Germany proved more difficult to weld
into a single whole than England: it was only after a series of civil wars that
Otto won the submission of the duchies of Lotharingia, Swabia, Bavaria and
Franconia in addition to his native Saxony. And this even after he had been
formally elected by “the whole people” of the Saxons and the Franks, and had
been anointed to the kingdom in a double ceremony in Charlemagne’s
palace-chapel at Aachen.
After defeating the rebellious princes,
Otto decided to remove the native ducal dynasties and distribute their lands to
his relatives. But rebellions continued, so he resorted to a bold and fateful
experiment: government, not through secular officials, dukes or counts, but
through bishops and abbots. Thus Otto put Lotharingia, as Davis writes, “in
charge of his young brother Bruno, who was a cleric and Archbishop of Cologne.
The combination of an archbishopric and a duchy did not seem in any way
incongruous to him, for he did not consider that there was any essential
division between ‘Church’ and ‘State’; they were merely different aspects of
the same society.”[510]
As he wrote to Bruno, “you have both priestly religion and royal strength”.[511]
This failure to see any essential division between Church and State was a
consequence of the feudal Weltanschauung.
The system
of government through bishops had the advantage, from the king’s point of view,
that he could appoint the bishops, who, since they could not marry, could not
found hereditary dynasties that might challenge his power at a later date.
Moreover, he founded imperial churches or abbeys with vast swathes of land to
which he granted “immunity” from interference from the local dukes and counts.
These abbots then became in effect the local judges and tax-collectors.
Although
the Ottonian system of government through the clergy was clearly caesaropapist
in essence, it was not opposed, as we have seen, by the papacy. However, it had
the weakness from the king’s point of view that while the bishops and abbots
could be appointed by him, they could be dismissed only by the Pope. Moreover,
only the Pope could create new bishoprics or ecclesiastical provinces. In the
case of conflict with a bishop, therefore, - and such a conflict took place
between Otto and Archbishop Frederick of Mainz, the Primate of Germany - the
king would need the help of the Pope in order to impose his will.
Otto hoped
that the Pope could be persuaded to grant more “stavropegial” grants to abbeys
– that is, make them directly subject to the Pope and therefore “immune” from
local episcopal control. “What he wanted,” writes Davis, “and eventually got,
was papal exemptions for abbeys such as Hersfeld, Quedlinburg, and Gernrode,
which were to be the perfect examples of the Ottonian System. Their ‘royal
immunities’ would exclude the power of counts and dukes, and their papal
exemptions that of bishops and archbishops. In them the abbot would preside
over all things; and over the abbot would stand the king.”[512]
Turning to
Rome now: the first half of the tenth century was probably the period of the
deepest degradation in the eternal city’s pre-schism history - the so-called
“pornocracy” of Marozia, an evil woman who with her mother Theodora made,
unmade, lived with and begat a series of popes. However, in 932 Marozia’s
second son Alberic, marquis of Spoleto, imprisoned his mother, took over the
government of Rome and gave it a short period of peace and relative
respectability. But in 955 Alberic died and his son Octavian became Pope John
XII at the age of sixteen.
“Even for a
pope of that period,” writes De Rosa, “he was so bad that the citizens were out
for his blood. He had invented sins, they said, not known since the beginning
of the world, including sleeping with his mother. He ran a harem in the Lateran
Palace. He gambled with pilgrims’ offerings. He kept a stud of two thousand
horses which he fed on almonds and figs steeped in wine. He rewarded the
companions of his nights of love with golden chalices from St. Peter’s. He did
nothing for the most profitable tourist trade of the day, namely, pilgrimages.
Women in particular were warned not to enter St. John Lateran if they prized
their honour; the pope was always on the prowl. In front of the high altar of
the mother church of Christendom, he even toasted the Devil…”[513]
Retribution
was coming however. Berengar, king of Lombardy in northern Italy, advanced on
Rome, and the pope in desperation appealed to Berengar’s feudal lord, Otto of
Germany. This was Otto’s opportunity to seize that imperial crown, which would
give him complete dominance over his rivals. He marched into Italy, drove out
Berengar and was crowned Emperor by John on February 2, 962.
However,
when Otto demanded that the inhabitants of the Papal states should swear an
oath of allegiance to him, Otto, and not to the pope, thereby treating the
Papal states as one of his dependencies, the Pope took fright, transferred his
support to Berengar and called on both the Hungarians and the Byzantines to
help drive Otto out of Italy. But Otto saw this as treachery on the part of the
pope; he summoned a synod in Rome, deposed John, and placed Leo VIII in his
place. Then he inserted a clause into his agreement with Leo whereby in future
no pope was to be consecrated without taking an oath of loyalty to the Emperor.
Although Otto was crowned in Rome, he did
not call himself “Emperor of the Romans”, but preferred simply “emperor”.[514]
This was probably because he did not wish to enter into a competition with the
Byzantine emperor. It may also have been because he had little admiration for
Old Rome,[515] just as Old Rome had little time
for him. Indeed, it is from this time that the struggle between the
Franco-German and Greco-Roman parties for control of the papacy began, a
struggle which ended in the middle of the eleventh century with the final
victory of the Franco-German party – and the fall of Orthodoxy. Thus Lampryllos
writes: “The people of Rome preferred to govern themselves, under a republican
form of government, with a consul as their supreme magistrate, under the
nominal protectorate of the Greco-Roman emperors of Constantinople, rather than
support the temporal domination of their bishops, who had often been imposed on
them by the Teutonic emperors and kept there by force. For one should note that
in general, before the pontificate of Gregory VII, the party of the Popes in
Rome was usually the same as the imperialist party (with the emperors of the
West, of barbaric origin), and that, by contrast, the popular party sympathised
with the Greco-Roman empire of the East. Those of the popes who were supported
by the Teutons also laid claim to temporal power, either as receivers, or as
vicars of the emperors of the West, while the others restricted themselves to
spiritual power alone…. Voltaire, in his Essay on history and customs (chapter 36) made the observation
that the imprudence of Pope John XII in having called the Germans to Rome was
the source of all the calamities to which Rome and Italy were subject down the
centuries…”[516]
Be that as it may, Otto
seems to have impressed the Byzantines sufficiently to obtain their recognition
of his imperial title (which, as we have seen, did not contain the word
“Roman”), and to persuade them to send Princess Theophano to be the bride of
his son, Otto II. The marriage was celebrated in Rome in 972. Theophano then
introduced another Byzantine, John Philagathos, as godfather of her son, Otto
III. He later became head of the royal finances and finally - Pope (or
antipope) John XV. This led to a sharp increase in Byzantine influence in
the western empire,[517] and the temporary eclipse of the
new papist theory of Church-State relations.
Thus in an
ivory bas-relief Christ is shown crowning Otto II and Theophano – an
authentically Byzantine tenth-century motif. “The image,” as Jean-Paul Allard
writes, “was more eloquent than any theological treatise. It illustrated a
principle that the papacy and the Roman Church have never accepted, but which
was taken for granted in Byzantium and is still held in Orthodoxy today: Christ
and Christ alone crowns the sovereigns; power comes only from God, without the
intercession of an institutional representative of the Church, be he patriarch
or pope. The anointing and crowning of the sovereign do not create the
legitimacy of his power; but have as their sole aim the manifestation of [this
legitimacy] in the eyes of the people.”[518]
“Sole aim” is an exaggeration: anointing
and crowning also sanctify the sovereign, giving him the
Divine grace without which he cannot fulfil his duties in a manner pleasing to
God. Moreover, there is a difference in legitimacy between the God-chosen
Orthodox sovereign and any other ruler, a difference that is expressed by the
Latin terms legalis and legitimus.[519]
Nevertheless, the main point stands: legitimate political power comes directly
from God.
In 991 Princess Theophano died and the
young Otto III became Emperor under the regency of his grandmother Adelaide. He
“dreamed of reuniting the two empires [of East and West] into one one day, so
as to restore universal peace – a new imperial peace comparable to that of
Augustus, a Roman Empire which would embrace once more the orbis terrarum
before the end of the world that was announced for the year 1000.”[520]
To signify that the Renovatio Imperii Romani (originally a Carolingian
idea) had truly begun, he moved his court from Aachen to Rome, and began
negotiations with the Byzantine Emperor for the hand of a daughter or niece of
the basileus that would enable him to unite the two empires in a
peaceful, matrimonial way. And, imitating the Byzantine concept of a family of
kings under the Emperor, he handed out crowns to King Stephen of Hungary and
the Polish Duke Boleslav.
The plan for union with Byzantium was
foiled; but Byzantine influence continued to increase.[521]
Moreover, it spread outwards from the court into the episcopate. Thus Gerbert
of Aurillac, who became the first French pope in 999, took the name Sylvester
II, reviving memories, in those brought up on the forged Donation, of the symphonic relationship between St. Constantine and
Pope Sylvester I.[522]
Indeed, the ideal described a little later
by Peter Damian looked close to being fulfilled: “The heads of the world
shall live in union of perfect charity, and shall prevent all discord among
their lower members. These institutions, which are two for men, but one for
God, shall be enflamed by the divine mysteries; the two persons who represent
them shall be so closely united by the grace of mutual charity, that it will be
possible to find the king in the Roman pontiff, and the Roman pontiff in the
king.”
The new Pope, breaking sharply with recent
tradition, emphasised that while the Renovatio embraced both Empire and
Church, it had to be led by the Emperor.[523]
Again, it was Sylvester who, in 1001, inspired Otto to issue an act
demonstrating that the Donation of
Constantine was a forgery.[524]
Another striking characteristic of this very unpapist Pope was his declaration
that there could be no question of the Pope being above the judgement of his
fellow-bishops. Thus he wrote in 997: “The judgement of God is higher than that
of Rome… When Pope Marcellinus offered incense to Jupiter [in 303], did all the
other bishops have to do likewise? If the bishop of Rome himself sins against
his brother or refuses to heed the repeated warnings of the Church, he, the
bishop of Rome himself, must according to the commandments of God be treated as
a pagan and a publican; for the greater the dignity, the greater the fall. If
he declares us unworthy of his communion because none of us will join him
against the Gospel, he will not be able to separate us from the communion of
Christ."[525]
Thus by the year 1000 there was little
trace of papism in the west: it was the Byzantine ideal of “symphonic”
Church-State relations that had triumphed in the west’s most powerful
monarchies.
A recent survey of the world in the year
1000[526]
gives rise to the thought: just as the year 2000 has witnessed the apex of
democratism in political thought, so the year 1000 witnessed the apex of its
opposite, monarchism. The monarchical regimes that dominated the ancient world
were of two main kinds: autocracy, based on the symphony between Church and State, and despotism, based on the fusion between Church (or ruling
religion) and State. In the year 1000 autocracy ruled throughout Europe from
the Ireland of Brian Boru to the Georgia of Bagrat III, with the exception only
of some pagan parts of the north Baltic and Scandinavian region and the Islamic
half of the Iberian peninsula. The whole of this vast area was Orthodox
Christian in faith – the year 1000 represented the peak of the influence both
of autocracy and of Orthodoxy in world history so far.[527]
Despotism, meanwhile, ruled throughout Asia and Northern Africa, including the
Islamic lands from Morocco to northern India, and the Hindu-Buddhist-Confucian
lands from southern India to China and Japan. [528]
This fairly sharp contrast between
Orthodox and Autocratic Europe, on the one hand, and pagan and despotic Asia
and North Africa, on the other, confirms the thesis that there is a more than
coincidental correlation between Orthodoxy and Autocracy, on the one hand, and
paganism and despotism, on the other. Orthodoxy flourishes under authoritarian
political rule, but does not allow that rule to subsume the authority of the
Church, which sanctifies and supports the king while remaining independent of
him. Pagan rulers, on the other hand, almost always ascribe divine, or at least
priestly, honours to themselves. Thus the Japanese emperors traced their
ancestry back to the sun goddess[529],
while the Khmer rulers of Cambodia in this period were “the embodiment of
Shiva, spirit of the ancestors and the earth and the fount of fertility.”[530]
Even the Fatimid Islamic ruler Al-Hakim accepted that he was the godhead.[531]
In all the Orthodox lands we find strong
kings allied to independent Churches. These included not only the
well-established empires of New Rome in the East and the German-Italian Holy
Roman Empire in the West, but also such newly-established kingdoms as Norway
(Olaf Trygvasson), Sweden (Olaf Skotkunning), Poland (Boleslav the Brave),
Hungary (Stephen the Great) and Russia (Vladimir the Great). Despotism in the
strict sense is nowhere to be found. Only in Iceland and France do we find
different kinds of political authority. Iceland’s Althing, or parliament,
preserved a form of pre-liberal democratism[532],
while France was already breaking down into feudalism, which became the
dominant form of political authority throughout Western Europe in the late
medieval period.
Characteristic of all these European and
Asian monarchies – Christian, Islamic and pagan – was an intense religiosity.
The modern idea that religion should be separated from the State would have
been incomprehensible to almost any dweller on the earth in the year 1000. Thus
the Korean scholar Ch’oe Sung-no wrote:
Is
the basis for the cultivation of the self;
Carrying out the teachings of Confucius
Is
the source for regulating the state.[533]
The
religiosity of these monarchies was not incompatible with striking artistic,
technical and economic achievements. Thus the great cities of Constantinople,
Cordoba, Baghdad and Bukhara were at their peak at this time, as was the Sung
empire in China. But the most important corollary of the monarchism of Europe
and Asia in the year 1000 was the belief it incarnated that, as Man writes of
Sung China, “state and society, administration and education, could be united,
and take civilization forward to a new level”.[534]
The major
tendency of modern democratic civilization has been the opposite: the belief
that state and society must be disjoined. Of course, one cannot deny that the
conjoining of state and society can be to an evil end; and some of the states
of this period, such as Al-Mansur’s in Spain or Al-Hakim’s in Egypt, were
aggressively antichristian. But it is no less unreasonable to suppose that
state and society cannot in any circumstances be conjoined
for the good. Certainly, the Christian monarchies of the period compare very
favourably, from a Christian point of view, with the disjointed, thoroughly
secularised democracies of today.
The unity enjoyed by these monarchical
societies, the children of New Rome, gave each citizen a purpose in life higher
than his own narrowly personal interests. This purpose, in such a religious
age, could only be religious. That is why changes of regime which did not
involve changes of religion – as when the Muslim Turks took control of Bukhara
from the Muslim Samanids in 999 – caused less upheaval than might have been
expected. Correspondingly, the most savage wars of the time – as between the
Muslims and Hindus in northern India, or between the Muslims and Christians in
the Iberian peninsula – were invariably religious.
The scourge of modern states, ethnic
rivalry, was less of a problem in an age that took multi-ethnic empires like
the Roman and Muslim for granted. Much more problematic was the idea of religious pluralism, because it
threatened society’s unity of purpose. Hence the anti-Jewish pogroms in the
Rhineland in 1002 – it was not the different nationality of the Jews that exacerbated the German Christians so
much as the clear contradictions in faith and life between the Jews and the
Christians. Hence also the tendency of nations, when they did change religion,
to convert en masse. The most important and striking example is the
conversion of the vast territory of Russia from paganism to Orthodoxy under St.
Vladimir. Some western historians, puzzled by the speed of the process in
Russia and noting one or two violent incidents, have come to the conclusion
that it was all the result of coercion. But they fail to take into account, not
only the grace of God, but also the cohesiveness of tribal societies, and
therefore the unanimity or near-unanimity of their decision-making, and the
genuine respect and awe in which the views of the tribal leader or king were
held, which naturally to their decisions being accepted as God-inspired. Thus the Kievans reasoned, as the Chronicler records: “If it had not been
good, then our prince and boyars would not have accepted it”. And even democratic Iceland converted from
paganism to Christianity at this time with scarcely any opposition once the
opinion of one wise man, the Lawgiver Thorgeir, became known.[535]
And so these societies combined two
characteristics which, from the modern point of view, cannot be combined: the
“collectivist” belief that men can and should freely choose its supreme end
together, as one, and the “individualist” belief that the supreme end can be
revealed to one particular man. For if
wisdom comes from God, "it is much more natural to suppose," as
Trostnikov says, "that divine enlightenment will descend upon the chosen
soul of an Anointed One of God, as opposed to a million souls at once".[536]
Scripture does not say vox populi
- vox Dei, but: "The heart of the king is in the hand of the Lord; he
turns it wherever He will" (Proverbs 21.1).
(1000
TO 1453)
5.
THE RESURRECTION OF OLD ROME
It is new and unheard-of throughout the
centuries
That the popes should wish… to change the
Lord’s anointed
By popular vote as often as they choose,
As though kings were village-bailiffs.
Wenrich of Trier, Epistola Hilthebrando
papae (1081).
The Western Church distorted the image of
Christ,
Changing herself from a Church into a Roman
State,
And again incarnating the State in the form
of the Papacy.
Fyodor Dostoyevsky, The Diary of a Writer
(August, 1880).
From the late eleventh century Western Europe began to recover its
strength politically and economically, making the first steps on that path to
world dominance that it and its American offshoots so spectacularly enjoy
today. However, this political and economic ascent was accompanied and
conditioned by a catastrophic spiritual fall: the loss of the West’s unity with
the One, Holy, Catholic and Apostolic Church and the religio-political
civilisation of Orthodox Christian Romanity. This fall was accomplished in the
historical capital of the West, Old Rome, in the year 1054, when the
Patriarchate of Old Rome fell under the anathema of the Great Church of
Constantinople. Simultaneously it was announced in the heavens, as Chinese astronomers
of the time noted, by the collapse of the Crab nebula. Thus the great star that
had been Western Christianity now became a black hole, sucking in a wider and
wider number of peoples and civilisations into its murky depths.
Papism encompasses many heresies; but in its political aspect it is the
theory that the Pope is to the Church and Christian society as a whole what the
head is to the body – the unimpeachable Sovereign. This theory was not
expressed in a fully explicit manner until the eleventh century. Before then we
have an accumulation of grandiloquent epithets, which were seen simply as
rhetorical devices by the majority. That they were not taken literally is
evident from the fact that some Popes were condemned as heretics – for example,
the Monothelite Pope Honorius I was anathematised by the Sixth Ecumenical
Council, and this anathematisation was confirmed by later Popes. Moreover,
towards the end of the sixth century Pope Gregory I forcefully rejected the
title “universal bishop”: “Anyone who dares to call himself ‘universal bishop’
is a forerunner of the Antichrist”.[537]
Until about 600, the development of Papism was inhibited, as we have
seen, by the fact that the Popes were subjects of the Byzantine Emperors, whose
basic view of Church-State relations they shared, and whose confirmation they
still required before they could be consecrated. In the seventh and eighth
centuries, however, both the political and ecclesiastical bonds between the
Popes and the Emperors became weaker as Byzantine power in Italy weakened and
the Byzantine emperors fell into the heresies of Monothelitism and Iconoclasm.
The weakening of bonds with Byzantium was accompanied by a strengthening
of bonds with the new Carolingian empire in the north. This relationship was
reinforced by the Pope’s double anointing of the first Carolingian, Pepin, the
crowning of Charlemagne in Rome and the double anointing of his son, Louis the
Pious, in 814. At the same time, the Frankish bishops, using the forged Pseudo-Isidorean Decretals, began to
stress the theme of papal primacy and the independence of the clergy from all
lay control. In the middle of the century, another forgery, the famous Donation of Constantine, made its
appearance. This alleged that Constantine the Great had given his imperial
throne to Pope Sylvester and his successors because “it is not right that an
earthly emperor should have power in a place where the government of priests
and the head of the Christian religion has been established by the heavenly
Emperor”; and for this reason had moved his capital to the New Rome of
Constantinople. “And we ordain and decree that he [the Roman pontiff] shall
have rule as well over the four principal sees, Antioch, Alexandria, Constantinople,
and Jerusalem, as also over the Churches of God in all the world. And the
pontiff who for the time being shall preside over the most holy Roman Church
shall be the highest and chief of all priests in the whole world, and according
to his decision shall all matters be settled.”[538]
Now Romanides has argued that the purpose of this forgery was to prevent
the Franks from establishing their capital in Rome. This may well be so; but in
the longer term its significance was much wider than the conflict between Rome
and Francia in that it represented a quite new theory of the relationship
between the secular and the ecclesiastical powers. For contrary to the doctrine
of the “symphony” of the two powers which prevailed in the East and the
Byzantine West, the theory encapsulated in the “Donation” essentially asserted
that the head of the Church had a higher authority, even in purely
jurisdictional matters, than the head of the Empire (whether Eastern or
Western); so that the Emperor could only exert his authority as a kind of
vassal of the Pope – or move his dominion to another place. [539]
However, after the anathematisation of the Filioque by the
Council of Constantinople in 879-80, which was signed by the legates of Pope
John VIII, the papacy went into a steep moral decline just as Byzantium reached
its apogee. This severely damaged its prestige in the West as well as in the
East. Thus in 991 a Council of French and English bishops at Rouen even
wondered whether the pope of the time was not the Antichrist, or at any rate
his forerunner! For a short period, as we have seen, it looked as if
Byzantinism might triumph in the West under the leadership of the German
Emperor Otto III and Pope Sylvester II. “But the Romans,” writes Chamberlin,
“rose against [Otto], drove him and his pope out of the city, and reverted to
murderous anarchy. He died outside the city in January 1002, not quite
twenty-two years of age. Sylvester survived his brilliant but erratic
protégé by barely sixteen months. His epitaph summed up the
sorrow that afflicted all thoughtful men at the ending of a splendid vision:
‘The world, on the brink of triumph, in peace now departed, grew contorted in
grief and the reeling Church forgot her rest.”
“The failure of Otto III and Sylvester marked the effective end of the
medieval dream of a single state in which an emperor ruled over the bodies of
all Christian men, and a pope over their souls.”[540]
After this the “symphonic” harmony between Church and State at the
highest level of western society began to break down. Like a spinning top that,
as it slows down, begins to lurch more and more sharply from one side to the
other, so the balance of power shifted first to the Emperor and then to the
Pope. Or rather, it shifted first to the Emperor, who wished to place his
Franco-German candidate on the papal throne, and then to the Orthodox populace
of Rome, who stood for a canonically correct election of a Graeco-Roman Pope,
who would preserve the Orthodox confession of faith (without the Frankish Filioque
in the Creed) and the communion of the papacy with the Eastern Church and
Empire.
“Suddenly,” as Papadakis puts it, “the papacy was turned into a sort of
imperial Eigenkirche or vicarage of the German crown. The pope was to be the
instrument and even the pawn of the Germans, as opposed to the Romans.”[541]
This took place in 1009, when, as Patric Ranson and Laurent Motte write,
“the situation was reversed in a definitive fashion. The last Roman Orthodox
Pope, John XVIII, was chased away and a Germanic Pope usurped the Orthodox
patriarchate of Rome: Sergius IV, an adulterer-bishop of Rome who, on ascending
the episcopal throne, wrote to the four other patriarchs a letter of communion
which confirmed the doctrine of the double procession [of the Holy Spirit from
both the Father and the Son – the Filioque heresy] and immediately
provoked a break. The four Orthodox patriarchs then broke communion with the
pope. Some years later [in 1014], Benedict VIII, who was close to the emperor
of Germany Henry II, had the Filioque inserted into the Creed.”[542]
Lampryllos writes: “After the death of this pope, who was… the nephew of
the Emperor Henry, another of his nephews, and brother of the last pope, was
elevated by the imperialist party to the pontificate under the name of John XIX
in 1024. Simple layman though he was, he ascended through all the degrees of
the hierarchy in six days. He held the pontificate for nine years, but finally
the national party, impatient with the excesses of his behaviour, expelled him
from Rome. However, the Emperor Conrad II came down with an army into Italy and
restored him; he died in the same year, and another Teuton, the nephew also of
the Emperor Conrad, succeeded him under the name of Benedict IX. Henry III,
then his son Henry IV, contined to get involved in successive elections of the
popes, tipping the scales in favour of their candidates; almost until 1061 the
popes were their creatures: they were those who go down in history under the
name of the German Popes.”[543]
According to Sir Steven Runciman, the Roman
addition of the Filioque was hateful to the Greeks for purely political
reasons, since it represented the triumph of German influence in
Rome.[544] However,
the purely theological zeal of the Byzantines must not be underestimated, and some date the beginning of the
Great Schism between the Eastern and Western Churches precisely to this period.
In any case, it was certainly the German emperors who imposed the heretical
Filioque, and their own German candidates to the papacy, on a basically
unwilling Roman populace. So German caesaropapism can be said to have been the
cause of the first stage in the schism between East and West. The next stage,
which would lead, not only to a break in communion, but to the mutual anathematisation
of the two sides, would be the result, not of German caesaropapism, but of
German papocaesarism…
The transformation of German
caesaropapism into German papocaesarism and the transformation of the papacy
into a despotic secular state, was the work of one of the greatest “spiritual”
despots in history, Pope Gregory VII, better known as Hildebrand…
Before becoming pope himself, Hildebrand had been an adviser to Pope Leo
IX, who as bishop of Toul in Lorraine had come under the influence of a network
of monasteries under the leadership of the great Burgundian abbey of Cluny,
founded by Duke William the Pious of Aquitaine in 910. The Cluniac monasteries
were not Eigenkirchen, but “stavropegial” foundations independent of the
control of any feudal lord. As such, they had assumed the leadership of a
powerful reform movement directed against the corruptions introduced into the
Church by the feudal system, and had had considerable success in this respect.[545] They stressed papal authority,
clerical celibacy and ecclesiastical centralisation.
Leo IX introduced the principles of the Cluniac movement into the
government of the Church at the highest level – but with results that went far
beyond the original purposes of the movement, and which were finally to tear
the whole of the West away from New Rome and the Byzantine commonwealth of
nations.
“From the outset,” writes Papadakis, “the new pope was determined to
make the papacy an instrument of spiritual and moral rejuvenation both in Rome
itself and throughout Europe. To this end Pope Leo journeyed to central and
south Italy, but also to France and Germany, crossing the Alps three times.
Nearly four and a half years of his five year pontificate were in fact spent on
trips outside Rome. The numerous regional reforming synods held during these
lengthy sojourns often had as their target the traffic in ecclesiastical
offices and unchaste clergy. Their object above all was to rid the Church of
these abused by restoring canonical discipline. The need to reassert both the
validity and binding power of canon law for all clergy was repeatedly
emphasized. In addition to the decrees against simony and sexual laxity
promulgated by these local synods, however, simoniacal and concubinary clergy
were examined and, when required, suspended, deposed and, even excommunicated.
The object, in short, was to punish the offenders as well. Even if the synods
were not always successful, no one was in doubt that Leo IX and his team of
like-minded assistants were serious. The immediate impact of this flurry of
activity was often extraordinary…
“Overall, the progress of the new papal program was not all smooth
sailing. Widespread protest, often accompanied by violent protest, was to
continue for decades. Yet, all in all, by the end of the century the popular
defenders of simony, of clerical marriage, and of the evils of the proprietary
church had by and large vanished. The champions of reform at any rate proved
more unyielding than their often more numerous adversaries. This was
particularly evident in the skilful drive of the reformers to make celibacy an
absolute prerequisite to ordination. This part of the Gregorian platform was
reinforced by the monastic ideal, since many of the reformers were actually
monks and had already embraced a continent life. Some, like the ascetic Peter
Damian, cardinal-bishop of Ostia, were even eager to treat the problem as
heresy and not as a matter of discipline. But the reformers were perhaps also
uncompromising on this issue because they were convinced that compulsory
clerical continence could advance the process of de-laicization – another more
general item of their platform. A monasticized priesthood, quite simply, was
viewed by reformers everywhere as a crucial corrective to clerical involvement
in the world. If successful, the strategy, it was hoped, would provide the
clergy with that sense of solidarity and corporate identity needed to
distinguish them from the laity. In all essential respects, as one scholar has
put it, the reforming initiatives of the popes were ‘an attempt by men trained
in the monastic discipline to remodel Church and society according to monastic
ideals… to train churchmen to rethink themselves as a distinct ‘order’ with a
life-style totally different from that of laymen.’ Behind the campaign for
celibacy, in sum, aside from the moral and canonical issues involved, was the
desire to set all churchmen apart from and above the laity; the need to create
a spiritual elite by the separation of the priest from the ordinary layman was
an urgent priority. Doubtless, in the end, the Gregorian priesthood did achieve
a certain libertas and even a sense of community, but only at the expense of a
sharp opposition between itself and the rest of society.
“By contrast, in the Christian East, as in primitive Christianity, a
wholly celibate priesthood never became the norm…”[546]
It sometimes happens that one important historical process going in one
direction masks the presence of another going in precisely the opposite
direction. The process of ecclesiastical reformation initiated by Pope Leo IX
in 1049, which aimed at the liberation of the Church from secular control, was
- with the exception of the element of clerical celibacy – a laudable and necessary
programme. But the increasing distance it placed between the clergy and the
laity was fraught with danger. In particular, it threatened to undermine the
traditional place in Christian society of the
anointed kings, who occupied an intermediate position between the clergy
and the laity. And in the hands of two ambitious clerics who entered the
service of the papacy at about this time, Cardinal Humbert of Silva Candida and
Archdeacon Hildebrand, it threatened simply to replace the caesaropapist variety
of feudalism with a papocaesarist variety – that is, the subjection of the
clergy to lay lords with the subjection of the laity, and even the kings, to
clerical lords – or rather, to just one clerical lord, the Pope.
For, as Ranson
and Mott write, “in many respects, in its structure the papacy is nothing other
than the religious form of feudalism…”[547]
The problem was that by the middle of the eleventh century Church and
State were so deeply entangled with each other that nobody, on either side of
the quarrel, could conceive of a return to the traditional system of the
symphony of powers, which allowed for the relative independence of both powers
within a single Christian society. Thus the Church wished to be liberated from
“lay investiture”; but she did not want to be deprived of the lands, vassals
and, therefore, political power, which came with investiture. Indeed, the last
act in the life of Pope Leo IX himself was his marching into battle at the head
of a papal army in 1053 (in alliance, ironically, with the Byzantines) in order
to secure his feudal domains in Benevento, which had been granted to him by his
kinsman, Emperor Henry III.
Contemporary western society was shocked; for, worldly and entangled in
secular affairs as bishops had become, it was still felt that war was not an
activity suited to a churchman. But that shock was as nothing compared to the
trauma caused in the 1070s and 1080s by Hildebrand’s creative interpretation of
the basic feudal relationship: all Christians, he said, were “the soldiers of
Christ” and “the vassals of St. Peter”, i.e. of the Pope, and the Pope had the
right to call on all the laity to break their feudal oaths and take up arms
against their lords, in obedience to himself, their ultimate feudal suzerain,
who would repay them, not with lands or physical security, but with the
absolution of sins and everlasting life! Thus freedom from lay control, on the
one hand, but control over the laity, and greater secular power, on the other:
that was the programme – both contradictory and hypocritical - of the
“reformed” papacy.
But before undertaking this assault on the
West, the papacy needed to secure its rear in the East. This was achieved by
picking a quarrel with the Eastern Church and sending Cardinal Humbert to
Constantinople to anathematize it. Late in 1053, Patriarch Michael Cerularius
had criticised certain liturgical practices of the Latins in a letter to Bishop
John of Trania, and had asked the latter to convey his views to Pope Leo IX.
The Pope replied: “You, beloved brother of ours, whom we still call in Christ
and primate of Constantinople, with extraordinary presumption and unheard-of
boldness have dared openly to condemn the apostolic and Latin Church – and for
what? For the fact that she celebrates the commemoration of the sufferings of
Christ on unleavened bread. That is your imprudent abuse, that is your unkind
boasting, when you, supposing that your lips are in heaven, in actual fact with
your tongue are crawling on the earth and striving by your human reasonings and
thoughts to corrupt and shake the ancient faith. If you do not pull yourself
together, you will be on the tail of the dragon [cf. Rev. 12], by which this
dragon overthrew and cast to the earth a third of the stars of heaven. Almost
120 years have passed since the Saviour suffered, and do you really think that
only now must the Roman Church learn from you how to celebrate the Eucharist,
as if it means nothing that here in Rome there lived, worked for a considerable
period, taught and, finally, by his death glorified God he to whom the Lord
said: ‘Blessed are thou, O Simon, son of Jonah’.”
“Then,” continues A.P. Lebedev, “the Pope explained in detail why the
Roman Church could not tolerate any instructions from other Churches, but
remained the leader of all the rest. ‘Think how senseless it would be to admit
that the heavenly Father should conceal the rite of the visible sacrifice [of
the Eucharist] from the prince of the apostles, Peter, to whom He had completely
revealed the most hidden Divinity of His Son. The Lord promised to Peter, not
through an angel, nor through a prophet, but with His own lips: ‘You are Peter,
and on this rock I will build My Church’ (Matthew 16.16). But in the
opinion of the Pope an important place in the question of the headship of the
Roman high priest was occupied by the miracle-working power of Peter’s shadow.
This argument of the Pope in his favour was so original that we cite it in
full. ‘In Peter,’ said the Pope, ‘what is particularly remarkable is that the
shadow of his body gave health to the infirm. Such power was given to none of
the saints; even the Holy of holies Himself did not give the gift of healing
from His own most holy body; but to His Peter alone He gave this privilege that
the shadow from his body should heal the sick. Here is a great sign of the
Church of the present and the future, that is, Peter has become the manager of
both Churches and indicates their condition beforehand in himself: it is
precisely the present Church which by the power of its visible sacraments and
those that are still to come as it were by her shadow heals souls on earth, and
presents to us an as yet invisible but firm image of truth and piety on earth.’
Or here is one more cunning papal interpretation of one saying with which the
Lord addressed Peter, and interpretation whose aim was to prove the
overwhelming significance of the Roman high priests among the other bishops of
the whole Church. The Pope takes the saying of the Lord: ‘I have prayed for
thee, O Peter, that thy faith should not fail, and when thou art converted
strengthen thy brethren’ (Luke 22.32).
“’By this the Lord showed,’ says the Pope, ‘that the faith of the other
brethren will be subject to dangers, but the faith of Peter will remain without
stumbling. Nobody can deny that just as the whole door is ruled by the hinge,
so by Peter and his successors is defined the order and structure of the whole
Church. And as the hinge opens and closes the door, while remaining itself unmoved,
so Peter and his successors have the right freely to pronounce sentence on
every Church, and nobody must disturb or shake their condition; for the highest
see is not judged by anybody (summa sedes a nemine judicatur).’”[548]
But the most interesting part of Leo’s pretensions was his claim to have
royal as well as priestly power. Thus he not only tried, as Dagron writes, “to
impose obedience [on the Eastern Church] by multiplying the expected scriptural
quotations… He also added that the
rebels of the East should content themselves with these witnesses ‘to the
simultaneously earthly and heavenly power, or rather, to the royal priesthood
of the Roman and apostolic see (de terreno et coelesti imperio, imo de
regali sacerdotio romanae et apostolicae sedis).”[549] Moreover, this “royal
priesthood” - which St. Peter (I Peter 1.1-2, 2.9-10) ascribes to the
whole people of God, - is now, for the first time, given the attribute of
infallibility: “If anywhere in the universe any people proudly disagrees with the
Roman Church, it can no longer be called or considered to be a Church – it is
already an assemblage of heretics, a conventicle of schismatics, a synagogue of
Satan”.[550]
“Of much greater importance and interest in the given letter,” continues
Lebedev, “are the very new papal ideas about his secular lordship, which are
developed by the Pope in his letter to Cerularius and which rely on a false
document – the so-called Donatio Constantini. Setting out his superior
position among the other hierarchs of the Church, the Pope, in order to
humiliate the Church of Constantinople – the aim of the letter – he develops
the thought that the Popes are immeasurably superior to the representatives of
all the other Churches since they are at one and the same time both first
priests and emperors. In the East, it would seem, nothing of the sort had ever
been heard; and for that reason it is understandable how such a novelty would
affect the Church of Constantinople!
“Since the time of Constantine the Great the Popes had become at the
same time emperors, insinuated Leo to Cerularius. The Pope wrote: ‘So that
there should remain no doubt about the earthly [secular] power of the Roman
high priest, and so that nobody should think that the Roman Church is ascribing
to herself an honour that does not belong to her, we shall cite the proofs of
from that privileged deed which the Emperor Constantine with his own hands laid
upon the holy tomb of the heavenly key-bearer [Peter], and that the truth
should be manifest and vanity disappear.’ In this privileged deed Constantine,
according to the words of the Pope, declared the following: ‘We have considered
it necessary, we together with all our rulers, the Senate, the nobles and the
people of Rome, that, just as St. Peter was the vicar of the Son of God on
earth, so the high priests, the heirs of the prince of the apostles, should
retain the power to rule – and to an even more complete extent than is given to
the earthly imperial dignity. That is, we are decreeing that reverent honour
should be accorded both to our earthly imperial might, and in exactly the same
way to the most holy Roman Church, and, so as more fully to exalt the see above
our own earthly throne, we ascribe to her a royal power, dignity and honour.
Moreover, we decree that the see of Peter should have the headship over the
four sees of Alexandria, Antioch, Jerusalem and Constantinople and also over
all the Church in the inhabited world; the high priest of this Roman see must
be considered for all time to be higher and more glorious than all the priest
of the whole world, and in relations to questions of Divine service and faith
his judgement should rule over all.’ Then Pope Leo describes what precisely
Constantine bestowed upon his contemporary, Pope Silvester, so as to exalt the
papal altar. In the opinion of the Pope, it turns out that Constantine bestowed
upon the Pope first of all the palace in Rome. The privileged deed, according
to the letter of Pope Leo, said the following about this: ‘We cede to the holy
apostles themselves, the most blessed Peter and Paul, and through them to our
father Pope Silvester and all his successors who will be on the see of St.
Peter to the end of the ages the Lateran palace, which is superior to all the
palaces in the world.’ Then the Emperor Constantine adorns, as the Pope puts
it, the person of the Roman high priest with royal regalia. The deed, according
to the words of Pope Leo, said this about that: ‘We transfer to the Pope of
Rome the diadem, that is the crown, from our own head, the garland that adorns
the imperial neck, the purple chlamys, the scarlet tunic and all the other
royal vestments. We entrust to him the imperial sceptre and all the other marks
of distinction and the shoulder-belt – in a word, all the appurtenances of
royal majesty.’ The letter even informs us that the Emperor with his own hands
want to place his crown on the Pope’s head, but ‘the Pope did not want to use a
crown of gold, and for that reason the Emperor placed on him with his own hands
his Phrygian wreath (phrygium), shining white and signifying the Resurrection
of Christ.’ In the words of Pope Leo, the Emperor Constantine, having adorned
the Pope with royal regalia, in correspondence with this wanted to put the
clergy who constituted his suite on a level with the royal courtiers. The deed,
in the words of the letter, made the following legal ruling: ‘We raise the most
honourable clergy of every rank in the service of the Roman Church to the same
height of power and brilliance as our Senate, and decree that they should be
adorned as our patricians and consuls are adorned. In a word, just as there are
various kinds of servants attached to the imperial dignity – bed-makers,
doormen and guards, so must it be with the holy Roman Church. And more than
that: for the sake of the greater brilliance of the papal dignity let the
clergy travel on horses adorned with the whitest of materials, and let them
wear exactly the same shoes as are worn by the senators. And in this way let
the heavenly [papa] power be adorned like the earthly [imperial], to the glory
of God.’ In his concern for the person of the Pope and those close to him,
according to the words of the Pope’s letter, Constantine bestowed on Silvester
and his heirs a broad, de facto royal power over a whole half of the Roman
kingdom: the Roman high priest became the Roman emperor. In the words of the
Pope, the deed said the following on this score: ‘So that the high priestly
power should not decline, but should flourish more than the imperial power
itself, we have decreed that besides the Lateran palace, the city of Rome, the
provinces of Italy and all the western lands, and all the places and cities in
them, should be transferred to our father Silvester, so that he should have
complete use of and dominion over them.”[551]
An embassy led by Cardinal Humbert was sent to Constantinople with
similarly overweening letters to the Emperor and Patriarch. Thus to the
Patriarch the Pope wrote: “We believe and firmly confess the following: the
Roman Church is such that if any nation (Church) on earth should in its pride
be in disagreement with her in anything, then such a Church ceases to be called
and to be considered a Church – it is nothing. It will already be a conventicle
of heretics, a collection of schismatics, a synagogue of Satan.”[552]
When the Patriarch and Emperor refused to enter into negotiations with
the legates of the Pope, the latter, on July 16, 1054 anathematized the Church
of Constantinople, accusing her of every possible heresy. The decree was laid on
the altar of Hagia Sophia during a service. Four days later, on July 20,
Patriarch Michael convened a Council which anathematised the legates and those
attached to them. The other Eastern Churches were informed of the decision, and
accepted it. This date has conventionally been taken as the severing of the
branch, the moment when the Western Church finally fell away from the One,
Holy, Catholic and Apostolic Church; and although many have doubted that it was
the real cut-off point (it has, for example, been pointed out that a Byzantine
council of 1089 acted as if the schism of 1054 had not taken place[553]), the balance of evidence
remains in favour of it.[554]
In 1059 a quasi-royal coronation
was introduced into the rite of the inauguration of the new Pope, Nicholas II.
Then he decreed that the Popes should be elected by the cardinal-bishops alone,
without the participation of the people.
“The role of the Roman clergy and people,” writes Canning, “was reduced
to one of mere assent to the choice. The historical participation of the
emperor was by-passed with the formula ‘saving the honour and reverence due to
our beloved son Henry [IV] who is for the present regarded as king and who, it
is hoped, is going to be emperor with God’s grace, inasmuch as we have now
conceded this to him and to his successors who shall personally obtain this
right from the apostolic see’.”[555] Sixty years before, Otto III had
bombastically claimed that he had “ordained and created” the Pope.[556] Now the wheel had come round
full circle: the emperors were emperors only by virtue of receiving this right
from the Pope.
Four months later, the new Pope made a hardly less momentous decision:
he entered into alliance at Melfi with the Normans of South Italy, the same
nation whom the Leo IX had been fighting at his death, and whom he had cursed
on his deathbed. The alliance was momentous because up to this moment the Popes
had always turned for protection to the Christian Roman Emperor, whether of
East Rome or of the “Holy Roman Empire” of the West. Indeed, the Pope had
insisted on crowning the “Holy Roman Emperor” precisely because he was the
papacy’s official guardian. For it was unheard of that the Church of Rome
should recognise as her official guardian any other power than the Roman Emperor,
from whom, according to the forged Donation
of Constantine, she had herself received her quasi-imperial dignity and
power. But just as, in the middle of the eighth century, the Papacy had
rejected the Byzantines in favour of the Franks, so now it rejected the Germans
in favour of the Normans, a recently formed nation of Viking origin but French
speech and culture who had recently seized a large swathe of land of Lombard
and Byzantine land in Southern Italy. The Pope now legitimised this robbery in exchange
for the Norman leaders Richard of Capua and Robert Guiscard becoming his feudal
vassals and swearing to support the Papacy. In addition, Robert Guiscard
specifically promised: “If you or your successors die before me, I will help to
enforce the dominant wishes of the Cardinals and of the Roman clergy and laity
in order that a pope may be chosen and established to the honour of St. Peter.”[557]
Guiscard was as good as his word. “Thus after 1059 the Norman conquests
were made progressively to subserve the restoration of the Latin rite and the
extension of papal jurisdiction in southern Italy"[558] - at the expense both of the
Byzantines and of the German Emperor, Henry IV, who was at that time still a
child and therefore unable to react to the assault on his position.
Even before this, the Papacy had begun to forge close bonds with the
Normans in their homeland in Northern France, whence the papal assault on that
other fortress of old-style Orthodox Autocracy, England, would soon be
launched.
Thus in 1055, the year after Duke William of
Normandy seized effective control of his duchy by defeating a coalition led by
his lord, King Henry I of France, the old-fashioned (that is, Orthodox)
Archbishop Mauger was deposed to make way for the more forward-looking
Maurilius. He introduced “a new and extraneous element”[559] – that is, an element more in
keeping with the ideals of the heretical, “reformed papacy” – into the Norman
Church.
Then, in 1059, papal sanction for the marriage between Duke William and
Matilda of Flanders, which had been withheld by Leo IX at the Council of Rheims
in 1049, was finally obtained. This opened the way for full cooperation between
the Normans and the Pope. Finally, William supported the candidacy of Alexander
II to the throne as against that of Honorius II, who was supported by the
German Empress Agnes.[560] The Pope now owed a debt of
gratitude to the Normans which they were soon to call in…
By the 1060s, then, there were only two powers in the West that stood in
the way of the complete triumph of the crude, militaristic ethos of feudalism:
the Orthodox autocracies of England and Germany. By the end of the century both
powers had been brought low – England by military conquest and its
transformation into a single feudal fief under William of Normandy, and Germany
by cunning dialectic and the fear of excommunication by the Pope.
The English, as we have seen, held the autocracy in the greatest honour
as a sacred institution on a par with the priesthood. This is evident even in
as late a document as the eleventh-century Anonymous of York: “Kings and
priests have a common unction of holy oil, a common spirit of sanctification, a
common quality of benediction, the name and power of God and Christ in common…
If therefore the king and the priest are both, by grace, gods and christs of
the Lord, whatever they do by virtue of this grace is not done by a man but by
a god and a christ of our Lord.”[561]
But this was precisely the teaching and veneration that the heretical
papacy was determined to destroy – by force, if necessary…
In 1043, after a period of rule by Danish Christian kings (1017-1042),
the Old English dynasty of Alfred the Great was restored in the person of King
Ethelred’s son Edward, known to later generations as “the Confessor”. In
January, 1066, King Edward died, and his brother-in-law Harold Godwineson was
consecrated king in his place. Now two years earlier, Harold had been a
prisoner at the court of William in Normandy, and in order to gain his freedom
had sworn over a box of holy relics to uphold William’s claim to the English
throne. And so when he broke his oath and became king himself, William decided
to invade – with the Pope’s blessing.
How could the Pope bless the armed invasion of a Christian country led
by an anointed king which posed no threat to its neighbours? In order to answer
this question, we have to examine the new theory of Church-State relations
being developed in Rome. The critical question then was: in a society whose
aims are defined by the Christian faith, are the jurisdictions of the clergy
and secular ruler strictly parallel, or do the clergy have the power to depose
a king who, in their judgement, is not ruling in accordance with these spiritual
aims – whose nature, of course, can only be defined by the clergy?
Now as early as 633 the Fourth Council of Toledo had condemned the
Visigothic King Svithila as unjust and faithless, and declared that he had
already deprived himself of the kingship. However, the king had already been
removed by a Frankish army, and the nobles had already elected a new king,
Sisenand, before the convening of this Council, so it was not the clergy who
deposed the king in this case. Moreover, the bishops then proceeded to condemn
rebellions against kings with an extraordinarily powerful anathema!
The Fathers of the Council, led by St.
Isidore of Seville, “begged that there should be no usurpations in Spain, no
attempts to stir up rebellion, no plots against the lives of the monarchs. In
future, when a king died, his successor must be appointed by the magnates of
the whole kingdom sitting along with the bishops in a common council. Three
times the bishops repeated their awful anathema against anyone who should
conspire to break his oath of allegiance, or make an attempt on the king’s
life, or try to usurp the throne. Three times the anathema was read out to the
concourse with profound solemnity, and three times the notaries copied it into
the minutes. All the clergy and laymen present shouted out their agreement.
Then the bishops called upon Sisenand and his successors for ever to rule
moderately and mildly, with justice and piety, over the peoples entrusted to
them by God. Any successor of Sisenand’s who ruled harshly or oppressively
would be anathema. After this impressive scene the bishops condemned and
sentenced Suinthila and his family. By recognizing Sisenand as king the Council
contradicted the spirit of its own extraordinarily earnest enactment… What the
bishops anathematized was what the King had done and what they themselves by
their very presence at the Council had condemned”[562]
Again, in 750, when the last Merovingian king, Childeric, had been
deposed, and the first Carolingian, Pippin, enthroned in his place, it was not
Pope Zachariah who deposed Childeric: he only confirmed and blessed the change
of dynasty, declaring that “it would be better for him to be called king who
had the power of one, than him who remained without royal power”, and then
“commanded by apostolic authority that Pippin be made king lest order be
disturbed”.
Again, it was the chief men of the Carolingian empire who, in 833,
removed their support from Louis the Pious. The bishops only confirmed the
decision later by “declaring formally the divine judgement that he had been
shown to be unfit to govern, and by then degrading him from his rank as ruler
and imposing a penance on him.”[563]
So up to the middle of the ninth century, no decisive test-case had yet
appeared which would define whether the Church could, not simply confirm a royal deposition or change of
dynasty, but actually initiate it.
Pope Nicholas I was the first pope to take it upon himself to initiate the deposition of emperors and
patriarchs as if all power in both Church and State were in his hands. However,
as we have seen, in 865 his efforts were thwarted by the firm opposition both
of the Eastern Church under St. Photius the Great and of Western hierarchs such
as Archbishop Hincmar of Rheims. It was not before another two hundred years
had passed that the papacy once again felt strong enough to challenge the power
of the anointed kings. Its chance came on the death of King Edward the
Confessor, when Harold Godwinesson
took the throne of England with the consent of the leading men of England but
without the consent of the man to whom he had once sworn allegiance, Duke
William of Normandy.
Professor Douglas writes: “At some
undetermined date within the first eight months of 1066 [Duke William] appealed
to the papacy, and a mission was sent under the leadership of Gilbert,
archdeacon of Lisieux, to ask for judgement in the duke’s favour from Alexander
II. No records of the case as it was heard in Rome have survived, nor is there
any evidence that Harold Godwinesson was ever summoned to appear in his own
defence. On the other hand, the arguments used by the duke’s representatives
may be confidently surmised. Foremost among them must have been an insistence
on Harold’s oath, and its violation when the earl seized the throne… Archdeacon
Hildebrand.. came vigorously to the support of Duke William, and Alexander II
was led publicly to proclaim his approval of Duke William’s enterprise.”[564]
The Pope had his own reasons for
supporting William. In 1052 Archbishop Robert of Canterbury, a Norman, had fled
from England after the struggle between the English and Norman parties at the
court had inclined in favour of the English. During his flight he forgot to
take his pallium (omophorion), which with the agreement of the king was then
handed over to Bishop Stigand of Winchester, who became archbishop of
Canterbury in place of Robert. This elicited the wrath of the Pope, who
labelled Stigand an anticanonical usurper. But the English refused to obey the
Pope. And so, beginning from 1052 and continuing right up to the Stigand’s
deposition by the legates of the Pope at the false council of Winchester in
1070, England remained in schism from, and under the ban of, the Roman Pope –
who himself, from 1054, was in schism from, and under the ban of, the Great
Church of Constantinople.
To make matters worse, in 1058 Archbishop
Stigand had had his position regularised by the “antipope” (i.e. enemy of the
Hildebrandine reformers) Benedict IX. Here was the perfect excuse for blessing
William’s invasion: the “schismatic” English had to be brought to heel and
their Church purged of all secular influence. And if this “holy” aim was to be
achieved by the most secular of means – armed invasion and the murder of
hundreds of thousands of innocent Christians – so be it!
According to Frank McLynn, it was
Stigand’s supposed uncanonicity “that most interested [Pope] Alexander. William
pitched his appeal to the papacy largely on his putative role as the leader of
the religious and ecclesiastical reform movement in Normandy and as a man who
could clean the Augean stables of church corruption in England; this weighed
heavily with Alexander, who, as his joust with Harald Hardrada in 1061
demonstrated, thought the churches of northern Europe far too remote from papal
control. It was the abiding dream of the new ‘reformist’ papacy to be
universally accepted as the arbiter of thrones and their succession; William’s
homage therefore constituted a valuable precedent. Not surprisingly, Alexander
gave the proposed invasion of England his blessing. It has sometimes been
queried why Harold did not send his own embassy to counter William’s arguments.
Almost certainly, the answer is that he thought it a waste of time on two
grounds: the method of electing a king in England had nothing to do with the
pope and was not a proper area for his intervention; and, in any case, the pope
was now the creature of the Normans in southern Italy and would ultimately do
what they ordered him to do. Harold was right: Alexander II blessed all the
Norman marauding expeditions of the 1060s.
“But although papal sanction for William’s
‘enterprise of England’ was morally worthless, it was both a great propaganda
and diplomatic triumph for the Normans. It was a propaganda victory because it
allowed William to pose as the leader of crusaders in a holy war, obfuscating
and mystifying the base, materialistic motives of his followers and
mercenaries. It also gave the Normans a great psychological boost, for they could
perceive themselves as God’s elect, and it is significant that none of
William’s inner circle entertained doubts about the ultimate success of the
English venture. Normandy now seemed the spearhead of a confident Christianity,
on the offensive for the first time in centuries, whereas earlier [Western]
Christendom had been beleagured by Vikings to the north, Hungarians to the east
and Islam to the south. It was no accident that, with Hungary and Scandinavia
recently Christianised, the Normans were the vanguard in the first Crusade,
properly so called, against the Islamic heathens in the Holy Land.
“Alexander’s fiat was a diplomatic
triumph, too, as papal endorsement for the Normans made it difficult for other
powers to intervene on Harold’s side. William also pre-empted one of the
potential sources of support for the Anglo-Saxons by sending an embassy to the
emperor Henry IV; this, too, was notably successful, removing a possible
barrier to a Europe-wide call for volunteers in the ‘crusade’.”[565]
As long as King Edward had been alive,
Hildebrand’s party had been restrained from attacking England both by the
king’s Europe-wide renown as a holy wonderworker and by the lack of a military
force suitable for the task in hand. But now Edward was dead, having prophesied
on his death-bed that England would soon be invaded by demons and lose the
grace of God.[566]
And William’s suit presented Hildebrand with the opportunity for the “holy war”
he had wanted for so long. William and his army invaded the south of England in
September, 1066. Meanwhile, King Harald Hardrada of Norway had invaded the
north. On September 20 the English King Harold defeated the Norwegian army, and
then, with the minimum of rest and without waiting for reinforcements, he
marched south to meet the Normans.
David Howarth has argued convincingly that
the reason was that Harold now, for the first time, heard (from an envoy of
William's) that he and his followers had been excommunicated by the Pope and
that William was fighting with the pope's blessing and under a papal banner,
with a tooth of St. Peter encrusted in gold around his neck. "This meant
that he was not merely defying William, he was defying the Pope. It was
doubtful whether the Church, the army and the people would support him in that
defiance: at best, they would be bewildered and half-hearted. Therefore, since
a battle had to be fought, it must be fought at once, without a day's delay,
before the news leaked out. After that, if the battle was won, would be time to
debate the Pope's decision, explain that the trial had been a travesty, query
it, appeal against it, or simply continue to defy it.”[567]
The defeat of King
Harold at Hastings was the prelude for the greatest genocide in European
history to that date. According to one source, every fifth Englishman was
killed[568],
and even if this figure is an exaggeration, Domesday Book (1086) shows
that some parts of the country were a wasteland a generation after the
Conquest. So terrible was the slaughter, and the destruction of holy churches
and relics, that the Norman bishops who took part in the campaign were required
to do penance when they returned home.
But the Pope who had blessed this unholy
slaughter did no penance. Rather, he sent his legates to England, who, at the
false council of Winchester in 1070, deposed Archbishop Stigand (and after him,
most of the English bishops), and formally integrated conquered England into
the new Roman Catholic empire.[569]
The Norman Conquest constituted, in
effect, the first crusade of the “reformed” Papacy against Orthodox
Christendom. For, as Professor Douglas writes: “It is beyond doubt that the
latter half of the eleventh century witnessed a turning-point in the history of
Western Christendom, and beyond doubt Normandy and the Normans played a
dominant part in the transformation which then occurred… They assisted the
papacy to rise to a new political domination, and they became closely
associated with the reforming movement in the Church which the papacy came to
direct. They contributed also to a radical modification of the relations
between Eastern and Western Europe with results that still survive. The Norman
Conquest of England may thus in one sense be regarded as but part of a
far-flung endeavour.”[570]
It follows that if William had lost, then,
as John Hudson writes, “the reformers in the papacy, who had backed William in
his quest for the English throne, might have lost their momentum. Normandy
would have been greatly weakened…”[571]
In
other words, the whole course of European history might have been changed…
All William’s barons and bishops owned
their land as his vassals; and when, on August 1, 1086, William summoned all
the free tenants of England to an assembly at Salisbury and imposed upon them
an oath of loyalty directly to himself, he became in effect the sole landowner
of England – that is, the owner of all its land. Thus was born the feudal monarchy, a new kind of
despotism.
R.H.C. Davis explains that
this feudal monarchy was in fact “a New Leviathan, the medieval equivalent of a
socialist state. In a socialist state, the community owns, or should own, the
means of production. In a feudal monarchy, the king did own all the land –
which in the terms of medieval economy might fairly be equated with the means
of production.
“The best and simplest example of a feudal
monarchy is to be found in England after the Norman Conquest. When William the
Conqueror defeated Harold Godwineson at the battle of Hastings (1066), he
claimed to have established his legitimate right to succeed Edward the
Confessor as King of England, but, owing to Harold’s resistance, he was also
able to claim that he had won the whole country by right of conquest.
Henceforward, every inch of land was to be his, and he would dispose of it as
he thought fit.”[572]
As we have
seen, William had conquered England with the blessing of Archdeacon Hildebrand.
And shortly after his bloody pacification of the country he imposed the new
canon law of the reformed papacy upon the English Church. This pleased
Hildebrand, now Pope Gregory VII, who was therefore prepared to overlook the
fact that William considered that he owed his kingdom to his sword and God
alone: "The king of the English, although in certain matters he does not
comport himself as devoutly as we might hope, nevertheless in that he has
neither destroyed nor sold the Churches of God [!]; that he has taken pains to
govern his subjects in peace and justice [!!]; that he has refused his assent
to anything detrimental to the apostolic see, even when solicited by certain
enemies of the cross of Christ; and that he has compelled priests on oath to
put away their wives and laity to forward the tithes they were withholding from
us - in all these respects he has shown himself more worthy of approbation and
honour than other kings..."
The "other kings" Gregory was
referring to included, first of all, the Emperor Henry IV of Germany, who,
unlike William, did not support the Pope's “reforms”. If William had acted like
Henry, then there is no doubt that Pope Gregory would have excommunicated him,
too. And if William had refused to co-operate with the papacy, then there is
equally no doubt that the Pope would have incited his subjects to wage a
"holy war" against him, as he did against Henry. For, as an anonymous
monk of Hersfeld wrote: "[The Gregorians] say that it is a matter of the
faith and it is the duty of the faithful in the Church to kill and to persecute
those who communicate with, or support the excommunicated King Henry and refuse
to promote the efforts of [the Gregorian] party."[573]
But
William, by dint of brute force within and subtle diplomacy without, managed to
achieve the most complete control over both Church and State that any English
ruler ever achieved, while at the same time paradoxically managing to remain on
relatively good terms with the most autocratic Pope in history. For
totalitarian rulers only respect rivals of the same spirit. Thus did the
papocaesarist totalitarianism of Hildebrand beget the caesaropapist totalitarianism
of William the Bastard…
The absolute nature of William's control of the Church was vividly
expressed by Edmer of Canterbury: "Now, it was the policy of King William
to maintain in England the usages and laws which he and his fathers before him
were accustomed to have in Normandy. Accordingly he made bishops, abbots and
other nobles throughout the whole country of persons of whom (since everyone
knew who they were, from what estate they had been raised and to what they had
been promoted) it would be considered shameful ingratitude if they did not
implicitly obey his laws, subordinating to this every other consideration; or
if any one of them presuming upon the power conferred by any temporal dignity
dared raise his head against him. Consequently, all things, spiritual and
temporal alike, waited upon the nod of the King... He would not, for instance,
allow anyone in all his dominion, except on his instructions, to recognize the
established Pontiff of the City of Rome or under any circumstance to accept any
letter from him, if it had not first been submitted to the King himself. Also
he would not let the primate of his kingdom, by which I mean the Archbishop of
Canterbury, otherwise Dobernia, if he were presiding over a general council of
bishops, lay down any ordinance or prohibition unless these were agreeable to
the King's wishes and had been first settled by him. Then again he would not
allow any one of his bishops, except on his express instructions, to proceed
against or excommunicate one of his barons or officers for incest or adultery
or any other cardinal offence, even when notoriously guilty, or to lay upon him
any punishment of ecclesiastical discipline."[574]
Again, in a letter to the
Pope in reply to the latter's demand for fealty, William wrote: "I have
not consented to pay fealty, nor will I now, because I never promised it, nor
do I find that any of my predecessors ever paid it to your predecessors."[575]
In the same letter he
pointedly called Archbishop Lanfranc "my vassal" (i.e. not the
Pope’!). Here we see
the way in which the language of feudalism, of the mutual rights and
obligations of lords and vassals, had crept into the language of Church-State
relations at the highest level.
On the other hand, he agreed to the Pope's
demand for the payment of "Peter's Pence", the voluntary contribution
of the English people to Rome which had now become compulsory - for to squeeze
the already impoverished English meant no diminution in his personal power. The
Popes therefore had to wait until William's death before gradually asserting
their personal control over the English Church.
In 1071, Byzantine Bari in
South Italy fell to the Normans, who soon created another absolutist kingdom
“of Sicily and Italy” (as in England, formally under the Pope’s overlordship,
but in fact independent of it) that served as the launch-pad for several
invasions of the Byzantine Empire. In the same year the Byzantines suffered a
disastrous defeat at the hands of the Seljuk Turks at Manzikert, as a result of
which most of Anatolia, the heartland of Byzantine strength, was conceded to
the Turks. As Orthodox autocracy reeled under these hammer blows from East and
West, Papism entered upon a new and decisive phase of its development with the
election, in 1073, of Archdeacon Hildebrand as Pope Gregory VII…
Hildebrand was a midget in physical size.
But having been elected to the papacy “by the will of St. Peter”, he set about
ensuring that no ruler on earth would rival him in grandeur. Having witnessed
the Emperor Henry III’s deposition of Pope Gregory VI, with whom he went into
exile, he took the name Gregory VII in order to emphasise a unique mission. And
perhaps to emphasise his kinship with Gregory VI. For both popes were of the
Jewish Pierleone family.[576]
As Peter de Rosa writes, “he had seen an
emperor dethrone a pope; he would dethrone an emperor regardless.
“Had he put an emperor in
his place, he would have been beyond reproach. He did far more. By introducing
a mischievous and heretical doctrine [of Church-State relations], he put
himself in place of the emperor… He claimed to be not only Bishop of bishops
but King of kings. In a parody of the gospels, the devil took him up to a very
high mountain and showed him all the kingdoms of the world, and Gregory VII
exclaimed: These are all mine.
“As that most objective of historians,
Henry Charles Lea, wrote in The
Inquisition in the Middle Ages: ‘To the realization of this ideal [of papal
supremacy], he devoted his life with a fiery zeal and unshaken purpose that
shrank from no obstacle, and to it he was ready to sacrifice not only the men
who stood in his path but also the immutable principles of truth and justice.’
“… The Bishop of Trier saw the danger. He
charged Gregory with destroying the unity of the Church. The Bishop of Verdun
said that the pope was mistaken in his unheard-of arrogance. Belief belongs to
one’s church, the heart belongs to one’s country. The pope, he said, must not
filch the heart’s allegiance. This was precisely what Gregory did. He wanted
all; he left emperors and princes nothing. The papacy, as he fashioned it, by
undermining patriotism, undermined the authority of secular rulers; they felt
threatened by the Altar. At the Reformation, in England and elsewhere, rulers
felt obliged to exclude Catholicism from their lands in order to feel secure…
“The changes Gregory brought about were
reflected in language. Before him, the pope’s traditional title was Vicar of
St. Peter. After him, it was Vicar of Christ. Only ‘Vicar of Christ’ could
justify his absolutist pretensions, which his successors inherited in reality
not from Peter or from Jesus but from him.”[577]
Canning writes: “The impact of Gregory
VII’s pontificate was enormous: for the church nothing was to be the same
again. From his active lifetime can be traced the settling of the church in its
long-term direction as a body of power and coercion; the character of the
papacy as a jurisdictional and governmental institution… There arises the
intrusive thought, out of bounds for the historian: this was the moment of the
great wrong direction taken by the papacy, one which was to outlast the Middle
Ages and survive into our own day. From the time of Gregory can be dated the
deliberate clericalisation of the church based on the notion that the clergy,
being morally purer, were superior to the laity and constituted a church which
was catholic, chaste and free. There was a deep connection between power and a
celibacy which helped distinguish the clergy as a separate and superior caste,
distanced in the most profound psychological sense from the family concerns of
the laity beneath them. At the time of the reform papacy the church became
stamped with characteristics which have remained those of the Roman Catholic
church: it became papally centred, legalistic, coercive and clerical. The Roman
church was, in Gregory’s words, the ‘mother and mistress’ (mater et magistra)
of all churches.’”[578]
Gregory’s position was based on a forged
collection of canons and a false interpretation of two Gospel passages: Matthew
16.18-19 and John 21.15-17. According to the first passage, in Gregory’s
interpretation, he was the successor of Peter, upon whom the Church had been
founded, and had plenary power to bind and to loose. And according to the
second, the flock of Peter over which he had jurisdiction included all
Christians, not excluding emperors. As he wrote: “Perhaps [the supporters of
the emperor] imagine that when God commended His Church to Peter three times,
saying, ‘Feed My sheep’, He made an exception of kings? Why do they not
consider, or rather confess with shame that when God gave Peter, as the ruler,
the power of binding and loosing in heaven and on earth, he excepted no-one and
withheld nothing from his power?”
For “who could doubt that the priests of
Christ are considered the fathers and masters of kings, princes and all the
faithful?” This meant that he had power both to excommunicate and depose the
emperor. Nor did the emperor’s anointing give him any authority in Gregory’s
eyes. For “greater power is conceded to an exorcist, when he is made a
spiritual emperor for expelling demons, than could be given to any layman for
secular domination”. “Kings and princes of the earth, seduced by empty glory,
prefer their interests to the things of the spirit, whereas pious pontiffs,
despising vainglory, set the things of God above the things of the flesh.”[579]
Indeed, “who would not know that kings and dukes took their origin from those
who, ignorant of God, through pride, rapine, perfidy, murders and, finally,
almost any kind of crime, at the instigation of the devil, the prince of this
world, sought with blind desire and unbearable presumption to dominate their
equals, namely other men?”[580]
Hildebrand’s attitude to political power
was almost Manichaean in its negative intensity. Manichaeism, a dualistic
heresy that saw physical nature as evil, arose in Persia and had a most varied
history after the execution of its founder, Mani, in 276. It spread west to the
Roman empire, where St. Augustine was a manichee before he became a Christian.
Towards the end of the first millennium it reappeared as the sect of the
Paulicians in Asia Minor, then as the Bogomils in Bulgaria and Bosnia, then as
the Cathars in southern France. It survived in southern China until the 16th
century. Hildebrand’s attitude was Manichaean insofar as it saw the
relationship between the Church and the State as a dualistic struggle between
good and evil, light and darkness. Just as the Manichees (like all heresies of
the Gnostic type) tried to free themselves from the flesh and physical nature
as from something defiling in essence, so the Gregorians tried to free
themselves from the state as from something evil in essence. For them there
could be no really good king: kingship should be in the hands of the only good
ones, the priests. Indeed, as de Rosa writes of a later Pope who faithfully
followed Hildebrand’s teaching, “this was Manicheeism applied to relations
between church and state. The church, spiritual, was good; the state, material,
was essentially the work of the devil. This naked political absolutism
undermined the authority of kings. Taken seriously, his theories would lead to
anarchy”.[581]
Of course, the idea that the priesthood
was in essence higher than the kingship was not in itself heretical, and could
find support in the Fathers. However, the Fathers always allowed that kings had
supremacy of jurisdiction in their own sphere, and insisted that the power of
secular rulers comes from God and is worthy of the honour that befits every
God-established institution. Índeed, just before the schism the Latin
Peter Damian had written: “In the king Christ is truly recognised as reigning”.[582]
What was new, shocking and completely unpatristic in Gregory’s words was his
disrespect for the kingship, his refusal to allow it any dignity or holiness –
still more, his proto-communist implication that rulers had no right to rule unless he gave them that right.
The corollary of this, of course, was that
the only rightful ruler was the Pope.
For “if the holy apostolic see, through the princely power divinely conferred
upon it, has jurisdiction over spiritual things, why not also over secular
things?” Thus to the secular rulers of Spain Gregory wrote in 1077 that the
kingdom of Spain belonged to St. Peter and the Roman Church “in rightful
ownership”. And to the secular rulers of Sardinia he wrote in 1073 that the
Roman Church exerted “a special and individual care” over them – which meant,
as a later letter of 1080 demonstrated, that they would face armed invasion if
they did not submit to the pope’s terms.
Again, in 1075 he
threatened King Philip of France with excommunication, having warned the French
episcopate that if the king did not amend his ways he would place France under
interdict, adding: “Do not doubt that we shall, with God’s help, make every
possible effort to snatch the kingdom of France from his possession.”[583] But this
would have remained just words, if Gregory had not had the ability to compel
submission. He demonstrated this ability when wrote to one of King Philip’
vassals, Duke William of Aquitaine, and invited him to threaten the king. The
king backed down…
This power was demonstrated to an even
greater extent in his famous dispute with Emperor Henry IV of Germany. It began
with a quarrel between the pope and the emperor over who should succeed to the
see of Milan. This was the see, significantly, whose most famous bishop, St.
Ambrose, had excommunicated (but not deposed) an emperor, but had also declared
that Rome had only “a primacy of confession, not of honour”.[584]
Gregory expected Henry to back down as King Philip had done. But he did not,
doubtless because the see of Milan was of great importance politically in that
its lands and vassals gave it control of the Alpine passes and therefore of
Henry’s access to his Italian domains. Instead, in January, 1076, he convened a
Synod of Bishops at Worms which addressed Gregory as “brother Hildebrand”,
demonstrated that his despotism had introduced mob rule into the Church, and
refused all obedience to him: “Since, as thou didst publicly proclaim, none of
us has been to thee a bishop, so henceforth thou shalt be Pope to none of us”.[585]
Gregory retaliated in a truly revolutionary
way. In a Synod in Rome in February he declared the emperor deposed. Addressing
St. Peter, he said: “I withdraw the whole kingdom of the Germans and of Italy
from Henry the King, son of Henry the Emperor. For he has risen up against thy
Church with unheard of arrogance. And I absolve all Christians from the bond of
the oath which they have made to him or shall make. And I forbid anyone to
serve him as King…”[586]
By absolving subjects of their allegiance
to their king, Gregory “effectively,” as Robinson writes, “sanctioned rebellion
against the royal power…”[587]
And he followed this up by published the
famous Dictatus Papae,
which which must be counted as one of the most revolutionary – and megalomaniac
- documents in history: "The Pope can be judged by no one; the Roman
church has never erred and never will err till the end of time; the Roman
Church was founded by Christ alone; the Pope alone can depose bishops and
restore bishops; he alone can make new laws, set up new bishoprics, and divide
old ones; he alone can translate bishops; he alone can call general councils
and authorize canon law; he alone can revise his own judgements; he alone can
use the imperial insignia; he can depose emperors; he can absolve subjects from
their allegiance; all princes should kiss his feet; his legates, even though in
inferior orders, have precedence over all bishops; an appeal to the papal court
inhibits judgement by all inferior courts; a duly ordained Pope is undoubtedly
made a saint by the merits of St. Peter."[588]
Robinson continues: “The confusion of the
spiritual and the secular in Gregory VII’s thinking is most marked in the
terminology he used to describe the laymen whom he recruited to further his
political aims. His letters are littered with the terms ‘the warfare of
Christ’, ‘the service of St. Peter’, ‘the vassals of St. Peter’…, Military
terminology is, of course, commonly found in patristic writings.. St. Paul had
evoked the image of the soldier of Christ who waged an entirely spiritual war…
In the letters of Gregory VII, the traditional metaphor shades into literal
actuality… For Gregory, the ‘warfare of Christ’ and the ‘warfare of St. Peter’
came to mean, not the spiritual struggles of the faithful, nor the duties of
the secular clergy, nor the ceaseless devotions of the monks; but rather the
armed clashes of feudal knights on the battlefields of Christendom…”[589]
This was power politics under the guise of
an anti-politics; but it worked. Although, at a Synod in Worms in 1076, some
bishops supported Henry, saying that the Pope had “introduced worldliness into
the Church”; “the bishops have been deprived of their divine authority”; “the
Church of God is in danger of destruction” – still Henry began to lose support,
and in 1077 he with his wife and child was forced to march across the Alps in
deepest winter and do penance before Gregory, standing for three days almost
naked in the snow outside the castle of Canossa. Gregory restored him to
communion, but not to his kingship…
Canossa became the enduring symbol of the
papocaesarist heresy.
Soon
rebellion began to stir in Germany as Rudolf, Duke of Swabia, was elected
anti-king. For a while Gregory hesitated. But then, in 1080, he definitely
deposed Henry, freed his subjects from their allegiance to him and declared
that the kingship was conceded to Rudolf.
However,
Henry recovered, convened a Synod of bishops that declared Gregory deposed and
then convened another Synod that elected an anti-pope, Wibert of Ravenna. In
October, 1080, Rudolf died in battle. Then in 1083 Henry and Wibert marched on
Rome. In 1084 Wibert was consecrated Pope Clement III and in turn crowned Henry
as emperor. Gregory fled from Rome with his Norman allies and died in Salerno
in 1085.[590]
It looked as
if Gregory had failed, but his ideas endured - as did the conflict between
papacy and empire, which rumbled on for centuries.
And not
only between papacy and empire, but also between papacy and people. Thus only
about one hundred years after Gregory, the Waldensians were showing signs of
lay rebellion:
“Raymond of Deventer: This – oh Waldo – is the principle
cause of complaint against you. You are in a state of rebellion against the
Church of Rome! You no longer obey her priests or bishops. You violate the
principles of Scripture which says: ‘Obey your rulers’.
Peter Waldo: If bishops and priests disobey the
Word of God, we must choose to obey God rather than man.”[591]
In this proud exaltation of the opinion of one local Church, the Roman – or rather, of one man in one local Church –
above the Universal Church lies the whole tragedy of the further development of
Western civilisation, and of its most characteristic fruits: Reformation,
Rationalism and Revolution...
For, as the great Russian poet F.I. Tyutchev wrote in 1849: “The
revolution, which is nothing other than the apotheosis of that same human I having attained its fullest flowering,
was not slow to recognise as its own, and to welcome as two of its glorious
ancestors – both Gregory VII and Luther. Kinship of blood began to speak in it,
and it accepted the one, in spite of his Christian beliefs, and almost deified
the other, although he was a pope.
“But if the
evident similarity uniting the three members of this row constitutes the basis
of the historical life of the West, the starting-point of this link must
necessarily be recognised to be precisely that profound distortion to which the
Christian principle was subjected by the order imposed on it by Rome. In the course
of the centuries the Western Church, under the shadow of Rome, almost
completely lost the appearance of the originating principle pointed out by her.
She ceased to be, amidst the great society of men, the society of believers,
freely united in spirit and truth under the law of Christ; she was turned into
a political institution, a political force, a state within the state. It would
be true to say that throughout the whole course of the Middle Ages, the Church
in the West was nothing other than a Roman colony planted in a conquered land…”[592]
When Pope Gregory was lying on his
death-bed, an exile in Salerno, he said: "I have loved righteousness and
hated iniquity," he said; "therefore I die in exile." But a monk
who waited on him replied: "In exile thou canst not be, for God hath given
thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth
for thy possession (Psalm 2.8).
The papist claim to lordship over the
whole world, including the heathen, was demonstrated especially during the
Crusades, which were the manifestation to the outside, Orthodox Christian and
Muslim worlds, of the mystery of iniquity that was taking place within the
Western world. The West – especially England, Germany and Italy – had already
felt the mailed fist of the Pope. Now it was the turn of the North, the South
and the East.
First, the Pope’s vassals, the Normans, having conquered Sicily and
Bari, invaded mainland Greece; the Emperor Alexis I only just succeeded in
containing them with the help of English warrior-exiles.[593]
Then, in 1085, King Alfonso VI of Castile-Leon captured the Muslim city
of Toledo for the Pope; within a few years, his champion, the famous El Cid,
had entered Valencia. Most importantly, in 1095, at a synod in Clermont, Pope
Urban II appealed to all Christians to free Jerusalem from the Saracens, and
placed his own legate, a bishop, at the head of the Christian forces. Thus, as
Roberts writes, “Urban II used the first crusade to become the diplomatic
leader of Europe’s lay monarchs; they looked to Rome, not the empire.”[594]
Urban’s reasoning at Clermont is important as showing how the crusades
were seen as a “Christian” solution to problems thrown up by the new feudal,
militaristic pattern of life in the West. He made it clear, writes Barbara
Ehrenreich, “that a major purpose of the crusade was to deflect the knights’
predatory impulses away from Europe itself:
“’Oh race of the Franks, we learn that in some of your provinces no one
can venture on the road by day or by night without injury or attack by
highwaymen, and no one is secure even at home.’
“We know he is not talking about common, or lowborn, criminals because
it emerges in the next sentence that the solution to this problem is a
re-enactment of the ‘Truce of God’, meaning voluntary restraint on the part of
the knights, whose energies are now to be directed outward towards the
infidels:
“’Let all hatred depart from among you, all quarrels end, all wars
cease. Start upon the road to the Holy Sepulchre to wrest that land from the
wicked race and subject it to yourselves.’
“Militarily, the Crusades were largely a disaster for the Christians,
but they did serve to cement the fusion of the cross and the sword. The
church’s concept of the ‘just war’ had always been something of a grudging
concession to reality. Here, though, was a war that was not only ‘just’ but
necessary and holy in the eyes of God, Christendom’s first jihad. Those who
participated in Europe’s internal wars were often required to do penance for
the sin of killing; but participation in a crusade had the opposite effect,
cleansing a man from prior sin and guaranteeing his admission to heaven. It was
the Crusades, too, that led to the emergence of a new kind of warrior: the
warrior-monk, pledged to lifelong chastity as well as to war. In the military
monastic orders of the Knights Templar and the Knights Hospitalers, any
lingering Christian hesitations about violence were dissolved. The way of the
knight – or at least of the chaste and chivalrous knight – became every bit as
holy as that of the cloistered monk.”[595]
The first Crusade of 1098-99 was a watershed in relations between East
and West. Although the proclaimed enemies of the Cross, the Muslims and Jews,
were duly slaughtered en masse at the capture of Jerusalem, those who
suffered most in the long-term were those who were supposed to be being
liberated – the Orthodox Christians of the Orient. Latin kingdoms with Latin
patriarchs were established over Orthodox populations in Jerusalem, Antioch,
Cyprus and, most bloodily and shockingly, in Constantinople itself during the
Fourth Crusade of 1204. In general, the thirteenth century represented a nadir
for Orthodoxy and the zenith of Papism.
The Pope also encouraged crusades against the pagan Slavs and Balts of
the Baltic Sea coast. As in the Mediterranean, these campaigns were marked by
extreme militarism, an eye for commercial exploitation and anti-Orthodoxy. Thus
Albert, Margrave of Brandenburg is described as having colonised the lands of
the Slavic Wends in the mid-twelfth century as follows: “Because God gave
plentiful aid and victory to our leader and the other princes, the Slavs have
been everywhere crushed and driven out. A people strong and without number have
come from the bounds of the ocean and taken possession of the territories of
the Slavs. They have built cities and churches and have grown in riches beyond
all estimation.”[596] Again, Bernard of Clairvaux said
about the Wendish crusade of 1147: “We expressly forbid that for any reason
whatsoever they should make a truce with those peoples, whether for money or
for tribute, until such time as, with God’s help, either their religion or
their nation be destroyed.”[597] Both the religion and the nation
were destroyed… For, as Bernard stressed in his In Praise of the New Knighthood, “the knight of Christ need fear no
sin in killing the foe, he is a minister of God for the punishment of the
wicked. In the death of a pagan a Christian is glorified, because Christ is glorified.”[598]
Even the Orthodox Russians were considered to be in need of this
militaristic kind of conversion. Thus Bishop Matthew of Crakow wrote to Bernard
in 1150, asking him to “exterminate the godless rites and customs of the
Ruthenians [Russians]”.[599]
A
vivid witness to the destructiveness and anti-Orthodoxy of these Crusaders in
the Baltic is provided by the city of Vineta on the Oder, whose under-sea
remains are now being excavated by German archaeologists. Tony Paterson writes:
“Medieval chroniclers such as Adam of Bremen, a German monk, referred to Vineta
as ‘the biggest city in all of Europe’. He wrote: ‘It is filled with the wares
of all the peoples of the north. Nothing desirable or rare is missing.’ He
remarked that the city’s inhabitants, including Saxons, Slavs and ‘Greeks and
Barbarians’ were so wealthy that its church bells were made of silver and
mothers wiped their babies’ bottoms with bread rolls.… A century later, another
German chronicler, Helmold von Bosau, referred to Vineta, but this time in the
past tense. He said it had been destroyed: ‘A Danish king with a very big fleet
of ships is said to have attacked and completely destroyed this most wealthy
place. The remains are still there,’ he wrote in 1170.….Vineta was most likely
inhabited by resident Slavs and Saxons as well as ‘Greeks and Barbarian’
merchants from Byzantium who plied a trade between the Baltic and the Black Sea
via the rivers of western Russia. Dr. Goldmann said that the majority of
Vineta’s estimated 20,000 to 30,000 population were probably Greek Orthodox
Christians…’After the great schism of 1054, the Orthodox believers were
regarded as threat by the Catholics in the Holy Roman Empire. Vineta was almost
certainly a victim of a campaign to crush the Orthodox faith,’ he said. Its
demise is therefore likely to have occurred when the chronicler von Bosau said
it did: towards the end of the 12th century when the Crusaders
launched a never fully explained campaign in northern Europe…”[600]
The crusades were rightly called “the Roman war” because they were waged
by the Pope of Rome. Although the actual fighting was undertaken by emperors
and kings, who sometimes displayed megalomaniac tendencies on a par with the
Pope’s[601], it was the Popes who propelled
the crusaders eastward; and they frequently excommunicated rulers who were
tardy in fulfilling their vows to take up the cross. Thus the crusades
completed the transformation of the papacy from a spiritual power into a
worldly, political and military one.
The climax of the Crusades was undoubtedly the Fourth Crusade of 1204,
as a result of which Constantinople was sacked in a frenzy of barbarism, and a
Latin emperor and patriarch were placed on the throne of Hagia Sophia. The pope
at the time was Innocent III, probably the most powerful and imperialist pope
in history. His imperialist claims had been obvious as early as his
enthronement: “Take this tiara,”
intoned the Archdeacon, “and know that thou art Father of princes and kings,
ruler of the world, the vicar on earth of our Saviour Jesus Christ, whose
honour and glory shall endure through all eternity.”[602]
Nor did Innocent in private soften the
force of these publicly proclaimed claims. For “we are the successor of the
Prince of the Apostles,” he said, “but we are not his vicar, nor the vicar of
any man or Apostle, but the vicar of Jesus Christ Himself before whom every
knee shall bow.”[603]
Was it before Christ or the
Pope that the Scripture said every knee shall bow? It didn’t really matter to
the papists. For by Innocent’s time there was little difference: the Pope had
taken the place of Christ in the Roman Church.
Innocent invented an
original doctrine, the “by reason of sin” (ratione peccati) theory, which
enabled him to interfere in secular affairs, and make judgements in disputes
between secular rulers where he judged sin to be involved. Thus it was no use a
secular ruler saying that no sin was involved in the given case. It was up to
the Pope to decide that; he was the expert on sin, though he was not yet
acknowledged to be sinless himself. And since, as is generally acknowledged,
sin is everywhere, Innocent intervened vigorously in every part of Christendom.
In accordance with this
teaching, Innocent intervened vigorously in the election of the German Holy
Roman Emperors. Thus he chose Otto IV because he promised to do whatever he
ordered him. So Otto was crowned “king of the Romans, elect by the grace of God
and of the Pope”. But within a year he had excommunicated him…
Innocent was no
less high-handed in his relations with the other monarchs of the West. Thus
when King John of England disagreed with him over over who should be archbishop
of Canterbury, the pope, determined to break the king’s resistance, placed the
whole kingdom under interdict for six years. He excommunicated John, deposed
him from the throne and suggested to King Philip Augustus of France that he
invade and conquer England!!! John appealed to papal mediation to save him from
Philip. He received it, but at a price – full restitution of church funds and
lands, perpetual infeudation of England and Ireland[604]
to the papacy, and the payment of an annual rent of a thousand marks. Only when
all the money had been paid was the interdict lifted “and,” as De Rosa puts it
acidly: “by kind permission of Pope Innocent III, Christ was able to enter
England again”.[605]
This enraged King Philip, however; for he
was now ordered to abandon his preparations for war, in that he was not allowed
to invade what was now, not English, but papal
soil. Moreover, the abject surrender of John to the Pope, and the oath of
fealty he made to him, aroused the fears of the English barons, whose demands
led to the famous Magna Carta
of 1215, which is commonly regarded as the beginning of modern western
democracy. Thus the despotism of the Pope elicited the beginnings of
parliamentary democracy….
Now Magna Carta was a limitation of royal, not papal power.
Nevertheless, it affected the papacy, too, first because the kingdom of England
was supposed to be a papal fief, but more importantly because it set a
dangerous, revolutionary precedent which might be used against the Pope
himself. And so Pope Innocent III “from the plenitude of his unlimited power” condemned
the charter as “contrary to moral law”, “null and void of all validity for
ever”, absolved the king from having to observe it and excommunicated “anyone
who should continue to maintain such treasonable and iniquitous pretensions”.
But Archbishop Stephen
Langton of Canterbury, reversing the fanatically papist position of his
predecessor, Thomas Beckett, only 50 years earlier, refused to publish this
sentence. And the reason he gave was very significant: “Natural law is binding on popes and princes
and bishops alike: there is no escape from
it. It is beyond the reach of the pope himself.”[606] We shall return to this concept of natural law, which presented a
theoretical challenge to the papacy’s claims of the greatest significance…
Innocent also intervened in
France, when in 1209 he gave an expedition against the Cathar (Albigensian)
heretics the legal status of a crusade. At Muret in 1213 the Catholic crusaders
from northern France overcame the heretic Cathars of southern France and a
terrible inquisition and bloodletting followed.
Indeed, according to Ehrenreich, “the
crusades against the European heretics represented the ultimate fusion of
church and military… In return for an offer of indulgences, northern French
knights ‘flayed Provence [home of the Cathars], hanging, beheading, and burning
‘with unspeakable joy.’ When the city of Béziers was taken and the papal
legate was asked how to distinguish between the Cathars and the regular
Catholics, he gave the famous reply: 'Kill them all; God will know which are
His…’”[607]
This slaughter was legalised at the Fourth
Lateran Council of 1215, in which it was officially declared right and a
bounden duty to kill heretics: “If a temporal Lord neglects to fulfil the
demand of the Church that he shall purge his land of this contamination of
heresy, he shall be excommunicated by the metropolitan and other bishops of the
province. If he fails to make amends within a year, it shall be reported to the
Supreme Pontiff, who shall pronounce his vassals absolved from fealty to him
and offer his land to Catholics. The latter shall exterminate the heretics,
possess the land without dispute and preserve it in the true faith… Catholics
who assume the cross and devote themselves to the extermination of heretics
shall enjoy the same indulgence and privilege as those who go to the Holy
Land…”[608]
The theological justification for the
extermination of heretics was given some years later by Thomas Aquinas: “There
is the sin, whereby they deserve not only to be separated from the Church by
excommunication, but also to be shut off from the world by death. For it is a
much more serious matter to corrupt faith through which comes the soul’s life,
than to forge money, through which temporal life is supported. Hence if forgers
of money or other malefactors are straightway justly put to death by secular
princes, with much more justice can heretics, immediately upon conviction, be
not only excommunicated but also put to death.”[609]
So in 1231 the Inquisition was founded,
where only one verdict was possible: guilty. For according to the Libro Negro of the inquisitors,
“if, notwithstanding all the means [of torture] employed, the unfortunate
wretch still denies his guilt, he is to be considered as a victim of the devil:
and, as such, deserves no compassion…: he is a son of perdition. Let him perish
among the damned.”[610]
The Inquisition became especially
notorious in Spain, where, as “Llorente, Secretary to the Inquisition in Madrid
from 1790 to 1792, estimated in his History
of the Inquisition… up to his time thirty thousand had been put to death….
During the reign of Philip II, Bloody Mary’s Spanish husband, it is reckoned
that the victims of the Inquisition exceeded by many thousands all the
Christians who had suffered under the Roman emperors.”[611]
And yet Orthodox Spain before the schism in the eleventh century had already,
according to Guizot, replaced “the oath of compurgatores, or the
judicial combat” by “the proof by witnesses, and a rational investigation of
the matter in question, such as might be expected in a civilised society.”[612]
Truly, as de Rosa writes, “the Inquisition
was not only evil compared with the twentieth century, it was evil compared
with the tenth and eleventh century when torture was outlawed and men and women
were guaranteed a fair trial. It was evil compared with the age of Diocletian,
for no one was then tortured and killed in
the name of Jesus crucified.”[613]
The Fourth Lateran council, which
assembled bishops and representatives of every power in Europe and the
Mediterranean basin, represents the highwater mark of the papal despotism. For
in it every decree of the Pope was passed without the slightest demurring or
debate in accordance with Innocent’s word: “Every cleric must obey the Pope,
even if he commands what is evil; for no one may judge the Pope…”[614]
Five centuries later, the Roman Church was still preaching the same doctrine.
Thus Cardinal Bellarmine, in his book De
Romano Pontifice, wrote: “The Pope is the supreme judge in deciding
questions of faith and morals…. If the Pope were to err by imposing sins and
forbidding virtues, the Church would still have to consider sins as good and
virtues as vices, or else she would sin against conscience.”[615]
Thus did the Roman Church consciously and completely openly declare that
truth is not truth, or goodness goodness – if the Pope so decrees. Later,
during the Reformation, the Pope would be replaced by the People as the
ultimate arbiter of truth and goodness. Thus both Catholics and Protestants
denied the only “pillar and ground of the truth”, which is “the Church of the
living God” (I Timothy 3.15).
The Medieval Revolutionaries: Jews,
Albigensians and Templars
The Jews began to become influential in the West (“Ashkenaz”) during the
reign of Charlemagne, who protected them and gave them the freedom of the
empire, much to the dismay of the bishops. With the decline of the Carolingian
empire, the Jewish merchants made Rouen, the capital of Normandy, their own
capital in the West (excluding Spain, which was called “Sepharad”, literally
“the East”), and they were also well-established in Mainz and other Rhineland
towns. After the Norman conquest of England, the Jews penetrated there as well,
and the Norman kings of England came to rely on them financially…[616]
The movement of the Jews westward was facilitated by two disasters they
suffered in the East: the destruction of the Khazar kingdom by the Russians in
the tenth century, which was followed by their being banned from
Russia under Vladimir Monomakh in the twelfth century, and their expulsion from
Mesopotamia by the Muslims in 1040. Mesopotamia had been their homeland for
many generations, the seat of their government-in-exile and the place where the
Babylonian Talmud, the real “Bible” of Judaism, received its finished form.
But in the West, as in the East, the Jews were an “alien, apparently
indigestible element in society”; they were “always and everywhere in society and in the state, but never
properly of either one or the other”.[617] The reasons given for this
alienation of the Jews in the course of history have basically been of two
diametrically opposing kinds. According to the Christians and those who are
called by the Jews “anti-semites”, the Jews were alien because they wanted to be alien, because their law,
the Talmud, which has only the most strained and tangential relationship to
God’s revelation in the Old Testament, ordered
them to be alien and hostile to all non-Jews, whom they exploited through their
money-lending activities and against whose political authorities they very
often rebelled. In other words, Christian anti-semitism was the regrettable but
fully understandable consequence of Jewish anti-Gentilism. According to the
Jewish and pro-semitic view, on the other hand, it was the Christians who
imposed this alienation upon the Jews, forcing them to live in ghettoes, to
take up money-lending as a profession, to rebel out of self-defence.
In fact, as L.A. Tikhomorov writes, “the Jews were well organized in every
country, and Jewish organizations in all countries were in constant contact
with each other, warning about dangers, preparing refuges in case of
persecution and helping each other internationally in respect of trade and
industry. This gave Jewry an exceptional power. Wherever a Jew went with a view
to practising trade and industry, he found ready support. But the dominance
that flowed from this in trade and industry placed a heavy burden on the
non-Jewish population. The rulers of the countries – kings, dukes, landowning
princes – greatly valued the Jews for their ability to get for them money and
think up all kinds of financial operations. Even during times of persecution of
the Jews generally, people with property and even town magistrates each wanted ‘to
have his own Jew’ for himself, as a consequence of which the persecutions lost
their systematic character. But for the population their financial talents were
very burdensome, and dissatisfaction and hatred continued to grow against the
Jews. This was felt everywhere. In Portugal, for example, where there prevailed
the firmest and most exceptional goodwill towards the Jews, the masses of the
people hated them. Also, the Jews’ disdain for Christianity could not fail to
irritate the Christians. This disdain the Jews did not try to hide in the
least. The most broad-minded Jews, such as Judah Halevy [1075-1140] who, of
course, had the most superficial understanding of Christianity, and of Islam
too, put the one and the other on a level with paganism. Judah Halevy said that
although Christianity and Islam ‘in their original form’ were institutions for
the purification and ennoblement of the non-Jews (their preparation for
Judaism), nevertheless they had turned into paganism: the Christians worshipped
the Cross, and the Muslims – the stone of the Kaaba.[618] The Jews expressed their
criticisms wherever they could. Undermining Christianity became part of their
mission. And meanwhile they occupied the most prominent position in such dark
sciences as alchemy, astrology and every kind of theurgy. Their mysticism and
kabbalistic theories had a great influence on Christian society. All kinds of
magic and witchcraft, to which the superstitious middle ages was avidly drawn,
were closely linked with Jewish elements. An example of the degree to which
Jewish influence could go is presented by the south of France, which was called
French Judaea. The Jews exhibited constant close links with all the enemies of
Christianity, with the Arabs, with the heretics of the most disgusting sects,
such as Manichaeism. Michelet, in evaluating the Albigensians [the Cathari, or
Manichaeans, of Southern France], says: ‘The southern nobility was overflowing
with the children of Jews and Saracens [Histoire de France (A History of
France), vol. II, p. 159].’ They were more developed people, in Michelet’s
opinion, than the northern nobility. However it was here that there developed a
terrible opposition to religion, and a collapse of morality. The more eminent
women were just as debauched as their husbands and fathers, and the poetry of
the troubadors was completely filled with blasphemies against God and the
stories of lovers. ‘This French Judaea, as Languedoc was called, was
reminiscent of the Judaea in the East not only because of its olive groves and
aromas: it had its own Sodom and Gomorrha… The local scholars openly
taught the philosophy of Aristotle, while the Arabs and Jews in secret taught
the pantheism of Averroes and the subtleties of the Kabbala.’ [Michelet, op.
cit., pp. 393-404].
“The Jewish
historian G. Graetz confirms the essence of this characterisation. ‘The
Albigensians,’ he says, ‘especially energetically protested against the papacy,
and their opposition was partly owing to their relations with the educated
Jews and knowledge of Jewish works. Amidst the Albigensians there existed a
sect which directly said that the Jewish Law is better than the Christian.
Those princes who protected the Albigensians also protected the Jews.’ [Istoria
Evreev (A History of the Jews), Odessa, 1906, vol. III, p. 69].
“We can see what a socially demoralising influence this was from
the same Albigensians. We are accustomed to speak only about the persecutions
against the Albigensians. But we must also remember what was being done in
those levels of the population which are labelled by the general name of
‘Albigensians’. There were overflowing with people having no social restraint.
‘The heroes of the great highways,’ writes Michelet, ‘together with the
peasants… dressed their wives in sacred vestments, beat up the priests and
mockingly forced them to sing mass. One of their entertainments consisted in
disfiguring representations of the Saviour, cutting out the hands and legs.
These trouble-makers were dear to the landowning princes precisely for their
godlessness. Unbelievers, like our contemporaries, and as savage as barbarians,
they lay as a heavy burden on the country, stealing, blackmailing and killing
whoever came to hand, carrying out a terrible war’…
“From the ninth century in France children began to disappear, and
rumour began to accuse the Jews of stealing them. First they said it was for
selling into slavery, then there appeared rumours that the Jews were killing
them. In the twelfth century the Jews were accused of crucifying Christians. It
appears that at that time they were not talking about the Jews’ use of
Christian blood for ritualistic ends. This accusation appeared only in the
thirteenth century. The constant friendship of the Jews with the Saracens
elicited suspicion and hatred that was the stronger the more intense became the
struggle with Islam.
“So the era of the crusades elicited stormy pogroms of the Jews. Before
the crusades themselves, in 1014, in France, killing of Jews for such reasons
took place everywhere. The Jews of Orleans sent an ambassador to Sultan Hakim
in Jerusalem, advising him to destroy the Church of Sepulchre of the Lord.
Hakim (Fatimid) did indeed destroy the Church. But for that Jews were killed
throughout France, while their ambassador, on his return from Jerusalem, was
burned in Orleans.
“The first crusade began in 1096, and if the correct crusading armies
did not touch the Jews, the motley crowds of people drawn to the liberation of
the Holy Sepulchre beat up Jews along the way and forced them to be baptised
against their will. Against there sounded the voices of the Roman popes, but
they remained powerless in face of the excited masses. Pogroms began to become
a common phenomenon. Even in England, where nobody had touched the Jews before,
in 1189 the first pogrom broke out, while one hundred years later, in 1290, the
kings decided to expel them completely from England.[619] Thus for 350 years the Jews had
no access to England until Cromwell, who again allowed them to live in the
country. On the continent a terrible pogrom broke out in Fulda, where on the
occasion of the killing of some Christian children a crowd burned several tens
of Jews, although it remained unclear who had killed the children. In the
fourteenth century Europe began to be devastated by the so-called ‘Black Death’
(the plague), and the general voice of the peoples accused the Jews of
poisoning the water and supplies set aside for the use of the Christians. The
year 1348 was a fatal date for the Jews. In 1453 the Jews suffered universal
extinction in Silesia. It goes without saying that the persecuted Jews
everywhere sought salvation in new emigrations to such places where they were
not killing them at the given moment, although after a certain time the
refugees perhaps had to seek a new refuge. During this period there was a
countless number of accusations that they had committed ritual killings.
Moreover, in a majority of processes – even, perhaps, in all of them – there
were Jews who confessed to the crime, and even described the details of how
they did it. But the trials of the time took place with the help of tortures,
whose horrors we can hardly imagine. In the same period there were many trials
of magicians and witches, who were compelled to make confessions by the same tortures.
Looking objectively, there is no possibility of reaching an exact conclusion
about what these magicians and witches were, and in exactly the same way
whether there were cases of ritual killings among the Jews.
“In the interesting collection of I.O. Kuzmin [Materialy k voprosu ob
obvineniakh evreev v ritual’nykh ubijstvakh (Materials on the question of the
accusations against Jews of ritual murders), St. Petersburg, 1913] there is
a long list of trials (mainly Polish) on ritual killings. And it is impossible
even to understand what amount of truth there could be in the depositions and
confessions extracted by tortures, which make one’s hair stand on end. Dr.
Frank [Ritual’nie ubijstva pered sudom istiny i spravedlivosti (Ritual
murders before the court of truth and justice), Kiev, 1912, p. 50] cites
the conclusion of the Jesuit Friedrich von Sprey, who said: ‘I swear that
amidst the many women sentenced to burning for supposed sorcery, whom I
accompanied to the fire, there was not one whose guilt was established. Apply
this kind of tortures to judges, to spiritual fathers, to me – and you would
recognize all of us to be sorcerers.’ We could say the same about the
confessions of ritual murders. But on the other hand the centuries we are
talking about did indeed constitute the peak of various kinds of sorcery and
‘black magic’, combined with the most disgusting crimes. Moreover, blood was
considered to be one of the most important materials used in magic. It is said
that the sacrifice of a child and the drinking of his blood was part of the
so-called ‘black mass’ [S. Tukholk, Okkul’tizm i magia (Occultism and
Magic), St. Petersburg, 1911, p. 92]. The translator of the Russian edition
of the book of the so-called Monk Neophytus [O tajne krovi u evreev (On the
Mystery of Blood among the Jews), St. Petersburg, 1914] adduces in the
foreword examples of the murder of children with the aim of making incantations
among people belonging by blood and birth-certificate to the Christians. Thus
in 1440 the Marshal of France Giles de Lavalle was condemned and burned; he
tortured and killed many children to find the philosopher’s stone. The remains
of the tortured children were found in a cellar. ‘From their blood, brains and
bones,’ says the translator, ‘they prepared some kind of magical liquid.’
“Since among the Jews various kinds of sorcery and magic were as well
developed as among the Christian peoples, and in this respect the Jews were
even rather the teachers of the others since the time of the Babylonian
captivity, then one can, of course, imagine that some among them were capable
of such evils. But the accusers among the people spread this slander on the
whole of Jewry.
“On these grounds, besides tortures and court burnings, a number of
pogroms were stirred up against the Jews by crowds in all countries. In exactly
the same way terrible persecutions were raised agains the Jews during the
so-called ‘Black Death’, which ravaged Europe. The people shouted that the Jews
were preparing destructive concoctions out of poisonous plants, human blood and
urine, etc., and sorcerers were poisoning people with this mixture. Excited
crowds destroyed the homes of the Jews, plundered their property, and killed
them. It goes without saying that it is easy to imagine there were people who
deliberatedly stirred up the people against the unfortunate Jews with the aim
of profiting from their inheritance. This was perhaps the most difficult era in
the life of the Jewish people.”[620]
Somewhat similar to the fate of the Jews was that of the Knights
Templar, a mysterious monastic-military sect under the protection of the Pope
that was founded in 1118 and destroyed in 1312. After a distinguished beginning
to their history during which they displayed great courage in support of the
crusaders in the Holy Land, they were soon corrupted by wealth and began to
betray the Christian cause through deals with the Saracens. Worst of all, they
accepted dualistic, Manichaean-Albigensian doctrines and began to worship an
idol called “Baphomet”, accompanied by the renunciation of Christ and
homosexual orgies.
These facts were established during trials of their members by King
Philip the Fair of France and Pope Clement V. Some authorities assert that they
were innocent; and certainly the use of torture in the earlier trial, by King
Philip, makes the use of that evidence unsafe.
[621] However, others, and in
particular Tikhomirov, think the evidence of their guilt is overwhelming, and
take seriously the claim that the Templars are the link between ancient
paganism and modern Freemasonry.[622]
The Kabbala
The expulsion of the Jews went hand in hand with the banning and
destruction of their evil anti-Christian and anti-Gentile books, especially the
Talmud and the Kabbala.
“The Byzantine emperors,” writes Platonov, “were unconditional opponents
of the Talmud, forbidding the Talmud on their territory. In this policy the
Russian sovereigns followed the Byzantine emperors. Right until the end of the
17th century the import of the Talmud into Russia was forbidden
under pain of death.
“The
tradition of the non-allowance of the Talmud onto the territory of Christian
states was broken after the falling away of the Western church from Orthodoxy
and the strengthening of papism. The mercenary Roman popes and cardinals for
the sake of gain often entered into agreements with the Jews and looked through
their fingers at the widespread distribution of the Talmud in Europe.
Nevertheless, amidst the Roman popes there were found those who tried to fight
with this ‘book worthy of being cursed’, from the reading of which ‘every kind
of evil flows’.
“Popes Gregory IX in 1230 and Innocent IV in 1244 ordered all Talmudic
books to be burned. In England in 1272 during the expulsion of the Jews searches
for copies of the Talmud were carried out in their homes and they were handed
over to be burned…”[623]
As regards the Kabbala, Nesta Webster writes: “The modern Jewish Cabala
presents a dual aspect – theoretical and practical; the former concerned with
theosophical speculations, the latter with magical practices. It would be
impossible here to give an idea of Cabalistic theosophy with its extraordinary
imaginings on the Sephiroths, the attributes and functions of good and bad
angels, dissertations on the nature of demons, and minute details on the
appearance of God under the name of the Ancient of Ancients, from whose head
400,000 worlds receive the light. ‘The length of this face from the top of the
head is three hundred and seventy times ten thousand worlds. It is called the
“Long Face”, for such is the name of the Ancient of Ancients.’ The description
of the hair and beard alone belonging to this gigantic countenance occupies a
large place in the Zoharic treatise, Idra Raba.
“According to the Cabala, every letter in the Scriptures contains a
mystery only to be solved by the initiated. By means of this system of
interpretation passages of the Old Testament are shown to bear meanings totally
unapparent to the ordinary reader. Thus the Zohar explains that Noah was lamed
for life by the bite of a lion whilst he was in the ark, the adventures of
Jonah inside the whale are related with an extraordinary wealth of imagination,
whilst the beautiful story of Elisha and the Shunamite woman is travestied in the
most grotesque manner.
“In the practical Cabala this method of ‘decoding’ is reduced to a
theurgic or magical system in which the healing of diseases plays an important
part and is effected by means of the mystical arrangement of numbers and letters,
by the pronunciation of the Ineffable Name, by the use of amulets and
talismans, or by compounds supposed to contain certain occult properties.
“All these ideas derived from very ancient cults; even the art of
working miracles by the use of the Divine Name, which after the appropriation
of the Kabbala by the Jews became the particular practice of Jewish
miracle-workers, appears to have originated in Chaldea…”[624]
How could this paganism – for that is what it is - ever have entered the
rigorously anti-pagan religion of Judaism? One may well ask. The pro-semite
author Paul Johnson writes: “The sages were both fascinated and repelled by
this egregious superstition. The anthropomorphism of God’s bodily measurements
went against basic Judaic teaching that God is non-created and unknowable. The
sages advised Jews to keep their eyes firmly fixed on the law and not to probe
dangerous mysteries… But they then proceeded to do just that themselves; and,
being elitists, they tended to fall in with the idea of special knowledge
conveyed to the elect: ‘The story of creation should not be expounded before
two persons, and the chapter on the chariot [Ezekiel 1] before even one
person, unless he is a sage, and already has an independent understanding of
the matter.’ That was the Talmud; indeed the Talmud and other holy writings
contained a good deal of this suspect material…”[625]
L.A. Tikhomirov writes that the mysticism of the Kabbala “was based on
the idea of the self-sufficiency of nature, on the substitution of nature for
the idea of God the Creator, the Personal God Whose essence was beyond the
whole of creation created by Him.
“Therefore the Kabbala undermined both the Mosaic faith and the
Christian.
“In social relations it also undermined that order which was based on
the law given by God, for it made man the independent orderer of his own
social relations. This side of the Kabbala aroused alarm in Jewish society,
too, exciting it sometimes to struggle against Kabbalism by force. And indeed,
in, for example, its newest manifestation, Hassidism, the Kabbalistic idea
undermined the authority both of the rabbis and of Jewish society itself and
opposed to it the ‘Tsadiks’ – a power that was, so to speak, independent by
dint of the mystical link it presupposed with the Divine principle. The Jews
therefore found in Kabbalism a kinship with Christianity, where, as they
supposed, ‘Christ made himself God’. In exactly the same way in the triads of
the Sephiroth they saw a similarity with the Christian idea of the
consubstantial Trinity. But if Kabbalism excited the alarm of the Jewish world,
they still were able to deal with it there, since the Kabbalists in general
were also penetrated by Jewish national patriotism, and, in all probability, it
was precisely Kabbalist influences that served as the basis for that original
form of messianism which sees in the Messiah not a special ambassador of God,
but the Jewish people itself, and understands the coming kingdom of the Messiah
as the universal kingdom of the people of Israel.
“But the Kabbala had a more destructive impact on Christian society.
“In the Christian world Kabbalism was also supposed to be closer to
Christianity than Talmudism, so that the Kabbalists were sometimes protected
even by the Roman popes. But if there were cases of the conversion of
Kabbalists to Christianity, in general Kabbalism has the same relationship to
Christianity as Gnosticism, that is, it can give birth only to heretical
teachings. And that is how it worked in history, undermining Christian ideas
about God, Christ, the Church and, finally, the whole order of Christian
society through its ability to join up with all and sundry. The survivals of
Gnosticism and the heresies went hand in hand with Kabbalism right from the
Middle Ages. It undermined the same things, and first of all the Church; and it
gave birth to the same ideals of public life.
“This does not mean that Kabbalism whenever it appeared put forward
political or social programmes. It had nothing of the kind, as there was
nothing of the kind in occultism. Like occultism, Kabbalism was always only a
well-known religio-philosophical world-view. If it had politico-social
consequences, then only because this world-view undermined the
Christian-ecclesiastical world-view, and through it also the order founded upon
it, and those forms of discipline which it held to.
“That intellectual-social movement, a constituent part of which in its
religio-philosophical aspect was Kabbalism, together with occultism and Gnosticism
undermined the bases of the Christian order confirmed in the middle ages. It
was in fact reformist, emancipatory and revolutionary, since it opposed to the
social discipline of old Europe the democratic idea. The democratic idea in
itself, through its internal logic, was put forward in opposition to the
hierarchical idea, when the idea of submission to the will of God was
substituted by the idea of human autonomy. It was for that reason that the
secret societies and tendencies, in whose world-view the Kabbala found its
place, played, together with Gnosticism and occultism, a reformist and
revolutionary role. Such, especially, was the role of Freemasonry.
“But we must not conclude from this that the Kabbalistic idea was in
essence ‘emancipatory’ and democratic. Quite the opposite. If Kabbalism, like
occultism, will at any time begin to introduce into the ordering of society its
own ideas, they will give birth to a society that is in an idiosyncratic
way aristocratic and very despotic. We see this in part in the social order of
Kabbalistic Hasidism, in which the Tsadiks are absolute masters to whom the
whole of their community submits unconditionally. And that is understandable.
“According to the idea of Kabbalism, people have by no means equal
rights, they are not identical. Over humanity in general there is no
authority higher than human authority, and human authority goes back even to
the heavens. But people are not all identical, authority does not belong to all
of them, because they are not equally powerful. Some people are rich in occult
abilities, whose power can be developed by exercise to an infinite degree. But
are people are weak in this respect or even nothing. And these weak people must
naturally be in the hands of the strong, receive directions from them and be
under their administration. This power of the mystical aristocracy is
incomparably more powerful than the power of hereditary aristocracy, because
the latter is not united with great personal power, while the mystical aristocracy
has an invincible personal power. It possesses the ability to rule over
the whole of nature, over the angelic powers, over the souls of men, not
because such a rule was given to it by some human law or ‘constitution’, but
because these higher men are incomparably more powerful than others, while the
weak cannot oppose them. Moreover, there is no need to oppose them, because the
higher nature will be able to construct a life that is much better for the weak
than they can build themselves.
“On this basis heredity can arise. Among the Tsadik hassidim there soon
arose ‘dynasties’ in which power was passed down by inheritance.
“And so in itself the Kabbalistic idea by no means leads to democracy…
“As is well-known, in Freemasonry, too, in spite of the external
democratism and elective nature of its institutions, in actual fact the secret
power of the ‘higher degrees’ is exceptionally great. It is noteworthy that a
man of the ‘higher degrees’, when placed among people of the lower degrees,
does not receive any external power. He seems to be equal to all his
co-members, but is obliged to direct them in the direction indicated to him
from above. He must do this by means of influence. What kind of influence is
this? In all probability, as they say, he must possess the ability of a
hynpotist and magnetist. It is also thought that reception into the higher
degrees of Masonry takes place on the basis of the degree to which these
‘occult’ abilities are revealed and proved in a man.
“Concerning Kabbalism, we must further note the possibility of its national
role. From ancient times there has existed in Jewry the conviction that the
‘Godchosenness’ of Israel is defined by special ‘prophetic abilities’ of the
descendants of Abraham. One can well imagine that the special abilities
necessary for Kabbalism belong in the highest degree only to the Jews. With
this presupposition we can understand why ‘the Jewish Kabbala’ stands separate
from ‘the European’, and the time for the influence of the Kabbalists were ever
to come, it would probably coincide with the world influence of Jewry. We can
also suppose that this is linked to the preponderance of Jewry in the highest
centre of Freemasonry, about which the investigators of the latter speak. But
so little is known both about the Kabbalistic organizations and about the
higher organizations of Freemasonry, and all ideas about them have so little
basis in fact, that one should not attach any serious significance to
hypotheses of this sort…”[626]
In the twelfth and thirteenth centuries a conflict arose between the
rationalists, led by Maimonides, who rejected the paganism of the Kabbala, and
the “mystics”, led by Nahmanides, who accepted it.
Moses Maimonides (1135-1204) is to Judaism what the Spanish Arab
philosopher Averroës is to Islam and Thomas Aquinas is to Christianity –
the first to attempt to reconcile the faith of his fathers with scientific
knowledge, and in particular the science of Aristotle which was becoming known
again in Spain and Western Europe. For this proto-rationalist project he was
criticized by many of the rabbis of his time. But in his opposition to the
Kabbala he showed himself faithful to the monotheistic roots of Judaism.
“Nahmanides,” however, as Johnson writes, “made it possible for
kabbalists to pose as the conservatives, tracing the origin of their ideas back
to the Bible and Talmud, and upholding the best and most ancient Jewish
traditions. It was the rationalists who were the innovators, bringing to the
study of the Torah the pagan ideas of the ancient Greeks. In this respect, the
campaign against the works of Maimonides could be described as the last squeak
of the anti-Hellenists.
“Nahmanides himself never joined the witch-hunt against rationalism – on
the contrary, he opposed it – but he made it possible for the kabbalists to
escape similar charges of heresy, which in fact would have been much better
grounded. For kabbalah not only introduced gnostic concepts which were totally
alien to the ethical monotheism of the Bible, it was in a sense a completely
different religion: pantheism. Both its cosmogony – its account of how creation
was conceived in God’s words – and its theory of divine emanations led to the
logical deduction that all things contain a divine element. In the 1280s, a
leading Spanish kabbalist, Moses ben Shem Tov of Guadalajar, produced a summa
of kabbalistic lore, the Sefer-ha-Zohar, generally known as the Zohar,
which became the best-known treatise on the subject. Much of this work is
explicitly pantheist: it insists repeatedly that God ‘is everything’ and
everything is united in Him, ‘as is known to the mystics’. But if God is
everything, and everything is in God, how can God be a single, specific being,
non-created and absolutely separate from creation, as orthodox Judaism has
always emphatically insisted? There is no answer to this question, except the
plain one that Zohar-kabbalah is heresy of the most pernicious kind…”[627]
As
we have seen, papism represents a distortion of the idea of Christian Rome,
that is, of a symphony of powers, secular and spiritual, in favour of the idea
a single power, the papacy, to which all other powers, including that of the
emperor, are subordinate and from which they acquire their legitimacy. In order
to buttress this idea, the Popes had had resort to forgeries, such as The Donation of Constantine. However,
from the twelfth century we begin to witness, as Charles George writes, “the
emergence from feudal and Catholic concepts of the idea of a ‘state’…: one must
learn to interpret the novelties couched in the rites of the new coronation
ceremonies designed to celebrate the monarchs as God-instituted power
transcending feudal limits, and the newly devised funerary rites for kings which
emphasized the immortality of the king’s other body – the body politic, the
fictive ‘state’.”[628] A state that was in principle
independent of both Catholic and feudal law was a direct threat to the whole
papist view of the universe.
A
critical influence in the emergence of these seemingly new ideas of the state
was the rediscovery in Italy of certain more genuine works of Christian Rome,
such as Justinian’s Digest, as well
as works from pre-Christian antiquity, such as Aristotle’s Politics. One of the first to make practical use of Roman law to
strengthen his authority vis-á-vis the pope was King Roger II of Sicily.
Roger was an absolutist ruler trying to obtain complete control, not only of
political matters, but also of ecclesiastical matters within his kingdom –
hence his rejection of papal claims to feudal overlordship of the island, and
his promotion of his claim to being the apostolic legate to Sicily. So he was
not as interested in those parts of Roman law that regulated relations with the
Church on a symphonic basis, such as Justinian’s famous Sixth Novella, as
in the more absolutist elements, which went back to old, pagan Rome.
David Abulafia writes: “Roger II was several decades ahead of the German
emperors in making use of Roman law codes, and it can be argued that he grasped
their principles more quickly and firmly than did the emperors: ‘no one should
dispute about the judgement, plans and undertakings of the king. For to dispute
about his decisions, deeds, constitutions, plans and whether he whom the king
has chosen is worthy is comparable to sacrilege.’ The king stood above the law:
this was pure Justinian, cited by Roger, with the substitution of the term rex
for princeps. In other words, it was a law which was intended exactly to apply
to Roger’s kingdom. The idea of the crime of maiestas, or treason, was
developed on Roman lines, and was extended to heretics as well, for by
questioning the parameters of religion they questioned implicitly the divine
election of the ruler.
“Thus
the Sicilian monarchy was not entirely a novelty. The ideas that inspired Roger
were late-Roman legal ideas, transmitted through Byzantine Italy, but applied
to a new set of conditions: a territorial monarchy whose ruler saw himself as
detached from the higher jurisdiction of western or eastern emperor, even of
pope. Old legislation was seen to confirm the rights and powers of a new
institution, the Sicilian monarchy; what was revolutionary was the
transformation of the idea of monarchy from the universalism of the late-Roman
codes into the regional autonomy of the Sicilian kingdom…
“Roger II’s attitude to his monarchy has nowhere been so misunderstood
as in his dealings with the Byzantine emperors. Much of his reign was taken up
with open or threatened conflict with Byzantium; but in 1141 and 1143 he sent
embassies to the emperors John and Manuel Comnenus, demanding recognition of
his status as basileus. This is just the moment when his minister George of
Antioch commissioned the mosaic of the king being crowned by Christ, and when
his relations with the pope were once again difficult over the apostolic
legateship. What did Roger mean? The term basileus gave rise to problems.
Westerners knew that it was the core title of a long list of titles held by the
Byzantine emperor… In ancient Greek, basileus was the word for ‘king’. Western
rulers who wished to irritate the Byzantines would send letters to
Consantinople addressed to the ‘king of the Greeks’; but the Byzantines saw
their ruler as ‘emperor of the Romans’, that is, universal emperor, appointed
by God, successor to Constantine. Roger’s idea of a territorial monarchy,
separated out of the universal Christian community, was not easy for Byzantium
to accept; there was a tendency in Byzantium to… treat the kingdoms of the west
as petty provinces ‘allowed’ to function under a system of self-government
(though southern Italy and Sicily were a different case – they had been
‘stolen’ from Byzantium by the Normans). What Roger wanted from Constantinople was
recognition of the new reality; when he asked to be treated as a basileus he
was not cheekily asking to be reckoned as the emperor’s equal, or as the
western emperor (in lieu of the German ruler), but as a territorial monarch
possessing the plenitude of monarchical authority, described in Justinian’s
law-codes. Nevertheless, the Byzantines regarded even this as the height of
impudence; the Sicilian ambassador was imprisoned, and relations became even
worse than before.
“A sidelight on these events is perhaps cast by a book written at
Roger’s court by a Byzantine scholar just at this time: Neilos Doxopatrios’ History
of the Five Patriarchates. This book rebukes the Normans for seizing the
lands of the Roman emperor – an extraordinary statement in a work dedicated to
a Norman king – but it also argues that Sicily and southern Italy belong to the
patriarchate of Constantinople, and are not under the ecclesiastical authority
of the bishop of Rome. Roger may have seized on this idea, already exploited in
his dealings with the Church, to approach the Byzantine emperor and to offer to
re-enter the Orthodox fold. It would be, at the very least, a deft way to put
pressure on the pope when he was making difficulties over the apostolic
legateship.”[629]
Re-entry into the Orthodox fold was indeed the only way for a Western
ruler of the time, not only to escape from the coils of the papist absolutism,
but also to aspire to the ideal of Christian Statehood. For that ideal was not
“faith-free”: it critically depended on the acceptance of the Orthodox faith as
the pillar and foundation of the Christian State. Unfortunately, however, Roger
was probably the last western ruler who even contemplated returning to the
Orthodox faith…
It was not only rulers who were digging deep into Roman law to find
support for their claims. From the 1140s the Roman commune was looking for
support against absolutism. Thus from Justinian’s Digest lawyers extracted the lex regia, according to which
there “every right and every power of the Roman people” was transferred to the
emperor.” This, as Charles Davis writes, “could be interpreted in a popular as
well as an imperial sense. There was an ongoing debate among those ‘priests of
justice’, the legists, as to whether the Roman people by means of the lex regia
had made a permanent or merely a temporal grant of their power and authority to
the emperor. Did the grant have to be renewed on the emperor’s death? If so,
was the acclamation of the Roman people necessary to create the emperor, as had
apparently been the case at the coronation of Charles the Great?
“This question was answered in the
affirmative in the middle of the twelfth century by the newly created Roman
commune, which rebelled against the pope in 1143 and again in 1144. The commune
reconstituted the Senate and asserted its right to create the emperor. As
Robert Brenson has said, ‘From 1144 to 1155, far from having concrete limited
goals, the Romans relied on Antiquity as a political model, and claimed to
exercise in the present the undiminished prerogatives of the ancient Roman
Senate and people.’
“Their model seems to have been the
pre-Carolingian empire, primarily that of Constantine and Justinian, without
any room in it for the pope. They were much influenced by the religious leader
Arnold of Brescia (d. 1155), who believed that clerics should be stripped of
their property. A partisan of his named Wezel had the temerity to write to [the
German Emperor] Frederick [Barbarossa] that the Donation [of
Constantine], ‘that lie and heretical fable’, was not believed even by
‘servants and little women’ in Rome, and that the Pope therefore had no right
to summon him there for a coronation…
“… When [Frederick] was approaching Rome
in order to be crowned by the pope, he was met by emissaries of the commune
who, according to Helmold, told him that he ought to ‘honour the City, which is
head of the world and mother of the empire’.”[630]
But Frederick had little time for democratism… Nor, of course, did the
Popes, who, however much they might wish to overthrow the power of the emperors
and kings, did not want to replace it with the vague but potentially very
powerful force of democratism. They had reason to fear; for papism as a real
power was eventually destroyed by
democratism, the rule of the people, as displayed first in the Protestant
Reformation and then in the series of revolutionary movements culminating in
modern liberalism, communism and ecumenism.
However, it is possible to discern the beginnings of democratism in
papism itself. For if no power, whether ecclesiastical or political, is sacred
unless it is founded and blessed by the Pope himself, then it is only one step
from here to the proposition that the power of the papacy itself is not sacred
unless it is founded and blessed by the power of the people. Or rather, two steps.
For there was a vital concept linking the power of the papacy with the
power of the people which made the transition from the medieval world view,
based on the sacred power of one man,
to the modern world view, based on the sacred power of every man, possible. That concept was what theologians of the later
Middle Ages called natural law.
One of the ideas that the medieval jurists
extracted from Justinian’s Digest was the idea that everyone – even the pope and the emperor
– is subject to the law. Thus the Digest declared
that “law is… something which all men
ought to obey for many reasons, and chiefly because every law is devised and
given by God, but resolved on by intelligent men, a means of correcting
offences both intentional and unintentional, a general agreement on the part of
the community by which all those living therein ought to order their lives. We
may add that Chrysippus [said]: ‘Law is the king of all things, both divine and
human; it ought to be the controller, ruler and commander of both the good and
the bad’.”[631]
But what kind of law was meant? There was
scope for confusion and contradiction here. For it was another principle of
Roman-Byzantine law, as we have seen, that the prince was above the law, or
freed from human laws (legibus solutus), insofar as “what pleases the
prince has the power of law”. For if he broke his own laws, who was to judge
him and who was to prevent him passing other laws to make his previous
transgression of the law lawful? The pope was similarly considered to be above
the law – that is, freed from the provisions of canon law. This was a
consequence of his “absolute power” (potestas absoluta), for if he
sinned against canon law, or became a heretic, who was to judge him if not the
supreme expert on the subject, the pope himself? And who could judge him if he
refused to judge himself? So a monarch
might be freed from the laws of the State, and the pope might be freed from the
canon law of the Church. But they were both theoretically subject to another
kind of law. This higher law was called by medieval theorists natural law.
Towards the end of the
thirteenth century, the concept of natural law was formulated with greater
precision by Thomas Aquinas, the most famous of the medieval Catholic
theologians who practised that corruption of Christian theology by Greek pagan
philosophy, especially Aristotelianism, known as scholasticism. However,
in his general political theory Aquinas remained more Christian than
Aristotelian, and closer to the Orthodox concept of the two powers than to the
papist theory of the complete subordination of the State to the Church. Thus,
as the Jesuit Fr. Frederick Copleston interprets his thought: “The end of the
Church, a supernatural end, is higher than that of the State, so that the
Church is a society superior to the State, which must subordinate itself to the
Church in matters bearing upon the supernatural life; but that does not alter
the fact that the State is a ‘perfect society’, autonomous within its own
sphere. In terms of later theology, then, St. Thomas must be reckoned as an
upholder of the indirect power of the Church over the State… St. Thomas
does not say that man has, as it were, two final ends, a temporal end which is
catered for by the State and a supernatural, eternal end which is catered for
by the State: he says that man has one final end, a supernatural end, and that
the business of the monarch, in his direction of earthly affairs, is to
facilitate the attainment of that end. The power of the Church over the State
is not a potesta directa, since it is the business of the State, not the
Church, to care for economic concerns and the preservation of peace; but the
State must care for these concerns with an eye on the supernatural end of man.
In other words, the State may be a ‘perfect society’ [pace Aristotle],
but the elevation of man to the supernatural order means that the State is very
much a handmaid of the Church. This point of view is based not so much on
medieval practice as on the Christian faith, and it is, needless to say, not
the view of Aristotle who knew nothing of man’s eternal and supernatural end.”[632]
So far so good. However, the
revolutionary concept of “natural law” goes back to the early Greek
philosophers and is not equivalent, as we shall see, to any Scriptural or
patristic concept of law. Fr. Copleston defines it as “the totality of the
universal dictates of right reason concerning that good of nature which is to
be pursued and that evil of man’s nature which is to be shunned.”[633] But how do we know what is “right reason” and “the
good of nature”? Another interpreter of Aquinas, J.S. McClelland, explains:
“For a maxim of morality or a maxim of good government to be part of natural
law, it has to be consistent with scripture, with the writings of the Fathers
of the Church, with papal pronouncement, with what the philosophers say, and it
must also be consistent with the common practices of mankind, both Christian
and non-Christian.”[634] But “papal pronouncement” often contradicts “the
writings of the Fathers of the Church”, “what the philosophers say” takes us
still further away from the Fathers, and “the common practices of mankind, both
Christian and non-Christian” opens the way to almost complete liberty – or
licence - of interpretation…
Aquinas defined the
relationship of natural law to man-made laws as follows: “Every law framed by
man bears the character of a law exactly to that extent to which it is derived
from the law of nature. But if on any point it is in conflict with the law of
nature, it at once ceases to be a law; it is a mere perversion of the law.”[635] If this concept could be made precise, it could
provide a basis on which to justify rebellion against the powers that be,
whether in Church or State.
However, Aquinas was not
trying to find reasons for rebellion against either the ecclesiastical or the
secular authorities. “Like Aristotle and Augustine,” writes McClelland, “Thomas
always makes a presumption in favour of obedience. Good government carries its
own rationale with it, and this is definitely strengthened by the Aristotelian
ends which Thomas embeds in secular authority. The effects of good government
are certainly pleasing to God. Thomas assumes that there will be a substantial
natural law content in nearly all positive law (and even in the positive law of
Muslim kingdoms ruling over Christian subjects). Obedience to positive law is
therefore to an extent obedience to God’s law…
“Thomas ends by claiming that most secular
law is binding on Christian conscience, including most of what might appear at
first sight to be the doubtful cases. No Christian had ever doubted that unjust
law – that is, law which flies in the face of the direct commands of the
Scriptures – is invalid; and law that is obviously in keeping with God’s
commands is good law by definition. But what about law that is somehow ‘in
between’, law which is neither very good nor very bad? Aristotelianism enables
him to establish a presumption in favour of obedience in conscience to this ‘in
between’ kind of law. The question of obedience to a particular command of the
positive law cannot be divorced from consideration of the ends for which
positive law is in general established, and one of these ends is the secular
peace on which the realisation of all other strictly human ends depends. A
rational conscience is therefore obliged to consider the question of obedience
to an ‘in between’ very carefully. Disobedience is only justified if two
criteria can be met. First, the law must be bad in itself, though not
necessarily very wicked; and second, disobedience must not threaten the earthly
peace to the extent that the ends for which earthly peace in general
established become more difficult to realise. The second criterion is obviously
more difficult to meet than the first. It is not a blanket cover for obedience
in conscience to every nasty law, but it comes close. The implication is that
law bad enough to satisfy both criteria is only going to appear very
infrequently, because no case is easier to make out than the case which argues
that disobedience in this case of bad law is unjustified because disobedience
might either cause social disturbance or indirectly encourage other kinds of
law-breaking.”[636]
Copleston puts the matter as follows: “The
function of the human legislator is primarily to apply the natural law and to
support the law by sanctions. For example, murder is forbidden by the natural
law, but reason shows the desirability of positive enactments whereby murder is
clearly defined and whereby sanctions are added, since the natural law does not
of itself clearly define murder in detail or provide immediate sanctions. The
legislator’s primary function is, therefore, that of defining or making
explicit the natural law, of applying it to particular cases and of making it
effective. It follows that… every human law is a true law only in so far as it
is derived from the natural law. ‘But if it disagrees with the natural law in
something, it will not be a law, but the perversion of law.’ The ruler is not
entitled to promulgate laws which go counter to or are incompatible with the
natural law (or, of course, the divine law): he has his legislative power
ultimately from God, since all authority comes from God, and he is responsible
for his use of that power: he is himself subject to the natural law and is not
entitled to transgress it himself or to order his subjects to do anything
incompatible with it. Just human laws bind in conscience in virtue of the
eternal law from which they are ultimately derived; but unjust laws do not bind
in conscience. Now, a law may be unjust because it is contrary to the common
good or because it is enacted simply for the selfish and private ends of the
legislator, thus imposing an unjustifiable burden on the subjects, or because
it imposes burdens on the subjects in an unjustifiably unequal manner, and such
laws, being more acts of violence than laws, do not bind in conscience, unless
perhaps on occasion their non-observance would produce a greater evil. As for
laws which are contrary to the divine law, it is never licit to obey them,
since we ought to obey God rather than men.”[637]
”The ruler possesses his
sovereignty,” continues Copleston, “only for the good of the whole people, not
for his private good, and if he abuses his power, he becomes a tyrant.
Assassination of a tyrant was condemned by St. Thomas[638]
and he speaks at some length of the evils which may attend rebellions against a
tyrant. For example, the tyrant may become more tyrannical, if the rebellion
fails, while if it is successful, it may simply result in the substitution of
one tyranny for another. But deposition of a tyrant is legitimate, especially
if the people have the right of providing for themselves with a king.
(Presumably St. Thomas is referring to an elective monarchy.) In such a case
the people do no wrong in deposing the tyrant, even if they had subjected
themselves to him without any time limit, for he has deserved deposition by not
keeping faith with his subjects. Nevertheless, in view of the evils which may
attend rebellion, it is far preferable to make provision beforehand to prevent
a monarchy turning into a tyranny than to have to put up with or to rebel
against tyranny once established. If feasible, no one should be made ruler if
he is likely to turn himself into a tyrant; but in any case the power of the
monarch should be so tempered that his rule cannot easily be turned into a
tyranny. The best constitution will in fact be a ‘mixed’ constitution, in which
some place is given to aristocracy and also to democracy, in the sense that the
election of certain magistrates should be in the hands of the people.”[639]
Aquinas also, writes
Canning, “accepted government by the people as a valid form for cities. This
provision underlay his general theory of legislation: ‘Making law belongs
either to the whole multitude or to the public person who has care of the whole
multitude’, as also did the power of legal coercion. Indeed, ‘if it is a free
multitude, which could make law for itself, the multitude’s consent, manfested
by custom, has more weight in observing something than the authority of the
prince, who only has the power to make law, in so far as he bears the person of
the multitude.’”[640]
The revolutionary potential of this
doctrine is obvious; and, having made every possible allowance for Aquinas’
essential conservatism, it has to be said that he opened a chink in the wall of
social stability which more determined people could make wider. The problem was
that the concept of natural law was so vague that it could be used to justify
almost any act of disobedience provided it had mass support. Since natural law,
in his understanding, was a kind of self-evident truth to which all men had
access, it followed that it was the people as a whole – and “people” here could
mean Muslims and pagans as well as Christians - who were the ultimate arbiters
of justice and truth. True, Aquinas stipulated that natural law should be
consistent, in McClelland’s words, “with scripture, with the writings of the
Fathers of the Church, with papal pronouncement” as well as “with the common
practices of mankind, both Christian and non-Christian”. But it was the latter
part of the definition which was seized upon by political theorists and
reformers, who knew little or nothing about the Scriptures or the Fathers, but
claimed that their own beliefs coincided completely with the common practices
and beliefs of mankind.
According to Aquinas, all men know
naturally, without the need for grace, what is politically right and just. Here
he shows the influence of Aristotle, for whom man was a political animal, and
political life - the most natural thing in the world, having no relation to any
supernatural or supra-political, religious goals. This was subtly different
from the Orthodox view, which is that the truly natural is that which is
grace-filled: without grace, nature degenerates into that which is unnatural,
contrary to nature. According to the Holy Fathers, the will and law of God is
not apprehended in a “natural” way, if by “natural” we mean the fallen human
mind, but by grace. While there is “a light that enlightens every man that
comes into the world” (John 1.9), this natural light of grace, this “eye
of God in the soul of man”, has been so darkened by the fall that it is folly
to entrust the most important decisions of political and social life to the
people as a whole. According to Orthodoxy, there is no safety in
numbers; the multitude can, and very often are, wrong. Only by personal
purification of the mind, and the ascent of the whole person to God, can the
will of God be known.
In the eighth century Deacon Alcuin of
York had expressed this principle in its political application in a letter to
Charlemagne: “The people should be led, not followed, as God has ordained…
Those who say, ‘The voice of the people is the voice of God,’ are not to be
listened to, for the unruliness of the mob is always close to madness.”[641]
The difference between Alcuin and Aquinas
is the difference between Orthodoxy and Catholicism. Orthodoxy presents the
apostolic teaching of obedience to secular authorities on the basis of a
profound understanding of the fall of man, from which the intellect of man, whether
as an individual or en masse, is not immune. Catholicism exempts the
intellect from the fall, but thereby undermines the basis of obedience to all
authorities, both secular and ecclesiastical.
Aquinas represents a point
of transition between the eleventh- and twelfth-century doctrine of the
absolute papal monarchy and the conciliarist teaching of the fourteenth and
fifteenth centuries. On the one hand, he upheld the doctrine that the pope
“occupies the summit of both powers, spiritual and secular”, and that secular
rulers, while having a certain autonomy, “should be subject to him who cares
for the ultimate end, and be directed by his command”.[642]
On the other hand, his doctrine of natural law opens the way for the people –
or individuals purporting correctly to interpret natural law – to judge and
depose both popes and kings.
Aquinas does recognise that
the king is the Lord’s anointed.[643]
And yet there is little place in his system for a recognition of the sacred
character of Christian kingship, and of the Providence of God, in Whose hand is
the heart of the king (Proverbs 21.1), and “Who ruleth in the kingdom of
men and giveth it to whomsoever He will” (Daniel 4.17). The reason for
this lack is not far to find: the Popes had destroyed such faith in the course
of nearly two centuries of incessant propaganda against kingship (royal
anointing was no longer considered to be a sacrament), violently undermining
every authority except their own. All reasonable men rebelled instinctively
against this tyranny, but their lack of a truly Orthodox faith prevented them
from understanding its cause and therefore fighting against it effectively.
The way forward for the
western peoples lay, not in theories of natural law that allowed the people to
judge both popes and kings, theories that led ultimately to democratism and the
revolutions of the modern era, but in the restoration of the doctrine of the
symphony of powers and of sacred kingship. According to this doctrine, the two
powers, ecclesiastical and secular, are autonomous, so neither can judge the
other in its own sphere. At the same time, they both serve the same end – the
fulfilment of the commandments of God and the salvation of human souls.
Any ruler, in Church or
State, can err; but rebellion is permissible only in the case of heresy, as
when St. Hermenegild rebelled against his Arian father. Only in that extreme
case can the people of God, acting in obedience to the Divine (not any
“natural”) law, rise up and overthrow their leader. In any other case,
persuasion, even sharp rebuke, may be permissible, but not rebellion; for
rebellion overturns the foundations of society, and so is justifiable only when
the foundations of society are already being overturned and therefore must be
defended at any cost…
In the
middle of the thirteenth century, the war between the Popes and the Western
Emperors reached its climax, when Emperor Frederick II, “the last medieval
emperor who has to be taken seriously as a ruler of imperial stature”,[644]
made a last attempt to carve out an independent position for himself
vis-à-vis the Papacy. Frederick controlled a vast empire that stretched
from the borders of Denmark to Sicily, Cyprus and Jerusalem. Known as Stupor
Mundi, “wonder of the world”, for his wide cultural and scientific
interests, he had good relations with rulers as far apart as Henry III of
England and the Nicaean Emperor John Vatatzes. Even with Pope Honorius III he
enjoyed reasonable, almost “symphonic” relations. Although his theory of
government, as described in the Constitutions
of Melfi, was absolutist in tone,
following in the tradition of his predecessor, Roger II of Sicily, he was
nevertheless no tyrant and was a skilled diplomat. In short, he represented perhaps the last
hope for the West of a powerful and quasi-universal focus of traditional
authority that was not dependent on the papacy.
Sensing that, Honorius’ successor, Gregory
IX, set out to destroy him. First he excommunicated him for not fulfilling his
vow of going on crusade, then he invaded his lands while he was on crusade.
When Frederick returned and restored his authority, the Pope began an
unprecedented campaign of slander against him, calling him, among other things,
“the Beast of the Apocalypse”. His successor Innocent IV then summoned a
general council attended by 150 bishops, which formally deposed him. In 1248
the Pope’s armies defeated Frederick and after his death the Pope invited the
French prince Charles of Anjou to go on a “crusade” against Frederick’s sons,
resulting in the beheading of his grandson Conradin in 1268. [645]
The “Holy Roman Empire” would never be the
same again. But it was at just this point that the papacy’s own power began to
decline.[646]
For while its authority over the western clergy remained virtually
unchallenged, it could tax western Christians at will, and it had defeated the
German empire, its only rival to universal authority in the West, this had been
achieved at a terrible cost to its own moral authority.
As Matthew writes, “the result did not
bring the advantages expected for religion, the church or the papacy itself.
Its own moral standing became compromised by its partisan position. By the
fourteenth century its security could not be guaranteed in Italy. It never
really recovered its confidence in dealing with its problems, preferring
cautious diplomacy to preserve the papal system, until the Reformation.”[647]
Moreover, if the German
Empire had been humbled, there was still the rising power of France, which also
had imperial pretensions, to contend with. In the thirteenth century France was
ruled by the pious King Louis IX, who, though a conventional papist in
religion, espoused, and to a large extent was able to realise in fact, a theory
of Church-State relations that restored the balance between kings and popes
that the latter had destroyed. Thus according to his biographer Le Goff, Louis
considered his commitments to be based on “the mutual assistance between the
monarchy and the Church. Each in its way represented God. The king held his
function from his birth and directly from God, of whom he was the lieutenant
and ‘image’ in his kingdom. But he entered into the possession of this grace
only through the mediation of the Church, represented by the prelate who
anointed and crowned him. She made him definitively king, and he undertook to
protect her. He would benefit from her hallowing power, while he would be her
secular arm. This alliance between the throne and the altar – of which Saint
Louis had a particularly acute consciousness – was the corner stone of the
French monarchy… This alliance and his respect for the Church did not hinder
the king from combating the claims of the bishops in temporal and judicial
affairs… or from protesting vigorously against the behaviour of the papacy
vis-à-vis the Church of France. He made himself the right arm of the
Church only in cases which he considered just.
He rigorously exercised the royal prerogatives in ecclesiastical
matters, and in the collection of ecclesiastical benefices he applied the moral
principles which he accused the papacy of not always respecting.”[648]
Louis was canonised by the papacy whose
power he reproved, thus marking the beginning both of the waning of the papacy
and of the rise of the monarchical nation-state of modern times. “From St.
Louis,” writes Davies, “the universal arbitrator who reproved the Pope but is
depicted in sculpture or glass on so many of the cathedrals of France, it is
but a little distance to his grandson, Philip IV, who did not scruple to lay
hands on Boniface VIII, and to declare that before there were clergymen, the
King of France had the custody of his kingdom.”[649]
In his struggle against the kings,
Boniface VIII made special use of the two swords metaphor, the last great
metaphor of papal power and one of the clearest examples of how the Popes
manipulated and distorted the Holy Scriptures for the sake of power. This
metaphor had originally been developed in an anti-papal spirit by Gottschalk of Aachen, a chaplain of the
Emperor Henry IV. Hildebrand, he claimed, “without God’s knowledge usurped the regnum
and sacerdotium for himself. In so doing he despised God’s pious
Arrangement which He wished principally to consist not in one, but in two: two,
that is the regnum and sacerdotium, as the Saviour in His passion
had intimated should be understood by the figurative sufficiency of the two
swords. When it was said to Him, ‘Lord, behold here are two swords’, he
replied, ‘It is enough’ (Luke 22.48), signifying by this sufficient
duality that there were to be borne in the Church a spiritual and a carnal
sword, by which every harmful thing would be cut off: the sacerdotal sword
would be used to encourage obedience to the king on God’s behalf, whereas the
royal would be employed for expelling the enemies of Christ without, and for
enforcing obedience to the sacerdotium within.”[650]
However, the papists, notably John of
Mantua, turned the allegory on its head by claiming that both the secular and
the spiritual swords were in the hands of the Pope. They also pointed out,
following Pope Nicholas I, that the Apostle Peter had, almost immediately after
these words of Christ, used the secular sword to cut off Malchus’ ear (Luke
22.50). To which the riposte from the monarchist side was that the Lord had
then ordered Peter to put up his sword, saying: “All they that take the sword
shall perish by the sword” (Matthew 26.5)…
Indeed, Prince Roman Mstislavovich of
Galicia gave a similar answer to a papal legate who came to him after the
conquest of Constantinople by the crusaders in 1204, “declaring that the Pope
would soon subdue all peoples with the sword of Peter and make him king. Roman
took his sword and said: ‘Is Peter’s sword that the Pope has like this? If so,
then with it he can take cities and give them to others. But this is against
the Word of God: for the Lord forbade Peter to have such a sword and fight with
it. But I have a sword given to me by God”.[651]
But the papists were able to get round even
this objection. “The sword is yours to be drawn,” wrote Bernard of Clairvaux to
the Pope, “perhaps at your command, if not by your hand. Otherwise, if it in no
way belonged to you, when the apostles said, ‘Behold, there are two swords
here’, the Lord would not have replied to them, ‘It is enough’, but ‘It is too
much’. Both belong to the Church, that is the spiritual sword and the material,
but the one is to be drawn for the Church, and the other also by the Church:
the one by the priest’s hand, the other by the soldier’s, but, to be sure, at
the priest’s command and the emperor’s order.”[652]
In 1302, in his famous bull, Unam Sanctam, Boniface declared
that submission to the Pope was a necessary condition of salvation for every
creature. And he returned to the image of the sword: “He who denies that the
temporal sword is in the power of Peter wrongly interprets the Lord’s words,
‘Put up thy sword into its scabbard’. Both swords, the spiritual and the
material, are in the power of the Church. The spiritual is wielded by the Church; the material for the Church. The one by the hand of
the priest; the other by the hand of kings and knights at the will and
sufferance of the priest. One sword has to be under the other; the material
under the spiritual, as the temporal authority in general is under the
spiritual.”[653]
Two years earlier, writes Fr. Seraphim
Rose, Boniface had “seated himself on the throne of Constantine, arrayed
himself in a sword, crown and sceptre, and shouted aloud: ‘I am Caesar – I am Emperor.’
This was not just an act but an indication of something extremely deep in the
whole of modern thought: the search for a universal monarch, which will be
Antichrist.”[654]
Boniface’s self-coronation and his bull Unam
Sanctam were issued as part of a power struggle between the Pope and
King Philip the Fair of France. They were followed up in 1303 by the Pope’s
appointment of Albert of Hapsburg as Holy Roman Emperor with authority over all
temporal rulers, including the king of France.[655]
But an aide of the King of France noted: “The Pope’s sword is merely made of
words; my master’s is of steel.”[656]
So when French soldiers burst into Boniface’s palace at Anagni, and a sword
made of steel pressed onto his neck, the “spiritual” sword had to beg for
mercy.
As Papadakis concludes: “This earliest
confrontation between the newly emerging monarchical nation-state and the late
medieval papacy was to result in the collapse of the old Gregorian system of
government…”[657]
After the death of Boniface VIII, the
papacy came under the domination of the French[658],
and in 1309 the Pope and his court moved to Avignon. The luxuries and
corruption of the Avignon papacy earned it the title of “the second Babylon”
from its contemporaries. Nor did the monastic orders, which were the
traditional mainstay of the medieval papacy but had now lost their ascetic
character, restore the authority of the Church.
Meanwhile, the Hundred Years war was
devastating the two most powerful States of Europe, France and England, and the
Black Death carried away a third to a half of the continent’s population. It
was a time of black pessimism, apocalyptic speculation and – if the papacy had
not undermined the very concept of repentance by its abuses and indulgences –
for reflection on where the West had gone wrong.
With their dominion in France destroyed,
the Popes’ control over the German “Holy Roman” Empire now began to slip away,
too, as the German princes devised an elective system to limit their power to
nominate the Emperor. Already in 1202, while insisting that “the right and
authority to examine the person so elected king (to be elevated to the Empire)
belongs to us who anoint, consecrate and crown him”, the Pope had conceded that
“the right and authority to elect a king (later to be elevated to the Imperial
throne) belongs to those princes to whom it is known to belong by right and
ancient custom”.[659]
Again, “when Pope Clement VI demanded that the Emperor Louis should admit that
the Empire was a fief of the Holy See, the Diet of Frankfurt replied by issuing
a declaration in 1337 to the effect that the Empire was held from God alone,
and that an Emperor, once he had been duly elected by the Princes, needed no
confirmation or approval from the Bishop of Rome”.[660]
However, the decline of the power of the
papacy in the affairs of the Holy Roman Empire did not lead to a resurrection
of the power of the empire; for, while independent of the Pope in this way, the
Emperor was tied by his contracts with the Electors, who included both bishops
and princes, and who invariably demanded various concessions in exchange for
their support, thus guaranteeing his political weakness. (During
the Reformation, several of the Elector Princes became Protestant, further
limiting the power of the Catholic Emperor.) In fact, both
France and Germany remained conservative backwaters for centuries, while the
“advances” in political theory and practice took place in other lands.
The first
such advance was accomplished by Marsilius of Padua. Marsilius had worked for
the Holy Roman Emperor Louis IV and was an eyewitness of his struggle for power
with Pope John XXII. This impressed upon him the terribly damaging effects of
competing jurisdictions, and the need for a single unambiguous authority or
legislator. That
legislator, according to Marsilius, had to be the secular ruler, not the pope.
Thus Canning writes: “Marsilius confronted papal power head-on: in the Defensor
Pacis [1324] he focused on what he considered to be the true cause of the
most real problem of his time – the disruption of the peace of Italy and
Europe. He sought both to demonstrate that the papacy’s claim to plenitude of
power was the source of strife, and to destroy the theoretical basis of that
claim….
“Marsilius’ technique was to argue from
first principles; in the process he drew considerably on Aristotle, but
interpreted him in his own way. In order to demonstrate what powers the clergy
could not possess, Marsilius began by examining the origin, purpose and
structure of the civil community. In so doing he produced a model of general
application on a naturalistic basis. The purpose of the community was the
sufficient life; for this end, tranquillity was necessary, which was found when
the parts of the community worked in harmony like the members of the body of an
animal, a biological image reflecting Marsilius’ medical training. The
structure of government rested on the ultimate authority of the whole
corporation of citizens (universitas civium) which was identified with
the human legislator (legislator humanus), which in turn elected the
executive or ruling part (pars principans) and could depose it. The
ruling part in turn established the other parts and offices of the community. This
theoretical structure was very flexible and capable of being applied to a wide
range of possible political communities. The pars principans could be
one, few or more in number. Marsilius also habitually referred, unspecifically,
to the corporation of citizens or its ‘weightier part’ (valentior pars),
thereby raising the possibility that the legislator could be very restricted in
number. Furthermore, the legislator could always delegate its law-creating
powers to one or more persons. The essence of Marsilius’ approach was to
concentrate on the efficient cause – the will of the citizen body.”[661]
An important part of Marsilius’ argument
was his concept of law, which he identified with the command of the legislator,
not with Divine or natural law. While he was confident that human law was
generally conducive to justice and the common good, he nevertheless disjoined
the two concepts in such a way as to raise the possibility, in McClelland’s
words, “that law can exist without justice… The ruler or legislator is no
longer to be seen as someone well enough qualified to understand the nature of
justice. The legislator (we would say sovereign) is now defined as that man or
group of men who possess the authority to make laws and the power to make them
effective.
“This was anathema to the whole system of
papal politics,” continues McClelland. “The papacy’s case for universal
hegemony, that kings were the pope’s vice-regents, rested on the claim that
popes had privileged access to knowledge of divine law. The pope was always the
first to know the latest news from God and had the unique duty of passing it on
to the faithful. News direct from God was always… news about justice, which the
rulers of the earth were then supposed to put into law under papal tutelage.
Now that law was defined as legislation and punishment, special knowledge of
the divine will no longer constitute a valid claim for papal interference in
the law-making and law-enforcing of secular states. These were, in the most
precise sense possible, none of the pope’s business. Peace, the end of the law,
was still, of course, a good and godly end, but it was now possible to see
senses in which papal pretensions to interfere in the mechanisms of
peace-keeping were actually pernicious. For Marsilius, the efficient cause of
peace was law as the command of the law-giver, with the stress on the word
‘command’. It is the merest commonplace that for orders to be effective they
have to be unambiguous: order, counter-order, disorder is the oldest military
maxim. Anything which interferes with the clarity of commands is to be avoided
at all cost. Nothing could be worse than two commanders giving different and
contradictory orders. This would reduce an army to a shambles in no time at
all. This is how Marsilius sees papal claims to hegemony. If the papal claims
were to be upheld, there would always be two commanders in every state. People
would always be uncertain which commander to obey and the result might well be
chaos, the opposite of that earthly peace which it is the state’s job to
provide.”[662]
It was an important consequence of
Marsilius’ approach that “the human legislator had jurisdiction, including
powers of appointment, over bishops, priests and clergy, and indeed, control
over all the externals of religion relating to the good of the community.”[663]
His system may therefore be called caesaropapist with a democratic bias,
insofar as the will of the people is the ultimate sovereign. He therefore looks
forward both to the powerful princes of the Protestant Reformation and to the
democratic revolutions that followed.
Of course, he was aiming, not to
undermine, but to strengthen the authority of the princely ruler: “In Marsilius
the concept of popular sovereignty is meant only to strengthen secular rulers
at the expense of the temporal jurisdiction of the princes of the Church.”[664]
Nevertheless, the democratic and revolutionary potential of his ideas is
self-evident…
Later in the century, the Englishman John
Wycliff was similarly concerned to buttress the power of secular rulers against
the Church, and had the similar effect of encouraging the development of
revolution and democratism. Thus in his Tractatus
de Officio Regis, “Wycliff proved that God favoured kingship, since three
kings had been designated to visit the manger at Bethlehem. The king must be
honoured as the vicar of God (rex enim est dei vicarius) and our awe of
the king is a reflection of our fear of God. The king possesses ‘palpable’ (sensibilis)
dignity, whereas the dignity of the Church is impalpable. Thus even a bad king
should be revered owing to the office and titles that he holds. The priest
should own no possessions or titles, since Christ himself was poor. A king
should be intelligent but not necessarily a cultured intellectual. If he be a
stupid man, then the community has lost ‘its finest pearl’. If he be an evil
man, then the whole realm suffers in his person. The king was above the law
while respecting it and only violating it in emergencies. He should study
theology and suppress heresy. He governs for the good of his people and should
seek to reflect divine justice. He possesses full jurisdiction over the clergy
of his realm, and should exact an oath of allegiance from all foreign priests
who enter the kingdom. If the Pope asserted his right to diminish or control
the secular power of the king, he should be denounced as the anti-Christ…
“Wycliff,” writes Nicolson, “advanced the
difficult idea that the king was superior to the Church since he reflected the
godhead of Christ, where the priest reflected his manhood only. He argued that
the king was above the law (solutus legibus) and that it was the moral
duty of the citizen to obey the authority of the crown in every circumstance…
Richard II was deeply imbued with Wycliff’s teaching and asserted that ‘the
laws were in his mouth or in his breast and he could alone could change the
statutes of the realm’.[665]
In his opposition to papal interference in English affairs he represented the
feelings of his people; but his attempts to establish a secular authority met
with popular opposition, and in 1399 he was deposed and his cousin, the usurper
Bolingbroke, ascended the throne in his stead. But when Parliament recognised
Bolingbroke as Henry IV they were careful to maintain the fiction of Divine
Right by asserting that he had succeeded ‘through the right God had given him
by conquest’.”[666]
And yet “right given by conquest” is a
lesser, and less Divine right than “right given by the anointing of the
Church”, that right which Shakespeare described, putting the words into the
mouth of Richard II (Richard II, III, ii, 54-57):
Can wash the balm
from an anointed king;
The breath of
worldly men cannot depose
The deputy elected
by the Lord.
The problem for kings was: in opposing (with justification) the
overweening power of the heretical papacy, they deprived themselves of
ecclesiastical sanction in the eyes of the people, who were therefore more
likely to rebel against the king themselves. This is precisely what happened in
the most important event of Richard’s reign, the peasant uprising of 1381,
which has a good claim to be called the first revolution in European history in
which the characteristic ideas of the later democratic and socialist revolutions
can already be seen. (The revolution of the zealots in Thessalonica a few
decades earlier is another claimant; but it lacked the ideological element
present in the English uprising.) The English peasant revolt illustrated the
important principle that in the heretical society of the West, the decline in
the authority of the papacy and the rise in the authority of the secular rulers
did not necessarily lead to the resurrection of the idea of the “symphony of
power” characteristic of the earlier, pre-schism age, but rather led to further
rebellions, further assertions of “rights”, on the part of lower classes of
society.
The radical writer Charles George writer:
“Although the pretext for revolt was a tax grievance against the government of
Richard II’s minority, and was linked therefore to the heavy and unpopular
burden of the Hundred Years’ War, the motives of he insurgents went deeper.
Their anger, like that of the German peasants one hundred and fifty years
later, was directed against primary mechanisms within the social system: the
customary manorial services to the lord, the restrictive aristocratic forest
laws, the wealth of the Church. These demands for the freer sharing of the land
and game of England, for greater security and opportunity for the farmer in the
village through fixed rents, and the animus expressed against institutional
Christianity represented more than a temporary disaffection resulting from the
fortuitous bad luch with nature and disease and the stupid wars of the century.
The English historian, G.M. Trevelyan, puts the case strongly, perhaps, but
interestingly:
“’Nothing is more remarkable than the
change in the temper and mental activity of the lower orders during the
fourteenth century. Professor Davis has summed up the reign of Henry III with
the words: “Of all the contrasts which strike us in medieval life, none is so
acute as that between the intellectual ferment in the upper class and the
oriental passivity of their inferiors.” But in the reign of Edward III the
peasants could no longer be accused of “oriental passivity”, and the
“intellectual ferment” in their ranks reminds us of a moder labor movement.
Village unions strike for higher wages, villains demand freedom in return for
4d. an acre rent, and men ask each other in every field that deep-probing
question –
Who was then the
gentleman?’”[667]
Thus one of the revolt’s leaders, “the
crazy priest” John Ball, as Froissart writes, “was accustomed every Sunday
after mass, as the people were coming out of the church, to preach to them in
the market-place and assemble a crowd around him; to whom he would say, ‘My
good friends, things cannot go on well in England, nor ever will until
everything shall be in common; when there shall be neither vassal nor lord, and
all distinctions levelled; when the lords shall be no more masters than
ourselves. How ill have they used us? And for what reason do they thus hold us
in bondage? Are we not all descended from the same parents, Adam and Eve? And
what can they show, or what reasons give, why they should be more the masters
than ourselves? Except, perhaps, that in making us labor and work for them to
spend. They are clothed in velvets and rich stuffs, ornamented with ermine and
other furs, while we are forced to wear poor cloth. They have wines, spices and
fine bread, when we have only rye and the refuse of the straw; and, if we
drink, it must be water. They have handsome seats and manors, when we must
brave the wind and rain in our labors in the fields; but it is from our labor
they have wherewith to support their pomp. We are called slaves; and, if we do
not perform our services, we are beaten, and we have not any sovereign to whom
we can complain, or who wishes to hear us and do us justice. Let us go to the
king, who is young, and remonstrate with him on our servitude, telling him we
must have it otherwise or that we shall find a remedy for it ourselves. If we
wait on him in a body, all those who come under the appellation of slaves, or
are held in bondage, will follow us in the hopes of being free. When the king
shall see us, we shall obtain a favourable answer, or we must then seek
ourselves to amend our condition.”[668]
These words remind us of nothing so much
as the words of another “crazy priest”, Gapon, in the “Bloody Sunday” clash of
January, 1905 in St. Petersburg. Over 600 years separate the two incidents, and
yet the commonality of spirit is evident. And indeed, there is a red thread
connecting the rebellions of 1381 in England, of 1415-1437 in Bohemia, of the
1520s in Germany, of the Levellers in England in the 1640s, of the Jacobites
and Baeuvites in France in the 1790s, of many nineteenth-century revolutions,
and of the Russian revolution in the twentieth-century. Thus in Bohemia the
followers of Jan Hus, who was much influenced by John Wycliff, declared that
for true Christians their ruler could only be God. From this it followed that
all men were free and equal. "All must be brothers to each other and no
one must be subject to another." For this reason taxation and royal power
had to be eliminated, along with every mark of inequality.[669]
Hus himself, like Wycliff, was not a social revolutionary so much as a
proto-Protestant. A particular target of his wrath was the Pope’s issuing of
“indulgences” – the same issue that would launch Luther’s Reformation. But, as
in the case of Wycliff, his excommunication and execution at the Council of
Constance in 1415 was to have major social and political consequences; and the
Czech Hussite rebellion was put down with the greatest difficulty and after
much bloodshed.
The more radical branch of the Czech revolution was called Taborism.
T.L. Frazier writes: “The Taborites set about constructing a theocratic society
in their territory in southern Bohemia. In theory, there was to be no human
authority, for all were brothers and sisters. Of course, the theory was
‘modified’ somewhat to allow for the necessity of government. The older
brothers obviously needed to look after their younger siblings. It was also
supposed to be a classless society, and a primitive version of communism was
attempted. Private property, rents, taxes, and dues were abolished. Peasants
from all over Bohemia and Moravia sold all their worldly possessions to
contribute to the common purse. In the first part of 1420, chests were set up
by the Taborite clergy in which the people were expected to deposit all their
money. But here, too, reality, didn’t always conform to theory. The leadership
concentrated so much on common ownership that they took no thought of
motivating people to produce anything.
“Rather than construct a functioning economy for their newly established
Kingdom of God, the Taborites turned to simple banditry whenever the communal
chests were empty. As the people of God, they reasoned, they had a right to all
of God’s wealth found on the earth. Conversely, those who were not of the
people of God, that is, all who were not Taborites, had no claim to the
resources of the earth. Thus raids on the property of non-Taborites were
rationalized and became common.
“According to Taborite plans, after all of Bohemia was subjected to
Taborite control, the purification of the rest of the world would follow
through conquest and domination. This belief was deeply engrained in the
Taborite movement. Norman Cohn writes: ‘As late as 1434 we find a speaker at a
Taborite assembly declaring that, however unfavorable the circumstances might
be at present, the moment would soon come when the Elect must arise and
exterminate their enemies – the lords in the first place, and then any of their
own people who were of doubtful loyalty or usefulness.’”[670]
Taborism added to the embryonic revolutionary consciousness of Europe
the element of the ancient Christian heresy of chiliasm or
millenarianism, - the idea that the Kingdom of heaven will be achieved here on
earth, by the efforts of men and in the conditions of the fall. In the opinion
of some, this is the heart of the revolutionary movement and modern secularized
thought in general.
The Conciliar Movement
In 1378 there began the Great Schism in the
Roman church, with one Pope in Rome and another at Avignon. This added to the
division of authority caused by the conflicts between popes and emperors by the
further splintering caused by the conflicts between different popes. Popular
opinion in the West turned to the idea that there was only one way to restore
unity - convene a general council.
Thus began the conciliarist movement, which
superficially had much in common with Orthodox ideas on the importance of
councils in the Church. However, western conciliarism was influenced rather by
the political ideas of Marsilius and William of Ockham than by the history of
the Ecumenical Councils. As such, it represented a new attitude towards
authority in both Church and State.
As regards
the State, write Thompson and Johnson, the conciliarists “approached the whole
question of the purpose, organization and functioning of civil society without
giving to God, heaven and immortality a predominant place. The purpose of the
state was to obtain peace, prosperity, and security, immediate and earthly
ends, and not to prepare mortals for their heavenly home… The will of the
people [exercised in a representative assembly of the wealthier citizens]
should determine what is law, to which the prince himself should be obedient.
The prince is the servant and not the maker of the laws, and must act always in
the interest of all. A state so organized is quite self-sufficient in itself,
with absolutely no need of or use for the Church.”[671]
Thus as
regards the State, the Conciliarists were thoroughly modern and secular in
their outlook. As for the Church, according to the conciliarists it “is
composed of the community of the faithful (universitas fidelium), of all
believing Christians. Final authority in this Church rests not with pope and
clergy but with the representatives of all believers gathered together in a
general council. The laity as well as the clergy should be represented in this
council. [William of] Ockham recommends that even women should be included. The
council has authority to deal with any questions concerning the spiritual
affairs of the Church. As the prince is the instrument of the legislator, so
the pope is the mere instrument of the will of a general council. Councils
should be summoned by the secular prince and not by the pope. The ultimate
authority in the Church should be the Scriptures, not as interpreted by the
pope or clergy, but as interpreted by a group of reasonable and learned men.
The Petrine theory is a falsehood, and the present papacy an accident of
history.”[672]
Pure Protestantism! And the origin of
their doctrine was “what they regarded as the principles of natural law which
guaranteed the equality of men. If there arose differences in power and
influence within the hierarchy of the Church they must have originally arisen
with the consent of the Church. Papal power therefore rested on the consent of
the Church; it had no inherent rights of its own. As a delegated power, it
must, when abused as it was obviously being abused, be subject to the control
and limitation of the Church, from which it got its power. This Church was, as
had been argued by Marsiglio [Marsilius] and Ockham, the whole body of the faithful,
or, as some argued, the body of the clergy. The institution best qualified to
represent its interests was the council. If the pope were not subject to the
supervision and control of a council it was possible for the Church to become
the slave and the tool of the pope in the pursuit of goals that had no relation
to the needs of the Church at large. The pope must therefore be the minister of
the Church, i.e., of a council, and not an autocrat. As one historian has put
it, he must be the Vicar of the Church, not of Christ…”[673]
Even some cardinals sympathised with these
ideas. Thus Cardinal Pierre d’Ailly wanted to see the cardinals as a kind of
elected parliament above the Pope. However, papist doctrine decreed that a
general council could be convened only by the Pope. The problem was: there were
now two Popes, Clement and Urban.
Nevertheless, the cardinals convened a council at Pisa in 1409 which deposed
both existing popes and elected another, Alexander V. But since this counil had
no ecumenical or papal authority, it did not solve the problem. France,
Scotland and Castile continued to recognise Urban, while England, Flanders,
most of the Italian states and the Emperor Wenceslaus recognised Clement.
Eventually, at the council of Constance, a single Pope was agreed on; and by
the decrees Sacrosancta
(1415) and Frequens
(1417) it was declared that in matters of the faith the supreme authority in
the Church was a general council, which should be convened at intervals of not
more than ten years.
The Sacrosancta or Haec
sancta synodus decree deserves to be quoted at length because of its
revolutionary implications: “The sacred synod of Constance… declares that it is
lawfully assembled in the Holy Spirit, that it has its power immediately from
Christ, and that all men, of every rank and position, including the pope
himself, are bound to obey it in those matters that pertain to the faith, the
extirpation of the said schism, and to the reformation of the Church in head
and members. It declares also that anyone, of any rank, condition or office –
even the papal – who was contumaciously refuse to obey the mandates, statutes,
decrees or institutions made by this holy synod or by any other lawfully
assembled council on the matters aforesaid or on things pertaining to them,
shall, unless he recovers his senses, be subjected to fitting penance and
punished as is appropriate.”[674]
As Nicholas of Cusa summed it up a few
years later: “The council is superior to the pope… since the representation of
the Church in the general council is surer and more infallible than the pope
alone.”[675]
This decree made the pope, in effect, a
constitutional monarch: it shifted the balance of power between pope and
council, just as the political revolutions of a later age were to shift the
balance of power between king and parliament. As such, it is still alien to the
Orthodox patristic tradition, for according to the Orthodox the relationship
between popes (or patriarchs) and councils is not one of power, but of a common search for, or agreement upon, the truth.
Neither popes nor councils guarantee
the truth; for grace and truth are in Christ alone, and to whomever He pleases
to bestow it – be he a bishop, a priest or even a
simple layman or monk, as, for example, St. Maximus the Confessor.
Nevertheless, the idea that the problems
of Christian society could be resolved by a general council similar in
principle to the Seven Ecumenical Councils, rather than by papal fiat,
was an important breakthrough. In fact, for a short moment a window of
opportunity presented itself for the strife-torn West. With both ecclesiastical
and political authority weak and divided, and with the people as a whole
sobered by the terrible calamity of the Black Death (which killed perhaps of
third of the whole of Western Christendom), it was time for the West to turn
back to its former leader and the creator of its own pre-schism civilisation –
Byzantium.
Indeed, this is what John Wyclif had
implied in 1383: “The pride of the Pope is the reason why the Greeks are
divided from the so-called faithful… It is we westerners, too fanatical by far,
who have been divided from the faithful Greek and the Faith of our Lord Jesus
Christ”.[676]
Moreover, it was at this time that the
Byzantine Emperor Manuel made an extended visit to the West, and made a
considerable impression (but without receiving any help). Tragically, however,
at precisely the time that the West was, for the first time in many, looking to
the East for spiritual support, the East was looking to the West for military
support – and so was seeking unity with the Pope rather than with his
conciliarist opponents. And so the invitation to attend the Council of Basle
(1431-1438) that was offered to the Greeks was rejected.
Nevertheless, the bishops
at Basle were in earnest. “From now on,” they said, “all ecclesiastical
appointments shall be made according to the canons of the Church; all simony
shall cease. From now on, all priests whether of the highest or lowest rank,
shall put away their concubines, and whoever within two months of this decree
neglects its demands shall be deprived of his office, though he be the Bishop
of Rome. From now on, the ecclesiastical administration of each country shall
cease to depend on papal caprice… The abuse of ban and anathema by the popes
shall cease… From now on, the Roman Curia, that is, the popes shall neither
demand nor receive any fees for ecclesiastical offices. From now, a pope should
think not of this world’s treasures but only of those of the world to come.”[677]
Although the pope, Eugene IV, was obliged
by the decrees of the council of Constance to attend this council, he refused.[678]
Instead, he convened another council at Ferrara, which was joined by the Greeks
and the more pro-papal delegates from Basle.
It was at this council (already a “robber”
council by western rules) that the Greeks signed the infamous unia with the
Pope in 1439.
Tragically, the Greeks’ signing of the
unia and endorsement of papism not only betrayed Orthodoxy and condemned the
Byzantine empire to destruction: it also dealt a severe blow to the
conciliarist movement in the West. For “conciliar sovereignty and superiority,
established officially as law at Constance twenty-five years previously, was
given its coup de grâce at Florence by the ‘infallible document’
of Laetentur caeli. ‘By its very
existence it [Florence] counterbalanced and finally outweighed the council of
Basel, and in so doing checked the development of the conciliar movement that
threatened to change the very constitution of the [papal] Church.’ [Gill, The Council of Florence, p. 411].”[679]
With the conciliarist movement in
disarray, the Czech Hussite rebellion against the Church crushed, and with the
Greeks on his side, Pope Pius II launched a counter-attack on the very concept
of conciliarity in his bull Execrabilis
of 1460: “There has sprung up in our time an execrable abuse, unheard of in
earlier ages, namely that some me, imbued with the spirit of rebellion, presume
to appeal to a future council from the Roman Pontiff, the vicar of Jesus
Christ… We condemn appeals of this kind as erroneous and detestable…”[680]
Thus the position at the end
of the Middle Ages was superficially similar to what it had been four centuries
before, with the popes in their quest for absolute power once again carrying
the battle to those who sought to limit it. However, the constant civil war
between the ecclesiastical and the secular principles had taken its toll; a
decisive change of landmarks was about to take place. If there was no question
of a movement back to the origins of European statehood, to the Orthodox
symphony of powers, then the only alternative was to move forwards, to the full
unravelling of the revolutionary principle of the autonomous “I” first proclaimed
by that most revolutionary of popes, Gregory VII…
6. THE FALL OF NEW ROME
If My people had
heard Me, if Israel had walked in My ways,
Quickly would I
have humbled their enemies,
and upon their
oppressors would I have laid My hand.
Psalm 80.12-13.
I
would rather see the Turkish turban in the midst of the City
Than the Pope’s tiara.
Lucas Notaras,
last Great Chancellor of the Byzantine Empire.
We have seen that political power, even
Christian political power, was always evaluated ambiguously by the Holy
Fathers. On the one hand, it was a force for law and order, a focus of unity in
the Church, and the support of missionary work beyond the boundaries of the
Church. On the other hand, it could be the object of naked ambition, the
instrument of the oppression of Christians and even of open revolt against God.
We find this ambiguous assessment in, for
example, St. Symeon the New Theologian (+1022), who, while never saying a word
against the institution of the Orthodox autocracy as such, was fierce in his
criticism of its abuse at the hands of Emperor Basil II. As Archbishop Basil
(Krivoshein) writes: “Following the thought of the Apostle Paul (I
Corinthians 1.27-28) that ‘God has abandoned the wise and powerful and rich
of the world, and has chosen in His inexpressible goodness the weak and foolish
and poor of the world’, Symeon the New Theologian draws the following contrast
between the Divine and the earthly kingdom: ‘People are disgusted by them (i.e.
the weak, the foolish, the poor), the earthly king cannot bear the sight of
them, their ruling men turn away from them, the rich despise them and, when
they meet them, pass by them as if they did not exist, and nobody considers it
desirable to mix with them, while God, Who is served by an innumerable number
of angels, Who upholds all things by the word of His power, Whose majesty is
unbearable for all, did not refuse to become father and friend and brother of
these outcasts, but wanted to become incarnate, so as to become like us in
everything except sin and make us participants in His glory and kingdom.’ In
this excerpt from the second Catechetical Sermon, what is interesting is
not only the vivid description both of the ‘rich’ with their disgust and
disdain towards the ‘weak and poor’, and of the ‘king’ who cannot even ‘bear
the sight of them’, but also the contrast between the ‘earthly king’ and the
heavenly King, God, Who, in contrast to the earthly did not refuse to become
poor and a man like us, our brother. As we can see from this, St. Symeon the
New Theologian was foreign to the thought that the ‘earthly king’ was an image
of God on earth, and that the earthly kingdom is a reflection of the Heavenly
Kingdom. On the contrary, the earthly kingdom with all its customs seems to him
to be the opposite of the Kingdom of God”. [681]
Unfortunately, from the twelfth century, the negative image of the
earthly king was to become more dominant in Byzantium.
However,
before that we are presented with the much rarer image of a papocaesarist
patriarch in the person of Michael Cerularius. This is somewhat ironical
because, as we have seen, it was in the patriarchate of Michael Cerularius that
the papocaesarist patriarchs of the West fell away from the One, Holy, Catholic
and Apostolic Church, being condemned precisely by him and his Synod. But if we
are to believe Psellos, the patriarch “tried to rule over the Empress”
Theodora, overthrew her successor, Michael VI (1056-1057), forcibly tonsuring
him, and set up Isaac Comnenus (1057-1059) in his place. Then, “losing all
shame,’ according to Psellos, “he joined royalty and priesthood in himself; in
his hand he held the cross, while from his mouth imperial laws came.” But
gradually Isaac asserted his power, arrested Cerularius and tried him for high
treason in 1059.”
It is a
striking coincidence that in the same year, 1059, in which Pope Nicholas II
obtained an imperial-style coronation, Patriarch Michael Cerularius should
attempt the same. But Nicholas succeeded, whereas Michael failed, defeated by
the power of the Orthodox Emperor. That was the difference between East and
West.
Or rather,
the difference between East and West consisted in the fact that while
deviations from the “symphonic” norm of Church-State relations were common in
the East and the West, this norm was never forgotten in the East, where it was
officially and triumphantly rejected in the West.[682] Thus we
see the norm expounded in a letter of Emperor John Comnenus to Pope Honorius
(1124-1130): “In the course of my reign I have recognized two things as being
completely distinct from each other. The one is the spiritual power, which was
bestowed by the Great and Supreme High Priest and Prince of the world, Christ,
upon His apostles and disciples as an unalterable good through which, according
to Divine right, they received the power to bind and to loose all people. The
other thing is the secular power, a power directed towards temporal things,
according to the Divine word: Give to Caesar that which belongs to him; a power
shut up in the sphere belonging to it. These are the two dominant powers in the
world; although they are distinct and separate, they act for their mutual
benefit in a harmonious union, helping and complementing each other. They can
be compared with the two sisters Martha and Mary, of whom the Gospel speaks.
From the consensual manifestation of these two powers there flows the common
good, while from their hostile relations there flows great harm.”[683]
But the norm was more and more often
defied as the later Comneni Emperors took it upon themselves not only to
convene Church Councils,
but even to take the leading part in them and punish hierarchs who did not
agree with them. This tendency is already evident in Alexis I, who also ordered
one of the very rare executions for heresy in Orthodox history, that of the
Paulician Monk Basil.[684]
Again, the powers that Manuel I had in the Church,
according to the canonist Archbishop Demetrius Chomatianos, were striking: “He
presided over synodal decisions and gave them executive force; he formulated
the rules of the ecclesiastical hierarchy; he legislated on the ‘life and the
statute’ of the clergy, including the clergy of the bema, and on the
ecclesiastical jurisdictions, the elections to vacant sees and the transfer of
bishops; he could promote a bishopric to the rank of a metropolia ‘to honour a
man or a city’. The frontier thus traced annexed to the imperial domain several
contested and contestable zones, but in the name of a right – that which gave
the emperor his statute and his title of common epistemonarch of the
Churches.”[685]
The origin of this obscure power of “epistemonarchy” is less important than the
use to which it was put to justify the ever-increasing interference of the
emperors in ecclesiastical affairs. Thus the first of the Angeli dynasty,
Isaac, in a novella issued in 1187, justified his hearing complaints of bishops
together with the patriarch on the grounds that he had received “the rank of epistemonarch
of the Church from him who anointed him and made him emperor.”[686]
Using this invented power, the Emperors
tended to choose patriarchs who would be obedient to them. As George
Acropolites writes: “The Emperors in general want the patriarchs to be humble
people, not greatly endowed in mind, who would easily give in to their desires
as to law-giving decrees. And this happens all the more frequently with
uneducated people; being ignorant in word, they are not capable of bold
speaking and bow before the Emperor’s orders.”[687] Similarly,
the historian Nicephorus Gregoras writes: “The Emperors choose (simple,
uneducated) people for such lofty (patriarchal) posts so that they may
unhesitatingly obey their commands, like slaves, and so that they should not
offer any resistance.”[688]
And yet they did not always get their way.
The extent, but also the limits, of the Emperor’s power was strikingly
illustrated by a debate that took place towards the end of the reign of Manuel
I. The Emperor convened a Council in order to strike out the following words
found in the rite for the reception of Muslims to Orthodoxy: “Anathema to the
God of Mohammed, about whom Mohammed says that… He does not beget and is not
begotten, and nobody is like Him.” However, the hierarchy did not want to
strike out this phrase. Then the Emperor “issued a second decree, in which he
again insisted on his opinion and then appointed another Council in Scutari,
where the Emperor had withdrawn because of illness to make use of the pure
country air. Thither the Emperor summoned the Patriarch and Bishops, but Manuel
because of his illness could not enter into personal conversation with the
Fathers: the matter was conducted through the Emperor’s beloved secretary. The
latter in the person of the Emperor presented two papers to the Council. These
were, first, a document in which Manuel set out his point of view on the
question being debated, and secondly, his letter to the Patriarch. The Emperor
demanded that the Bishops should sign the indicated document. And in the letter
he in every way reproached the Patriarch and Bishops for their stubbornness and
defiance, even threatening to convene a Council in which he wanted to entrust
the presidency to none other than the Pope of Rome (it can be understood that
the Pope in this letter served for Manuel only as a kind of scarecrow). In the
same letter to the Patriarch the Emperor wrote: ‘I would be ungrateful to God
if I did not apply all my efforts so that He, the true God, should not be
subjected to anathema.’ But the Patriarch and Bishops even now did not want to
share the Emperor’s opinion. On this occasion the noted Eustathius,
Metropolitan of Thessalonica, spoke out with special zeal against the Emperor’s
demands. He was a man of wide learning, distinguished by the gift of eloquence.
He heatedly declared: ‘I would consider myself completely mad and would be
unworthy of these hierarchical vestments if I recognized as true some
Mohammedan God, who was his guide and instructor in all his disgusting deeds.’
The unusual boldness with which Eustathius began to oppose the Emperor
horrified everyone. The hearers almost froze at these words of Eustathius. The
Emperor’s secretary immediately set off to inform Manuel about his. The Emperor
was indescribably amazed and considered himself deeply offended by Eustathius’
words. He said: ‘Either I shall justify myself and prove that I do not believe
in a God that is the teacher of all impiety, and then I shall subject him who
vomits blasphemy against the Anointed of God to merited punishment, or I shall be
convicted of glorifying another God, and not the true one, and then I will be
grateful that I have been led away from a false opinion.’ Patriarch Theodosius
set off for the quarters of the Emperor, and for a long time tried to persuade
him to forgive the act of Eustathius, and finally, to reduce the Emperor’s
anger, promised that he, the Patriarch, and the Bishops would agree to accept
the removal of the formula about the God of Mohammed from the trebniks.
And apparently, the Council did in fact cease to oppose the will of the
Emperor. Manuel was delighted, forgave Eustathius and sent the Bishops off to
Constantinople in peace. But the Emperor somewhat deceived himself in his
hopes. The next day, early in the morning, an envoy of the Emperor came to the
Patriarch demanding impatiently that the Bishops should assemble and sign a
decree of the Emperor. The Bishops quickly assembled at the Patriarch’s, but
refused to sign the decree. Although, the day before, the Bishops, probably out
of fear for Eustathius, had agreed completely to accept the opinion of Manuel,
now, when the danger had passed, they again began to oppose the Emperor. They
began to criticise the decree, found inaccuracies in it, began to demand
changes and removals. Learning about this, the Emperor became very angry
against the Bishops and showered them with indecent swear-words, calling them
‘pure fools’. History does not record what happened after this. At any rate the
end of the quarrel was quite unexpected: the historian Gregoras records the
ending in only a few words. The Bishops, he says, somehow agreed to reject the
formula which had enticed the Emperor, and replaced it with a new one, in
which, instead of the anathema on the God of Mohammed there was proclaimed an
anathema on Mohammed himself and on his teaching and on his followers.”[689]
Byzantine canonists were found – for
example, Patriarch Theodore Balsamon of Antioch (12th century) and
Archbishop Demetrius (Chomatianos) of Ochrid (early 13th century) –
who ascribed to the emperor all of the privileges of the episcopate except the
conducting of church services and sacraments, but including the traditionally
exclusively episcopal domain of teaching the faith.
According to Balsamon, “the Orthodox
Emperors can enter the holy altar when they want to, and make the sign of the
cross with the trikiri, like hierarchs. They present catechetical teachings to
the people, which is allowed only for local bishops.” “Since the reigning
Emperor is the Lord’s Anointed by reason of his anointing to the kingdom, but
our Christ and God is, besides, a bishop, similarly the Emperor is adorned with
hierarchical gifts.”[690]
According to Balsamon, as Dagron
summarises his thought: “If the emperor acts in many circumstances as a bishop,
this is because is power is dual. His dual competence, spiritual and temporal,
can only be understood by the quasi-sacerdotal character of royalty, founded on
anointing…
“The Church is subject to the authority of
the emperor and that of the patriarchs. That is established. But what is the
authority of the emperor based on? On his role as epistemonarch – that is, on
the disciplinary function which he is recognised to have. Balsamon does not
reject this explanation and uses it on occasion, for example, with regard to
the right of appeal to the emperor in ecclesiastical matters, to show that the
decisions of the patriarchal tribunal are without appeal in view of the
loftiness of the see, but that the emperor in his capacity as epistemonarch of
the Church will have to judge the patriarch if he is personally accused of
sacrilegious theft (ierosulh) or heterodoxy…
“’Insofar as the Emperor, through his
anointing to the kingdom, is the Anointed of the Lord, while the Christ [= the
Anointed One] and our God is, besides other things, also a Bishop, there is a
basis for the Emperor being adorned with hierarchical gifts’. The reasoning is
simple, albeit under a complicated form: the Anointed One par excellence,
Christ, is qualified as bishop by us, so the emperors, who also receive
anointing, must be equally considered to be bishops.”[691]
We see here how important the sacrament of
royal anointing had become - and how quite unorthodox conclusions were being
justified by reference to it.
Chomatianos is hardly less clear than
Balsamon in his caesaropapist views: “The Emperor, who is and is called the
general supreme ruler of the Church, stands above the decrees of the Councils;
he gives to these decrees their proper force. He is the standard in relations
to the ecclesiastical hierarchy, the lawgiver for the life and conduct of the
priests, to his jurisdiction belong the quarrels of bishops and clergy and the
right of filling vacant sees. He can make bishops metropolitans, and Episcopal
sees – metropolitan sees. In a word, with the single exception of carrying out
Divine services, the Emperor is endowed with all the remaining Episcopal
privileges, on the basis of which his ecclesiastical resolutions receive their
canonical authority. Just as the ancient Roman Emperors signed themselves: Pontifex
Maximus, such should the present Emperors be considered to be, as the
Lord’s Anointed, for the sake of the imperial anointing. Just as the Saviour,
being the Anointed One, is also honoured as First Priest, so the Emperor, as
the Anointed one, is adorned with the charismata of the firstpriesthood.”[692]
Ostrogorsky characterises the ideas of
Balsamon and Chomatianos as “merely echoes of old and antiquated ideas”.[693]
But these old ideas, dressed up in new, pseudo-canonical forms, were still
dangerous… Thus Dagron writes:
“Insensibly we have passed from one logic to another. The rights of
intervention recognised by the Church for the emperor are no longer considered
as exceptional privileges, but as a manifestation of the quasi-episcopal nature
of imperial power. Taken together, they give the temporal power a particular
status, and force one to the conclusion that if the emperor is not strictly
speaking a cleric ‘after the order of Aaron’, he is not in any case a simple
layman. By contrast with a purely juridical conception, Balsamon sketches, not
without prudence, a charismatical conception of imperial power. He suggests
that [the emperor’s right of] ‘promoting’ the patriarch is not only the [right
of] choosing from a list of three names which is in principle submitted by the
assembly of metropolitans, or of imposing his choice on the same assembly in
the case of disagreement, as is envisaged in a chapter of the Book of
Ceremonies: it is above all [the right of] ‘creating’ him – before the
religious consecration in which the metropolitans proceed to Hagia Sophia on
the following Sunday -, either by invoking the Holy Spirit, as Balsamon says,
or by using the somewhat more neutral formula preserved by the ceremonial of
the 10th century: ‘Grace Divine and the Royalty that we have
received from it promote the very pious person before us to the rank of
patriarch of Constantinople.’ The ‘designation’ of the patriarch would be a
political prerogative, just as the carving out of dioceses and the promotion of
Episcopal sees, to which the emperor has the sovereign right to proceed for a
better harmony between the spiritual and the temporal powers; but his
‘promotion by invocation of the Spirit’ is a religious, if not a liturgical
act, which only a charisma can justify…”[694]
Balsamon went so far as to change the
traditional Patriarch-soul, Emperor-body metaphor in favour of the emperor:
“Emperors and Patriarchs must be respected as teachers of the Church for the
sake of their dignity, which they received through anointing with chrism. Hence
derives the power of the right-believing Emperors to instruct the Christian
peoples and, like priests, offer incense to God. Their glory consists in the fact that, like the sun, they enlighten
the world from one end to the other with the flash of their Orthodoxy. The strength
and activity of the Emperor touches the soul and body of man while the strength
and power of the Patriarch touches only the soul…”[695]
Again, Balsamon wrote: “The emperor is subject neither to the laws nor to the Church
canons”.[696] And yet St. Nicholas the Mystic had written: “If
the emperor is the enemy and foe of the laws, who will fear them?” And so the
Balsamonite teaching on the role of the Emperor could only lead to the
undermining of the Empire and its eventual fall.
And this is what in fact happened; for the
dynastic history of the late twelfth century was bloody and chaotic even by
Byzantine standards, as emperors disposed of each other, and the people lost
all respect for an emperor once he had been overthrown. Thus when Andronicus I
Comnenus, who had himself come to the throne by violence, was overthrown,
tortured and killed by Isaac II Angelus, the people, as Nicetas Choniates
relates, “did not think that this was a man who had not long ago been the
Emperor adorned with a royal diadem, and that they had all glorified him as a
saviour, and greeted him with best wishes and bows, and tbey had given a
terrible oath to be faithful and devoted to him”.[697]
Isaac Angelus deposed several patriarchs,
one after another… And he said: “The Emperors are allowed to do everything,
because on earth there is no difference in power between God and the Emperor:
the Emperors are allowed to do everything, and they can use God’s things on a par
with their own, since they received the royal dignity itself from God, and
there is no difference between God and them.”[698]
Moreover, he ascribed to himself the power to correct what was done in the
Church contrary to the Church canons.[699]
Moreover, the encomiasts addressed Isaac as “God-like” (qeoeikele, qeoeidei) and “equal to God” (isoqee).[700]
When the
Emperors exalted their dignity to the level of Divinity in the image of the
pagan tyrants, and the people trampled on them in spite of the Lord’s command:
“Touch not Mine anointed”, everything began to fall apart: both the Bulgarians
and Wallachians under Peter and Asen and the Serbs under Stephan Nemanya
rebelled, and then the crusaders took advantage of the chaos to seize the City
in 1204… As Hieromonk Dionysius (Alferov) writes: “No more than 15,000 Latin
crusaders stormed the well fortified city with its population of one million
and its five-times larger garrison! After this the same band of wandering
knights took possession of the whole of Balkan Greece and founded their Latin
empire on its ruins. Nobody thought of resisting, of saving the capital, of
defending the Orthodox monarchy. The local Byzantine administration itself
offered its services to the new masters. In the lower classes apathy reigned
towards all that had happened, and even evil joy at the wealthy city’s sacking.
Using the suitable opportunity, local separatists sprang into life: not only
Serbia, Bosnia and Bulgaria separated and declared their independence, but also
the purely Greek provinces of Epirus, Trebizond and some of the islands…”[701]
Not the
last cause of this tragic fall was the absolutist attitude of the last pre-fall
emperors. Twelve years after the fall of the City, Nicetas Choniates wrote: “For most of the Roman Emperors it
was quite intolerable merely to give orders, to walk around in gold clothes, to
use the public purse as their own, to distribute it however and to whomever
they wanted, and to treat free people as if they were slaves. They considered
it an extreme insult to themselves if they were not recognised to be wise men,
like gods to look at, heroes in strength, wise in God like Solomon,
God-inspired leaders, the most faithful rule of rules – in a word, infallible
judges of both Divine and human matters. Therefore instead of rebuking, as was
fitting, the irrational and bold, who were introducing teachings new and
unknown to the Church, or even presenting the matter to those who by their
calling should know and preach about God, they, not wishing to occupy the second
place, themselves became at one and the same time both proclaimers of the
dogmas and their judges and establishers, and they often punished those who did
not agree with them”...[702]
The Byzantines never really
recovered from the first fall of the City, in 1204, which became the beginning
of its final fall, in 1453. Not only was Byzantium itself fatally weakened: its
weakness allowed the other Orthodox states of the Balkans to assert their own
independence. And so the unity of the Orthodox commonwealth of nations began to
fracture, allowing the Ottomans to pick them off one by one…[v2].
Church and State in Kievan Rus’
However, one Orthodox nation which remained loyal to Byzantium to the
end was Kievan Rus’. For nearly five hundred years the Russian princes
continued to look up to the Byzantine Emperor as to their father in spite of
the fact that their own kingdom was completely independent of, and more
powerful than, the Byzantine. Nor did this change with the enthronement of the
first metropolitan of Russian blood, Hilarion, in the eleventh century.
Thus G. Podskalsky writes: “Although Hilarion compared Vladimir with Constantine the Great and
recognised his sovereignty over Kievan Rus’, he ascribed the title of ‘Emperor’
neither to him nor to his successor. The collector (or editor) of the Izbornik
of 1076 everywhere changed the term basileuV ('emperor') for ‘prince’ or
‘kahan’, so as thereby to adapt the Byzantine texts to Russian conditions,
while the term basileuV,
‘tsar’, was kept only when it referred to God. The idea of the ‘transfer of the
empire’ (translatio imperii), which captivated the Bulgarian tsar Simeon
or Charles the Great in relation to the Frankish empire, was foreign to
pre-Mongol Rus’. The Byzantine supremacy in the hierarchy of States was also
strengthened by the emperors’ practice of adopting the role of sponsor at the
baptism of newly converted kings or princes.”[703]
Thus the
Emperor became the sponsor at the baptisms of Tsar Boris-Michael of Bulgaria
and Princess Olga of Kiev.
Such sponsorship, according to Richard Fletcher, “indicated secular lordship
as well. The experience of baptism could thus become a token of submission.
Exported to the west we can see the idea at work in the baptismal sponsorship
of Widukind by Charlemagne in 785, or of Harald Klak by Louis the Pious in 826,
or of the Viking leader Guthrum by Alfred of Wessex in 878.”[704]
The inferiority of the other Orthodox
rulers to the Byzantine Emperor was indicated in various ways: by differences
in titles (the Russian princes were called arconteV), and by the fact
that only the emperors were anointed at their enthronement (and that not before
the beginning of the 13th century). As Fr. Timothy Alferov writes, “the Russian Great Princes and the Serbian, Georgian
and Bulgarian rulers were defenders of the Church only in their territories.
They were also raised to the princedom with the blessing of the Church, but by
a different rite (o ezhe blagosloviti knyazya), which included the
crowning of the prince, but contained no anointing.”[705] If the Frankish
and Bulgarian rulers had been accorded the title of basileus, this was
only under compulsion and was withdrawn as soon as politically expedient. And
even much later, in 1561, when the pre-eminence of Russia in the Orthodox world
could not be denied, the Ecumenical Patriarch Joasaph II accorded the Ivan the
Terrible the title Basileus only because he was thought to descend from
a Byzantine princess – Anna, the wife of St. Vladimir. So tenacious was the idea among the Greeks that there could be no Third
Rome after the Second…[706]
From the beginning
Church and State were exceptionally close in Kievan Rus’. St. Vladimir
threatened those who threatened this order as follows: “If anyone breaks my
rule, whether he be my son or a servant, or anyone of my race or one of the
boyars, and interferes into the ecclesiastical affairs of the metropolitan,
which I gave into the hands of the metropolitan, and of the Church, and of the
bishops in all the cities in accordance with the canons, he will be judged and
punished. If anyone tries to seize the judgement of the Church, he will be
deprived of the name of Christian, and may all such be cursed by the Holy
Fathers.”[707]
As an example of the closeness of Church
and State in Kievan Rus’, we may cite an incident from Novgorod in 1078, as
described by Hieromonk Dionysius (Alferov): “A certain sorcerer by demonic
power wrought many signs and wonders, collected a huge crowd of people whom he
had deceived and went with them to destroy the church of Hagia Wisdom. The
Bishop of Novgorod with a cross in his hands stood in front of the church and
called the Christians to help him. But only very few hastened to his side. Only
the Prince of Novgorod, Gleb Svyatoslavich, did not fear. He went alone to meet
the armed mob and in the sight of all struck with his sword the servant of
satan who had proudly prophesied to the people that he would be enthroned that
day. After this the crowd dispersed. It is evident that in such a situation no
ordinary good fellow could take the place in the defence of the Church of the
Christian Autocrat, who had received from her a blessing on his service and who
was protected by the power of God through her prayers”.[708]
The relationship between Church and State in
Kievan Rus’ is described by Podskalsky as follows: “The relations between the
sovereign and his subjects were based on principles drawn from Old- and
New-Testament texts. This, for example, how the chronicler views princely
virtue: ‘If there are righteous princes on the earth, then many sins are
forgiven to the earth, but if they are evil and cunning, then God brings more
evil on the earth, insofar as its head is of the earth’. The Novgorod Bishop
Luke the Jew looks at the matter differently: ‘Fear God, honour the prince, you
are slaves first of God, and also of the lord (that is, the prince – G.P.).
The logical consequence of both utterances is, in principle, the right to
resist the authorities, although its existence and the practical possibilities
of applying it were just not formulated sufficiently clearly in Rus’. On the
contrary, the Church willingly resorted to helping the State in its struggle
with the remnants of paganism and the reappearance of heresies, and also in the
missionary absorption of new territories. In the first place this was a work of
the monks, whose ranks at the beginning were filled up with many from the
land-owning nobility and the social elite of society. But the metropolitans,
who were all practically without exception Greeks, tried, on their part, to
direct the efforts of the Russian princes to ward off the attacks of the nomads
on the East Roman empire, without, however, overstepping the bounds of loyalty
to the princely power….”[709]
“The princes in their turn gradually gave
the Church juridical privileges, steady income and possessions in land… Crimes
in the sphere of family relations, which were subject to punishment from the
point of view of Christian morality, entered into the administration of the
Church already in the 11th century. The jurisdiction of the prince’s
power was limited by the immunity of the clergy and the members of their
families, and also of the monks and the ‘church people’, that is, people under
the special protection of the Church (the poor, the sick, strangers, etc.).
However, sometimes representatives of the clergy were still brought before the
prince’s court...
“Just as the princes took part in the
administration of Church affairs, so the episcopate strove to influence the
princes’ politics. Such cooperation between Church and State reached its zenith
during the rule of Vladimir Monomakh [1113-1125]. But, according to the words
of Hilarion, already Vladimir I had taken part in councils, discussing with the
Church leadership ways and means of strengthening faith amidst the newly
converted. In the future such cooperation gradually broadened in proportion as
the place of the Greek hierarchs was taken by bishops of Russian extraction,
while the princes thereby received the possibility of exerting greater
influence on the choice of candidates and their consecration. The chronicler
tells us of a whole series of bishops who recommended themselves by carrying
out complicated diplomatic missions. The triumphant conclusion of treaties by
the princes was accompanied by oaths and kissing of the cross. The monks of the
Kiev Caves monastery more than once took up a critical position in relation to
the prince. Thus, for example, in 1073 Abbot Theodosius refused to join the
princely civil war on the side of Svyatoslav, who had then seized the princely
throne, and did not even fear sharply to point out to the prince the
lawlessness of his actions, and of his exiling of his brother Izyaslav. Only
the lofty authority of the monastery leader and the pleas of the brethren saved
him from persecution, and after the laying of the foundations of a new
monastery church complete reconciliation was achieved. If the monks thereby
kept an inner distance in relation to politics, the episcopate was forced
sometimes to enter into it, although it did not take an immediate part in the
counsels of the princes.”[710]
“In general, in the course of the civil
wars of the 11th-12th centuries, the Church acquired a
new moral authority in the eyes both of the princes and the people, while the
State, for its part, received from the Church a confirmation of its divine
purpose for the sake of the common good. From the Slavonic translation of the Nomocanon
in 14 chapters Kievan Rus’ drew the ideal formula for the relations between
the secular and ecclesiastical authorities going back to Justinian’s Sixth
Novella.… The emperor was bound to concern himself with the teaching of the
faith, with respect for the clergy and with the observation of the canons. It
was precisely this postulate that was laid by Metropolitan Hilarion at the base
of his reasonings on agreement between the Church and the State...
“And so, in all the manifestations of
theological and church-political thought, in art, in Divine services and in
literary works of various genres, already in the 11th century one
and the same national tendency was revealed, a leaning towards a State Church…
The strength of the Church consisted in the fact that it worthily presented
itself in a non-standard situation which it was impossible to master without
the aid of earlier conceptual models and models of behaviour transferred to the
new situation; while the strength of the State consisted in an understanding of
the far-reaching commonality of its interests with the interests of the Church,
by virtue of which it was necessary to give the Church necessary aid in the
fulfilment of her mission. In spite of, or even thanks to the fact that not one of these two powers was able to boast of complete independence from the other, the sphere of their external activity and internal freedom was
as great as it would ever be later.”[711]
Kievan Rus’ represented a
rare balance of freedom and obedience in State life. Thus Fedotov writes:
“Kievan chroniclers are very outspoken about the vices and flaws of their princes;
they obviously felt no restraint imposed by princely dignity upon the freedom
of their judgement. All they can afford to do, in order to alleviate the guilt
of a prince, is to attribute his deficiency to the influence of bad counselors.
Bad counselors, mostly ‘young ones’ (compare Isaiah 3.1-4), are the root
of all political evils. The youth of the prince himself is often considered as
a great misfortune and a sign of God’s wrath against the country.
“Good and bad princes alike
are sent by God as a reward or punishment to the people. ‘If a country is right
before God, He ordains in it a just Caesar or prince, loving law and justice,
and he installs governors and judges administering justice.’ But ‘woe to the
city where the prince is young, and likes to drink wine at the sound of the gusli
with young counselors… Such are given by God for our sins’ (Lavr. 1015).
“If a bad prince is sent by
God and his tyranny has a penitential significance this seems to exclude revolt
against the tyrant as a legitimate political action. This conclusion would be
quite correct in the spirit of the Byzantine and even early Christian ethics;
it was indeed the doctrine of Anastasius Sinaitas in the seventh century and it
was repeated by some Russian moralists as well. And yet the import of this
doctrine of obedience was greatly exaggerated by the modern historians who
often viewed the early Russian ways of life from the viewpoint of Muscovy. The
Kievan chronicler may consider a revolt of the citizens against their prince as
the act of God’s will, punishing the prince in his turn (Lavr. 1068)….
The chastising providence of God, in the political sphere, is double-faced;
occasionally, it can use to its own ends even a popular revolution.
“There was, however, one
thing before which ancient Russia, unlike Byzantium, stopped with horror: the
murder of a prince. Regicide in Byzantium was so common that it seems a part of
the political system, a necessary corrective to autocracy. In Russia,… a
revolt, although it was sometimes justified if it ended in the overthrow of a
prince, was never pardoned if it resulted in his murder…”[712]
And yet the very first saints
canonized in Kievan Rus’ were Princes Boris and Gleb, the sons of St. Vladimir,
who were killed by their evil brother Sviatopolk. And it was the disobedience
of the Kieven Russians to their princes that was to bring down their kingdom…
The unity of Kievan Rus’ under St.
Vladimir and his immediate successors was an extraordinary achievement in view
of its lack of natural frontiers, constant invasions of barbarians and
multinational character. However, as Podskalsky writes, on the death of
Yaroslav the Wise in 1054, according to his will, “the rule of the Kievan
princes was replaced by a federation of independent princedoms linked between
themselves only by the hierarchy of princely thrones and the constant
redistribution of princedoms within the princely clan (according to the
principle of seniority) that flowed from that. These new traits of State
construction were fraught with constant political tension, and forced the
Church to step forward in a new for her role of preserver and defender of State
unity”.[713]
From the beginning of the twelfth century
the State began to weaken from both within and without. The basic reason was
the internecine warfare of the princes due to the lack of a law of
primogeniture whereby all power should be handed from the dying leader to only
one of his sons. By contrast, the Russian custom – introduced, according to
Solonevich, from feudal Hungary, Poland and, in part, Germany[714]
– was that the Great Prince of Kiev would divide up his realm into
principalities and give each of his sons one part, which opened the gates to
fratricidal strife…
However,
Solonevich considers the civil wars of the Kievan princes to be insufficient to
explain why none of the Kievan principalities succeeded in creating a lasting
and powerful empire. “For the question inevitably arises: why did Kiev and
those with her not cope with situation, and why did Moscow and those with her
cope? Neither does the idea that the Moscow princes were talented, or the
Kievan ones untalented, contribute to our understanding: was Yaroslav, who,
though called ‘the Wise’, divided the Kievan land between his sons, stupider
than, for example, Daniel Alexandrovich, who ascended the throne at the age of
ten, or Michael Fyodorovich, who ascended the throne at the age of sixteen?
Under these princes the Muscovite land was not divided. Would it not be more
correct to seek for the reasons for success and failure in some deeper or much
broader phenomena than princely childbirths, and more constant causes than the
talent or lack of it of some tens of princes who shone on the Kievan or
Muscovite thrones?
“The
most obvious reason for the failure of the pre-Muscovite rulers was the ‘civil
wars’ in the Novgorodian or Kievan veches [assemblies or parliaments],
independently of whether they were decided by the armed combat of princes on
the field of battle or by the battle of parties. If we take the main lines of
development of Novgorod and Kiev, Galich and Vilna, on the one hand, and
Moscow, on the other, then it will become sufficiently obvious: both Novgorod
and Kiev, and Galich and Vilna created a purely aristocratic order for
themselves. And in Novgorod, and partly also in Kiev, the princes, that is, the
representatives of the monarchical principle in the country, were simply
hirelings, whom the veche sometimes invited and sometime expelled as
seemed fit to them. In Galich the princely power was completely eaten up by the
boyars. In the Lithuanian-Russian State the aristocracy was just waiting for
the moment to establish their freedoms before the face of the representative of
one-man rule. They succeeded in this – at the price of the existence of the
State. ‘In Kiev in the 11th century the administration of the city
and district was concentrated in the hands of the military elders’
(Klyuchevsky). ‘The veches in Kiev and Novgorod, which appeared
according to the chronicler already at the beginning of the 11th
century, from the time of the struggle between Yaroslav and Svyatopolk in 1015,
began, from the end of the century, to make louder and louder noises, making
themselves felt everywhere and interfering in the relations between the
princes. The princes had to take account of this force, enter into deals with
it, conclude political agreements with the cities. ‘The prince, sitting in
Kiev, had to strengthen the senior throne under him by compacts with the Kievan
veche. The princes were not
fully empowered sovereigns of the land, but only their military-political
rulers.’
“Not so long ago Russian
social thought looked on Kiev Rus’, and in particular Novgorod, as, very
unfortunately, unsuccessful attempts to establish a democratic order in Rus’.
The coarse hand of eastern despotism crushed these attempts: ‘the veche
is not to exist, the bell is not to exist, and Novgorod is to exist under the
complete control of the Muscovite princes’... Now opinions of this democracy
have changed somewhat. Neither in Kiev nor in Novgorod was there any democracy.
There was a feudal-mercantile aristocracy (in Vilna it was a feudal-landowning
aristocracy). And it was this, and by no means ‘the people’, that tried by all
means to limit and bind the princely power. And not, of course, in the name of
‘the people’, but in its own class interests. One can say: both in Galich, and
in Novgorod, and in Vilna, and in Kiev the aristocracy – whether land-owning or
mercantile – swallowed up the supreme power. But one can also put it another
way: neither
in Galich, nor in Novgorod, nor in Vilna, nor in Kiev did the popular masses
succeed in creating their own power. And for that reason the lower classes attached themselves to that power which the Muscovite lower
classes had succeeded in creating: ‘we want to be under the Muscovite Tsar, the
Orthodox Tsar’.”[715]
Archpriest Lev Lebedev is in essential
agreement with this verdict: “What a misfortune is democracy, whether it be of
the veche or of the boyars! And what madness! Never was the people (or
even the best part of it) the source of power and law, nor can it be.
In democracy everyone wants to ‘drag’ things in their direction, as a result of
which they ‘break up’ the Russian Land, as the chronicler puts it… The fall of
great Kiev was accomplished to a significant degree under the influence of the veche.
Often it either summoned princes that it liked, driving out the lawful ones,
or, on the contrary, invited the latter and drove out the others, thereby
‘helping’ the princes ‘to break up’ Great Kievan Rus’, which had been gathered
together by the great labours of St. Vladimir, Yaroslav the Wise and Vladimir
Monomakh.”[716]
The first major attempt by a Russian ruler
to halt the decline of Kievan Rus’ by imposing a more disciplined, centralized
and truly autocratic power began in 1155, when Prince Andrew, son of Great
Prince George Dolgoruky of Kiev, left the small southern principality of Vyshgorod
to settle in Rostov-Suzdal,
one of the smaller principalities situated in the dense forests of the
Volga-Oka triangle. Here, far from the fratricidal politics of southern Russia,
as N.M. Karamzin writes, “the people had not yet exhibited a mutinous spirit,
they did not judge and change their sovereigns, but fervently obeyed them and
fought bravely for them”.[717]
It was therefore the perfect base for Andrew, who, “having not only a good
heart, but also an excellent mind, clearly saw the reasons for the woes of the
State and wanted to save at least his own land from them: that is, he removed
the unfortunate system of appanages and ruled on his own, giving cities neither
to his brothers nor to his sons”.[718]
This policy was not adopted without
influence from the heavenly realm, as Archpriest Lev explains: “In Vyshgorod at
that time, in 1154-55, there was a holy icon of the Mother of God which had
been brought not long before from Constantinople. This was a special holy
thing! It was one of the icons created by the Evangelist Luke, which he painted
having before his eyes the Most Holy Theotokos herself. He painted this icon on
part of a plank from a table which had belonged to the Holy Family in Nazareth.
Kiev, however, did not value this holy thing in a fitting manner. But meanwhile
it worked miracles. It was often found in Vyshgorod, having departed from its
place [in Kiev]. In 1155 it again moved, as it were showing that it did not
want to remain there [in Kiev]. This time Prince Andrew was a witness of the event.
He to his knees in prayer before the icon. And the Most Pure Mother of God told
him what he should do. That night, secretly, without asking his father, Andrew
of Bogoliubovo took the icon of our Lady and some priests of Vyshgorod and
their families, and went away to the North… Again on the instructions of the
All-Pure One he did not take it to Rostov, but left it in Vladimir. From that
time this great icon began to be called the Vladimir icon. In accordance with
God’s providence (for otherwise it is impossible to explain it), the father was
not angry with his son. Prince Andrew remained in Vladimir, and built next to
it the village of Bogoliubovo in which he constructed his palace. In 1157 Yury
Dolgoruky [his father] died. His son did not go to live in Kiev. Moreover, he
began to petition in Constantinople for the founding of a metropolitan see in
Vladimir, that is, a see having the same ecclesiastical significance as that of
Kiev. [However,] he was blessed to have only a bishopric. But then Bishop Theophanes
of Vladimir was murdered in a bestial manner in Kiev at the command of the new
Metropolitan, Constantine II, who had been despatched there from
Constantinople. In reply to this evil act, and also because of the other
injustices of the Kievans, Prince Andrew sent an army there, taking the
Polovtsians as his allies. In 1169 Kiev was terribly burned down and looted.
The churches were also looted.
“The Great Prince, who already bore the
title ‘of Kiev’, moved the centre of Rus’ to Vladimir, to the North.
Here, in Vladimir-Suzdalian Rus’, he erected about 30 churches, among them the
noted Dormition cathedral in Vladimir, and the first church in honour of the
new feast of the Protecting Veil of the Theotokos – the wonderful ‘Pokrov on
the Nerl’. The ‘Golden Gates’ of Vladimir are also his creation. Thus, not
accidentally, but consciously, a new capital of Rus’ was being constructed in
the image of the former. Prince Andrew himself put his hand to the writing of a
service to the feast of the Protecting Veil, which did not exist in the Greek
Church, so that it became the first purely Russian national feast.[719]
It is also thought that he participated in the composition of the service to
the All-Merciful Saviour and the All-Holy Theotokos on August 1/14 in commemoration
of the victory of the Volga Bulgars, when the Vladimir icon and the icon of the
Saviour gave out heavenly rays that were visible to all. The Byzantine Emperor
Manuel had the same vision in the same year and day during his battle with the
Saracens, as Andrew and Manuel learned from letters they wrote to each other.
Prince Andrew also composed a prayer that was attached to the ‘Instruction’ of
Vladimir Monomakh. Andrew loved God and people, and they loved him, not in vain
giving him the nickname ‘God-loving’ [Bogoliubskij]. To the end of his
days he had a special veneration for the passion-bearer Prince Boris, and
always had his cap and sword by him.
“But, as in the life of a people, so in
the earthly life of a man, not everything is unambiguous. Here they live partly
according to Christ, but partly still according to the old Adam. Andrew, for
all his love for God, could ‘become spiteful’, as was already said, against
Kiev. He also ‘became spiteful’ in 1170 against wilful Novgorod. And he sent a
powerful army there. But none other than the Mother of God Herself now began to
become the Opponent of Prince Andrew, through her icon of the Sign defending
the Novgorodians and bringing about a stinging defeat for the Suzdalian armies.
However, Bogoliubsky nevertheless later brought Novgorod into obedience by
‘peaceful’ means – by cutting off the movement of bread to it from the Volga
region and Ryazan.
“Having moved to the North, Prince Andrew
himself hardly waged war at all. Here he was the builder of a state. And not
everything was in order in the land. He was an opponent of paganism in
everything, including such manifestations of it as the veneration of the
military war-band and the ancient veche, which was especially strong in
Rostov. He did not want to obey the old war-band nobles of his father. A plot
was hatched among them. Prince Andrew wanted to be and become autonomous, an Autocrat,
relying on the new Vladimir, and in general on the new people who were settling
the new Rus’. For old Rostov was a stronghold of resistance not only to Prince
Andrew personally. Here, as far back as the Baptism of Rus’, there had been
strong opposition to the Christian faith, and there had been a rebellion of the
sorcerers. Then they had expelled the bishops, not allowing them to preach, so
that the holy Hierarch Leontius had had to begin teaching the people outside
the city with teaching the children. Then, in the 12th century,
through the efforts of may saints, Orthodoxy shone out there also. But
something from paganism, and above all self-will and pride, still remained. And
these are always the sources of every kind of disturbance. Therefore, while
wanting to crush them, Prince Andrew of Bogolyubovo did not at all want to
become a tyrant and disregard the rule of the Russian princes of ruling
‘together with the land’, having its voice as an advisor. That is how he ruled
– but as an Autocrat, and not as a plaything in the hands of the
powerful boyars, or of the people’s veche!…
“In 1174, in Bogolyubovo, Prince Andrew
was killed in a terrible way by plotters. Before this one of them had stolen
the sword of Prince Boris from his bedroom. Thus did the first Autocrat
of Great Russia end his life in a martyric fashion, and the commemoration of
his death is celebrated on the very day, July 4/17, when the last Autocrat of
Great Russia, his Majesty Nicholas Alexandrovich, was killed together with the
whole of his Holy Family!…”[720]
Andrew’s achievement,
according to Georgievsky, was to
change “the principles on which ancient Kievan Rus’ had lived before him,
proclaiming the idea of the autocracy as the basis of the political life of the
Russian people. Orthodoxy and autocracy –
these corner-stones of the great building of the Russian State – were first
indicated to the Russian people by Andrew Bogolyubsky as the foundation for the
attainment of State might and popular prosperity. Bogolyubsky’s later
successors, the Great Princes of Moscow who founded the great Muscovite State
which then grew into a mighty empire, only developed and realised Bogolyubsky’s
ideas in their own political activity”.[721]
Andrew’s
achievements were consolidated by his son, Vsevolod III, who was, as John Fennell
writes, “one of the shrewdest and more farsighted of all the descendants of
Vladimir I, [and] was widely acknowledged among his fellow-rulers. ‘All lands
trembled at his name and his fame spread throughout the whole country,’ wrote
his chronicler, who… probably represented the views of most of his
contemporaries. All Suzdalia owed him allegiance of some kind or other; the
great city-state of Novgorod with its vast subject lands to the west, north and
north-east had, for the first eight years of the thirteenth century, only his
sons as its rulers; Kiev’s eastern neighbour, Southern Pereyaslavl’, was firmly
under his control; and the princes of Murom and Ryazan’ to the south were
little more than his vassals.”[722]
Then, in 1211, writes G.G. Litavrin,
Vsevolod “obtained from a congress of the boyars, cities, villages, merchants,
nobles, abbots, priests and ‘all the people’ a recognition of his son Yury’s
hereditary rights to the Vladimir-Suzdal throne, which at that time held the
seniority in Rus’. L.V. Cherepnin considers this date critical in the history
of Old Russian Statehood: there began the change from the system of princedoms
headed by a given Prince at a given moment, to a centralised, hereditary
Monarchy. The bearer of the seniority, the Great Prince of Rus’, became the
true Autocrat of the whole of the Russian land”.[723]
Vsevolod’s rule, according to Kliuchevsky,
“was in many respects the continuation of the external and internal activity of
Andrew of Bogolyubovo. Like his elder brother, Vsevolod forced people to
recognise him as Great Prince of the whole of the Russian land, and like him
again, he did not go to Kiev to sit on the throne of his father and
grandfather. He rules the south of Russia from the banks of the distant
Klyazma. Vsevolod’s political pressure was felt in the most distant
south-western borders of the Russian land. The Galician Prince Vladimir, the
son of Yaroslav Osmomys, who won back his father’s throne with Polish help,
hastened to strengthen his position on it, under the protection of his distant
uncle, Vsevolod of Suzdal. He sent him the message: ‘Father and Lord, keep
Galicia under me, and I, who belong to you and God, will always remain in your
will together with the whole of Galicia.”[724]
However, on
the death of Vsevolod in 1212 disturbances again broke out between the princes
of Russia. Novgorod separated from Vladimir, and the brothers and nephews of
the Great Prince held sway in different cities of the land of Vladimir-Suzdal.
As a result, “because of our sins”, as the chronicler put it, “God sent upon us
the pagans”, that is the Tatars…
Georgia, the lot of the Most Holy Mother
of God, had played only a minor role in Orthodox history since her baptism by
St. Nina in the fourth century. However, in 1008 a political and ecclesiastical
unification of the eastern and western Georgian lands took place under King
Bagrat III. “It is from this moment proper,” writes Papadakis, “that we may
speak of Georgia…
“The new unity… brought Church and State
closer together. The ecclesiastical hierarchy were doubtless advocates of
national unity and in this sense were of the greatest benefit to Georgia’s
Bagratid rulers. The catholicus on the other hand retained control of
ecclesiastical affairs and administration, and was even formally recognised as
the spiritual king of the nation. However, the Georgian primate along with all
major bishops and abbots were temporal princes of the realm as well, and
actually sat on the council of state or Darbazi together with the feudal
princes of Georgia…
“Arguably, the two most important members of the new Caucasian monarchy
were David II (1089-1125) and queen Tamar (1184-1212). Both of these Bagratid
sovereigns were in the end canonized as saints by the Georgian Orthodox Church.
By extending Georgia’s power far beyond its historic frontiers, these rulers
were in the final analysis responsible for creating a genuine Georgian hegemony
not only over Georgians but over Muslims and Armenians as well. David II was
surnamed by contemporaries the Restorer or Rebuilder (aghmashenebeli)
for good reason…His reign constitutes a genuine ‘epic period’ in the history of
medieval Georgia. David’s victories against the Muslims were especially
important since they paved the way for the Transcaucasian multinational empire
of his successors. In 1122 he was able to gain control of Tiflis (it had been
for centuries an Islamic town) and to reestablish it as Georgia’s capital. But
his great triumph was without doubt his decisively humilating defeat of the
Seljuks a year earlier at the battle of Didgori (12 August).[725] Georgians to this day celebrate
the victory annually as a holiday in August.
“In addition to a strengthened monarchy
and a magnified Georgia, David II also bequeathed to his descendants a reformed
Church. The attention he was willing to devote to the welfare of the Church as
a whole, was doubtlessly genuine. He was also evidently concerned with
Christian unity and repeatedly labored to convince the separated Armenian
community to return to the unity of the Orthodox Church by accepting Chalcedonian
Christology and by renouncing schism. His vigorous efforts to establish
ecclesiastical discipline, eliminate abused, and reorganize the Church,
culminated in 1103 at the synod of Ruisi-Urbnisi. This meeting – one of the
most famous in Georgian history – was presided over by the king who had also
convened it…
“It was during [Queen Tamar’s] rule that the great golden age of
Georgian history and culture reached its summit. There is no denying the
multinational nature of her kingdom by the dawn of the thirteenth century. By
then Georgia was one of the most powerful states in the Near East. As a result
of Queen Tamar’s numerous campaigns, which took her armies to the shores of the
Black Sea, Paphlagonia and further east into Iranian territory, the Georgian
state extended far beyond its original borders. By 1212 the entire Caucasus,
the southern coast of the Black Sea, most of Armenia and Iranian Azerbaijan,
had in fact been annexed to the Georgian state….
“[The queen was in general friendly towards] Saladin, who was actually
responsible in the end for the return to the Georgians in the Holy City of
properties that had once belonged to them. In contrast, Tamar’s relations with
the Latins in the crusader states… were rarely courteous or fraternal. The
Orthodox Georgians never actually directly involved themselves with the
crusades. This may have been at the root of the friendship Muslims felt for
them.”[726]
However, Tamar defeated the Turks when they tried to conquer Georgia.
“During two terrible battles she herself saw the finger of God directing her to
the fight, and, with her soldiers, witnessed the miraculous conversion of one
of the Mohammedan generals who was made prisoner.”[727]
As we ponder why little Georgia should have fared so prosperously and
heroically at a time when the Byzantine empire was being defeated by her
enemies, we should remember two factors. One was the internal unity of the
State under its strong and pious rulers. A second was its strictness in
relation to heresy. Thus the Georgians were much firmer in relation to the
heretical Armenians than the Byzantines were in relation to the heretical
Latins during the same period. This refusal to make concessions on the faith
for the sake of political gains reaped both spiritual and material fruits for
the Georgians.[728]
The unity of the kingdom was not achieved without a struggle, even a
struggle, at one point, against a form of parliamentary democracy! Thus “in the
first year of Tamara’s reign, an officer of the royal court, Kurltu-Arslan,
whose dream was to become the Minister of Defense, insisted that a parliament
be established in Iani, where, according to his plan, all internal and external
problems of the country were to be discussed, and only after that was a notice
to be sent to the king for approval. The Isani Parliament was planned to
appropriate the legislative power and leave the monarch a symbolic right to
approve decisions already made and give orders to carry out the will of the
members of this parliament. Thus, the very foundations of the royal institution
blessed by God Himself were shaken and the country found itself face to face
with the danger of civil war.
“Tamara ordered that Kurlu-Arslan be arrested, but his followers,
bearing arms, demanded the release of their leader. In order to avoid imminent
bloodshed, Tamara came to a most wise and noble solution, sending to the camp
of the rebels as negotiators two of the most respectable and revered ladies:
Huashak Tsokali, the mother of the Prince Rati, and Kravai Jakeli. The
intermediation of the two noble mothers had such an effect on the conspirators
that they ‘obeyed the orders of their mistress and knelt in repentance before
her envoys and swore to serve the queen loyally.’ The country felt the strong
arm of the king. Tamara appointed her loyal servants to key government posts…”[729]
At the same time, the Georgians saw themselves as sons of the
Byzantines. Thus Antony Eastmond writes: “The two hundred years before Tamar’s
reign saw a very marked change in the depiction of power in Georgia in an
attempt to establish an effective form of royal presentation. The Georgian
monarchy came increasingly to model itself on imperial rule in Byzantium. The
Bagrat’ioni kings began to see themselves as inheritors of Byzantine royal
traditions, and displayed themselves as the descendants of Constantine the
Great, rather than their own Georgian ancestors, such as Vakhtang Gorgasalan
(the great Georgian king who ruled c. 446-510). Between the ninth and twelfth
centuries it is possible to trace the way the Bagrat’ionis began to adopt more
and more of the trappings of Byzantine political ideas. In the ninth century,
Ashot’ I the Great (786-826), the first Bagrat’ioni ruler, showed his
dependence on Byzantine ideas by accepting the title of Kouropalates; although
the only surviving image of the king shows him in a very abstract,
indistinguishable form of dress. By the tenth century the Georgians had adopted
a more positive Byzantine identity. At the church of Oshk’i (built 963-73), the
two founder brothers, Davit and Bagrat’ are shown in a donor relief on the
exterior wearing very ornate, ‘orientalized’, Byzantine costume. All earlier
royal images in Georgia, as well as the contemporary image of the rival King
Leo III of Abkhazia (a neighbouring Georgian Christian kingdom) in the church
of K’umurdo (built 964), had shown the rulers in less distinct, or clearly
local forms of dress. The choice of dress at Oshk’I showed the outward
adherence of the Bagrat’ionis to the Byzantine political system….
“This gradual process of Byzantinization continued throughout the
eleventh century, becoming increasingly dominant. It was encouraged by closer
links between the Georgian and Byzantine royal families. Bagrat’ IV (1027-72)
married Helena, the niece of Romanos III Agyros in 1032; and his daughter,
Maria ‘of Alania’ married two successive Byzantine emperors (Michael VII Doukas
and Nikephoros III Botaneiates).
“By the beginning of the twelfth century, there had been a transformation
in the whole presentation of the Georgian royal family. In addition to
Byzantine court dress, all aspects of the royal environment became
‘Byzantinized’. In the royal churches standard Byzantine forms were adopted…
“At Gelati, built between 1106 and 1130 by Davit IV and his son Demet’re
(1125-54), this Byzantinization reaches its peak… The point of strongest
Byzantine influence at Gelati comes in the fresco scenes in the narthex. These
show the earliest surviving monumental images of the seven ecumenical councils…
Davit IV himself convened and presided at two sets of church councils in his
reign, and clearly saw himself as a successor to the early Byzantine emperors
and their domination of the church: Davit IV’s biographer even calls him a
second Constantine…”[730]
Queen
Tamara continues in the same tradition; in spite of her sex she is called a
second Constantine, a David and a Solomon in the chronicles.[731] The contrast between Georgia and
Bulgaria is instructive: the Georgian kings saw themselves as sons of the
Byzantines, and prospered, whereas the Bulgarian tsars saw themselves as
rivals, and were brought low…
The
Nicaean Empire and Royal Anointing
After the
fall of Constantinople to the crusaders in 1204, asks Hieromonk Dionyius, “what
remained for the few Byzantine patriots and zealots of Orthodoxy to do?
Correctly evaluating the situation, they understood that the process of the
fall was already irreversible, that neither the empire nor the capital could be
saved by them. Having elected Theodore Lascaris as emperor on the day before
the fall of Constantinople, they left the capital with him and founded a centre
of resistance in the hilly and wooded district of Bithynia. It is noteworthy
that the centre became the city of Nicaea, the place in which the First and
Seventh (the last) Ecumenical Councils had been conducted. Here, to Nicaea,
there flowed the church hierarchs who had not submitted to the Roman pope and
his puppet – the new patriarch of Constantinople. These zealot bishops elected
their own Orthodox Nicaean patriarch. The Niceaen patriarch received St. Savva
of Serbia and gave autocephaly to the Serbian Church; and it was he who
appointed our Metropolitan Cyril, the fellow-struggler of the right-believing
Prince Alexander Nevsky. In this way the Nicaean Greeks had communion with the
Orthodox in other countries.
“The
material and military forces of the Nicaean Empire were tiny by comparison with
its mighty enemies: the Latin West and the Muslim East. And in spite of that
the Nicaean Kingdom survived for more than half a century. The Providence of
God clearly preserved it, destroying its dangerous enemies in turn: the Turks
constricted the Latins, and these same Turks were themselves defeated by the
Mongols.
“The
Nicaean Empire relit in the Greeks the flame of zeal for Orthodoxy and its
national-state vestment. It opposed faith and life according to the faith to
the society that had been corrupted by base materialist instincts. The first
three Nicaean emperors Theodore I Lascaris, John Vatatzes and Theodore II were
people of burning faith, firm and energetic rulers and courageous warriors.
“Interesting is the reply of the second Nicaean Emperor John Vatatzes to
Pope Innocent III. Rejecting the pope’s offer of a unia, and replying to his
mockery (what kind of emperor are you, he said, if you sit in the woods and not
in the capital), John replied: ‘The emperor is he who rules not walls and
towers, not stones and logs, but the people of the faithful.’ And this people
was those who for the sake of the preservation of Orthodoxy abandoned the
capital and gathered with him ‘in the woods’.”[732]
So Romanity
survived. In Nicaea the Lascarid Emperors preserved and nurtured the strength
of the Roman power in exile. And then the first of the Palaeologi, Michael,
reconquered the City in 1261, enabling an independent Orthodox Empire to
survive, albeit in a severely truncated form, until 1453.
What had
changed to turn the wrath of the Lord to mercy? Leaving aside the basic and most
essential condition for any real turn for the better – the repentance of the
people, - we may point to an institutional or sacramental development that
strengthened the autocracy while at the same time restoring the Patriarch to a
position of something like equality with the Emperor. This was the introduction
of the sacrament of imperial anointing – visible anointing with holy oil, at
the hands of a patriarch - into the imperial inauguration rite.
Ostrogorsky
describes the rite as follows: “Before the coronation, the Emperor, on entering
the church of Hagia Sophia, first of all handed over to the Patriarch the text
of the Symbol of Faith written in his own hand and signed, and accompanied… by
promises to follow unfailingly the Apostolic traditions, the decrees of all the
Ecumenical and Local Councils, and the teaching of the Fathers of the Church,
and always to remain a faithful son and servant of the Church, etc.... Then
before the accomplishment of the actual rite of coronation, in the Augusteon (a
courtyard leading to Hagia Sophia) there took place the ceremony of raising on
the shield... The shield was held in front by the Patriarch and the first
functionary of the Empire, while on the sides and behind there went the nobles
who were next in rank... The anointing and crowning
of the Emperor were included in the course of the Divine service. At a
particular moment in the Litury, when the Patriarch came out of the altar and
onto the ambon, accompanied by the highest ranks of the Church, and ‘a great
silence and quiet’ settled in the church, the Patriarch invited the Emperor to
come onto the ambon. The Patriarch read the prayers composed for the right of
anointing – one quietly, the others aloud, - after which he anointed the
Emperor with chrism in the form of the cross and proclaimed: ‘Holy!’ Those
around him on the ambon repeated this cry three times, and then the people
repeated it three times. After this the altar brought a crown out of the altar,
the Patriarch placed it on the head of him who was to be crowned and
proclaimed: ‘Worthy!’ This proclamation was again repeated three times, first
by the hierarchs on the ambon and then by the people.”[733]
Now, as we have seen, this sacrament
was introduced very late into Byzantium by comparison with the West. True,
elements of the rite were present early on: the first ecclesiastical coronation
of a Byzantine emperor took place in 457, and the patriarch received the
confession of faith of the new emperor already in 491.[734] Nevertheless, the very late appearance
of the fully-fledged rite with anointing requires some explanation.
One
possibility is that anointing was introduced from the West. Thus Vera Zemskova
writes: “It is thought, and with justice, that the rite of anointing
arose in Byzantium under the influence of the West, where the sacrament already
existed and had its source in the understanding of the sacredness of power that
was characteristic for the Barbarians. True, it is impossible to say precisely
what kind of influence this was. Even in the history of the intensive contacts
between the Emperor Manuel Comnenus (1143-1180) and the western sovereigns
there is no mention of this subject. The rite appeared after the conquest of
Constantinople with the emperors of the Nicaean empire…”[735]
Dagron considers that the Theodore
Lascaris’ anointing by the patriarch in Nicaea in 1208 was modelled on the
westerners’ anointing of Baudouin I in Constantinople in 1204. It both
bolstered imperial power and strengthened the position of the Church in relation
to imperial power: “Far from the historical capital, in the modest surroundings
of Nicaea, it would have appeared necessary to materialise the ‘mystery of
royalty’. The Church, being from now on the only force capable of checking the
secessionist tendencies, was able to seize the opportunity to place her mark
more deeply on the imperial coronation. Using the request of clergy from
Constantinople who wanted the convocation of a council to nominate a patriarch,
Theodore Laskaris, who was not yet officially emperor, fixed a date that would
allow the new titular incumbent to proceed to the ‘habitual’ date, that is,
during Holy Week [Holy Thursday, to be more precise], for the making of holy
chrism (to qeion tou murou crisma). On his
side, [Patriarch] Michael Autoreianos, who had just been elected on March 20,
1208, multiplied initiatives aimed at strengthening imperial authority,
exhorting the army in a circular letter in which we are astonished to find
echoes of the idea of the holy war, remitting the sins of the soldiers and of
the emperor, and taking an oath of dynastic fidelity from the bishops assembled
in Nicaea.”[736]
Royal
anointing exalted the authority of the emperor by closely associating him with
the Church. For the rite had similarities to the rite of ordination of clergy
and was administered by the Patriarch. As the Byzantine writer Zosimas wrote: “Such was the link between the Imperial dignity and the First-Hierarchical dignity that the former
not only could not even exist without the latter. Subjects were much bolder in
deciding on conspiracies against one whom they did not see as having been
consecrated by native religion”.[737]
Perhaps also the Byzantines
introduced anointing at this point in reaction to its downgrading by Pope
Gregory VII and his successors, in order to bolster the prestige of the
anointed kings in the face of the anti-monarchism of the Popes, who constituted
the greatest political power in the world at that time and the greatest threat
to the survival of the Byzantine Church and Empire. Against the claims of the
Popes to possess all the charisms, including the charism of political
government, the Byzantines put forward the anointing of their Emperors. It was
as if they said: a truly anointed and right-believing Emperor outweighs an
uncanonically ordained and false-believing Patriarch…
The
lateness of the introduction of imperial anointing in Byzantium is paralleled
by a similar slowness, as we have seen, in the development of the rite of
crowning in marriage. The two sacraments are linked in that they are both
“natural” sacraments that existed in some form before the coming of
Christianity; which needed not so much replacing as supplementing, purifying
and raising to a new, consciously Christian level. This being so, the Church
wisely did not hasten to create completely new rites for them, but only
eliminated the more grossly pagan elements, added a blessing and then communed
the newly-weds or the newly-anointed one in the Body and Blood of Christ.
Since kingmaking, like marriage, was a
“natural” sacrament that predated the New Testament Church, the ecclesiastical
rite was not felt to be constitutive of legitimate kingship in Byzantium – at
any rate, until the introduction of the last element of the rite, anointing,
probably in the 12th or 13th century. After all, the
pagan emperors had been recognized by Christ and the apostles although they
came to power independently of the Church. The Roman Empire was believed to
have been created by God alone, independently of the Church. As the Emperor
Justinian’s famous Sixth Novella puts it: "Both proceed from one
source", God, which is why the Empire did not need to be re-instituted by
the Church.
Of course, the fact that the Empire, like
the Church, was of Divine origin did not mean that the two institutions were of
equal dignity. Whereas the Church was “the fullness of Him Who filleth all in
all” (Ephesians 1.23), and as such eternal, the Empire, as all believing
Byzantines knew and accepted, was destined to be destroyed by the Antichrist.
The Church was like the soul which survives the death of the body, being by
nature superior to it.
Having said that, the fact that the
Empire, like the body, was created by God was of great importance as against
those who asserted, like Pope Gregory VII, that its origin lay in the fallen
passions of man and the devil. It was against this political Manichaeism that
the institution of imperial anointing in Byzantium stood as a powerful witness.
Or, to use a different theological
metaphor: the quasi-Chalcedonian “dogma” of the union without confusion of the
two institutions in Byzantium, the one institution supplying the anointing and
the other institution receiving it, served to mark if off from the political
Monophysitism of the Popes, for whom the Divinity of the Church “swallowed up”,
as it were, the “mere humanity” of the Empire.
Another reason for the introduction of
imperial anointing in Byzantium may have been a perceived need to protect the
monarchy against potential usurpers from within, to bolster the legitimacy of
the lawful Emperors against those innumerable coups which, as we have
seen, so disfigured the image of Byzantine life in the decades before 1204. As
we have seen, the earlier introduction of anointing in Spain, Francia and
England had had just such a beneficial effect. And certainly, the need for some
higher criterion of legitimacy had never been more sorely needed than in the
period of the Nicaean empire, when Roman power appeared to be divided among a
number of mini-states.
In previous centuries, the de facto
criterion of legitimacy had been: the true emperor is he who sits on the throne
in Constantinople, whatever the means he used to obtain the throne. This may
have seemed close to the law of the jungle, but it at any rate had the
advantage of clarity. The problem after 1204, however, was that he who sat on
the throne in Constantinople was a Latin heretic who had obtained his throne,
not just by killing a few personal enemies, but by mass slaughter of the
ordinary people and the defiling of all that was most holy to the Byzantines,
including the very sanctuary of Hagia Sophia. The patriarch had not recognised
him and had died in exile. There was no question for the majority of
Byzantines: this was not the true emperor.
So the true
emperor had to be found in one of the Greek kingdoms which survived the fall of
the City: Nicaea and Trebizond in the East, Epirus and Thessalonica in the
West. But which?
For a time,
from the year 1222, it looked as if Theodore Angelus in the West, whose
dominion extended from the Adriatic to the Aegean and who was related to the
great families of the Angeli, Comneni and Ducae, had a greater claim to the
throne than the Eastern candidate, John Vatatzes, who was the son-in-law of the
first Nicaean emperor, Theodore Lascaris.
However, Theodore Angelus’s weakness was
that the Patriarch lived in Nicaea, while the metropolitan of Thessalonica
refused to crown him, considering that a violation of the rights of the
Patriarch. So he turned instead to Archbishop Demetrius (Chomatianos) of Ochrid
and Bulgaria, who crowned him in Thessalonica in 1225 or 1227. According to
Vasiliev, “he crowned and anointed Theodore who ‘put on the purple robe and
began to wear the red shoes’, distinctive marks of the Byzantine basileus. One
of the letters of Demetrius shows that his coronation and anointment of
Theodore of Epirus was performed ‘with the general consent of the members of
the senate, who were in the west (that is, on the territory of Thessalonica and
Epirus), of the clergy, and of all the large army.’ Another document testifies
that the coronation and anointment were performed with the consent of all the
bishops who lived ‘in that western part’. Finally, Theodore himself signed his
edicts (chrysobulls) with the full title of the Byzantine Emperor:
‘Theodore in Christ God Basileus and Autocrat of the Romans.”[738]
Moreover,
from the letters of Metropolitan John Apocaucus of Naupactus, as V.G.
Vasilievsky writes, “we learn for the first time what an active part was taken
by the Greek clergy and especially by the Greek bishops. The proclamation of
Theodore Angelus as the Emperor of the Romans was taken very seriously:
Thessalonica, which had passed over into his hands, was contrasted with Nicaea;
Constantinople was openly indicated to him as the nearest goal of his ambition
and as an assured gain; in speech, thought, and writing, it was the common
opinion that he was destined to enter St. Sophia and occupy there the place of
the Orthodox Roman emperors where the Latin newcomers were sitting illegally.
The realization of such dreams did not lie beyond the limits of possibility; it
would be even easier to take Constantinople from Thessalonica than from
Nicaea.”[739]
However,
Theodore Angelus’ position had one weakness that proved fatal to his hopes:
could a non-Constantinopolitan archbishop, albeit one with autocephalous
jurisdiction, anoint the Emperor of Constantinople? Previous Byzantine
emperors, including Constantine himself, had received the throne through the
acclamation of the army and/or the people, which was considered sufficient for
legitimacy. But now, in the thirteenth century, acclamation alone was not
enough: imperial anointing by the first-hierarch of the Church was considered
necessary.
But here it
was the Lascarids of Nicaea had the advantage over the Angeli of Thessalonica.
For the first Lascarid, Theodore I, had been anointed earlier (in 1208) and by
a hierarch whom everybody recognised as having a greater authority – Patriarch
Michael IV Autoreianus. As Michael’s successor, Germanus II, wrote to
Archbishop Demetrius: “Tell me, most sacred man, which fathers bestowed on you
the lot of crowning to the kingdom? By which of the archbishops of Bulgaria was
any emperor of the Romans ever crowned? When did the archpastor of Ochrid
stretch out his right hand in the capacity of patriarch and consecrate a royal
head? Indicate to us a father of the Church, and it is enough. Suffer reproach,
for you are wise, and love even while being beaten. Do not get angry. For truly
the royal anointing introduced by you is not for us the oil of joy, but an
unsuitable oil from a wild olive. Whence did you buy this precious chrism
(which, as is well known, is boiled in the patriarchate), since your previous
stores have been devoured by time?”[740]
In reply,
Archbishop Demetrius pointed to the necessity of having an emperor in the West
in order effectively to drive out the Latins. Theodore Angelus had carried out
his task with great distinction, and was himself of royal blood. Besides, “the
Greek West has followed the example of the East: after all, in despite of
ancient Constantinopolitan practice, an emperor has been proclaimed and a
patriarch chosen in the Bithynian diocese as need has dictated. And when has it
ever been heard that one and the same hierarch should rule in Nicaea and call
himself patriarch of Constantinople? And this did not take place at the decree
of the whole senate and all the hierarchs, since after the capture of the
capital both the senate and the hierarchs fled both to the East and the West.
And I think that the greater part are in the West…
“For some
unknown reason you have ascribed to yourself alone the consecration of chrism.
But it is one of the sacraments performed by all the hierarchs (according to
Dionysius the Areopagite). If you allow every priest to baptise, then why is
anointing to the kingdom, which is secondary by comparison with baptism,
condemned by you? But according to the needs of the time it is performed
directly by the hierarch next in rank after the patriarch, according to the
unfailing customs and teaching of piety. However, he who is called to the
kingdom is usually anointed, not with chrism, but with oil sanctified by prayer…
We had no need of prepared chrism, but we have the sepulchre of the Great
Martyr Demetrius, from which chrism pours out in streams…”[741]
Nevertheless, it was the feeling that the true anointing must be
performed by a patriarch that proved crucial. In the end it was the advantage
of having received the true anointing from the true first-hierarch of the
Church that gave the victory to the Lascarids. And so this sacrament, which, as
we have seen, was so critical in strengthening the Western Orthodox kingdoms at
a time when invasions threatened from without and chaos from within, came to
serve the same purpose in Eastern Orthodoxy. As Papadakis writes, “the
continuity and prestige conferred on the Lascarid house by this solemn blessing
and by the subsequent presence of a patriarch at Nicaea were decisive. For, by
then, coronation by a reigning patriarch was thought to be necessary for
imperial legitimacy.”[742]
In any
case, the power of the Angeli was crushed by the Bulgarian Tsar John Asen, and
in 1242 the Nicaean Emperor John III Vatatzes forced Theodore Angelus’ son John
to renounce the imperial title in favour of that of “despot”, which was
followed, four years later, by his conquest of Thessalonica.[743] And so it was the earlier and more
authoritative anointing of the Nicaean Emperors that enabled them to win the
dynastic struggle. Under their rule the Nicaean Empire prospered.
Another
reason for its prosperity was that the Lascarid emperors of Nicaea were much
more modest in their pretensions than their predecessors. As Macrides writes:
“Their style of rule was partly a response to limited resources, partly to
exclusion from Constantinople, the natural setting, and also a reaction to the
‘sins’ which had caused God to withdraw his support from the Byzantines. John
III Vatatzes and his son Theodore II ruled as if New Constantines had never
existed. To rephrase Choniates’ words of criticism for the twelfth-century
emperors: John III and Theodore II did not wear gold, did not treat common
property as their own nor free men as slaves, nor did they hear themselves
celebrated as being wiser than Solomon, heroic in strength, God-like in looks.
Contrary to the behaviour of most emperors, John did not even have his son
proclaimed emperor in his lifetime, not because he did not love his son, nor
because he wanted to leave the throne to anyone else, but because the opinion
and choice of his subjects was not evident. John was an emperor who reproved
his son for wearing the symbols of imperial power, for wearing gold while
hunting, because he said the imperial insignia represent the blood of the
emperor’s subjects and should be worn only for the purpose of impressing
foreign ambassadors with the people’s wealth. John’s care to separate public
wealth from his own became legendary. He set aside land to produce enough for
the imperial table and had a crown made for the empress from the sale of eggs
produced by his hens. He called it the ‘egg crown’ (oaton). John was an
emperor who submitted to the criticism of the church. When his mistress was
forbidden entrance to the church by the… monk Blemmydes, tutor to his son, she
went to him in a fury and charged him to come to her defence. But he only
replied remorsefully that he could not punish a just man. It was precisely the
qualities which made him an exceptional emperor which also contributed to his
recognition as a saint by the local population in Magnesia…”[744]
In relation to the patriarchate, too, the
Lascarid emperors, while rejecting unwanted candidates, were nevertheless less
overweening and “caesaropapist” than their predecessors. We see this in the
election of Patriarch Arsenius under Emperor Theodore II: “After the triumphant
burial of Emperor John [Vatatzes] in Sosandri, Theodore II was raised onto the
shield by the nobility and clergy, in accordance with ancient custom. Setting
off for Nicaea, he occupied himself with the election of a patriarch in the
place of the reposed Manuel; then the new patriarch had to crown the new
emperor. Up to 40 hierarchs assembled, and asked for the learned Blemmydes as
patriarch. He, however, was displeasing to the court because of his
independence. Emperor John Vatatzes had already once rejected his candidacy,
declaring openly that Blemmydes would not listen to the emperor, who might have
different views from those of the Church. The new Emperor Theodore did not
decide on speaking openly aganst Blemmydes, and even tried to persuade him,
promising various honours. But Blemmydes refused outright, knowing the
explosiveness and insistence of the young emperor. The efforts at persuasion
ended in a tiff, and Blemmydes left Nicaea for his monastery. That is how
Blemmydes himself recounted the matter, but according to an anonymous author
there was a strong party against Blemmydes among the hierarchs. Then the
emperor suggested electing the patriarch by lot. On proclaiming the name of a
candidate, they opened the Gospel at random and read the first words of the
page. To one there fell the words: ‘They will not succeed’, to another: ‘They drowned’,
to the abbot of Sosandri there even came: ‘ass and chicken’. Finally Arsenius
Avtorianus succeeded: at his name there fell the words ‘he and his disciples’,
and he was elected. Monk Arsenius, from a family of officials… was a new man,
with a strong character, sincerely devoted to the royal house... At Christmas,
1254, Patriarch Arsenius triumphantly crowned Theodore II as emperor of the
Romans….”[745]
However, with the last of the Nicaean
emperors and the first of the Palaeologi, Michael Palaeologus, we see a shift
back again to caesaropapism. While he was still regent for Theodore II’s
eight-year-old son, John IV Lascaris, he flattered the hierarchs, said he would
accept power only from their hands, and promised that he would consider the
Church to be his mother – in contrast to Emperor Theodore, who had supposedly
despised the Church and kept it in subjection to imperial power.[746]
But on ascending the throne, he changed course, blinded the young John, and
when Patriarch Arsenius excommunicated him, had him removed.
Finally, as we shall see, he betrayed the
Church and Orthodoxy at the false uniate council of Lyons. And this was the man
who reconquered Constantinople for the Orthodox… Which only goes to show that
the politically successful emperor is not always the good one in God’s eyes…
The pressure to compromise
with the Latins came mainly from the Byzantine emperors. They wanted restoration of communion with Rome,
which had been broken in 1054, so that they could call on the West to provide
military support against the Turks. Thus Alexius I Comnenus and Manuel I
Comnenus both put pressure on the patriarchs of their time. However, these early naïve
negotiations came to an abrupt end after the sack of Constantinople in 1204.
The Latins tried to impose their faith on the Greeks, but were in general
repulsed with hatred. Even the Pope, Innocent III, recognised that relations
could never be the same again: “How is the Church of the Greeks, when afflicted
with such trials and persecutions, to be brought back into the unity of the
Church and devotion to the Apostolic See? It has seen in the Latins nothing but
an example of perdition and the works of darkness, so that it now abhors them
as worse than dogs. For they who are supposed to serve Christ rather than their
own interests, who should have used their swords only against the pagans, are
dripping with the blood of Christians. They have spared neither religion, nor
age, nor sex, and have committed adultery and fornication in public, exposing
matrons and even nuns to the filthy brutality of their troops. For them it was
not enough to exhaust the riches of the Empire and to despoil both great men
and small; they had to lay their hands on the treasures of the Church, and what
was worse its possessions, seizing silver retables from the altars, breaking
them into pieces to divide among themselves, violating the sanctuaries and
carrying off crosses and relics.”[747]
Vronis
writes: “A number of the Greek bishops… fled the Latin lands. Others remained
in their sees, sometimes ignoring Latin ecclesiastical demands and often
maintaining contact with the Greek clergy in non-Latin territory. The Catholics
decided that the Greek clergy were to keep the churches in those regions
inhabited exclusively by Greeks, but in mixed areas the bishops were to be
Latins. The hierarchy of the Church in the conquered areas thus passed into the
hands of the Catholics, whereas the village priests remained Greek. With some
exceptions the Latin bishoprics were filled with adventurers little inspired by
the religious life, who treated their Greek parishioners as schismatics. Very
often the Greek clergy who conformed to the demands of the papacy and hence
were supported by Innocent were removed by fanatic Latin bishops who wished to
take over all the bishoprics.”[748]
The Pope was right that the Greeks would
now hate the Latins and consider them as dogs. But he was wrong in thinking
that for that reason they would not seek the union of the Churches. For as
their empire grew weaker and smaller, the Greeks’ attachment to it grew, until
they were ready to trade the purity of the faith for the continuance of the
empire. Almost all the emperors of the period made some attempts at a unia.
Thus the first Greek Emperor-in-exile, Theodore I Lascaris, whose capital was
Nicaea, unsuccessfully attempted to convene a Council of the Orthodox
Patriarchs and to decide, with them, on the opening of negotiations with the
Pope.
Then, as
Fr. Ambroise Frontier relates, “John Vatatzes, the new emperor, took as his
second wife, Constance, the daughter of Frederick II, the Emperor of the West.
Upon becoming Orthodox she took the name Anna. A great friendship linked
Frederick II and John Vatatzes. Even though Frederick II was a Roman Catholic
he was in conflict with the Pope and he showed much regard for the Orthodox
Church: ‘… how can this so-called pontiff every day excommunicate before the
whole world the name of your majesty and all the Roman subjects (at this time
the Greeks were called Romans) and without shame call the most orthodox Romans,
heretics, thanks to whom the Christian Faith was spread to the far ends of the
world.’…
“In 1250 Frederick II died and his son Manfred, an enemy of the Nicaean
Empire, became King of Sicily. The relations between John Vatatzes and [Pope]
Innocent IV took a dangerous turn. Innocent IV tried to turn the Venetians and
the Franks of the East against the Nicaean Empire. This forced John Vatatzes to
concede the following privileges to the Pope: 1) Recognition of the Pope’s
supremacy, 2) Commemoration of the Pope’s name, 3) Recognition of the right to
appeal to the Pope. These concessions were sufficient for the time being to
change the Pope’s politics so that he supported the policies of the Nicaean
Empire.
“Other reasons also forced the Pope to
uphold the Emperor. Whole territories were breaking away from the Latin state
of Constantinople and were repudiating their forced submission to the Pope.
Innocent IV thought that it would be good, before the fall of the weakening
Latin state of Constantinople, to come to an agreement with the Greeks and thus
place the union on a more solid foundation. He thus imposed two more
conditions: 1) The Latin Patriarch installed by the Crusaders in Constantinople
in place of the legitimate Orthodox Patriarch would be kept in the capital, 2)
The doctrine of the Filioque, that is of the Holy Spirit’s procession
from the Father and the Son, a heretical doctrine, cause of the schism between
the two Churches and a stumbling block to all attempts at union, would be
introduced into the Orthodox Creed. Theodore II Lascaris, the successor of John
Vatatzes, a child of his first marriage, however, had other plans. He refused
the papal proposals and sent Innocent’s legates away. He even wrote a treatise
in which he defended the Orthodox dogmas and refuted the doctrine of the Filioque.”[749]
In 1261 the Greeks defeated the Latins and Emperor Michael Palaeologus
entered Constantinople. “The splendour surrounding the ‘New Constantine’,”
writes Uspensky, “was a reflection of the great national triumph. Not only the
courtiers and service people rejoiced, but also the patriots, the venerators of
the ancient glory; and they could hardly imagine what the restoration would
cost the real interests of the people. They had reasons for their joy. From its
many years of struggle with the foreign aggressors, the Greek nation emerged
not overcome, but united. Under the leadership of the Orthodox Church the
population from Thessalonica to Magnesia and Attalia was conscious of itself as
one body; the consciousness of nationality grew in strength – the Hellenic idea
– not a literary idea, but a popular one; and the Church herself, having borne
the struggle upon her shoulders, became still more dear, native, Greek. Some of
the educated people could still talk about the unia from the point of view of
an abstract dogma; the politicians… could reluctantly wish for peace with the
curia, but the simple people was lost for ‘the Latin faith’ forever.”[750]
However, there were ominous signs.
“Palaeologus openly set out on the old path of the Comneni and Angeli. Not only
was the capital returned, but the old order, the demands and expenses of the
antiquated world order that had lived out its time, was also reestablished.
Palaeologus, a representative of the service aristocracy, that was linked
equally with the East and the West of the Greek world, by his abilities and
energies, and also by his cunning whereby he pushed aside and destroyed the
heir of the Nicaean Emperors, was the bearer of other principles…”[751]
So why did this (at the beginning) most popular of emperors, who united
the nation in joy at the deliverance from the Latin oppressors, once again seek
union with the Latins and thereby lose everything? Because his first aim, which
he pursued with fanatical persistence and ingenuity, was not the flourishing of
the Orthodox Church and therefore the spiritual salvation of his people,
but the political reunification of all the Greek lands under his
leadership – for which he needed the help of the Pope against his western
enemies, especially Charles of Anjou. And the Pope’s help could be bought only
at the price of a unia. But the people, in spite of their new-found national
unity and pride, were not prepared to place the nation above the faith, and
began to turn against the Emperor. Rumours about Michael’s blinding of John IV
Lascaris spread, and in Bithynia a rebellion broke out under a blind pretender
with the name John Lascaris. The rebellion was suppressed with difficulty.
However, “it was more difficult to force the Greek clergy to accept the
unia in accordance with the Roman curia’s programme. The authority of Michael
Palaeologus had been shaken in the eyes of the zealots of the canons already
since the time of Patriarch Arsenius Autorianus. On the death of Patriarch
Nicephorus Arsenius was again called to the throne and accepted it on
conditions which are not known to us exactly. He crowned Palaeologus a second
time, without mentioning the name of John Lascaris. When the project for a
political marriage between Palaeologus and Ann, the sister of [the German
Emperor] Manfred and the widow of the Emperor Vatatzes, the Empress Theodora
refused to give him a divorce, and was supported by the patriarch, who did not
allow the marriage with Anna. This reignited the enmity between the emperor and
the patriarch. The blinding of the unfortunate John Lascaris elicited the
emperor’s excommunication from the Church by the patriarch, and Palaeologus had
to bear this punishment, ‘considering it necessary to display royal
magnanimity’. More than once through clerics he besought the patriarch to
remove the excommunication, but Arsenius replied: ‘I let a dove into my bosom,
but it turned out to be a snake and fatally bit me.’ Once, on listening to a
rejection, Palaeologus said: ‘What then, are you commanding me to renounce the
empire?’ – and wanted to give him his sword. Arsenius stretched out his hand,
and Palaeologus began to accuse the old man of making an attempt on the
emperor’s life. In vain did the emperor embrace the knees of the patriarch:
Arsenius pushed him away and went off to his cell. Then the emperor began to
complain: ‘The patriarch is ordering me to abandon State affairs, not to
collect taxes, and not to execute justice. That is how this spiritual doctor
heals me! It is time to seek mercy from the pope’. The emperor began to seek an
occasion to overthrow Arsenius, but the patriarch’s life was irreproachable.
The emperor gathered several hierarchs in Thessalonica and summoned Arsenius to
a trial, but he did not come. The obsequious hierarchs tried to demonstrate
that the disjunction of the ‘soul of the State’ from the Church was a disease
that threatened order… Palaeologus decided to get rid of Arsenius whatever the
cost. Having gathered the hierarchs, he laid out to them all the steps he had
taken to be reconciled with the patriarch. ‘It seems that because of my deed he
wants me to abandon the throne. But to whom am I to give the kingdom? What will
be the consequences for the empire? What
if another person turns out to be incapable of such a great service? Who can
guarantee that I will live peacefully, and what will become of my family? What
people ever saw the like, and has it ever happened amongst us that a hierarch
should do such things without being punished? Doesn’t he understand that for
one who has tasted of the blessedness of royal power it is impossible to part
with it except together with his life? Repentance is decreed by the Church, and
does it not exist for emperors? If I don’t find it from you, I will turn to
other Churches and receive healing from them. You decide.’”[752]
Finally Arsenius was deposed for failing to appear at his trial, and
exiled. The more malleable Germanus was made patriarch in his place. But
Arsenius and his followers refused to accept the situation, and many of the
people were on their side.[753]
In justification of his deposition of Patriarch Arsenius, the emperor
invoked his right as epistemonarch – the same defence as was used by the
absolutist emperors of the twelfth century. Then, writes Dagron, in a prostagma
of 1270, he “invoked yet again his title of epistemonarch of the Church
to force Patriarch Joseph I to give Deacon Theodore Skoutariotes, on whom he
had conferred the imperial title of dikaiophylax, a rank corresponding in the
hierarchy to the archontes of the Church. In order to settle this
trivial affair, the emperor, completely impregnated with the spirit of the
Comneni and the teachings of Balsamon, did not hesitate to affirm that the
[Church’s] choices of patriarch had to be aligned with those of the emperor and
that the ecclesiastical offices were nothing other than transfers of the
imperial offices, as was demonstrated in the Donation of Constantine.” [754]
However, the Church now began to show greater independence, aroused by
the emperor’s desire for union with Rome. Even “the emperor’s spiritual father
Joseph went over to the opposition, counting on ascending the patriarchal
throne. He began to advise the emperor that Germanus was not able to absolve
him from the curse placed on him by Arsenius, and the emperor sent Joseph to
Germanus to persuade him to leave voluntarily. When Germanus was convinced that
this advice came from the emperor, he departed for the Mangana monastery…
“Joseph achieved his aim and occupied the patriarchal throne for seven
years (1267-74)… The removal of the curses from the emperor – his first task –
was carried out with exceptional triumphalism. In the presence of the Synod and
the court the emperor crawled on his knees, confessing his sin, the blinding of
Lascaris. The patriarch and hierarchs one by one read out an act of absolution
of the emperor from the excommunication laid upon him…”[755]
On the one hand, this absolution gave the
emperor greater freedom in planning the unia. Many of the opponents of the unia
were imprisoned. One of these was the future patriarch John Beccus, who was
released after being “persuaded” of the rightness of the uniate cause by the
emperor.[756] On the other hand, the patriarch
was now determined to limit his use of the ‘epistemonarchy’ “to the most modest
temporal dimensions. Job Iasites, in the name of Patriarch Joseph, restated the
issue a little after 1273: ‘It is true that he who wears the crown has received
in person the responsibility and the title of epistemonarch of the holy
Churches. However, that does not consist in electing, or deposing, or
excommunicating, or carrying out any other action or function of the bishop,
but, in accordance with the meaning of the term ‘epistemonarch’, it consists
[for the emperor] in wisely keeping the leaders of the Churches in order and
rank, and in giving the force of law to the canonical decrees which they issue.
If these decrees are truly canonical, it is not in his power, as epistemonarch,
to oppose them…”[757]
The unia with Rome was signed at Lyons in 1274. The emperor conceded all
the dogmatic points and promised to help the pope in his next crusade. In
exchange the pope promised to stop his enemies, especially Charles of Anjou,
from invading the Greek land. However, the compromise proved to be unnecessary.
When Pope Gregory X died, his successor, Martin IV, backed Charles, and in 1281
broke off the unia. And then in 1282 the “Sicilian Vespers”, a successful
rebellion by the Sicilians against Charles, removed the threat of invasion.
Already before that, however, an anti-uniate council had been held in
Thessaly, which condemned the emperor and his uniate patriarch, John Beccus.
And the Fathers of Holy Mount Athos joined in the condemnation, writing to the
emperor: “It is written in the explanation of the Divine Liturgy that the
liturgizer commemorates the name of his hierarch, showing his exceeding
obedience to him, and that he is in communion with him both in faith and as a
steward of the Divine Mysteries… [But] he who receives a heretic is subject to
the curses laid on him, and he who gives communion to an excommunicate is
himself excommunicate.”[758]
“Two parties were formed,” writes Fr. Ambroise Frontier: “the Politicals
or Opportunists, who strangely resemble the Ecumenists of today, and the
Zealots, who were especially strong in Thessaloniki. The center of Orthodoxy,
however, was Mount Athos. The persecutions of Michael VIII and of Beccus, his
Patriarch, equalled those of the first centuries of Christianity. The intruder
Patriarch went himself to the Holy Mountain to impose the decree of Lyons but
he failed miserably. Only a few poor weak-minded monks followed him. In the Menaion
of September 22, we read the following rubric: ‘Memory of the Holy Martyrs of
the Monastery of Zographou, who chastized the Emperor Michael Palaeologus, the
latinizer and his Patriarch Beccus, and died, through burning in the tower of
their monastery.’ Yes, 26 monks died, burned in the tower of their monastery,
others were drowned in the sea in front of Vatopedi and Iviron. At Karyes, the
capital of Mount Athos, both laity and monks were beheaded. These Martyrs
assured the victory of Orthodoxy by their sacrifice and with their blood washed
away the shame of the treason of Lyons.
“To please the new Pope, Nicholas III, the servile Emperor ordered Isaac
of Ephesus to accompany the papal legates through the prisons of Constantinople
to show him the imprisoned Orthodox. Some had been tortured, others had their
hands and feet cut off, others their eyes punctured and others their tongues
ripped out. It is a fact: Christ is not discussed, He is confessed…
“The reaction of the Orthodox Patriarchs was thunderous. Pope Gregory X,
Patriarch Beccus and Michael VIII were excommunicated. On December 11, 1282,
Michael died, hated by his people. His wife, Empress Theodora and his son and
successor Andronicus II Palaeologus refused to give him burial and Church
honors. Andronicus II officially denounced the union and restored Orthodoxy. He
sent edicts to all parts of the Empire proclaiming an amnesty for all those who
had been exiled or imprisoned because of their zeal for the Church.
“Ten years after the council of Lyons, in 1285, an Orthodox Council was
held in the Church of Blachernae in Constantinople. Gregory of Cyprus was the
Orthodox Patriarch and Andronicus II the Emperor. The false union of Lyons was
rejected and the heresy of the Filioque was condemned. Later on,
Gennadius Scholarius, Patriarch of Constantinople, after the fall of the Empire
in the XVth century, declared this Council to be Ecumenical. To those who
considered it local because of the absence of the heretics and schismatics,
Gennadius answered that: ‘… the absence of heretics does not diminish in any
way the character of Ecumenicity.’”[759]
The fall of the uniate project led to a reassertion of the power of the
Church in relation to the State. Thus Patriarch Isaiah said to Emperor
Andronicus I: “You order me to occupy myself only with the affairs of the
Church, while you offer yourself, in accordance with your personal will, to
rule the State. But that is the same as if the body were to say to the soul: ‘I
don’t need your help in carrying out my functions; I will do my work as I will,
and you do yours as you are able.’”[760]
When
Constantinople fell in 1204, the Slavic States, first of Bulgaria and then of
Serbia, briefly promised to take up the mantle of the Orthodox empire.
Let us
begin with the resurrection of an independent Bulgaria. In the 1180s the
Normans, blessed by the Pope, invaded Greece from the West. To counter this
threat, the Byzantine government increased taxation and conscription levels. In
1185, two Vlach (Romanian) landowners near Trnovo asked for an alleviation of
the new burdens. They were contemptuously dismissed. Soon the whole of Eastern
Bulgaria was in revolt. Peter was proclaimed tsar, and an autocephalous
archbishopric was created in Trnovo.[761] The rebellion was successful and
the Bulgarians established a large Bulgar-Vlach-Cuman (Polovtsian) state south
of the Danube. In 1195 the relics of St. John of Rila were transferred to
Trnovo, the capital of the new State, signalling the beginning of the “Second
Bulgarian Empire”.
In 1202 the
Greeks came to terms with Bulgaria. But in ecclesiastical matters they were
more unyielding, refusing to grant the Church autocephalous status. And so,
writes Papadakis, when Tsar Kaloyan “was faced by a blunt refusal of [the]
Constantinopolitan authorities to grant him imperial status, or a patriarchal
status to his archbishop Basil, he turned to the other universal Christian
authority, which in the West had replaced the empire as the source of both the
political and ecclesiastical powers: the Roman papacy.[762] His correspondence has come down to
us. Whatever the diplomatically subservient language of Kaloyan’s letters to
pope Innocent III (1198-1216), it is clear that his ambiguous contacts with the
papacy can hardly be interpreted as a religious ‘conversion’.
“Papal
envoys, ‘archpresbyter’ Dominic and the ‘chaplain’ John, visited Bulgaria in
1200. During the negotiations, Kaloyan shrewdly blackmailed the pope by
referring to the Byzantine theory of the ‘diarchy’ emperor-patriarch,
requesting that Rome sanction it for Bulgaria, to avoid a return of the
Bulgarians to Constantinople’s rule: ‘Come to us,’ the Greeks supposedly
promised Kaloyan, ‘we will crown you as emperor and will make a patriarch for
you, since an empire would not stand without a patriarch.’ On February 25,
1204, the pope entrusted Cardinal Leo of Santa Croce with the mission of
crowning Kaloyan as ‘king’, not ‘emperor,’ and confirming archbishop Basil as
‘primate,’ not ‘patriarch’: ‘It being understood,’ wrote the pope, ‘that these
two titles, primate and patriarch, mean practically the same, since primate and
patriarch have one function, though the names are different.’ Furthermore,
typically ignorant and distrustful of Eastern Christianity, which does not know
the practice of anointment at episcopal and priestly ordinations, Innocent
required that Basil and all the Bulgarian bishops be anointed by his legate,
because the Catholic church maintains this ‘by divine precept’.
“One may doubt that Kaloyan was fully
satisfied by the papal attitude.[763]
However, as he was crowned by the legate on November 8, 1204, and as archbishop
Basil was anointed and established as ‘primate’, he had little choice. A
Byzantine imperial legitimization of his ambitions had become impossible: the
crusaders had taken Constantinople in April of that year. It appeared for a
time that no alternative existed to a Latin Christendom, headed by the pope.
But Kaloyan was carefully looking for such alternatives. Indeed, he gave
shelter to the Orthodox ecumenical patriarch, John Camaterus, who had escaped
from the capital held by the Latins, and who died in Bulgarian-held
Didymotichus in 1206. Rejecting the suzerainty of the Latin emperor of
Constantinople, he attacked the Latins, defeated them, took emperor Baldwin
prisoner (1205), and ignored the pope’s pleas for peace and submission. When
Kaloyan died in 1207, his power dominated the Balkans. He had obtained papal
recognition of his power, but he was not at all playing by the rules required
from papal subjects. The church of Trnovo was de facto an independent
patriarchate, and its incumbent was using the patriarchal title, administering
territories almost identical with those of Symeon’s empire, although the city
of Ohrid and its autocephalous archbishopric remained part of the territories
controlled by the Greek despot of Epirus.”[764]
It is interesting to note that, just as
Charlemagne’s fall into heresy through his rejection of the Acts of the Seventh
Ecumenical Council and acceptance of the Filioque coincided with his
unlawful assumption of imperial authority in opposition to the only true Empire
in Constantinople, so the Bulgarian Tsar Kaloyan’s fall into union with
heretical Rome coincided with his assumption of the title “emperor” – a title
which his most powerful predecessor, Tsar Simeon, had never assumed, and which
marked him out as a usurper…
At this
terrible nadir in Orthodox fortunes, with the City in the hand of the heretics,
the True Orthodox Greeks warring among themselves and the only successful
Orthodox power in the region, Bulgaria, in a semi-unia with Rome, a humble
29-year-old monk set off from Mount Athos to his homeland, Serbia. St. Sava
arrived in 1204 to find the kingdom divided between his two older brothers,
Vukan and Stephen.
A few years
earlier, the founder of the Serbian Orthodox dynasty, Stephen Nemanja had
abdicated the throne, and in 1197 retired to the monastery of Hilandar on Mount
Athos. He conferred the throne on his second son, Stephen, “the first-crowned”
in a ceremony described by the monk Teodosije: “After having heard the Liturgy
and prayed, the king and the holy bishop made a blessing with the cross and
then both placed their hands on the head of Stephen and proclaimed him grand
zhupan and king of the whole Serbian land.
And all the noble lords bowed down before him, asking God to grant him many
years…”
However,
“by secret negotiations with Hungary and Pope Innocent III,” writes Fr. Daniel
Rogich, “Vukan, the eldest of the three brothers, who was bitter over the
appointment of his young brother Stephen as heir to the throne, was able to
amass troops and capture Zeta [modern Montenegro]; he then was set to launch a
campaign against Rashka, King Stephen’s portion of the divided kingdom…
“When he
returned, Sava brought with him the medicine to heal the entire situation: the
relics of his father, the Grand Zhupan and saint, Stephen Nemanja-Simeon the
Myrrh-bearer and co-founder of Hilandar. Upon entering Studenitsa monastery,
St. Simeon’s foundational monastery, Sava invited his two brothers to a proper
and rightful Memorial Service for their father. As the casket was opened,
before their eyes the body of their father was found to be sweet-smelling,
exuding a fragrant oil and myrrh, warm and aglow, looking very much alive, as
if he were only restfully sleeping. This act of veneration of their father was
the first step in healing the fraternal schism between Vukan and King Stephen.
Shortly thereafter, the civil war was halted and a peace agreement was drawn
up, once again restoring the kingdom of Serbia as it was under the reign of the
great King Stephen Nemanja-St. Simeon the Myrrh-bearer. In discussion with his
reunited brothers, Sava also designed plans for an immediate, systematic and
far-reaching missionary program to save the Orthodox soul of the Serbian
people. Studenitsa Monastery, with St. Simeon’s relics making it a national
shrine, was chosen as the outreach for all activities…”[765]
And so,
with the healing of the schism in the body politic, and the rejection of Roman
Catholic influence, a beginning was made to the recovery of Orthodoxy in the
Serbian land. But there were setbacks. Thus as a result of the confusion and
turmoil in the international situation, “King Stephen, at the advice of his
wife, Queen Anna, decided to ally Serbia with the Pope of Rome in order to stem
the tide against the attacks of the Hungarian King Andreas III and those of the
Latinophiles in Constantinople. This decision on the part of Stephen angered
his brother Sava, who, due to his loyalty to Orthodoxy and the Byzantine State,
decided to return to the Holy Mountain. Hence, in 1217, at age 42, after
thirteen years of missionary activity in his homeland, Sava travelled once
again to his true spiritual home, Hilandar Monastery…
“The moment
he left, Serbia’s situation worsened both domestically and internationally. The
miracle-working oil exuding from the holy relics of his father Simeon stopped
flowing. The people were outraged at King Stephen for driving Sava away. Under
no terms would they accept the Pope’s support and disavow Orthodoxy. As a
result, Stephen wrote to Sava imploring him to return. Stephen also renounced
his western ties and attempted to be reconciled with the Byzantine emperor in
Nicea, Theodore Lascaris (1204-1222). Spending his days and nights in prayer
and vigil, guarding his soul from all passions, and incessantly petitioning the
Lord in behalf of his Serbian people, Sava was elated to receive his brother
Stephen’s repentant letter. When he heard from Stephen, Sava immediately went
to his cell and prayed tearfully to his father Simeon: ‘O Saint, having been
commanded by God and implored by us, please disregard our transgressions. For
whatever we are, we are still your children. Allow, therefore the myrrh to flow
again from your body in the tomb as before, to bring joy and relief to your
people now in mourning.’ This prayer, which Sava sent to King Stephen in a
letter, was read aloud before the tomb of Simeon in Studenitsa Monastery and
was then published throughout the land. The letter also disclosed plans Sava
had received in a dream from Almighty God: to obtain from Nicaea the
independence of the Serbian Orthodox Church. When the letter was read aloud in
Studenitsa, immediately the miraculous myrrh from the relics of the holy
patriarchal leader Simeon began to flow once again. Thus, by the will of the
Lord, Sava set out to journey homeward for a second time from Hilandar in order
to heal his people and to bring them glad tidings of salvation, faith and
unity.
“Prior to his return, Sava travelled
eastward to Nicea, the city where the Imperial Patriarch Manuel Sarantenos
(1215-1222) resided, the highest ecclesiastical authority permitted to grant
independence to a local Church. Sava… discussed his vision with the Patriarch
and Emperor Theodore. At first, the Patriarch was reluctant to grant Sava’s
request. Why hadn’t Sava, he thought, petitioned through the Archbishop of
Ochrid, who was the immediate jurisdictional authority over the Church of
Serbia?[766]
But after a careful review of the political and ecclesiastical difficulties in
the Balkans – not only in Serbia but also between Nicea and Epirus – this
request on the part of Sava began to make perfect sense to both the Patriarch
and the Emperor. By granting autonomy to the Church of Serbia, Rome and the
West’s attempts to capture the Balkans could be thwarted. Also, the Archbishop
of Ochrid was becoming too powerful; with independence granted to the Serbs,
his power would diminish. The Serbian Orthodox Church, now independent, would
remain under the direct jurisdiction of the Patriarchate. (As is well known,
the Serbian Orthodox Church did not receive her own Patriarch until over one
hundred years later, becoming autocephalous on Palm Sunday, April 9, 1346.)
Thus, the situation was quite favorable to all involved. At Patriarch Manuel’s
request, Sava was elected to be elevated to Archbishop…”[767]
St. Sava’s consecration was protested by
Archbishop Demetrius of Ochrid on the grounds that, as Papadakis writes, “he
did not recognize the legitimacy of the emperor in Nicaea: ‘We have no
legitimate empire,’ he wrote to St. Sava, ‘and therefore your ordination lacks
legal foundation.’ In the Byzantine understanding of the relations between
church and empire, it was understood that the emperor had the right to
establish boundaries of ecclesiastical jurisdiction..."[768]
But the Nicaean emperor had this claim to
legitimacy, as we have seen: that he had been anointed by the legitimate
patriarch of Constantinople, whom Demetrius himself still commemorated.
Moreover, some years later, in 1224 or 1227, Demetrius himself consecrated
chrism and anointed the Epirote emperor in Thessalonica, thereby both raising
himself and his secular patron, quite illegitimately, to quasi-patriarchal and
quasi-imperial status respectively.
Demetrius’ motivation was clearly
political rather than canonical: his aim was to exalt the ruler who had exalted
him (we remember his theory that emperors have all the power that patriarchs
possess except the strictly sacramental). It is now clear why St. Sava went to
Nicaea rather than Epirus with his petition: not only because, as his
biographer, Bishop Nikolai Velimirovich, writes, “the Archbishop of Ohrida
himself was under the supreme authority of the Patriarch of Constantinople, who
then resided in exile in Nicaea”[769],
but also because he regarded the legitimate emperor to be the Nicaean emperor.
However, not all Serbs agreed with him.
Thus on the death of King Stephen in 1228, his newly-crowned son Radislav
called for “a return of the fledgling Serbian Church to the protectorate of the
Greek Archbishop of Ochrid.”[770]
Such a move would have been disastrous because, as we have seen, the Archbishop
of Ochrid did not accept the legality of Sava’s consecration and would very
likely have rejected any autocephaly for the Serbian Church.
Sava refused to be reconciled with this
situation and set off on a pilgrimage to the Holy Land. On the way, he stopped
at Nicaea and obtained confirmation of the independence of the Serbian Church
from Ochrid. In 1234 he resigned his archbishopric and set off on another
pilgrimage to the Holy Land.
By this time the Bulgarians, too, had renounced
all ties with Rome and had been reconciled with the Greek Empire and
Patriarchate in Nicaea.[771]
In 1235 the Bulgarian Church was given independence from Ochrid and its
Archbishop Joachim was proclaimed patriarch at Lampsacus.
However, like the Serbs, the Bulgarians
were required to give the name of the Constantinopolitan Patriarch precedence
in the commemorative diptychs, and were not considered a fully autocephalous
Church by Patriarch Germanus.[772]
Moreover,
in 1355 Patriarch Kallistos of Constantinople told the Trnovo clergy that they
had been given a patriarch only “through condescension”, and he was “not to be
counted” among the most holy patriarchs.[773]
However, while the authorities in Nicaea
had accepted this new situation in Bulgaria, the Patriarchs of Jerusalem,
Alexandria and Antioch had not. So Sava went to the East to petition the
Eastern Patriarchs for agreement to the new status not only of the Serbian, but
also of the Bulgarian Church.
Having
successfully completed his mission, St. Sava died on January 14, 1235 in Trnovo
on his way back to Serbia. In a little more than 30 years he had achieved what
might have seemed impossible at the beginning: the reconciliation of the
various warring Orthodox States and Churches under the banner of uncompromising
patristic Orthodoxy. He instilled “a sense of supranational Orthodoxy unity
(with the patriarch of Constantinople somehow substituting for the unifying
role played earlier by the emperor).”[774]
Under the
leadership of St. Simeon, St. Sava and their successors in Church and State,
Serbia entered her “golden age”. Its secret was a near-perfect symphony between
Church and State, symbolised by the fact that Sava was son of the first Serbian
Orthodox king and brother of the second. For “Serbian history,” writes Bishop
Nikolai, “never knew of any struggle between Church and state. There were no
such struggles, but bloody wars have filled the history of Western nations. How
does one explain the difference between the two cases? The one is explained by theodulia
[the service of God]; the other by theocracy.
“Let us take two tame oxen as an example,
how they are both harnessed to the same yoke, pull the same cart, and serve the
same master. This is theodulia. Then let us take two oxen who are so
enraged with each other that one moment the ox on the left pulls himself out
from the yoke and gores the other one, goading him on to pull the cart alone,
while the next moment the ox on the right does the same to his companion on the
left. This is theocracy: the war of the Church against the state and the war of
the state against the Church; the war of the pope against kings and the war of
kings against the pope. Neither ox wished to be yoked and serve the Master;
each of them wanted to play the role of the Master and drive his companion
under the yoke. Thus the Master’s cart has remained stationary and his field
uncultivated and has eventually become completely overgrown with weeds. This is
what happened in the West.”[775]
The fall of
Constantinople in 1204 was an acid test of the depth of the filial feelings of
the other Orthodox kingdoms towards New Rome. As we have seen, the Serbs and Bulgarians passed the
test, after a certain wavering between Rome and Constantinople, as did Georgia
under St. Tamara. But having rejected temptation from the West, the Georgians
had to face another enemy in the East. The Persian Shah Jelal-ed-Dina overcame
the Georgians’ resistance and in June, 1227 tortured to death Prince Shalvo for
his refusal to accept Islam.
“After this Jelal-ed-Dina
laid waste to Armenia and with a large army set off for Tbilisi. The Georgian
soldiers put up a heroic resistance, but because of the treachery of the
Persian citizens the city could not hold out. Tbilisi was captured. ‘Not only
the public and private buildings, but also all the churches and holy places
were given over to fire and defilement; even the bones of the dead were not
left in peace, and the servers of the altar and all the clergy became victims
of inhumanity. In a word, Tbilis now looked as Jerusalem look when it was
destroyed by Titus.’
“The cruel
Shah ordered the cupola to be removed from the cathedral church of Sion in
honour of the Dormition of the Mother of God, and in its place he put his tent,
so as to have a good view of the burning of the city and the torments of the
Christians. He ordered the Georgian prisoners to be converted to Islam. Ten
thousand people were driven onto the bridge over the river Kura, near the Sion
cathedral. The prisoners were offered freedom and generous presents from the
Shak if they renounced Christ and spat on the holy icons placed on the bridge.
“But the
Christians, on coming up to the holy icons, instead of defiling them offered
them fitting honour and reverence. Then the executioners cut off their heads
and threw the headless bodies into the Kura. In this way all ten thousand
Georgian confessors were executed. One could cross the river from one bank to
the other stepping over the bodies of the holy martyrs and without getting
one’s feet wet in the water. The water in the river, mixed with the blood of
the martyrs, became red…”[776]
A similar
pattern is discernible in Russian history at this time: a rejection of pleas
for union with the heretical West, followed by devastation at the hands of the
pagan or Muslim East. On October 7, 1207, Pope Innocent called on the Russians
to renounce Orthodoxy, since “the land of the Greeks and their Church has
almost completely returned to the recognition of the Apostolic see”. The
Russians, led by their metropolitan, a Nicaean Greek, rejected the papal
demands.
Then,
however, the Mongols invaded… In 1215, the year of the Fourth Lateran
Council and Magna Carta, China, the greatest despotism that the
world had seen, lost “the mandate of heaven” and fell to the Mongols under
Chinghis Khan. In the following years until his death in 1227 Chinghis extended
his conquests from Persia to Korea; and his successor Tamerlane even conquered
India. When the Mongol advance began again in 1236, it defeated and established
suzerainty over the North Russian principalities after the sacking of Vladimir
in 1237, and then completely destroyed Kiev in 1240. The Poles, the Teutonic
Knights and the Hungarians were defeated but not occupied, sending shock waves
throughout the West – and several missions to convert the Mongols to
Christianity before they could convert the rest of the world to dust. Then the
horde smashed the Turkish Seljuk Sultanate (in 1243) and the Arab Abbasid
Caliphate (in 1258).
The cruelty of the Mongol invasion of
Russia was illustrated by the destruction of Ryazan, where “the prince with his
mother, wife and sons, the boyars and inhabitants, without regard to age or
sex, were slaughtered with the savage cruelty of Mongol revenge… Priests were
roasted alive, and nuns and maidens were ravised in the churches before their
relatives. No eye remained open to weep for the dead…”[777]
The only Russian principality not
destroyed by the Mongols was Novgorod. This was because the Novgorodians’
ruler, Great-Prince Alexander Nevsky of Vladimir, decided, in spite of much
opposition from his people, to pay tribute to the Mongols in the East in order
to concentrate all his forces in a successful war against what he considered to
be their more dangerous enemies in the West - the papist Swedes and the
quasi-monastic orders of the Teutonic Knights and the “Knights of God”. These
orders played a critical part in the crusades in both the Mediterranean and the
Baltic, and were answerable only to the Pope. Their wealth – and violence – was
legendary. As the Knights said in 1309: “The sword is our pope”.[778]
In 1240 St.
Alexander defeated a Swedish army on the Neva; and on April 5, 1242, he crushed
the “Knights of God” on the ice of Lake Chudov in present-day Estonia. Having
failed with the stick, the Pope now tried the carrot. In 1248 he sent “the two
cleverest” of his cardinals to Alexander, in order that he might “forsake the
false way of corruption which leads to the damnation of eternal death… and
recognise the Roman church as mother and obey its pope.“ But Alexander refused,
saying that Holy Tradition, the constant teaching of the Church from the
beginning, had been passed down to the Orthodox alone. [779] Then, in accordance with his
principle: “Not in might, but in truth, is God”, he made the historic decision
to submit to the Mongols, who might subdue the Russians politically but would
not harm their Orthodox faith, rather than to the Pope, who would destroy both
their statehood and their faith.
However, there was strong opposition to
his policy. Thus one of his brothers, Andrew, having adopted the opposite
policy of standing up to the Tatars, was routed and had to flee to Catholic
Sweden. And the other brother, Yaroslav, placed himself at the head of the
anti-Alexander party in Novgorod, which led to an armed confrontation between
the two sides in 1255. The tax imposed by the Tatars was very burdensome; and
even in Vladimir-Suzdal there were uprisings. The Tatars responded harshly,
forcing the Russians to fight in their armies.
Alexander’s last major act was to journey
to the Khan to plead for mercy… He died on his return home, exhausted by his
efforts, having taken the schema as Monk Alexis. “My children,” said
Metropolitan Cyril, know that the sun of the land of Suzdal has now set! For
nevermore shall such a prince be found in the land…”[780]
The Church strongly supported Alexander.
It was not simply that its leaders believed that it was necessary to give to
Caesar (the Tatars) what was Caesar’s: there were also substantial benefits for
the Church itself. For under the Tatars, as Fennell writes, “its lands and
possessions were secure and the clergy was immune from taxation and conscription.
Religious toleration had been Mongol policy ever since the time of Chinghis
Khan, and the khans of the Golden Horde, whether pagan or Moslem, always showed
consideration and even generosity to the churches in the lands under their
sway,”[781]
considering that God would look favourably on them if they honoured His
priests.
“Furthermore, as Papadakis writes, “the
metropolitan of Kiev, a prelate appointed from Nicaea and later from
Constantinople, was considered by the khans as a privileged representative of a
friendly power, which throughout the thirteenth and the fourteenth century
promoted commercial exchanges between the Far East and Western Europe. Before
the conquest, the Greek metropolitan stood above local political struggles
between the Russian princes. Respected as he was by the Tatars, he acquired
additional and exclusive powers, since he headed the only administrative
structure extending over the whole ‘land of the Rus’’, divided as it was now
between territories controlled by the Tatars, the Lithuanians and the Poles.”[782]
Indeed, Metropolitan Cyril II (1242-1281)
went freely through all the Russian lands, from Galicia, where his former
patron, Prince Daniel Romanovich, ruled to Vladimir, where St. Alexander ruled,
being accepted as the leader of the Church by all. Therefore as the old Kievan
empire continued to disintegrate towards the end of the thirteenth century it
was becoming clearer that only in and through the Church could Russia be
reunited. Russia could not prosper without strong political authority; but only
the Church could decide who and where that authority should be.
Papadakis writes: “Greatly expanded under
powerful leaders like King Stephen Uroš Milutin (1282-1321) and
particularly Stephen Dušan (1331-55), the Serbian kingdom annexed
traditionally Byzantine territories in Macedonia and northern Greece. In fact,
Stephen Dušan dominated the entire Balkan peninsula. It was inevitable
that, like Symeon of Bulgaria in the tenth century, he would dream of taking
Constantinople itself and assume the ‘Roman’ imperial title. In the expectation
of achieving this goal, he called himself – provisionally – ‘emperor and autocrat
of Serbia and Romania’ (1345) and raised the archbishop of Peč to the rank
of ‘patriarch of the Serbs and the Greeks’. The important city of Skopje,
captured by Milutin, had, more than the other, smaller cities of the Serbian
realm, the appearance of an imperial capital. There, on April 16, 1346,
Dušan was crowned emperor by his newly-established patriarch Ioannikije.”[783]
By this time the way in which the Serbian
kings were portraying themselves was almost indistinguishable from the
symbolism of the Byzantine Emperors. Thus Desanka Milošević describes
a portrait of Tsar Milutin in Gračanica in which “the king had all the
prerogatives of power of the Byzantine Emperor, except for the title. The
crown, the garments, the loros and the sceptre were all identical to the
Byzantine Emperor’s. Before Milutin, something like this would have been
absolutely unthinkable, for only the Byzantine Emperor was Christ’s regent on
earth…”[784]
Dušan went further: directly
challenging the authority of the Byzantine Emperor, he called his kingdom the
united one “of the Serbs and the Greeks” (not, following Byzantine custom, “of
the Romans”). However, Dušan had come to the throne by rebelling against
and then strangling his own father, St. Stephen Dečansky. So his claim
even to the Serbian throne, not to speak of the Byzantine, was weak. In spite
of this, many Greeks supported his claims, and the protos of Mount Athos
was present at his coronation in Skopje. However, the greatest hierarch of the age,
St. Gregory Palamas, remained loyal to Byzantium – even though Dušan had
ransomed him from captivity to the Turks. In this way he confirmed the
traditional Byzantine theory that just as there is only one true
God, so there can be only one Orthodox empire: “Will you transform into two
emperors that one emperor whom God has established for us on the earth? Will
you demonstrate that his empire is composed of two empires?”[785]
Papadakis continues: “The Serbian
patriarchate was immediately recognized and supported by the patriarch of
Trnovo and the archbishop of Ochrid (the latter was now controlled by Serbian
power), as well as the monasteries of Mount Athos. It included within its realm
a number of Greek dioceses, located on territories conquered by Dušan. In
the circumstances, it is understandable that the establishment of such a
patriarchate was challenged in Constantinople: on December 1349, ecumenical
patriarch Callistus anathematized the Serbian Church.”[786]
Nevertheless, to anathematize a whole Local Church neither for heresy
nor for schism, but for appropriating to itself a title that gave it
practically no additional powers (for St. Sava had already been granted
autocephaly by the Ecumenical Patriarch Manuel and “the authority to consecrate
bishops, priests, and deacons within his country”[787]) was a drastic step. It showed how
anxious the patriarchate was, in the absence of a strong imperial power, to
retain the full centralising power of the patriarchate as the “glue” holding
the Byzantine commonwealth together. In the end, it was the advance of the
Turks which forced the Serbs to modify their political ambitions, and the
Greeks – their ecclesiastical centralisation policy.
However,
Patriarch Ioannikije died in 1354, and Tsar Dušan in 1355. “It was as if,”
writes Fr. Daniel Rogich, “the passing of two great religious and secular
leaders created a huge vacuum over the empire which was filled by a black cloud
of lack of faith and political disaster. The upcoming events and internal and
external strife would bring Serbia to the brink of political and religious
disaster.
“The new
leadership fell into the hands of Dushan’s son, King Urosh IV and Empress
Helen. Urosh was only seventeen years old at the time… Being truly humble in
spirit and less worldly than his departed father, Urosh was unable to control
such a vast territory. In fact many began to call him Urosh ‘the Weak’. As a
result, the next twenty years saw the breakup of the entire region of the
southern territory of the Serbian empire, as well as a vying for power in the
northern half.”[788]
In 1371 the Serbs were disastrously
defeated by Sultan Murad I on
the Maritsa, and in the same year Tsar Urosh died. However, at this point the
Serbian Prince Lazar of Krushevac gradually began to reunite the Serbs with the
slogan, Samo Sloga
Srbina Spasava, that is,
“Only Unity Saves the Serbs”. Still more important, in 1371, he finally managed
to heal the ecclesiastical break with Constantinople.
“In the
spring of 1375, Holy Lazar called a National Church Assembly, inviting all
civil leaders and bishops to his palace in Krushevac. The widowed Empress
Helen, Dushan’s wife, was given a special place of honor, and Patriarch Sava IV
served as the ecclesiastical head of the meeting. It was decided at the
gathering to bless the virtuous monk Isaiah of Hilandar, with monks Theophanes,
Silvester, Niphon, and Nicodemus as companions, to travel to Constantinople to
visit His Holiness, Patriarch Philotheos (1364-1376). Due to the letters of the
Patriarch and Holy Tsar Lazar, Patriarch Philotheos granted, as Archbishop
Danilo II wrotes in his Lives
of the Kings and Archbishops of Serbia, ‘that the Serbs would no longer simply have an
archbishop, but an autocephalous Patriarch over whom no one would exercise
authority.’ The Patriarch also forgave Tsar Dushan, Patriarch Ioannikios,
Patriarch Sava IV, King Urosh IV, and all the Serbian Orthodox Christians. He
also sent two hieromonks, Matthew and Moses, to Prizren to celebrate Divine
Liturgy with His Holiness Patriarch Sava IV, and to pronounce over the grave of
Tsar Dushan in Pristina the revocation of the anathema. This took place on
Thomas Sunday, April 29, 1375. Shortly thereafter Patriarch Sava IV fell asleep
in the Lord, and Tsar Lazar summoned the Synod of Bishops, which elevated the
venerable elder Ephraim as the new Patriarch of Serbia”.[789]
In spite of
this inspiring miracle of political and ecclesiastical peacemaking, the Turks
continued to make inroads into Serbia, culminating in the famous battle of
Kosovo polje in 1389, at which the Sultan was killed, but also 77,000 Serbs,
including Tsar Lazar. According to tradition, on the eve of the battle King
Lazar had a vision in which he was offered a choice between an earthly victory
and an earthly kingdom, or an earthly defeat that would win him the Heavenly
Kingdom. He chose the latter, and so even now his relics continue to work
miracles.[790]
However, as he stood dying, supported in
the arms of a Turkish soldier, the holy king began to have doubts.
What happened next was described by the
great Serbian Bishop Nikolai Velimirovich in his work, The Will of King
Lazarus, and retold as follows by Nun Ioanna[791]:
“He prayed to God to reply to the question that was tormenting him: ‘I am a
sinner, and I am dying, but why are my people and my warriors condemned to this
torment, to these sufferings?’ And at this moment the king remembered that he
had once made a choice between the earthly kingdom and the Heavenly Kingdom.
And at that time he had chosen the Heavenly Kingdom. Perhaps his choice had
been incorrect, and he had stirred up his people, forcing it to suffer. This
thought tormented the dying king. Perhaps it was this decision of his that had
become the main reason for the defeat of Serbia and the destruction of his
people, the destruction of his closest friends.…
“At that moment, when the pain in the soul
of the king was so deep that he could no longer feel his physical sufferings,
he was suddenly overshadowed by a bright light, and before him there stood an
angel and someone else in shining raiment. (This was the Prophet Amos – King
Lazarus’ holy ‘slava’, that is, his heavenly protector – Nun I.).
“The angel addressed him with the
following words: ‘Do not grieve, King Lazarus. I am sent from God. I have been
sent to you to answer all the questions which are tearing your soul apart. Do
not suffer thinking that you made an incorrect choice. Your choice was
correct’.…
“He
said: ‘Why has your country fallen? Because it has grown old.’
“Seeing the perplexity of the king, the
angel explained that old age is not a physical condition, but a spiritual one
(more precisely, not old age, but spiritual paralysis). The poison of sin had
poisoned the Serbian nobility and made it old, and this poison was beginning
also to penetrate the people and poison its soul. Only a powerful storm could
sweep away this evil, the corrupting spirit of the poison, and save the people
from the destruction that threatened it. And so in order to save the country
spiritually (from sin), it would have to be overthrown. ‘Do not grieve, king,’
continued the Angel, ‘your choice was correct and in agreement with the will of
God. It is clear that Christ Himself and His angels, while confirming the
sufferings of life, have given them a special higher meaning and thereby forced
man to find in them a higher righteousness: to find in these sufferings the
path to a better life.’ King Lazarus had to understand this inner and higher
meaning of sufferings. These sufferings had to be perceived by him as a
voluntary exploit taken on by him and his people, an exploit of love for the
highest principles of life.
“The world cannot accept this love, for it
loves only itself with a love of the flesh and sensuality.
“’No, king, no,’ said the angel, ‘you made
no mistake in your choice, and therefore you will receive a double crown, both
a heavenly and an earthly. You have made the right choice, but you are sinning
in doubting it.’
“’But how can my choice of the Heavenly Kingdom,’
asked the king, ‘bring good to my people?’
«Your choice of the Heavenly Kingdom will
undoubtedly give unwaning benefit to your people. It will purify their mind,
heart and will. It will transfiture their souls into radiant mirrors in which eternal
life will be reflected. The Heavenly Kingdom will enter into them and will make
them worthy of It. Their minds will be purified from impurity, and their hearts
will become worthy of grace. 'In Thy light shall we see light’...
“’Since neither the example of the saints
of your people, not the sermons of the priests have produced any benefit or
positive result, Providence allowed this terrible death, this killing of your
noble generals, and your death. Then will come a time of deep repentance, silence
and sufferings. And so, step by step, the hearts of people will have to be
drawn away from this world and return to Heaven. Their hearts must be freed
from the smoke of hell and be filled with the true Light...
“One more question tormented King Lazarus:
‘Will not slavery destroy that feeling of inner freedom which is innate in my
people? And will not all their talents and abilities dry up under the heavy
yoke of slavery?’
The angel replied: ‘Your words, O king,
witness to the fact that you are still in the chains of the flesh. But in the
Heavens human affairs are evaluated only in accordance with the motives that
rule man. All the rest: cities, palaces, mechanisms – are emptiness without any
value. Huge cities are all just the dust of the roads, smoke that vanishes. A
small, pitiful bee can laught on looking at your huge towers and empires. And
how is one to explain to a bird sitting in a cage this inner, deep meaning of
the freedom of a free bird? Those who have chosen the earthly kingdom cannot
understand those who have chosen the Heavenly Kingdom. Their evil will is
united with the demonic will and so they cannot look on the Heavenly Kingdom.
The entrance into it is closed to them. And they have no freedom, they are the
slaves of their flesh and the demons.
“’Understand, O king, that this sad day
may be the day of the turning of your people, not to evil, but to good. Until
now their earthly will has dragged them down into the abyss of eternal death.
Beginning from now, your people must carry out the will of another, and this
can teach them to carry out the will of God, separating them from self-opinion
and self-will.
“’They will have to submit to the will of a cruel tyrant, and so will be able to understand and hate
their own tyranny, the tyranny of their flesh over their soul. Through the
years and centuries, labours and sorrows will teach them to hate these evil
power, their own will and the will of their slave-owners.
“’And so the people will strive upwards,
to heaven, as a tree in a thick wood, and will seek the bright light of their
Creator, for, not possessing anything earthly, they will easily acquire the
Heavenly Light; for they will hate both their own will and the will of their
slave-owners. And then the Divine will will become for them sweeter than milk
and honey.
“’… And so, O king, say to God: ‘Thy will be done.’ It is possible to understand the meaning of
the cross and sufferings only if one voluntarily accepts to take up the cross
sent by God. Taking up the cross is a witness to one’s love for God through one’s voluntary sufferings.
The cross is the witness of holy love.’
“The angel also explained the meaning of
freedom. What does freedom mean? It is a
symbol. The word ‘freedom’ has many meanings. When the external form of freedom
changes to the tyranny of one man over another, and is not punished by the laws
of the country, then the Lord takes away the freedom of this nation and casts
it into the ‘school’ of slavery, so that the people may esteem and understand
true freedom. But this true, golden freedom is closely linked with the
honourable cross. Only through the cross is golden freedom revealed
to people. Golden freedom is true, unfailing freedom. And only that
mortal man who acquires such freedom becomes ruly free, and not the slave of
the flesh and passions. Then it truly becomes free from illusons, fleshly
passions and glory, free from people and demons, free from himself, from his
passions. Free at all times and in all places, wherever he may be, whether in
freedom or in slavery. This gem is preserved precisely in the depths of the
human soul. True freedom is that freedom which cannot be taken away from man by prison or any foreign power. Without this freedom
man is a pitiful slave, be he a king or the meanest servant. This freedom is
not from obedience to God, but this freedom is in God - the true, eternal,
joyful and golden freedom.
“… And the angel added: ‘It is better to
acquire the Kingdom of Heaven by sufferings that the kingdom of the earth by
evil. And there is no evil on earth, or in hell, that could conquer the eternal
wisdom of the Heavens.’
“After these words of the angel, Lazarus
was no longer spiritually the old man, but was renewed in spirit. His soul was
enlightened by the spirit of the Heavens. And although the battle still raged
around him, in his soul Lazarus felt a new, eternal life and eternal joy. He
sighed deeply and said: ‘Amen’.”
The Slavic nations
that fell under the Turkish yoke eventually lost not only their political
independence, but also their ecclesiastical independence. Thus in 1766 the
Serbian patriarchate of Peč, together with the autocephalous archbishopric
of Ohrid, was suppressed by the Ecumenical Patriarch Samuel I, and Greek
bishops were appointed to Serbian sees.
It was a similar story in the struggle
between the Greeks and the Bulgars. Under Tsar Ivan Alexander (1331-71), who
styled himself “Autocrat of all Bulgarians and Greeks”, Bulgaria recovered a
certain stability in the face of the Serbian threat from the west and the
Turkish threat from the south. However, St. Theodosius, patriarch of Trnovo
(+1363) prophesied that the Turks would conquer the Bulgarian land because of
its sins.[792]
And so it turned out: in 1393, four years after Kosovo Polje, Trnovo was
conquered by the Turks, the Bulgarian state was dissolved and the patriarch,
St. Euthymius, deposed….
Byzantium
survived for over fifty years after the fall of the Balkan Slavic states. In
this we can perhaps see a moral: that the persistent attempts of the Slavic
states to achieve equal status, ecclesiastically as well as politically, with
Byzantium were not pleasing to God insofar as the spiritual leadership of the
Orthodox world was still entrusted by God to Byzantium, even while its
political power was collapsing. But it was a different story with a third
Slavic state to the north – Russia.
A new phase
in the history of Russia had begun in 1299, when Metropolitan Maximus of Kiev,
whose title now included the phrase “of all Russia”, moved the seat of the
Russian metropolitanate from the devastated ruins of Kiev in the South to
Vladimir-Suzdal in the North. In this way the Church followed where the State,
in the person of St. Andrew of Bogolyubovo, had led in the previous century.
This indicated that the political leadership of Russia had to come from the
north, from the area that we shall now call “Great Russia”, as opposed to
“Little Russia” centred on Kiev or “White Russia”, which was increasingly
coming under the dominion of the pagan rulers of Lithuania.
On the
death of Maximus, Grand-Prince Yury of Galicia (1301-1308 petitioned Patriarch
Athanasius I to consecrate a “metropolitan of Galicia”. This move was
potentially very dangerous for the unity of the Russian lands. For once the
Russian territories under Lithuanian rule had their own metropolitan, they
might be tempted to break with Great Russia ecclesiastically as well as
politically. And this in turn would certainly expose Little Russia to the
danger of absorption into Roman Catholicism, which threatened from Poland and
the Baltic German lands.[793]
It appears
that the patriarchate recognised its mistake, because when Maximus died and
Grand Prince Yury put forward a Galician abbot, Peter, for the metropolitanate
of Galicia, the patriarchate appointed him “metropolitan of Kiev and All
Russia” instead, rejecting the candidate put forward by the great prince of
Vladimir, Michael of Tver. Beginning with St. Peter, the metropolitans very
firmly maintained their rights to rule over the whole of the Russian flock,
imitating in this way the conduct of the ecumenical patriarchs in relation to
their Balkan flock, and having for this the support of the Tatars in the same
way that the ecumenical patriarch would later have the support of the Turks.
St. Peter moved the seat of Church government again, from Vladimir to Moscow –
that is, to the town whose princes, more than any others, followed the
“Alexandrian” pro-Tatar and anti-Catholic policy, and which was neither too far
east to be under the shadow of the Tatars nor too far west to be under the
shadow of the Lithuanians.[794] And the Tatar Khan gave to the
prince of Moscow the same privileges in the State that he had already given to
the metropolitan in the Church. This is demonstrated by the remarkable gramota
of Uzbek Khan in 1315.
St. Peter advised Great Prince Ivan I
Danilovich to build a stone church dedicated to the Dormition of the Most Holy
Mother of God, which became the first church of Russia. “If, my son, you obey
me, and build the church of the Most Pure Mother of God, and give me rest in
your city, God will bless you and make you higher than all the other princes,
and will extend this city more than all other cities. And your race will
possess this place to the ages”.[795]
In 1326 St. Peter moved his see to Moscow,
and died in December of the same year. As he had prophesied, a process of
political and economic centralisation around Moscow now began. The first step
in this process consisted in the replacing of Tver by Moscow as the most
favoured principality in the eyes of the Mongols.
Now the Mongols liked to appoint one of
the Russian princes as their chief tax-collector for all their Russian
dominions. In exchange for providing the Horde
with regular income from their Russian tributaries, this Russian prince was given
the Great Princely title, was protected from Mongol raids and had the
opportunity of making considerable gains for himself from the other
tribute-paying princes. At the time of St. Peter’s death, the prince of Tver
had the “yarlik” of tax-collector and Great Prince.
Almost immediately, however, in 1327, the
citizens of Tver rose up in rebellion against the khan and killed a high-level
deputation from the Mongol capital of Sarai sent to oversee the collection of
tribute. After some hesitation, the prince of Tver sided with the rebels –
which gave Prince Ivan of Moscow his chance. He set off for Sarai and returned
at the head of a Mongol-Russian force which devastated Tver and a large part of
central Russia. In reward for this service, the khan bestowed the title of
Grand Prince on Ivan together with the responsibility of farming all the taxes
due to the khan from the whole of Russia.
In 1345
Great-Prince Olgerd ascended the throne of Lithuania. He was a pagan; but, as
Papadakis writes, he “would extend his domains over Russian territories from
the Baltic to the Black seas, including the prestigious city of Kiev. His
avowed goal was to free Russia from the Mongol rule and assume the legacy of
the ancient Kievan princes. To reach that goal he was ready to embrace Orthodox
Christianity, which was already the religion of his two successive wives (who
were Russian princesses), of all his numerous children, and of the vast
majority of his subjects.
“In the
circumstances,” writes Papadakis, “the Church was actually holding the trump
card: the real center of the country had to be the metropolitan’s residence,
since that prelate controlled the only administrative structure covering
Moscow, Novgorod, Kiev, Vilna (the Lithuanian capital) and distant Galicia. He
was, in addition, a representative of Byzantium and a religious official
respected by the Tatar khans.”[796]
Now it was at about this time, in 1347,
that three young Orthodox men, Anthony, John and Eustathius, were martyred by
Olgerd in Vilna for refusing to accept paganism. It then suddenly became clear
to all those with eyes to see that the interests of Orthodoxy lay with Moscow
rather than Lithuania.
At this
point the issue of the metropolitanate again became of political importance. Before
his death in 1353, Metropolitan Theognostus of Kiev, a Greek had “personally
arranged his succession in the person of a Russian, Alexis, whom he had
consecrated as bishop of Vladimir (1352)… In 1352 the Lithuanian grand-prince
strongly demanded from the patriarchate that the seat of the metropolitanate be
returned to Kiev, and even sent his candidate, Theodoret, to Constantinople for
consecration. Facing a rebuke, he took the unusual step of having Theodoret
ordained by the Bulgarian patriarch of Trnovo. Understandably, Theodoret was
labelled a schismatic in Constantinople and in Moscow. Upon the death of
Theognostus, political confusion in Constantinople – and strong political and
financial pressures from both Moscow and Vilna – led to the almost simultaneous
(1354-5) consecration, in the Byzantine capital, of two metropolitans: Alexis
(the candidate nominated by Theognostus) and Roman, pushed forward by Olgerd.
Both claimed the see of Kiev as Theodoret had was abandoned by his sponsor,
Olgerd…
“Metropolitan Alexis, an experienced,
respected and able prelate (1354-70)[797],
continued the policies of his predecessors Peter and Theognostus. His prestige
at the Golden Horde was enhanced by a visit there, during which he healed the
influential widow of khan Uzbek, Taidul, from her sickness (1357). His
influence in Byzantium led to the unification of the metropolitanate, under his
sole rule, following the death of Roman (1362).”[798]
In 1369 Great Prince
Demetrius Ivanovich of Moscow, having consolidated his position within Great
Russia, made his first step towards gathering the other Russian lands under his
dominion by sending an army against Lithuanian-controlled Smolensk and Briansk.
“At the same time Metropolitan Alexis excommunicated from the Church those
princes who had entered into union with the Lithuanian pagans against the
Christian prince of Moscow.”[799]
The Lithuanian prince Olgerd hit back by petitioning Patriarch Philotheus of
Constantinople to grant a second metropolitan for all the lands which he and
his allies controlled. He was supported by a threat coming from King Casimir of
Poland “forcibly to convert the Galicians to Roman Catholicism. Faced
with an emergency situation, Philotheus reestablished a separate
metropolitanate in Galicia (1371), and called on Alexis to exercise more
even-handedness towards Olgerd and his Orthodox subjects. In 1375, he also
consecrated a man of his immediate entourage, the learned Bulgarian monk
Cyprian, as metropolitan in Lithuania. He made sure, however, that this
consecration would not lead to a lasting division of the metropolitanate:
Cyprian received the right to succeed Alexis. Upon his arrival in Kiev in 1376,
he restored order and the prestige of the metropolitanate in territories
controlled by Lithuania.”[800]
At the same time, Great Prince Demetrius of Moscow was bringing Tver,
which previously had been in the Lithuanian sphere of influence, in vassalage
to himself, and Prince Sviatoslav of Smolensk broke his agreement with Olgerd
and entered into union with Demetrius. With the change in political orientation
in these lands, Metropolitan Alexis was able to appoint new bishops for
Smolensk and Briansk. As Lithuania began to be threatened by the Catholic
Teutonic knights from the Baltic lands, the swing in the balance of power
towards Moscow was further accentuated by Prince Demetrius’ taking the title
“Great Prince of all Russia” when signing a treaty with Novgorod; and it looked
as if the reunification of the Russian lands under Moscow was about to begin….
At about this time the Metropolitan of
Lithuania Cyprian urged a union between Orthodox Muscovy and Lithuania against
the Tatars. However, this policy was not favoured by Great-Prince Demetrius of
Moscow; and so on the death of St. Alexis in 1378 he expelled Cyprian from
Moscow, which led to a prolonged struggle to fill the vacant metropolitan’s
throne.[801]
It was at this time that one of the greatest saints of this or any other age,
Sergius of Radonezh, assumed the spiritual leadership of the Russian Church.
In 1380, a Tatar usurper, Mamai, invaded
Muscovy. St. Sergius blessed the
Great-Prince to fight only when all other measures had failed. “You, my lord
prince,” he said, “must care and strongly stand for your subjects, and lay down
your life for them, and shed your blood in the image of Christ Himself, Who
shed His blood for us. But first, O lord, go to them with righteousness and
obedience, as you are bound to submit to the khan of the Horde in accordance
with your position. You know, Basil the Great tried to assuage the impious
Julian with gifts, and the Lord looked on Basil’s humility and overthrew the
impious Julian. And the Scripture teaches us that such enemies want glory and
honour from us, we give it to them; and if they want silver and gold, we give
it to them; but for the name of Christ, the Orthodox faith, we must lay down
our lives and shed our blood. And you, lord, give them honour, and gold, and
sliver, and God will not allow them to overcome us: seeing your humility, He
will exalt you and thrust down their unending pride.”
“I have already done that,” replied the
Great Prince: “but my enemy is exalted still more.”
“If so,” said the God-pleaser, “then final
destruction awaits him, while you, Great Prince, can expect help, mercy and
glory from the Lord. Let us hope on the Lord and the Most Pure Mother of God,
that They will not abandon you”.[802]
Fortified by the blessing of the
saint, Great-Prince Demetrius defeated the enemy at the great battle of
Kulikovo Polje, at which over 100,000 Russian warriors gave their lives for the
Orthodox faith and their Russian homeland. Some have seen in this, the first
victory of the Russians over the Tatars, a sign that the Russians had changed
the policy of submission to the Tartars that they had inherited from St.
Alexander Nevsky, and that St. Sergius actively blessed a policy of rebellion
against those whom previous princes and metropolitans had seen as their lawful
sovereigns. However, as we have seen, the saint advised submission in the first
place, and war only if the Tatar could not be bought off. Moreover, it needs to
be borne in mind that Mamai was himself a rebel against the Horde, so that in
resisting him the Russians were in no way rebelling against their lawful
sovereigns. In any case, two years later the lawful khan came and sacked
Moscow; so there was not, and could not be, any radical change in policy. It
was not until a century later, in 1480, that the Muscovites refused to pay any
further tribute to the khans.
The real significance of Kulikovo Polje
lies in the fact that a union of Muscovite and Lithuanian princes had defeated
an external foe under the leadership of the Orthodox Church, thereby holding
out the promise that the spiritual unity of the Russian lands, which had never
been lost, could be complemented by that political unity which had been lost
two hundred years before.
As it turned out, in spite of the
pan-Russian vision of such leaders as Metropolitan Cyprian and St. Sergius,
political union with Lithuania was not achieved: although, in 1383, the
Lithuanian Great Prince Jagiello signed a treaty with Moscow and agreed to
convert to Orthodoxy, he quickly changed his mind and instead, in 1386,
converted to Catholicism, which led to the union of Lithuania with Catholic
Poland and the increasing identification of Russian Orthodoxy and Russian
Orthodox statehood with Muscovite Great Russia alone.
Nevertheless, although only Great Russia
remained faithful to the ecumenical vision of Orthodoxy, that vision, drawing
strength from the Palamite renewal of monasticism taking place in
Constantinople and the Balkan lands, helped produce that flowering of
monasticism, iconography and missionary activity that makes the Age of St.
Sergius such a glorious one in the annals of Russian history. The northern
forests were covered with new monasteries founded by the disciples of St.
Sergius (over 100 of whom were canonized). And icon-painters such as Andrei
Rublev glorified the newly-built churches and cathedrals with their wonderful
works.
Moreover, it was in this time that
important steps were taken towards the unification of Great Russia. Under the
influence of St. Sergius, Great-Prince
Demetrius ordered his children to observe a new order of inheritance,
whereby his eldest son was to inherit the Great Princedom, not allowing any
quarrels or claims from the other children. Once again, St. Sergius was
entrusted with guarding this most important decree, which served to strengthen
the institution of one-man, autocratic rule in Russia.[803]
For, as St. John Maximovich writes, “under
Demetrius Ivanovich the significance of the Great Prince grew mightily. The most powerful appanages of the
Great Prince – Tver and Ryazan – were forced to conclude agreements with him in
which they recognised themselves to be his younger brothers... Âàsil Demetrievich continued the work of his father. He joined
some appanages to Moscow, and with the remaining appanage princes he concluded
agreements to the effect that they had to submit to him and not seek the Great
Princedom”.[804]
The Russians’ defeat of the Mongols
at Kulikovo Polje in 1380 and the Serbs’ defeat by the Ottomans at Kossovo
Polje in 1389, represent the opposite poles of Orthodox fortunes in the Middle
Ages. The first marked the beginning of the rise of the last of the Orthodox
autocracies, while the second marked the beginning of the end of Orthodox
autocracy in its original Mediterranean homeland.
Returning to Byzantium, in the
1330s another, more original attempt to attain the unia with Rome was made: the
Italian Greek monk Barlaam was sent by the emperor to Avignon, where he argued
for the unia on the basis of agnosticism: the truths of the Faith cannot be
proved, he said, so we might as well take both positions, the Greek and the
Latin, as private opinions! Pope Benedict was no more inclined than the
Byzantine Church to accept such agnosticism, so the attempt failed. But the
more important effect of Barlaam’s philosophizing, in this as in other areas of
theology and asceticism, was to elicit a series of Councils between 1341 and
1351, in which the Byzantine Church, led by St. Gregory Palamas, the future
Archbishop of Thessalonica, was able to define her teaching in relation to the
new currents of thought emanating from the West, and in particular to
anathematize the teaching that the grace of God is created. Apart from their
dogmatic significance, these Palamite Councils presented an image that was
infinitely precious: that of Orthodox bishops convened by a right-believing
emperor to define essential truths of the faith and thereby preserve the
heritage of Orthodoxy for future generations and other nations.
However, from now on Byzantium declined
inexorably. The loss of its economic power to the Genoans and Venetians was a
serious blow, and an outbreak of the Black Death, which, according to one
source, killed most of the inhabitants of Constantinople, further undermined
the strength of the State. In 1396 the Byzantine armies suffered a crushing
defeat at Nicopolis, and Sultan Bayezid began a siege of Constantinople. The
City was saved at this time by the intervention of the Mongols under Tamerlane
in the Turkish rear. However, the continuing weakness of the State, and the
recurrent tendency of the later Byzantines to put the interests of the State
above the purity of the faith, combined to put the unia with Rome back onto the
agenda.
For, as Fr. Gregory Lourié writes:
“It was precisely in the 14th century, when immemorial Greek
territories passed over to the Turks, and some others – to the Latins, that
there was formed in Byzantine society those two positions whose struggle would
clearly appear in the following, 15th century. It was precisely in
the 14th century that the holy Fathers established a preference for
the Turks over the Latins, while with the humanists it was the reverse. Neither
in the 15th, nor in the 14th century was there any talk
of union with the Turks – their
invasion was thought to be only an evil. But already in the 14th
century it became clear that the Empire would not be preserved, that they would
have to choose the lesser of two evils. In the capacity of such a lesser evil,
although a very great one, the holy Fathers were forced to make an irrevocable
decision in favour of the Turks, under whose yoke it was possible to preserve
the Church organisation and avoid the politics of forced conversions to
Latinism. The danger of conversions to Islam was significantly smaller: first,
because the inner administration of the Ottoman empire was based on ‘millets’,
in accordance with which the civil administration of the Orthodox population
was realized through the structure of the Orthodox Church and the patriarch,
and this created for the Turks an interest in preserving the Church, and
secondly, because the cases of conversion to Islam, however destructive they
were for those who had been converted, did not threaten the purity of the confession
of the Christians who remained faithful, while Latin power always strove to
exert influence on the inner life and teaching of the faith of the Orthodox
Church. The Church history of the 16th to 19th centuries
showed that, in spite of all the oppressions caused to the Christians in the
Ottoman empire, it protected the Christian peoples living within its frontiers
from the influence of European religious ideas and Weltanschauungen,
whereby it unwittingly helped the preservation of the purity of Orthodoxy…”[805]
St.
Gregory Palamas, too, though for a time a captive of the Turks, by no means
considered that the victory of the Turks would signify the end of Orthodoxy:
“This impious people [the Turks] boasts of its victory over the Romans,
attributing it to their love of God. For they do not know that this world below
dwells in sin, and that evil men possess the greater part of it… That is why,
down to the time of Constantine, … the idolaters have almost always held power
over the world.”[806]
The relative tolerance displayed by the
Turks towards Orthodoxy raises the question: if the Byzantine rulers had made
the same choice that St. Alexander Nevsky had made in the 1240s – namely,
political submission to the infidels in exchange for the freedom to practise
the Orthodox Faith – might they have saved much more of their freedom and
statehood than they actually did? They might indeed; but here the
Byzantines displayed a fatal weakness: they placed the security of the Empire
above that of the Church, the earthly kingdom above the Heavenly Kingdom. Like
Judah in the time of Jeremiah, they tried to play off one despotic power
against another – and lost to both. Unlike their great ancestors, who had often
defied heretical emperors for the sake of the Faith, they tried to preserve
their earthly kingdom at the price of the Kingdom of Heaven, forgetting that
the whole glory of the Christian Empire lay in its readiness to live and die
for its Heavenly King; "for here we have no lasting city, but seek the City
which is to come" (Hebrews 13.14).
Unable to present a truly Catholic – in
the sense of universal, non-nationalistic - vision of Christian society to the
world, the Byzantines fell into a false union with, and submission to, the West
with its heretical, but more explicitly universal vision. And so they lost the
name of Rome, whose whole glory, even when her dominion was no longer
universal, lay in her universal vision:
“Where there is no vision, the people perish” (Proverbs 29.18).
Thereafter, their successors no longer called themselves Romans, but Greeks
(only their Turkish conquerors kept the memory in the phrase Millet Rum,
where Rum means “Rome”); while it was another people, the Russians, who
would strive to preserve their political inheritance as “The Third Rome”.
John V was the first emperor since Michael
VIII to convert to Papism. But in his time, in the 14th century, the
Church and the people were still strong enough not to follow his personal
decision (and he returned to Orthodoxy before his death). It was a different
matter in the following century. In proportion as the political and military
position of the Empire grew weaker, the pressure on both emperors and
patriarchs to compromise with the faith became stronger. Thus Patriarch Joseph of
Constantinople told Emperor John VIII: “The Church must go in front of the
power of the Emperor, or next to it, but in no way behind it.”[807] And
yet this Patriarch meekly followed the same Emperor to the council of
Florence-Ferrara in 1438-39, and died in Italy after signing the unia with Rome
in exchange for the promise of military help from the West against the Turks…
Not everybody signed, however. St. Mark
Evgenicos, Metropolitan of Ephesus, refused. Bishop Isaiah of
Stavropol, the Bishop of Tver and Bishop Gregory of Georgia secretly left the
city to avoid signing. George Scholarius, the future patriarch, together with
John Evgenicos, St. Mark’s brother and the Despot Demetrius also left earlier
without signing. And the signature of Methodius of Lacedaemon is nowhere to be
found…[808]
Until the Council of
Florence the authority of the Ecumenical Patriarch in Russia remained unshaken.[809] Not surprisingly, however,
the increase in the prestige of the Muscovite Grand Princes towards the end of
the fourteenth century, and the decline in the power of Byzantium, led to a ñertain decrease in that filial respect for the
Emperor in Byzantium that had been a constant feature of the Kievan period.
The first cause of friction was the
decision, by the Emperor and Patriarch of Constantinople in 1393, to appoint
their own candidate as metropolitan in Lithuania. Great-Prince Basil I reacted
by removing the name of the emperor from the diptychs and during the
celebration of the Liturgy. “We have a Church,” he said, “but we do not have an
emperor”.
This produced a significant riposte from
the Ecumenical Patriarch Anthony IV. While not demeaning his own position as
Patriarch - “the Patriarch occupies the place of Christ and he sits on the
throne of the Lord Himself” – he hastened to the defence of the rights of the
Emperor: “The holy Emperor occupies a lofty position in the Church. He is not
what other, local princes and sovereigns are. In the beginning the Emperors
strengthened and confirmed piety throughout the oikoumene. The Emperors
convened the Ecumenical Councils; they confirmed by their own laws the
observance of that which the divine and sacred canons say about the right
dogmas and the good order of the Christian life, and they struggled greatly
against heresies. Finally, the Emperors, together with the Councils, defined by
their own decrees the hierarchical sees and established the boundaries of the
hierarchical territories and episcopal dioceses. For all this they have great
honour and occupy a lofty place in the Church. And if, by God’s permission, the
pagans have encircled the possessions and lands of the Emperor, nevertheless up
to the present day the Emperor receives the same position from the Church, is
anointed with the great chrism according to the same rite and with the same
prayers, and is established as Emperor and Autocrat of the Romans, that is, of
all Christians. In every place where Christians are named, the name of the
Emperor is commemorated by all the Patriarchs, Metropolitans and Bishops, and
this advantage is possessed by none of the other princes or local rulers. His
power, by comparison with all the others, is such that even the Latins, who
have no communion with our Church, do not refuse him such obedience as they
showed in former times, when they were in unity with us. All the more are
Orthodox Christians obliged to do this. And if the pagans have surrounded the
Emperor’s land, then Christians must not despise him for this; on the contrary,
let this serve for them as a lesson in humility and force them to think: if the
Great Emperor, Lord and Master of the oikoumene, who is clothed with
such power, has been placed in such a restricting position, what may other
local rulers and little princes suffer?... And so, my son, it is not good if
you say: ‘We have a Church, but we do not have an Emperor’. It is impossible
for Christians to have a Church without having an Emperor. For the Empire and
the Church are in close union and communion with each other, and it is
impossible to separate the one from the other. Only those emperors were
rejected by Christians who were heretics, and raged against the Church and
introduced corrupt dogmas. But my supreme and holy Autocrat is a most Orthodox
and faithful [sovereign], a fighter, defender and avenger of the Church. That
is why it is impossible to be a hierarch and not commemorate his [name]. Listen
to the Apostle Peter speaking in his first Catholic epistle: ‘Fear God, honour
the emperor’. He did not say ‘emperors’, so that nobody should think that he
had begun to mean those who are called emperors in various peoples, but
‘emperor’, pointing to the fact that there is only one Emperor in the oikoumene.
And who was this [Emperor whom the apostle commands to be honoured]? At that
time he was still impious and a persecutor of Christians! But since he was holy
and an apostle, he looked into the future and saw that Christians would have
one Emperor, and taught that the impious Emperor should be honoured, so that we
should understand from that how a pious and Orthodox Emperor should be
honoured. For if some other Christians have appropriated to themselves the name
of emperor, all these examples are something unnatural and contrary to the law,
rather a matter of tyranny and violence [than of law]. In actual fact, what
Fathers, what Councils and what canons have spoken about these [emperors]? But
everything both from above and below speaks about a born Emperor whose laws and
commands are fulfilled throughout the oikoumene, and whose name, excluding all
others, is the only one commemorated everywhere by Christians.”[810]
This is a remarkable statement that shows
how far the conception of the emperor has changed from the one who rules by
might, if not always by right, to the one who rules by right, even if he has no
might. His right derives exclusively from his Orthodox faith and his unique
anointing. This makes him the one and only true king on earth, and the one whom
all Christians must acknowledge. All other kings, however outwardly powerful
they may be, must concede the superiority in honour and grace to this king. Indeed, so inseparable is the grace of the emperor
from the grace of the Church as a whole that “it is impossible for Christians
to have a Church, but not have an Emperor”.
It seems that the Great-Prince accepted
this lesson in political theology, and there were no further attempts to
question the emperor’s unique position in the Orthodox world. However,
Patriarch Anthony did not expatiate on what would follow if the empire were to
fall – an obvious possibility in view of
the Turks’ encirclement of Constantinople. If it was truly “impossible for
Christians to have a Church, but not have an Emperor”, then, in the event of
the fall of New Rome, there were only two possible scenarios: either the reign
of the Antichrist had arrived, or the empire was to be transferred to another
people and state… Moreover, if the empire itself did not fall, but the emperor
became a heretic, was not the Russian Grand-Prince then bound to reject his
authority?
Forty years later, events began to move
precisely towards such an outcome. In 1434, on the death of Metropolitan Photius, Bishop Jonah of Ryazan was elected
to the metropolitanate in his place and sent to Constantinople for
consecration.
“But here,” writes
Protopriest Peter Smirnov, “obstacles were encountered. The Greeks were going
through their last years. The Turks had moved up to Constantinople from all
sides. The only hope of salvation was seen to be help from the West, but that
could be bought only by means of humiliation before the Roman pope.
Negotiations concerning the union of the Churches were undertaken. On the Latin
side, people were being prepared in the East who would be able to agree to
union, and they were given influential places and posts. Îne
of these people was a certain Isidore, a very talented and educated person, but
one who from a moral point of view was not especially firm, and was capable of
changing his convictions. It was he whom they hastened to appoint as
metropolitan for Moscow before the arrival of Jonah in Constantinople. St.
Jonah was promised the metropolitanate after Isidore.
“Soon after Isidore had arrived in Moscow,
he declared that the Eighth Ecumenical Council was being prepared in Italy for
the union of the Churches, and that it was necessary for him to be there. Then
he began to prepare for the journey. Great Prince Basil Vasilievich tried in every way to dissuade Isidore from taking part in the council. Finally he said to him: “If you unfailingly
desire to go to the eighth council, bring us thence our ancient Orthodoxy,
which we received from our ancestor Vladimir, and do not bring us anything new
and foreign, which we will not accept.’ Isidore swore to stand for Orthodoxy,
but at the council of Florence he was especially zealous in promoting an
outcome that was favourable for the pope. At the end of the council and after
the reception of the unia, Isidore… returned to Moscow, and his first service
began to commemorate the pope instead of the Patriarch of Constantinople. The
great prince publicly called him a Latin seducer and heretic and ordered that
he be placed under guard until a conciliar resolution of the matter. The
Russian bishops gathered in Moscow for a council and condemned Isidore, who
together with his disciple Gregory fled to Tver, from Tver to Lithuania, and
finally to Rome, where he remained for good with the pope.
“After Isidore’s
flight from Russia, St. Jonah remained for seven more years a simple bishop,
partly because of the disorders in Constantinople, where, in hope of aid from
Rome, they continued to call Isidore metropolitan… Finally, in 1448, seventeen
years after the election of St. Jonah, Basil Vasilievich summoned all the
bishops of the Russian land to a council. The Fathers of the Council, on the
basis of the Church canons, previous examples and the decision of the
Constantinopolitan Patriarch that St. Jonah should be metropolitan after
Isidore, appointed him to the see of the first-hierarch. At a triumphant
service in the Dormition cathedral the omophorion which had placed on earlier
metropolitans was placed on him, and the great metropolitan’s staff, the
symbol, of first-hierarchical power, was put into his hands.”[811]
The Russian Church was now technically in
schism from the Great Church of Constantinople, which had fallen into the Latin
heresy. "However," writes Boyeikov, "even after he had learned
about the treachery of the Orthodox emperor and the events which had shaken
Byzantium, Basil did not consider that he had the right to break the canonical
dependence which the Russian Church had inherited since the time of the Baptism
of Rus', and after Jonah's election he wrote the following: ‘After the death of
Metropolitan Photius, having taken counsel with our mother, the Great Princess,
and with our brothers, the Russian princes, both the Great Princes and the
local ones, together with the lord of the Lithuanian land, the hierarchs and
all the clergy, the boyars and all the Russian land, we elected Bishop Jonah of
Ryazan and sent him to you in Constantinople for consecration together with our
envoy. But before his arrival there the emperor and patriarch consecrated
Isidore as metropolitan of Kiev and all Rus', while to Jonah they said: "Go
to your see - the Ryazan episcopate. If Isidore dies or something else happens
to him, then be ready to be blessed for the metropolitan see of all Rus'.”
Since a disagreement in the Church of God has taken place in our blessed
kingdoms, travellers to Constantinople have suffered all kinds of difficulties
on the road, there is great disorder in our countries, the godless Hagarenes
have invaded, there have been civil wars, and we ourselves have suffered
terrible things, not from foreigners, but from our own brothers. In view of
this great need, we have assembled our Russian hierarchs, and, in accordance
with the canons, we have consecrated the above-mentioned Jonah to the Russian
metropolitanate of Kiev and all Rus'. We have acted in this way because of great
need, and not out of pride or boldness. We shall remain to the end of the age
devoted to the Orthodoxy we have received; our Church will always seek the
blessing of the Church of Tsargrad and obey her in everything according to the
ancient piety. And our father Jonah also begs for blessing and union in that
which does not concern the present new disagreements, and we beseech your holy
kingdom to be kindly disposed to our father Metropolitan Jonah. We wanted to
write about all these church matters to the most holy Orthodox patriarch, too;
and to ask his blessing and prayers. But we do not know whether there is a
patriarch in your royal city or not. But if God grants that you will have a
patriarch according to the ancient piety, then we shall inform him of all our
circumstances and ask for his blessing.'
"On reading this gramota of
the Great Prince Basil, one is amazed at his tact and the restraint of his
style. Knowing that the emperor himself had betrayed the faith, that Patriarch
Gregory had fled to Rome, as also Isidore who had been sent to Moscow, Basil
II, instead of giving a well-merited rebuke to his teachers and instructors,
himself apologised for the fact that circumstances had compelled the Russian
bishops to consecrate a metropolitan for themselves, and comes near to begging
him to receive Jonah with honour. It is remarkable that the Great Prince at
every point emphasises that this consecration took place 'in accordance with
the canons', while doubting whether there was a lawful patriarch in Byzantium
itself or not. The whole of this gramota is full of true Christian
humility and brotherly compassion for the emperor who had fallen on hard
times."[812]
The Russian Church was now de
facto autocephalous. Soon, after the fall of New Rome in 1453, the Russian
State, too, would be independent, not only in the sense of being de facto
self-governing (she had been that for centuries), but also in the sense of
owing no filial, de jure allegiance to any other State. And indeed, the
Russian Grand Prince Basil II was already being called “Tsar” and “Autocrat” by
his own people and “brother” by Emperor John VII…[813]
The last emperor, Constantine XI, was a
uniate[814],
and was not even crowned in Constantinople, but in Mystra, because of the
opposition of the zealots of Orthodoxy. Even after he returned to
Constantinople in 1449 he was never officially crowned.[815]
The last step in the apostasy came in December, 1452: a uniate liturgy in which
the Pope was commemorated was celebrated by Metropolitan Isidore of Kiev in
Hagia Sophia.
With both emperor and patriarch heretics,
and the holiest shrine in Orthodoxy defiled by the communion of heresy, the
protection of the Mother of God deserted the Empire, which had ceased to be the
instrument of God’s purpose in the world…
However,
we must not forget those Byzantines who remained true Romans to the end. One
such Roman was St. Mark of Ephesus, who, though under enormous pressure,
refused to sign the false unia at Florence, and declared: “There can be no
compromise in matters of the Orthodox Faith.”[816] And again: “Let no one lord it
over our faith, neither emperor, nor false council, not anyone else, but only
the One God, Who Himself handed it down to us through His disciples.”[817] Another was St. Mark’s disciple,
St. Gennadius Scholarius, who repented of his previous uniate beliefs, and
became the first Patriarch of Constantinople after the conquest. And then there
were the metropolitans who signed the unia but later renounced their signatures,
concerning whom Michael Ducas records that, on returning from the council of
Florence, “as the metropolitans disembarked from the ships the citizens greeted
them as was customary, asking ‘What of our business? What of the Council? Did
we prevail?’ And they answered: ‘We have sold our faith; we have exchanged true
piety for impiety; we have betrayed the pure Sacrifice and become upholders of
unleavened bread.’”[818]
It is this capacity for repentance
intrinsic to Orthodox Christianity which ensures that the ideals of Christian
Rome will never die, even if the States called to incarnate those ideals die.
For even when one nation staggers and falls, God will call on another to take
up that cross, witnessing to the truth on an ever more universal scale, in an
ever more apocalyptic time. That the world “might believe that Jesus is the
Christ, the Son of God; and that believing it might have life through His name”
(John 20.30).
“Every kingdom divided against itself,”
said the Lord, “is brought to desolation” (Matthew 12.25); and
Constantinople in its last period was fatally divided. In this lay the basic
reason of her fall, as it had been of the fall of Old Rome in the fifth
century, and as it would be of the Third Rome, Russia, in 1917.
We have already studied the division
between the Orthodox and the Latin-minded. But other divisions were hardly less
damaging. Thus rich were divided against poor, Emperor against Emperor, and
Emperor against Patriarch...
Rich against Poor.
The very foundations of the autocracy were questioned during a social
revolution of the poor against the rich in the fourteenth century in Adrianople
and Thessalonica. This revolution betrayed, according to Diehl, “a vague
tendency towards a communistic movement”[819],
and in its final wave forced the abdication of John VI in 1354. St. Gregory
Palamas defended the principle of autocracy against the political “zealots”
(the revolutionaries) – but also chastised the rich whose selfishness had laid
the seeds for the revolution.[820]
Emperor against Emperor.
First there was a bitter civil war between Andronicus II and his grandson
Andronicus III. Then in 1341, after the death of Andronicus III, a civil war
broke out between John V Palaeologus and the army’s choice, John VI Cantacuzenus
(a firm believer in the dynastic principle and lifetime supporter of the
Palaeologi!). This was followed by the forced abdication of John VI, probably
the most talented and Orthodox emperor of the period. Then civil war again
broke out between John V and his son Andronicus IV. Early in the fifteenth
century, Manuel II was at war with his brother, Andronicus V; and in the very
last years of the Empire John VIII had to contend with a rebellion from his
brother Demetrius…
These repeated coups (out of 109
Byzantine reigns, in 74 cases the throne was seized by a coup[821])
showed that the introduction of imperial anointing in the thirteenth century
did not increase – or only temporarily increased - the respect in which the
anointed emperor was held by at least some of his subjects. The Lord’s command:
“Touch not Mine anointed ones” (Psalm 104.15) continued to be violated,
further undermining the already weakened foundations of Byzantine statehood.
However, it must be remembered, as K.N.
Leontiev points out, that “they drove out the Caesars, changed them, killed
them, but nobody touched the holiness of Caesarism itself. They changed the
people, but nobody changed its basic organisation”[822]
– although, as we have said, the organisation could not fail to be weakened by
such persistent acts of violence. We can see that the Byzantines lost the
consciousness that “rebellion is as the sin of divination” (I Kings (I
Samuel) 15.23) in the fact that, as Nikolsky writes, “an anathema against
those daring to undertake rebellion was pronounced in the 11th to 14th
centuries… Thus, according to the Byzantine historian Kinnamas, Andronicus
Manuel fell under anathema in the 12th century. ‘This traitor, enemy
of the fatherland, made frequent assaults on the Roman lands from Persia,
enslaved many people and handed over much military booty to the Persians, for
which he was subjected to anathema by the Church.’… But the anathematisation
against the rebels and traitors was in all probability not introduced by the
Greeks into the Order of Orthodoxy”.[823]
The failure to solve the question of
legitimacy was not the only cause of the weakness of the Byzantine system. L.A.
Tikhomirov points to another, still deeper one: the fact that imperial power
was based on two mutually incompatible principles, the Christian and the Old
Roman (Republican). According to the Christian principle, supreme power in the
State rested in the Emperor, not in the People. But, while supreme, his power
was not absolute in that it was limited by the Orthodox Faith and Church; for
the Emperor, while supreme on earth, was still the servant of the Emperor of
Emperors in heaven. According to the Old Roman principle, however, which still
retained an important place alongside the Christian principle in the legislation
of Justinian, supreme power rested, not in the Emperor, but in the Senate and
the People. But since the Senate and the People had, according to the legal
fiction, conceded all their empire and power to the Emperor, he concentrated
all executive power in his own person, and his will had the full force of law: Quod
Principi placuit legis habet vigorem, et in eum solum omne suum imperium et
potestatem concessit.
As Tikhomirov writes, “this idea was
purely absolutist, making the power of the Emperor unlimited, but not supreme,
not independent of the people’s will. The formula also contradicted the
Christian idea of ‘the King, the servant of God’, whose law could in no way be
simply what was ‘pleasing’ to him. But the conjunction of popular delegation
and Divine election gave Byzantine imperial power the opportunity to be very
broadly arbitrary. In the case of a transgression of the people’s rights, it
was possible to refer to the unlimited delegation of the people. However, it is
impossible not to see that this same conjunction, which gave the Emperor’s
power the opportunity to be arbitrary, at the same time did not give it
solidity. This power could be taken away from an unworthy bearer of it also on
a dual basis: for transgression of the will of God, or on the basis of the will
of the people, which did not want to continue the ‘concession’ it had given
before any longer.
“The idea of the delegation of the
people’s will and power to one person in itself presupposes centralisation, and
then bureaucratisation. Truly, as the point of concentration of all the
people’s powers, the Emperor is an executive power. In accordance with the
concept of delegation, he himself administers everything. He must do all the
work of the current administration. For that reason everything is centralised
around him, and in him. But since it is in fact impossible in fact for one
person, even the greatest genius, to carry out all the acts of State, they are
entrusted to servants, officials. In this way bureaucratisation develops.
“The king, ‘the servant of God’, is
obliged only to see that the affairs of the country are directed in the spirit
of God’s will. The people’s self-administration does not contradict his idea on
condition that over this administration the control of ‘the servant of God’ is
preserved, directing everything on the true path of righteousness, in case
there are any deviations from it. But for the Emperor to whom ‘the people
concedes all power and might’, any manifestation of popular self-administration,
whatever it may be, is already a usurpation on the part of the people, a kind
of taking back by the people of what it had ‘conceded’ to the Emperor.”[824]
Emperor against Patriarch.
Nor did the Empire respect the Priesthood. Although fewer Patriarchs were
removed by the Emperors in this period, the Church’s subjection to the State
was more evident than ever – in the almost idolatrous pomp of court ceremonial[825],
and in the servile submission of the Hierarchy to the Emperor. The more modest
style of the Nicaean Emperors had given cause for hope. But the first emperor
of the last period, Michael VIII, on reconquering Constantinople, had
immediately reverted to the bad old ways of the pre-Nicaean Emperors,
overriding the Church in his desire for a unia with Rome.
As we have
seen, some of the fourteenth-century Emperors returned to a true symphony with
the Church. But by the fifteenth century St. Simeon of Thessalonica was
writing: “Many pious kings, like, for example, Constantine the Great, richly
endowed the Bishops and gave them various honours. But now the opposite is
happening. The Bishop is not counted worthy of any kind of honour for the sake
of Christ, but rather his lot is dishonour; he is counted immeasurably inferior
to the emperor, who receives a blessing from the Hierarch. At the present time
the Bishop falls down at the feet of the emperor and kisses his right hand.
With the sanctified lips with which he recently touched the Sacred Sacrifice,
he servilely kisses a secular hand, whose function is to hold the sword. And, O
shame!, the Bishop stands while the emperor sits. For the Bishop, as the
delegate of the Church, all this reflects in an indecent and shameful manner on
Christ Himself. These absurd customs were introduced, however, not by the
emperors themselves, but by flatterers, who in an undiscerning manner suggested
to them that they should use the Divine for evil, that they should ascribe to
themselves power and install and remove the Bishop. Alas, what madness! If the
deposition of a Bishop is necessary, this should be done through the Holy
Spirit, by Whom the Bishop has been consecrated, and not through the secular
power. Hence come all our woes and misfortunes; hence we have become an object
of mockery for all peoples. If we give to Caesar what is Caesar’s and to God
what is God’s, then the blessing of God will rest on everything: the Church
will receive peace, and the State will become more prosperous.”[826]
The Byzantine Empire failed because, while
emperor and patriarch remained in harmony to the end, this harmony was not true
"symphony", but an agreement to put the interests of the nation-state
above that of the Ecumenical Church. As an 8th or 9th Greek prophecy
found in St. Sabbas’ monastery says: "The sceptre of the Orthodox kingdom
will fall from the weakening hands of the Byzantine emperors, since they will not have proved able to
achieve the symphony of Church and State. Therefore the Lord in His
Providence will send a third God-chosen people to take the place of the chosen,
but spiritually decrepit people of the Greeks."[827]
The “third God-chosen people”, the
Russians, would carry the traditions of Byzantium into the modern period…
Everyone lost when Constantinople fell to
the despotic power of the Ottomans in 1453. The Orthodox came under infidel
rulers; the Western Catholics lost their best chance of being restored to Orthodox
Catholicism; and the Western Conciliarists, who were meeting in Basle at the
very moment of the council of Florence, and to whom John VIII had sent three
ambassadors, lost their chance of being united to the Conciliar Church par
excellence.[828]
Only the Pope, it would seem, benefited.
He quickly took advantage of his victory over the Greeks to conclude separate
unias with the Armenians, the Copts, the Ethiopians, the Monophysite Syrians,
the Chaldean Nestorians and the Cypriot Maronites. This greatly increased the
prestige of Rome, which contributed significantly to “the ultimate defeat of
the anti-council of Basle and of the anti-Pope Felix IV, who eventually
abdicated. All subsequent ‘unions’ were clearly formulated as an unconditional
surrender to the Church of Rome. The shrewd Latins, choosing the Greeks first
as their negotiation partners, broke them down. Rome used this fact as an
argument in their severe negotiations with the other churches, from whom they
extracted complete submission.”[829]
Many
Greeks fled to the West, mainly Italy, taking their learning and their culture
with them. But it was pagan poets such as Plato and Homer and the court
philosopher of Mystra, George Gemisthus Plethon, not saints such as John
Chrysostom or Gregory Palamas, whom the Westerners were eager to read. The true heroes of Byzantium did
find admirers and imitators; but they were to be concentrated, not in the
Mediterranean homeland of Roman Christian civilisation, but in the north – in
the mountains of Romania, and the forests of Holy Russia. Here Romanitas,
the ideal of Christian Statehood, remained intact; for it was the Russians who
were that “third God-chosen people” of the prophecy; it was they who were able
to re-express the Christian ideal of the symphony of powers for the modern age,
the age of Rationalism and Revolution, when the foundations, not only of the
Church, but also of the State, would be shaken to their foundations. But that
is the subject of another book…
CONCLUSION: THE KINGSHIP OF CHRIST
I was established
as king by Him, upon Sion His holy mountain,
Proclaiming the
commandment of the Lord.
Psalm 2.6.
The
kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord
and of His Christ,
and
He shall reign for ever and ever.
Revelation 11.15.
The “one thing necessary” for the Orthodox
Christian is the worship of God “in spirit and in truth”. So the ideal of
Orthodox Statehood is the system which facilitates that worship to the maximum
degree. As M.V. Zyzykin writes: “Christianity has revealed the
highest purpose of human power, which is to help create the conditions making
the salvation of men possible through the construction of a peaceful community
(I Timothy 2.2). From the point of view of sanctification and
salvation, political power is one of the benefactions of the Divine will; in
protecting virtue and restraining the destructive passions, it eases the work
of the Church in the salvation of human souls. Power preserves the social order
of life, and without this order society is impossible. It was not chance that
created the power of the head of the family, the right of the judge, the power
of the king. These are fighters raised between good and evil so that the former
might be given the opportunity to live peacefully amidst the latter. Before the
creation of the Church of Christ the State fulfilled its purpose with less
consciousness, but the Church herself, recognizing its Divine origin, is
revered by the State itself as the living representative of God, as the
governing ideal and principle pointing to the ultimate aim … – the salvation of
the soul in the world to come.”[830]
Such an ideal of Christian statehood is,
of course, unattainable if the People is not Christian, or only in a very small
part, or only in a weak or distorted form. That is why it took nearly three
centuries from the Resurrection of Christ before Christian autocracy appeared;
God enlightened the soul of the first Christian emperor, St. Constantine, only
after the Christian population of the empire had reached a certain critical
proportion (5-10%), and only after the fiery trial of Diocletian’s persecution
had purified and strengthened the People through the blood and example of the
holy martyrs.
Christian autocracy is “delegated
Theocracy” – that is, that form of Statehood which is the closest to direct
rule by God, in which the ultimate ruler, by common consent, is Christ the
King. Already in the Old Testament we read that “the king’s heart is in the
hand of the Lord; He turns it wherever He wishes” (Proverbs 21.1). When
the king is a Christian, his heart is still more closely held by the Lord.
That Christ rules in the State as well as
in the Church was revealed by the Archangel, saying: “The Lord God shall give
unto Him the throne of His father David, and He shall reign over the house of
Jacob for ever; and of His Kingdom there shall be no end” (Luke
1.32-33). St. Gregory Palamas comments on this: “He Whose Kingdom is eternal
and without end is God. But the Child to be born also had David as His father,
therefore He was also man. He was both God and man, Son of man and Son of God.
As man He received the inalienable Kingdom from God the Father, as Daniel saw [Daniel
7.9, 7.13-14)… He was to sit upon the throne of David and reign over the
house of Jacob. Jacob was the patriarch of all godfearing people, whereas David
was the first to prefigure Christ by reigning in the fear of God and in a way
pleasing to Him. Christ brought together patriarchate and kingdom into one
heavenly and earthly dominion.”[831]
The Orthodox patriarchs and kings receive
their power by delegation from Christ. They exercise their separate powers in
symphony because they are one in Christ, the King of kings and Great High
Priest. As for the People, it obeys the king not only because, in a general
sense, “the powers that be are established by God”, and we are commanded to
“fear God and honour the king”, but also because, more particularly, the
Christian promises at his baptism to serve Christ “as King and as God”.
Therefore in serving the Christian autocrat, who is anointed by the Church to defend
and extend the Kingship of Christ throughout the world, the Christian is
fulfilling his baptismal vows as they relate to the political sphere.
At first sight it might appear that
“delegated Theocracy” can only be hierocracy – that is, rule by the Church; for
the Church alone is a true Theocracy, Christ is already King in her, He has
given her His grace, and has promised that she will overcome the gates of hell.
However, God called the Emperor Constantine when he was still outside the
Church, and the Church accepted his authority, even in the convening of Church
Councils, while he was still a catechumen, thereby demonstrating that the
Christian Emperor was not subject directly to the Church hierarchy. Of course,
Constantine was baptised on his death-bed, thereby bringing the State still
more fully within the grace-filled influence of the Church; and the classical
statements of Byzantine Church-State relations, such as Justinian’s Sixth
Novella and St. Photius’ Epanagoge, clearly speak of Church and
State as two parts of a single organism. Nevertheless, the relative autonomy of
the State from the Church within its sphere was an accepted axiom of the
Byzantine world-view.
Another way of understanding this is to see Church and State as two
Kingdoms under a single King, with the Church as the “inner Kingdom” including
only those who wish Christ to be their King and who therefore have been
baptised and have promised to obey His commandments, and the State as the
“outer Kingdom” including both those who wish Christ to be their King and those
who do not. The Church, “the inner Kingdom”, is the Kingdom “not of this
world”, which is ruled in an inner, mystical way through the grace communicated
to the Church in the sacraments. The State, “the outer kingdom”, is the kingdom
“of this world”, which may be extended to include the whole of this external
world, over which Christ rules, not by His redemptive grace, but by His
Providential power.
“One must distinguish two Kingdoms of
Christ,” writes Zyzykin, “and consequently two of His powers. ‘The Son of God,
having received human nature into the unity of His Divine Hypostasis, is called
a king,’ says St. Gregory the Theologian, ‘but in one sense He is king as the
Almighty and king of both the willing and the unwilling, and in the other, as
leading to obedience and submitting to His kingdom those who have willingly
recognised Him as king’ (quoted in Metropolitan Macarius, Dogmatic Theology,
vol. 2, pp. 178-179). In the first case the kingdom of Christ is without end
and all three Persons of the All-Holy Trinity participate in Providence. In the
second it will end with the leading of all the true believers to salvation,
when Jesus Christ hands over the Kingdom to God and the Father, when He will
annul every authority and force, that God may be all in all (I Corinthians
14.18). The power of which it is said: ‘all power has been given to Me in
heaven and on earth’ was handed over by Him to nobody. He remains the
Highest Teacher (Matthew 23.8), the Highest Priest (Hebrews
7.24-25) and the highest ruler of His kingdom, the Pastor of pastors (I
Peter 5.4).
“The Church is the visible form of the
Kingdom of Christ, its realisation on earth, by which it is destined to embrace
the world (Mark 16.15-16; Matthew 28.19-20; Luke 24.47; John
20.23); it is the kingdom that is not of this world (John 18.36). It is
a special sphere in which the relationship of man with God is developed (Matthew
22.21; Luke 20.25); Church power by the spiritual character of its
commission does not consist in mastery and lordship, which are characteristic
of earthly power, but in service (Matthew 20.25-27; Mark 9.35).”[832]
Blessed Theophylact of Bulgaria has a
similar interpretation: “’All is delivered’ to the Son by the Father (Luke
10.22) in that all is to be subject to the Son. There are two ways in which God
rules over all. First, He rules over all independently of their own will. And
second, He rules over those who willingly subject themselves to Him. Hence I
can say: God is my Master independently of my will, inasmuch as He is my
Creator. But He is also my Master whenever I, as a grateful servant, fulfil His
will by working to keep the commandments.”[833]
The two kingdoms have different functions.
The inner kingdom of the Church ministers to the inner needs of man, his need
for spiritual salvation. The State ministers to his external needs, his need
for food and shelter and security from external enemies.
Very shortly after the founding of the
Church, the apostles recognised that these needs were different and needed to
be ministered to by different people. Thus they said: “It is not right that we
should give up preaching the Word of God to serve tables” (Acts 6.2),
and delegated to the deacons the task of looking after the material needs of
the Church. Similarly, the Church delegates to the Christian State “the serving
of tables” on a universal scale, throughout the Christian family of nations;
and in recognition of this the Byzantine Church gave the Emperor a rank within
the Church equivalent to that of the diaconate.
But this recognition did not take place
until the Byzantine State had been fully “enchurched” (Russian: otserkovlenie)
– that is, according to Zyzykin, by the beginning of the 10th
century, “when all the main foundations of Church law had already been
established… This enchurchment did not go further than the bestowal on the
emperor of the rank of deacon, to which the rank of emperor was equivalent in
the Church. But the deacon… has the right to do sacred acts only within certain
limits, he has certain privileges in Divine services, such as communion under
both kinds, but he has the right neither of pastorship, nor of teaching…”[834]
Thus Church and State are independent of
each other, in the Orthodox understanding, each deriving its origin from God
alone. But of the two, the Church is the higher, because it was founded
directly by Christ as His Divine-human Body, with the promise that the gates of
hell will never prevail over it, and the rights of binding and loosing, that
are not accorded to the State. This essential truth was expressed most
powerfully by the first Christian emperor and the model for all his successors,
St. Constantine, in his speech to the bishops at the First Ecumenical Council:
“God has placed you as priests and given you power to judge my peoples and me
myself. Therefore it is just that I should be subject to your sentence. It
would not enter my head to wish to be a judge over you.”[835]
The State is also founded by God, but
indirectly, as it were, without any promises about its future; it exists for
the sake of the Church, as its outer wall and guardian. The Church can exist
without the State, just as the soul can exist without the body; whereas the
State without the Church is like a body from which the soul has departed – a
dead and foul-smelling corpse. The ideal, however, is the “symphony” of Church
and State, their working together for the common goal, which is the salvation
of souls.
For, as Professor A.V. Kartashev writes:
"The hierarchy of the relationships between spirit and flesh, and
therefore also of the Church and the State, has its foundation in the creation
itself. Just as the body must be the obedient and perfect instrument of the
spirit, so the State is ideally thought of as the obedient and perfect
instrument of the Church, for it is she that knows and reveals to mankind its
higher spiritual aims, pointing the way to the attainment of the Kingdom of
God. In this sense the Church is always theocratic, for to her have been opened
and handed over the means of the power of God over the hearts of men. She is
the ideal active principle, and the role of the State in comparison with her is
secondary. The Church leads the State and the people, for she knows where she
is going. The Orthodox State freely submits to this leadership. But just as in
the individual person the harmony of spirit and flesh has been destroyed by the
original sin, so is it in the relationship between the Church and the State.
Hence it is practically difficult to carry out the task of Church-State
symphony in the sinful world. Just as the individual Christian commits many
sins, great and small, on his way to holiness, so the people united in the
Christian State suffer many falls on the way to symphony. Deviations from the
norm are linked with violations of the hierarchical submission of the flesh to
the spirit, the State to the Church. But these sins and failures cannot
overthrow the system of the symphony of Church and State in its essence."[836]
“The differences in nature between Church
and State indicated in Matt. 22.21 [“Give to Caesar what is Caesar’s and
to God what is God’s”] by no means presumes that the State was recognised by
the Saviour as being foreign to God and as not being obliged on its side and in
its own way to assist the realisation on earth of the aims of Christianity. It
is impossible to suppose that the Church, in directing mankind to union with
Christ, should recognise it as normal that the State should lead it to
Antichrist. God, as the supreme principle, cannot be removed from the State
either. After all, the State, according to the words of the Apostle Paul, is
called to serve people for the good by means of the forcible muzzling of evil,
through which the representatives of the State, too, are called servants of God
(Romans 13.2-6). The difference between the pagan and the Christian
State consists in the fact that the pagan State found its aim in itself, as
‘the society not knowing anything higher than itself’, in the words of Aristotle,
whereas the Orthodox Christian State recognises a higher aim set by the Church
over itself, and it finds its highest meaning and mission in voluntarily and
without compulsion serving this aim. Christianity does not encroach upon the
life of the State, it recognises its positive contribution in the struggle with
evil, and calls on it to carry through moral principles in both its internal
and its external political life. Christianity came into the world to save the
world, including its highest manifestation – the State, by revealing to it its
meaning and mission. Its legislature is not called on to legalise natural
relations, but to correct itself in accordance with the ideas of a higher
righteousness; the supreme power is exhorted to abandon the deification of
human arbitrariness and to convert itself to a special service to the will of
God; the representative of its power is not the possessor of all the rights of
human society, but the bearer of all the obligations of human society in
relation to the Church, that is, to the work of God on earth. In and of itself
the State does not give meaning to life, but receives it from outside, from the
Church; its political life itself requires higher principles and aims coming
from outside as its moving principle. The Christian outlook on the world and
man gives the State the basis to see in itself a weapon for the attainment of
the highest tasks of life. The Church comes out in relation to the State as the
star of the East.”[837]
“Christianity renews the State which has
corrupted its mission by moral principles, for the originally Divine origin of
power excludes neither abuses of power nor unlawful means of obtaining it. The
pagan Caesar even before Christianity possessed lawful power, but Christianity
regenerated the pagan elements of this institution. In royal anointing royal
power is not received from God, it is only sanctified and completed by special
gifts of grace so that in their actions the authorities may be a weapon of
Divine Providence. This act
does not point to any rights of the secular authorities over the spiritual
Hierarchy, but obliges the king to be a devoted son of the Church and a
faithful minister of God’s work. There exist two independent spheres that are
distinct from each other: one in which relationships are developed in the
Church as a Divine institution directly established by God, and the other in
which civil relationships are developed.”[838]
“Jesus Christ abolished only the external
means by which the ideal of the Old Testament theocracy was realised, but not
the theocratic ideal itself. In the Church of Christ there is a purely
spiritual theocracy. Here the Holy Spirit invisibly admonishes through the
priests….”[839]
“In the close union of the Church and the
State their immediate, fundamental aims remain different. The State is first of
all occupied with the provision of the temporary prosperity of man, while the
Church has in mind the provision of means for inner pacification and
blessedness, not only on earth but also in heaven. But here there is also
agreement in aims, for according to I Timothy 2.2-3 a quiet and peaceful
life, which the State is called to give, is a means whereby we may live in
piety and purity. The Church desires this peaceful life so as to have the
opportunity of better co-operating, under these conditions, with the attainment
of its aims. The Church does not remove the earthly aims of the State, but
directs them to her higher aims. In seeking the city that is to come, she also
reforms the city that passes, thereby also strengthening civil prosperity; she
leads into harmony law and morality, for that which is just from a juridical
point of view is not always morally good; that which is just juridically
speaking can be morally not good, while that which is unjust from a juridical
point of view can be turned into the morally good. True Christians prefer the
demands of morality. Besides this reworking of law, the Church exerts a moral
influence on law, transfiguring the forcible demands of the law into a free
habit, and elevating the moral level of humanity by substituting the forcible
demands of the law with the free demand for righteousness.” [840]
Zyzykin summarise the Church-State
relationship in New Rome as follows: “In reviewing the world-view of the
Byzantine canonists and writers concerning imperial power, we could see that in
the course of time from the Emperor Constantine to the 15th century,
the time of the fall of the empire, when the history of the relations between
the Church and the Christian State in Byzantium comes to an end, two tendencies
of thought are observed: one on the basis of various arguments strives to
continue the ancient Roman tradition of the divine Augustus pontifex maximus,
while the other proceeds from a consciousness of the profound difference
between the Church and the State, and, without rejecting the protection of the
Church on the part of the State, firmly maintains the independence of the
Church from a take-over of its functions by the secular power. This view can
place the king in a particular relationship to the Church in view of his duties
with regard to the defence of the Church, which it imposes on him in the act of
coronation, but it cannot recognise his possession of such powers as would
presuppose the presence of apostolic succession and the presence of Grace-given
gifts for the realisation of the rights of priestly serving, teaching and
pastorship, nor the rights founded upon these of legislation, oversight and
judgement in the ecclesiastical sphere. If, on the side of the first tendency,
we meet the names of the arianizing Emperor Constantius, the iconoclast Emperor
Leo the Isaurian, the canonist Balsamon, who was prominent at the Byzantine
court, and the Bulgarian Bishop Demetrius Chomatenus, etc., then on the side of
the other tendency there pass before us St. John Chrysostom, St. Maximus the
Confessor, St. Theodore the Studite, St. John of Damascus, etc. The inner worth
of the second tendency finds its confirmation also in the inner worth of men
who were pleasing to God and sealed their judgements with a martyric
confession. The second tendency was assimilated by the Church…”[841]
Whatever rights the emperor has in the Church are given to him by the
Church, for the sake of the Church, and in view of the fact that he is himself
specially endowed with the Church’s grace-filled gifts. This is a vitally
important point which is often overlooked by those who look on Church and State
as necessarily warring principles. Just as the soul and the body are not by
nature warring principles, even if the fall has often set them against each
other, so it is with the Church and State.
The rights of the Emperor in the Church
were limited by the fact that he could not perform sacraments, or ordain or
defrock bishops and priests.
“To be sure, the Emperor wore vestments
similar to those of the bishop and even had a special place in the worship of
the Church, such as censing the sanctuary at the Liturgy for the Nativity of
Christ, offering the sermon during Vespers at the commencement of the Great
Lent, and receiving Holy Communion directly from the altar as did the clergy.
Nevertheless, the Emperor was not a priest and many Greek Fathers disapproved
of even these privileges. Emperor Marcian (451-457) may have been hailed as a
priest-king at the Council of Chalcedon (451), but this did not bestow
sacerdotal status on him or any Byzantine imperator.”[842]
One of the rights entrusted to the Emperor
by the Church was that of convening Ecumenical Councils and enforcing their
decisions. This right did not empower the emperor or his officials to interfere
in the proceedings on a par with the bishops, but it did enable him to make
quiet suggestions which were often vitally important. Thus at the First Council
it was the Emperor Constantine who quietly suggested the word “consubstantial”
to describe the relationship between the Son of God and God the Father.[843]
Again, although the Emperor Marcian said that he had decided to be present at
the Fourth Ecumenical Council “not as a manifestation of strength, but so as to
give firmness to the acts of the Council, taking Constantine of blessed memory
as my model,”[844]
his firm but tactful intervention was decisive in the triumph of Orthodoxy.
Another of the emperor’s rights was his
choosing of the Patriarch from three candidates put forward to him by the Holy
Synod. As Simeon of Thessalonica witnessed, this right was not seized by the
emperor by force, “but was entrusted to him from ancient times by the Holy Fathers,
that is, by the Church itself”. Moreover, “if none of the three candidates was
suitable, the basileus could suggest his own candidate, and the
Hierarchical Synod again freely decided about his suitability, having the
possibility of not agreeing. The king’s right did not in principle violate the
Hierarchs’ freedom of choice and was based on the fact that the Patriarch
occupied not only a position in the Church, but was also a participant in
political life…Simeon of Thessalonica said: ‘He, as the anointed king, has been
from ancient times offered the choice of one of the three by the Holy Fathers,
for they [the three] have already been chosen by the Council, and all three
have been recognised as worthy of the Patriarchy. The king assists the Council
in its actions as the anointed of the Lord, having become the defender and
servant of the Church, since during the anointing he gave a promise of such
assistance. De jure there can be no question of arbitrariness on the
part of the king in the choosing of the Patriarch, or of encroachment on the
rights and freedom of choice [of the Hierarchs].’”[845]
Another imperial right was that of handing
the Patriarch his staff. This should not be interpreted as if the emperor
bestowed the grace of the Patriarchy. Nor was it the same as the ceremony of
“lay investiture” in the West. The emperor did this, according to Simeon of
Thessalonica, “because he wishes to honour the Church, implying also at the
same time that he personally accepts the individual now consecrated as his own
pastor whom God has chosen for him.”[846]
“Simeon of Thessalonica explains that in
this act the king only witnesses to the fact of his agreement with the
installation of the new Patriarch, and after the bestowal of the staff he
witnesses to his spiritual submission… by the bowing of his head, his asking
for a blessing from the Patriarch and his kissing of his hand. By the grace and
action of the Hierarchy, the Patriarch does not differ from the Metropolitans
and Bishops. But in the dignity of his see, and in his care for all who are
under his authority, he is the father and head of all, consecrating
Metropolitans and Bishops, and judging them in conjunction with the Council,
while he himself is judged by a Great Council, says Simeon of Thessalonica. The
king was present at both the consecration and the enthronement of the Patriarch
in the altar…; but the consecration and enthronement were acts of a purely
ecclesiastical character, and the king’s participation in them was no longer as
active as in the first stages of the process, when he convened the Hierarchical
Council, chose one of the three elected by the Council and witnessed to his
recognition of him in the act of problhsiV [which
gave the Patriarch his rights in Byzantine civil law]. In the act of
consecration [assuming that the candidate to the Patriarchy was not already a
bishop] Hierarchical grace was invoked upon the man to be consecrated by the
Metropolitan of Heraclea, while in the act of enthronement he was strengthened
by abundant grace to greater service for the benefit, now, of the whole Church,
and not of one Diocese [only].”[847]
These rights of the emperor in the Church
were paralleled by certain rights of the Church in the State, of which the most
important was the Patriarch’s right of intercession (Russian: pechalovanie).
“The Patriarch was called to intercede for the persecuted and those oppressed
by the authorities, for the condemned and those in exile, with the aim of
easing their lot, and for the poor and those in need with the aim of giving
them material or moral support. This right of intercessory complaint, which
belonged by dint of the 75th canon of the Council of Carthage to all
Diocesan Bishops, was particularly linked with the Patriarch of Constantinople
by dint of his high position in the Byzantine State with the king.”[848]
Also, State officials “were obliged to
help the Bishop in supporting Church discipline and punishing transgressors.
Sometimes the emperors obliged provincial officials to tell them about Church
disturbances which depended on the carelessness of the Bishop, but the emperors
gave the Bishops the right to keep an eye on officials, while the Bishops, in
carrying out this obligation imposed on them by the civil law, did not thereby
become State officials… In the Byzantine laws themselves the Church was
distinguished from the State as a special social organism, having a special
task distinct from that of the State; these laws recognised the Church as the
teacher of the faith and the establisher of Church canons, while the State
could only raise them to the status of State laws; Church administration and
Church courts were recognised as being bound up with the priestly rank.”[849]
“In reviewing Byzantine ideas on royal
power, we must recognise the fact that, in spite of the influence of pagan
traditions, in spite of Saracen Muslim influences leading to a confusion of
powers, in spite of the bad practices of arianising and iconoclast emperors, it
remained a dogma of Byzantine law to recognise the Church of Christ as a
special society, parallel to the State, standing separate and above the latter
by its aims and means, by dint of which the supreme head of the State was by no
means the head of the other, ecclesiastical union, and, if he entered into it
in the position of a special sacred rank, it was far from being the higher, but
was only equal to the deacon’s, being subject thereby to the canons which
established the Church as a Divine institution having its own legislation,
administration and court…”[850]
The State is rooted in the family, being
in fact the family writ large, so that the head of the State, the Emperor or
King, is like the Father of all his citizens. This principle was accepted in
New Rome, and was particularly emphasised in the daughter of New Rome, the
Third Rome of Moscow, where the Tsar was affectionately known as the
“batyushka-tsar”, or “daddy-tsar”. Another model consists in comparing the
Emperor to a Bridegroom, and the Empire to his Bride; but the paternal metaphor
is more common.
However, if the Emperor is the father of his people, the Patriarch is
the father of the Emperor, and was so called in Byzantium. We have seen how one
of the most powerful of the Byzantine Emperors, Theodosius the Great, embraced
St. Meletius, president of the Second Ecumenical Council, as his father. In
Russia this spiritual relationship was even exemplified in a physical form,
when the first Romanov Tsar, Mikhail Fyodorovich, ruled together with his
natural father, Patriarch Philaret. This emphasised that Christian politics, as
represented by the Emperor or Tsar, should ideally be conformed to – “begotten
by”, as it were - the other-worldly spirit and aims of the Christian faith, as
represented by the Patriarch. For as the last Orthodox Christian autocrat, King
Boris III of Bulgaria, who was probably killed by the Nazis in 1943, said:
“Every true social order is based on the moral order” – that is, the order
ordained by God through the Church.[851]
New Rome was eventually conquered by
two external enemies: Papism from the West and Islam from the East. Both these
heretical systems (for Islam, too, has been called a Christian heresy, albeit a
rather extreme one) presented alternative theories of the relationship between
religion and politics to that presented by the Orthodox Christian empire. Both,
in imitation of the absolutist pagan empires, tended to conflate Church and
State, religion and politics, kingship and priesthood, into a single
institution or activity, in contrast to the duality of the two spheres which is
the norm in Orthodoxy. Both could therefore be called ecclesiological analogues
of the Monophysite-Monothelite group of heresies in Christology. And, perhaps
not coincidentally, the beginnings of the papist and Islamist heresies coincide
with the beginnings of the Monophysite and Monothelite heresies.
Orthodoxy stands for the
Chalcedonian unity-in-diversity of Church and State, priesthood and kingship.
The two powers are unconfused but undivided under the One King of kings and
Chief High Priest, the Lord Jesus Christ. The eventual fall of Byzantium was
preceded by the gradual decay of this symphonic, Chalcedonian principle of
Church-State relations, making its conquest by anti-Chalcedonian, absolutist
principles easier.
This absolutism took two forms: “caesaropapism” in the East and
“papocaesarism” in the West. “Caesaropapism” signifies the intrusion of State
power into the realm of the Church, and “papocaesarism” – the intrusion of the
Church power into the realm of the State.
The decay
of the symphonic principle began already with the Arian emperors in the
mid-fourth century, revived with the the iconoclast emperors in the eighth and
ninth centuries, and became firmly entrenched with the Angeli emperors before
the Fall of Constantinople in 1204. If anything, the “Orthodox” absolutism of
the Angeli, supported by Orthodox canonists such as Balsamon, proved to be a
more dangerous temptation than the heretical absolutism of the Arians and
iconoclasts. In any case, with its revival in a still more subtle form under
the later Palaeologi in the fifteenth century, Byzantium was doomed.
The
internal absolutism of the last Palaeologi emperors may be said to have
cooperated with the external absolutism of the Latins and the Turks to bring
about the final Fall of Constantinople in 1453, insofar as they more or less
compelled the reluctant hierarchs to sign the unia with Rome at the false
council of Florence, thereby sacrificing the Faith of the Church for the needs
of the State. In this case, the resistance of the People, led by a few
anti-uniate clergy, saved the honour of the Empire. But the Empire itself did
not recover from the catastrophe; the ideal continued to live in the hearts of
the Greeks under the Turkish yoke; but the incarnation of the ideal was
entrusted by the King of kings to another people.
The
situation was even worse in the West, where the fall of the last remaining
Orthodox autocracies in the eleventh century to the “papocaesarist” version of
the absolutist heresy, Papism, was not succeeded by the survival of the ideal
in the hearts of the people. Here not only the flesh, Christian Statehood,
died: the spirit, the Christian Faith and Church, was radically corrupted. So
in the West, in contrast to the East, there could be no transfer of the ideal
to another soil, no renovatio imperii…
Not that
there were no attempts to pretend that the old ideal was still alive and well.
The “Holy Roman Empire” of the Hohenstaufens (and later, of the Hapsburgs)
claimed to be the continuation and revival of the Roman and Constantinian
Empires. But where was the “symphony of powers” between the Roman Church and
Empire when one of the powers, the Church, was itself a State that waged war –
physical war – against the Empire?
Indeed,
the continual wars between the Roman papacy and the “Holy Roman Empire” in the
later Middle Ages cannot be compared to the conflicts between Church and State
in Byzantium or Western Orthodox history for the simple reason that they were
not in fact wars between Church and State, but between State and State. For
ever since Pope Leo IX rode on horseback into battle against the Normans in
1053, the very difference between Church and the State, between the
other-worldly spirit of Christian society and its this-worldly flesh, had been
obscured in the Western mind. Thus the sentence of the King of kings was
inevitable: “My Spirit shall not abide in man for ever, for he is flesh” (Genesis
6.3).
It is time to define more precisely the
religio-political heresy of absolutism, which, as we have seen, destroyed the
flesh of New Rome in the East, and both the flesh and the spirit of New Rome in
the West. L.A. Tikhomirov writes: “Absolutism… signifies a power that is not
created by anything, that depends on nothing except itself and that is
qualified by nothing except itself. As a tendency, absolutism can in fact
appear under any principle of power, but only through a misunderstanding or
abuse. But according to its spirit, its nature, absolutism is characteristic
only of democracy, for the will of the people, qualified by nothing but itself,
creates an absolute power, so that if the people merges with the State, the
power of the latter becomes absolute.”[852]
“Absolutism is characteristic of
democracy”?! This is the height of paradox to the modern Western (and Classical
Greek) mind, for which absolutism and democracy are polar opposites, and for
which the ideal of Statehood (even Christian Statehood) must consist in the
complete extermination of absolutism and the fullest possible installation of
democracy. And yet the paradox is true, for the absolutist ruler, be he emperor
or king, pope or patriarch, believes that all power on earth, in all matters,
is given to him alone. In pagan times, such a belief would be expressed in the
idea that the ruler was also a god. In Christian times, such open
self-deification was no longer expedient, so the phrase “vicar of God” or
“deputy of God” was used instead. In theory, such a title is compatible with a
certain self-limitation, insofar as the vicar or deputy of God is obliged to
submit his will to the will of God; and some rulers have succeeded in doing
just that, becoming saints and “equals-to-the-apostles” in the process. But if
the ruler dispenses with an independent priesthood, and is seen as the highest
interpreter of the will of God, the path is open to arbitrariness and tyranny
on a vast scale, which is precisely what we see in absolutist rulers throughout
history, whether pagan or Christian, religious, secular or atheist.
The arbitrariness and tyranny of the
single unchecked will inevitably elicits, sooner or later, the appearance of
other wills determined to check or completely subdue it. This, in its turn, is
inevitably accompanied by a process of debunking or desacralisation: since the
authority of the absolutist ruler is hedged around with an aura of divinity,
the first task of the reformers or revolutionaries is to strip away this aura,
to reveal the ruler to be an ordinary man. Then they will strive either to
place one of themselves in the place of the former ruler, endowing him with the
same aura of divinity as he had, or will put forward a general theory of the
ordinariness – or kingliness - of all men. But this is a sign of God’s wrath.
For “because of the transgression of a land, many are its princes” (Proverbs
28.2).
We have seen how both courses were adopted
in medieval western history: the first in the struggle between the popes and
the “Holy Roman Emperors” for absolute power, and the second in the emergence
of the doctrines of natural law, conciliarism and democratism. The second
course would appear to be radically different from the first insofar as it
abolishes the idea of sacred persons altogether. But in fact it simply endows
all men with the same absolutism and sacredness as was formerly attributed to
pope or emperor. Thus the old personal gods of pope or emperor make way for the
new collective god of the people: vox populi – vox Dei.
And so absolutism is characteristic of
democracy insofar as the demos is an absolute power, free from the
restraint of any power, in heaven or on earth. In a democracy the will of the
people is the final arbiter: before it neither the will of the (constitutional)
monarch, nor the decrees of the Church, neither the age-old traditions of men,
nor the eternal and unchanging law of God, can prevail. This arbiter is in the
highest degree arbitrary: what is right in the eyes of the people on one day,
or in one election, will be wrong in the next. But consistency is not required
of the infallible people, just as it is not required of infallible popes. For
democracy is based on the Heraclitan principle that everything changes, even
the demos itself. As such, it does not have to believe in, let alone
justify itself on the basis of, any unchanging criteria of truth or falsehood,
right or wrong. Its will is truth and justice, and if its will changes,
then truth and justice must change with it…
The famed tolerance or freedom of religion
in democratic states is only seeming. Or rather, it can be real only for a
time, until the State works out its own ruling ideology and applies it
consistently. For, as Tikhomirov writes, “if a state, as law and power, removes
itself from being linked with a determinate confession, that is, from the
influence of a religious confession on its own religious politics, it becomes
the common judge of all confessions and subjects religion to itself. All
relations between the various confessions and the rights of them all must,
evidently, be decided by the state that is set outside them, which is governed
exclusively by its own ideas on justice and the good of the state and society.
In this situation it evidently has the complete right and opportunity to carry
out repressions whenever, in its opinion, the interests of a confession
contradict civil and political interests.”[853]
In many ways the collective absolutism of
democracy is a more absolute and destructive absolutism than the personal
absolutisms of popes and emperors. In the period that we have studied in this
book, although many absolutist rulers appeared in both East and West,
fundamental changes in society were slow to appear (in the East they did not
appear at all)… Whatever absolutist rulers may have thought or said about their
own unfettered power, in practice they conformed to tradition in most spheres.
For they knew that the masses of the people believed in a higher truth in
defence of which they were prepared to die – or at least, rise up in rebellion.
Hence the failure of most absolutist rulers to establish a firm tradition of
absolutism: Julian the Apostate was replaced by Jovian the Pious, Pope Nicolas
I by Pope John VIII, Michael Palaeologus by Andronicus II. Even the more
enduring absolutism of the post-schism popes was bitterly contested for
centuries, and became weaker over time. But the triumph of democracy in the
modern period has been accompanied by the most radical and ever-accelerating
change: the demos that overthrew the monarchy in the English revolution,
even the demos that obtained universal suffrage in the early twentieth
century, would not recognise, and most certainly not approve of, what the demos
has created in twenty-first-century England.
Democracy considers itself to be at the
opposite pole from absolutism, and justifies itself on the grounds that its
elaborate system of checks and balances, and the frequent opportunity to remove
the ruler at the ballot-box, preclude the possibility of absolutism. However,
the close kinship between democracy and absolutism reveals itself in the
persistent tendency of democracy, as Plato noted, to pave the way for
absolutism. Thus the democracy of the English Long Parliament paved the way for
Cromwell; the democracy of the French Estates General paved the way for
Robespierre and Napoleon; the democracy of the Russian Provisional Government
paved the way for Lenin and Stalin; and the democracy of the German Weimar
Government paved the way for Hitler.
Nor does the return of democracy mean a
revulsion from all such absolutisms. Thus a statue of Cromwell still stands
outside the English Houses of Parliament; Napoleon is still glorified in the
modern French republic; and Lenin’s body still graces Red Square in the modern
Russian Federation. For these dictators, for all their cruelty and absolutism,
were nevertheless in tune with, and carried out the will of, the iconoclastic
spirit of democracy, its exaltation of the will of man – any man – over the
will of God.
The Restoration of
Romanity
Europe today is dominated by two
absolutist democracies: the European Union and the Russian Federation. The
European Union is the heir, spiritually and geographically, of Charlemagne’s
empire. It pretends to be a democracy, and is in fact made up of genuine
democracies. But the democratic element is swallowed up by an unelected
Commission that gives directives to all the member-states in a socialist and
atheist spirit. The Russian Federation, the heir of the anti-theist Soviet
Union, while appearing to have adopted a more Christian, and even Orthodox
Christian form, is returning to the absolutism of Soviet times, only in a less
crude form, with a democratic façade and a nationalist, rather than
internationalist ideology. Neither of these states can be the symphonic partner
of the truly Orthodox Church. Both of them, separately or in union with each
other, could wipe True Orthodoxy finally off its historic heartland, the
European continent.[854]
The restoration of Romanity, whose central
unifying element is the Orthodox Christian autocracy confessing the truly
Orthodox Faith, is the most pressing need of our time. Not only the New Rome of
Constantinople, but also the Third Rome of Russia, has been destroyed; and,
deprived of “him who restrains”, the Orthodox Christian Emperor, the world has
been plunged into a state of religious, moral, social and political anarchy on
a scale unseen in human history. To the fallen human mind there seems to be no
hope, no possibility that the apostasy can be checked, let alone reversed. But
“love hopeth all things” (I Corinthians 13.7), and in love and hope we
have attempted, in this little book, to present again that vision of Christian
Statehood without which the people will perish.
It was at a similar moment of blackness
and despair that the Roman army in York raised on their shields the Emperor
Constantine, who proceeded to drive out the tyrant persecutors, and exalt true
Christian piety throughout the civilised world. Let us pray to Almighty God,
for Whom all things are possible, that He will raise up a New Constantine in
our fallen land, that we may sing: “Ye faithful Christian kings, forechosen by
divine decree, rejoice. Receiving from God the Precious Cross, make this
victorious weapon your glory, for by it the tribes of the enemy that rashly
seek battle are scattered unto all ages…”[855]
[1] St. John Chrysostom, Homily
34 on I Corinthians. Thomas Aquinas, in his concern to demonstrate the
essential goodness of the state, argued that the rudiments of the State already
existed in the Garden, with Adam ruling like a king over Eve. J.S. McClelland
writes: “Thomas argues that there must have been political life before the
Fall. Some form of rulership must have existed in the garden of Eden. Thomas
accepts Aristotle’s opinion that men are naturally superior to women, so he
infers that God must have wanted Eve to be guided by Adam; only then would life
in the garden have been complete” (A History of Western Political Thought,
Routledge: London and New York, 1996, p. 116).
[2] Metropolitan Anastasius, Besedy
s sobstvennym serdtsem (Conversations with My Own Heart), Jordanville,
1998, p. 159 (in Russian).
[3] Thomas Aquinas wrote: “Man is by
nature a social animal. Hence in the state of innocence men would have lived in
society. But a common social life of many individuals could not exist, unless
there were someone in control, to attend to the common good” (Summa
Theologica, Ia, 96, 4).
[4] Hieromonk Dionysius, Priest
Timothy Alferov, O Tserkvi, Pravoslavnom Tsarstve i Poslednem Vremeni (On
the Church, the Orthodox Kingdom and the Last Time), Moscow: “Russkaia
Idea”, 1998, p. 15 (in Russian).
[5]
Metropolitan Philaret, Sochinenia (Works), 1848 edition, volume 2, p.
169 (in Russian). Cf. Bishop Ignatius Brianchaninov: “In blessed Russia, in
accordance with the spirit of the pious people, the Tsar and the fatherland
constitute one whole, just as in a family the parents and their children
constitute one whole.” (Sobranie Pisem (Collected Letters), Moscow,
2000, p. 781).
[6]
St. John Chrysostom, Homily 24 on I Corinthians, 5.
[7] Troitsky, Philosophia
khristianskago braka (The Philosophy of Christian Marriage), Paris: YMCA
Press, p. 178 (in Russian). This intuition is expressed in the ancient Russian
custom of calling bridegroom and bride “prince” and “princess”, and in the
ancient Roman custom of calling married couples - only married couples –
“dominus” and “domina” (Troitsky, op. cit., p. 174), which is reflected
in the modern Greek “kyrios” and “kyria” and in the modern English “mister (master)”
and “mistress”.
[8] Metropolitan Philaret, quoted in
Lev Regelson, Tragedia Russkoj Tservki, 1917-1945 (The Tragedy of the
Russian Church, 1917-1945), Paris: YMCA Press, 1977, pp. 24-25 (in
Russian).
[9] What was this city? David Rohl (Legend:
The Genesis of Civilization, London: Random House, 1998, pp. 198-200)
suggests three alternatives from three neighbouring Mesopotamian cities: 1.
Erech, known as Uruk, Unuk or Unug in Sumerian. The latter may be the same name
as Enoch, Cain’s son, after whom the city was named according to the usual
reading of Genesis 4.17. A later ruler of Erech-Uruk-Enoch was Nimrod,
the builder of the Tower of Babel. 2. Eridu, which may be the same name as
Jared, Cain’s grandson, after whom the city was named according to another
reading of Genesis 4.17. 3. Ur, whose original name may have been
Uru-Unuki or ‘City of Enoch’. This was, of course, the “Ur of the Chaldees”
that Abraham was ordered to leave.
[10] St. Irenaeus, Against
Heresies, V, 24; quoted in Fr. Michael Azkoul, Once Delivered to the
Saints, Seattle: Saint Nectarios Press, 2000, p. 219.
[11] St. Chrysostom, Homily 23 on
Romans, 1.
[12] St. Gregory, Morals on the
Book of Job, XXI, 15, 22, 23; cf. Azkoul, op. cit., p. 221.
[13] St. Augustine, The City of
God, XIX, 15.
[14] Bishop Barnabas, Pravoslavie
(Orthodoxy), Kolomna: New Golutvin monastery, 1995, pp. 128, 129 (in
Russian).
[15] Josephus, Antiquities of the
Jews, I, 3.
[16] Boshchansky, “Zhizn’ vo Khriste”
(“Life in Christ”), in Tserkovnaia Zhizn’ (Church Life), ¹¹ 3-4,
May-August, 1998, p. 41 (in Russian).
[17] Morris, The Genesis Record,
Grand Rapids, Mich.: Baker Book House, 1976, p. 224.
[18] E. Kholmogorov, “O Khristianskom
tsarstve i ‘vooruzhennom narode’” (“On the Christian Kingdom and ‘the Armed
People’”), Tserkovnost’ (Churchness), ¹ 1, 2000, pp. 35-38 (in Russian).
[19] Tikhomirov, Religioznie-philosophskie
osnovy istorii (The Religio-Philosophical Foundations of History), Moscow,
1997, p. 268 (in Russian).
[20] Soloviev, “Tri Sily” (“Three
Forces”), republished in Novij Mir (New World), ¹ 1, 1989, pp. 198-199 (in
Russian).
[21] Tikhomirov, Monarkhicheskaia
Gosudarstvennost’ (Monarchical Statehood), St. Petersburg: “Komplekt”,
1992, pp. 76-77 (in Russian).
[22] Smart, N. The Religious
Experience of Mankind, London: Fontana, 1971, p. 299.
[23] Shafarevich, I.R. Sotzializm
kak Iavlenie Mirovoj Istorii (Socialism as a Phenomenon of World History),
Paris: YMCA Press, 1977 (in Russian); Smart, op. cit., p. 299.
[24] Morris, op. cit., p. 252.
[25] Smart, op. cit., p. 298.
[26] "Taina Apokalipticheskogo
Vavilona" (“The Mystery of the Apocalyptic Babylon”), Pravoslavnaia
Zhizn’ (Orthodox Life), 47, ¹ 5 (545), May, 1995, pp. 14-16 (in Russian).
[27] Josephus, Antiquities of the
Jews, I, 4. Recently, Rohl (op. cit., p. 216) has argued that Nimrod
is to be identified with the Sumerian Enmerkar, whose name means “Enmeru the
hunter”. “Look at what we have here. Nimrod was closely associated with Erech –
the biblical name for Uruk – where Enmerkar ruled. Enmerkar built a great
sacred precinct at Uruk and constructed a temple at Eridu – that much we know
from the epic poem ‘Enmerkar and the Lord of Aratta’. The Sumerian King List
adds that Enmerkar was ‘the one who built Uruk’. Nimrod was also a great
builder, constructing the cities of Uruk, Akkad and Babel. Both Nimrod and
Enmerkar were renowned for their huntsmanship. Nimrod, as the grandson of Ham,
belongs to the second ‘generation’ after the flood (Noah-Ham-Flood-Cush-Nimrod)
and this is also true of Enmerkar who is recorded in the Sumerian King List as
the second ruler of Uruk after the flood
(Ubartutu-(Utnapishtim)-Flood-Meskiagkasher-Enmerkar). Both ruled over their
empires in the land of Shinar/Sumer.”
[28] Tikhomirov, op. cit., p.
78.
[29]
"Taina", op. cit. Grant Jeffrey writes: “[In the nineteenth century] the French
government sent Professor Oppert to report on the cuneiform inscriptions
discovered in the ruins of Babylon. Oppert translated a long inscription by
King Nebuchadnezzar in which the king referred to the tower in the Chaldean
language as Borzippa, which means Tongue-tower. The Greeks used
the word Borsippa, with the same meaning of tongue-tower, to
describe the ruins of the Tower of Babel. This inscription of Nebuchadnezar
clearly identified the original tower of Borsippa with the Tower of Babel
described by Moses in Genesis. King Nebuchadnezzar decided to rebuild the base
of the ancient Tower of Babel, built over sixteen centuries earlier by Nimrod,
the first King of Babylon. He also called it the Temple fo the Spheres. During
the millenium since God destroyed it, the tower was reduced from its original
height and magnificence until only the huge base of the tower (four hundred and
sixty feet by six hundred and ninety feet) standing some two hundred and
seventy-five feet high remained within the outskirts of the city of Babylon.
Today the ruins have been reduced to about one hundred and fifty feet above the
plain with a circumference of 2,300 feet. Nebuchadnezzar rebuilt the city of
Babylon in great magnificence with gold and silver, and then decided to rebuild
the lowest platform of the Tower of Babel in honor of the Chaldean gods. King
Nebuchadnezzar resurfaced the base of the Tower of Babel with gold, silver,
cedar, and fir, at great cost on top of a hard surface of baked clay bricks.
These bricks were engraved with the seal of Nebuchadnezzar… In this inscription
found on the base of the ruins of the Tower of Babel, King Nebuchadnezzar
speaks in his own words from thousands of years ago confirming one of the most
interesting events of the ancient past....: ‘The tower, the eternal house,
which I founded and built. I have completed its magnificence with silver, gold,
other metals, stone, enamelled bricks, fir and pine. The first which is the
house of the earth’s base, the most ancient monument of Babylon; I built it. I
have highly exalted its head with bricks covered with copper. We say for the
other, that is, this edifice, the house of the seven lights of the earth, the
most ancient monument of Borsippa. A former king built it, (they reckon 42
ages) but he did not complete its head. Since a remote time, people had
abandoned it, without order expressing their words…’” (The Signature of God,
Wheaton, Ill.: Tyndale Publishers, pp. 40-41)
[30] I. Shafarevich, “Sotzializm”
(“Socialism”), in A. Solzhenitsyn (ed.), Iz-Pod Glyb (From under the Rubble),
Paris: YMCA Press, 1974, pp. 36-37 (in Russian).
[31] Graham Phillips has recently
claimed to have discovered traces of it in Egyptian archaeology. According to
his theory, the Pharaoh of Moses’ time was Smenkhkare, whose tomb was plundered
and desecrated by his brother and successor, the famous Tutankhamun, in punishment
for his failure to avert the catastrophe of the ten plagues of Egypt (Act of
God, London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1998).
[32] Quoted in Eusebius, Preparation
for the Gospel, II, 1.
[33] Thus a typical letter to a
pharaoh began: “To my king, my lord, my sun-god” (Bernhard W. Anderson, The
Living World of the Old Testament, London: Longman, 1967, p. 45, note).
[34] Phillips, op. cit., pp.
35-36.
[35] John Bright, A History of
Israel, London: SCM Press, 1980, p. 39.
[36] Bright, op. cit., pp. 39,
40.
[37] Barbara Watterson, Ancient
Egypt, Stroud: Sutton Publishing Company, 1998, pp. 18-19.
[38] David P. Silverman, Ancient
Egypt, London: Piatkus, 1998, pp. 18-19.
39 Rohl, op. cit.,
pp. 415-416, 156, 398-399.
[41] Alexeyev, N.N.
"Khristianstvo i Idea Monarkhia" (“Christianity and the Idea of the
Monarchy), Put' (The Way), ¹ 6, January, 1927, p. 660 (in Russian).
[42] John Bright, op. cit.,
pp. 353, 360.
[43] Johnson, A History of the
Jews, London: Phoenix, 1995, 1998, pp. 40-41.
[44] Johnson, op. cit., pp.
33, 34.
[45] Quoted in M.V. Zyzykin, Patriarkh
Nikon (Patriarch Nicon), Warsaw: Synodal Typography, 1931, part II, p. 36
(in Russian).
[46] Metropolitan Philaret of Moscow,
Zapiski rukovodstvuiuschaia k osnovatel’nomu
razumeniu Knigi Byti (Notes Leading to a Fundamental Understanding of the Book
of Genesis), Moscow,
1817, p. 78 (in Russian). Some exceptions may be found in the history of the
tiny kingdom of Montenegro in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. And the
patriarchs of Constantinople after the Turkish conquest were called the
“ethnarchs” of their people, while remaining subject politically to the Turkish
sultans. However, these are exceptions that prove the rule.
[47] Melchisedek’s combining the
roles of king and priest may also signify the Divine origin of both offices.
See Protopriest Valentine Asmus, “O monarkhii i nashem k nej otnoshenii” (“On
Monarchy and our Relationship to It”), Radonezh, N 2 (46), January,
1997, p. 4 (in Russian).
[48] Tikhomirov, Monarkhicheskaia
Gosudarstvennost’ (Monarchical Statehood), op. cit., p. 126.
[49] Zyzykin, op.
cit., part II, p. 17.
[50] That Saul became continued to
disobey God is shown by his asking on the witch of Endor to summon the soul of
Samuel from Hades, although he himself had passed laws condemning necromancy.
See St. Gregory of Nyssa, On the Witch of Endor: A Letter to Bishop
Theodosius, in Living Orthodoxy, #124, vol. XXI, ¹ 4, July-August, 2000, pp. 24-26.
[51]
Metropolitan Philaret, Iz Slova v den’ koronatsia Imperatora Aleksandra
Pavlovicha. Sbornik propovednicheskikh obraztsov (From the Sermon on the Day of
the Coronation of the Emperor Alexander Pavlovich. A Collection of Model
Sermons). Quoted
in “O Meste i Znachenii Tainstva Pomazania na Tsarstvo” (“On the Place and
Significance of the Mystery of Anointing to the Kingdom”), Svecha Pokaiania
(Candle of Repentance) (Tsaritsyn), ¹ 4, February, 2000, p. 15 (in
Russian).
[52] Johnson, op. cit., p. 57.
[53] Bright, op. cit., pp.
200-201.
[54] St. Jerome, Letter to Pope
Damasus, quoted in Johanna Manley (ed.), The Bible and the Holy Fathers,
Menlo Park, Ca.: Monastery Books, 1990, p. 412.
[55] St. Cyril, P.G. 70, 516B.
[56] A.A.Vasiliev, History of the
Byzantine Empire, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1952, p. 152.
[57] Tikhomirov, Religio-Filosofskie
Osnovy Istorii (The Religio-Philosophical Foundations of History), Moscow,
1997, pp. 135-136 (in Russian).
[58] Roberts, History of the World,
Oxford: Helicon Publishing, 1992, p. 139.
[59] Grant, The Classical Greeks,
London: Phoenix, 1989, p. 130.
[60] “The Greeks did understand that
one of the ways of getting round the problem of the vulnerability of a
constitution on account of its age and its political bias was to pretend that
it was very ancient indeed. That meant mystifying the origins of a constitution
to the point where it had no origins at all. The way to do that was to make the
constitution immortal by the simple expedient of making it the product of an
immortal mind, and the only immortal minds were possessed by gods, or, as
second-best, by supremely god-like men” (McClelland, op. cit., p. 11).
[62] Herodotus, History,
London: Penguin Books, III, 80.
[63] Herodotus, History, III,
81, 82.
[64] Roberts, op. cit., p.
157.
[65] Thucydides, History of the
Peloponnesian War, II, 37. London: Penguin books, V, 89, 91-97.
[66] Socrates himself was probably
not a democrat in the conventional sense. See Melissa Lane, “Was Socrates a
Democrat?”, History Today, vol. 52 (01), January, 2002, pp. 42-47.
[67] Plato, The Republic, 488.
[68] Plato, The Republic, 557.
[69] Plato, The Republic,
London: Penguin books, 1974, p. 282.
[70] Held, Models of Democracy,
Oxford: Polity Press, 1987, pp. 29-31
[71] “The true Philosopher-Ruler,”
writes McClelland, “is a reluctant ruler. His heart is set on the Good, and he
accepts the burdens of rulership because the Good can only survive and prosper
in a city which is ruled by just men. Rule by guardians is an attempt to
universalise justice in so far as that is possible…” (McClelland, op. cit.,
p. 36).
[72] Plato, The Republic, 473.
[73] Thus he wrote
in The Laws (691): “if one ignores the law of proportion and gives too
great power to anything, too large a sail to a vessel, too much food to the
body, too much authority to the mind, everything is shipwrecked. The excess
breaks out in the one case in disease, and in the other in injustice, the child
of pride. I mean to say, my dear friends, that no human soul, in its youth and
irresponsibility, will be able to sustain the temptation of arbitrary power –
there is no one who will not, under such circumstances, become filled with
folly, that worst of diseases, and be hated by his nearest and dearest
friends.”
[74] Russell, A History of Western
Philosophy, London: Allen Unwin, 1946, pp. 127-128. Metropolitan Anastasius
(op. cit., p. 40) writes: “Society is always more willing to run after
the fanatic or decisive opportunist than after a great-souled dreamer who is
unable to convert words into deeds. The philosophers to whom Plato wished to
entrust the rule of his ideal state would more likely be very pitiful in this
situation and would inexorably lead the ship of state to shipwreck. Political
power that is firm, but at the same time enlightened, rational and conscious of
its responsibility, must be the object of desire of every country, but such
happiness rarely falls to the lot of peoples and states.”
[75] McClelland, op. cit., p.
39.
[76] See Sir Karl Popper, The Open
Society and its Enemies, part I, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1966.
[77] McClelland, op. cit., p.
57.
[78] Frederick Copleston, A
History of Philosophy, Westminster, Maryland: The Newman Press, volume I,
part II, p. 96.
[79] Aristotle, Politics,
London: Penguin books, 1981, p. 362.
[80] Copleston, op. cit.., p.
97.
[81] Copleston, op. cit.., pp.
98-99
[82] Plato, The Republic, 544.
[83] McClelland, op. cit., p.
84. Again, we find this characteristically Greek connection between good
government and good character drawn by the French historian and Prime Minister,
François Guizot, who wrote in his History of France (1822):
“Instead of looking to the system or forms of government in order to understand
the state of the people, it is the state of the people that must be examined
first in order to know what must have been, what could have been its
government… Society, its composition, the manner of life of individuals
according to their social position, the relations of the different classes, the
condition [l’état] of persons especially – that is the first
question which demands attention from… the inquirer who seeks to understand how
a people are governed.” (quoted in Sidentop’s introduction to Guizot’s History
of Civilization in Europe, London: Penguin Books, 1997).
[84] McClelland, op. cit., p.
57.
[85] McClelland, op. cit., p.
117.
[86] Aristotle, Politics, I, 2
1253a25; quoted in Azkoul, op. cit., p. 225.
[87] Quoted by M.V. Zyzykin, op.
cit., part I, p. 7. Other ancient writers said the same. Thus Lactantius in
his work De Ira Dei: “Only the fear of God keeps men together in
society… With the removal of religion and justice we descend to the level of
mute cattle deprived of reason, or to the savagery of wild beasts.”
[88] Bowden, “Greek Oracles and Greek
Democracy”, The Historian, ¹ 41, Spring, 1994, pp. 3,4,7,8.
[89] Held, op. cit., p. 21.
[90] Copleston, op. cit., p.
143.
[91] Johnson, op. cit, p. 101.
[92] E.E. Rice, Alexander the
Great, Stroud: Sutton Publishing, 1997, pp. 63-65. At the same time, it
must be remembered that Classical Greek religion’s confusion of gods and men
implicitly raised the possibility of men becoming godlike.
[93] Roberts, op. cit., p.
173.
[94] Roberts, op. cit., p.
175.
[95] McClelland, op. cit., pp.
76-77.
[96] McClelland, op. cit., p.
82.
[97] Tikhomirov, Religiozno-Filosofskie
Osnovy Istorii, op. cit., p. 141.
[98] Tikhomirov, Religiozno-Filosofskie Osnovy Istorii, op. cit., pp. 141-142.
[99] Liberman, “Hanukkah”, Orthodox
Christian Witness, vol. XXXIII, ¹ 10 (1483), January 17/30, 2000, p. 5.
[100] Johnson, op. cit., p.
102.
[101] Liberman, op. cit., pp.
5-6.
[102] Johnson, op. cit., pp.
107-109.
[103] Paryaev, “Tsar Irod i ego
Soobshchiki: Istoria i Sovremennost’” (“King Herod and his Associates: History
and Modernity”), Suzdal’skie Eparkhial’nie Vedomosti (Suzdal Diocesan News),
¹ 3,
January-February, 1998, pp. 31-32 (in Russian).
[104] He was “the son of Antipater who
founded the Idumean dynasty. King Herod ruled over Galilee and Judaea from 40
BC until the Birth of Christ. He divided his kingdom among his sons Archelaus (Matthew
2.22). Herod Antipas, and Philip. Herod Antipas was Tetrarch of Galilee and
Peraea and is the Herod who slew John the Baptist (Matthew 14.1-12). In
the Acts of the Apostles there mention of later members of this Idumean
dynasty: Herod Agrippa I (Acts 12) and Herod Agrippa II (Acts
25 and 26)” (The Explanation by Blessed Theophylact of the Holy Gospel
according to St. Matthew, House Springs, MO.: Chrysostom Press, 1992, p. 23,
note).
[105] Bishop Alexander (Mileant) of
Argentina recounts a tradition from the Midrash “that when the members of the
Sanhedrin learned that they had been deprived of the right to try criminal
cases (in AD 30), they put on sackcloth and, tearing their hair, gathered and
began to cry out: ‘Woe to us, woe to us: it has been a great while since we had
a king from Judah, and the promised Messiah is not yet come!’ This occurred at
the very beginning of Jesus Christ’s ministry” (“On the Threshold”, Orthodox
America, vol. XVIII, ¹
5 (161), January, 2000, p. 12).
[106] Bishop Alexander (ibid.)
writes: “Daniel’s prophecy so explicitly and synonymously points to Jesus
Christ as the promised Messiah, that the Gemaric rabbi forbids his compatriots
to calculate the dates of the Daniel septenaries, saying, ‘Those who calculate
the times will hear their bones rattle’ (Sanhedrin 97).”
[107] Johnson, op. cit., p.
112.
[108] Paryaev, op. cit., p. 33.
[109] Paryaev, op. cit., p. 34.
[110] Metropolitan Philaret, quoted in
S. Fomin & T. Fomina, Rossia pered Vtorym Prishestviem (Russia before
the Second Coming), Moscow, 1994, vol. I, pp. 320-321 (in Russian).
[111] Alferov & Alferov, op.
cit., pp. 61-62.
[112] The Explanation by Blessed
Theophylact of the Holy Gospel according to St. Luke, House Springs, MO:
Chrysostom Press, 1997, p. 136. See also Metropolitan Anthony (Khrapovitsky),
"Christ the Savior and the Jewish Revolution", Orthodox Life,
vol. 35, ¹ 4, July-August, 1988, pp. 11-31.
[113] St. John Chrysostom, Homily
85 on John, P.G. 59:505, col. 461.
[114] Tikhomirov, Religiozno-Filosofskie Osnovy Istorii, op. cit., p. 142.
[115] Aristotle, Politics, 1252
b 28.
[116] Origen, Against Celsus II, 30.
[117] Charles Davis, “The Middle
Ages”, in Richard Jenkyns (ed.), The
Legacy of Rome, Oxford University Press, 1992, p. 67.
[118] St. Gregory, Sermon 4, P.G. 47, col. 564B.
[119] Orosius, Seven Books of History against the Pagans; in Jenkyns, op. cit.,
pp. 72-74.
[120] St. Leo, Sermon 32, P.L.
54, col. 423.
[121] Festal Menaion, Great
Vespers for the Nativity of Christ, "Lord, I have cried", Glory...
Both now...
[122] St. Cyril of Alexandria, Commentary on the Gospel of Saint Luke,
Homily 12, New York: Studion Publishers, 1983, p. 89.
[123] Glazkov, “Zashchita ot
Liberalizma” (“A Defence from Liberalism”), Pravoslavnaia Rus’ (Orthodox
Russia), N 15 (1636), August 1/14, 1999, p. 10 ®.
[124] Florovsky, “Antionomies of
Christian History: Empire and Desert”, Christianity and Culture,
Belmont, Mass.: Nordland, 1974, pp. 68- 69.
[125] Bl. Theophylact, On John
18.36.
[126] Bishop Nikolai, The Prologue from Ochrid, Birmingham:
Lazarica Press, 1986, part III, September 30, pp. 395-396.
[127] Metropolitan Anthony
(Khrapovitsky), "Christ the Savior and the Jewish Revolution", Orthodox Life, vol. 35, no. 4,
July-August, 1988, pp. 11-31.
[128] Bishop Nikolai Velimirovich, The Prologue from Ochrid, Birmingham:
Lazarica Press, 1986, part III, July 22, p. 94.
[129] Professor Marta Sordi, The Christians and the Roman Empire,
London: Routledge, 1994, chapter 1.
[130] Encyclical Letter of the
Council of Russian Bishops Abroad to the Russian Orthodox Flock, 23 March,
1933; translated in Living Orthodoxy, #131, vol. XXII, ¹ 5,
September-October, 2001, pp. 13-14.
[131] St. Justin the Martyr, First
Apology, 17.
[132] The Works of St. Hippolytus,
Bishop of Rome in Russian translation, vol. 1, p. 101. Quoted in Fomin, S.
& Fomina, T. Rossia pered Vtorym Prishestviem (Russia before the Second
Coming), Moscow, 1994, vol. I, p. 56 (in Russian).
[133] St. Basil, The Morals, Rule 79 (Cap. 1).
[134] Blessed Theodoret, P.G. 66, col. 864, commenting on Romans
13.5; in Dagron, op. cit., pp. 308-309.
[135] St. Chrysostom, Homily 23 on Romans, 1.
[136]
Quoted in Richard Betts and Vyacheslav Marchenko, Dukhovnik Tsarskoj Sem’i:
Svyatitel’ Feofan Poltavskij (The Spiritual Father of the Royal Family: Holy
Hierarch Theophan of Poltava), Ìîscow: Balaam Society of
America, 1994, p. 213 (in Russian).
[137]
Some saw in I Peter 5.13 a similar identification of Rome with Babylon,
but this is doubtful. The identification of pagan Rome with Babylon does not
preclude other, more eschatological interpretations of the whore. However,
there can be no doubt that for John’s first readers the image of Babylon would
have reminded them in the first place of Rome under Nero and Domitian.
[138]
Hieromartyr Victorinus, Commentary on the
Apocalypse.
[139]
St. Athanasius, Contra Gentes, 9. Cf.
Arnobius (The Case against the Pagans,
I, 37): “We worship one born a man. What of that? Do you worship no one born a
man? Do you not worship one or another, yes, countless others? Indeed, have you
not elevated from the level of mortals all those you now have in your temples
and made a gift of them to heaven and the stars?”
[140]
M.V. Zyzykin writes: “In the beginning the priestly functions, being a
constituent part of the imperium, had been carried out by State officials and
only later were transferred to the particular duty of the priests…
“[Religion] without the State did not have that independent life and
task, distinguishing it from the task of the State, that the Christian religion
has. Its task was to guard the material interests of the State. Each god was in
charge of some aspect of earthly life and State life; prayers to the gods
included only requests for material good things; each god was besought in
accordance with his speciality, but the Roman gods did not touch the moral side
of life...
“Not one single god was concerned with questions of morality. None of
the gods inspired or laid down moral rules. Care for the morality of the people
lay on the family and the State; philosophical morality also appeared without
the gods… It worked out that it was not the gods who ruled the will of the
Romans, but the Romans – the will of the gods…
“The priesthood among the Romans was not a
special form of service established from on high. Among the Romans the right
and duty to carry out sacrifices was indissolubly bound up with the imperium.
In private life the priest was a representative of authority – the head of the
family, of the tribe, of the college, of the brotherhood. In State life the
natural priest was the head of the State… [Thus] the highest official of the
State was the guardian of religion, and not only of State order…” (Patriarkh Nikon (Patriarch Nicon),
Warsaw, 1931, pt. I, pp. 37, 38, 42, 43) (V.M.)
[141] J.M. Roberts, History of the World, Oxford: Helicon
Publishing, 1992, p. 203.
[142] Roberts, op. cit., p.
203.
[143] Dio Cassius, LI, 20, 6-8;
translated by S. Ireland, Roman Britain:
A Sourcebook, London: Routledge, 1996, p. 175.
[144] McClelland, A History of
Western Political Thought, Routledge: London and New York, 1996, pp. 84,
85.
[145] See Gilbert
Dagron, Empereur et Prêtre (Emperor
and Priest), Éditions Gallimard, 1996, pp. 142-143 (in French). Philip and his son and heir, also
called Philip, were baptised by Hieromartyr Fabian, Pope of Rome. See
Velimirovich, op. cit., vol. 3, July 1, p. 5, August 5, pp. 157-158).
[146] Sordi, op.
cit., p. 117. The
change in relationship between the Church and the Empire was indicated by the
fact that in 270 the Christians of Antioch appealed to the Emperor Aurelian to
remove the heretical bishop Paul of Samosata.
[147] Fr. Michael Azkoul, The
Teachings of the Orthodox Church, Buena Vista, Co.: Dormition Skete
publications, 1986, part I, p. 110.
[148] Sordi, op.
cit., p. 147.
[149] Quoted in Sordi, op. cit.,
p. 169.
[150] Roberts, op. cit., pp.
189, 198.
[151] Charles Davis,
op. cit., p. 68.
[152] Michael Grant, The Fall of the Roman Empire, London:
Phoenix, 1996, p. 128.
[153] Orosius, Seven Books of History against the Pagans,
5.2.
[154] Sordi, op.
cit., p. 147.
[155] Sordi, op.
cit., p. 148.
[156] Sordi, op.
cit., p. 148.
[157] Kholmogorov, “Vybor Imperii”
(“The Choice of Empire”), Epokha, ¹
11, 2001, pp. 15-16
[158] The Acts of the Christian Martyrs, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1972,
p. 93.
[159] Tertullian, Apologeticum
33.1.
[160] Sordi, op. cit., pp.
172-73.
[161] Roberts, op. cit., p.
359.
[162] Tikhomirov, op. cit., pp.
79-80.
[163] Roberts, op. cit., p.
111.
[164] Jacques Gernet, A History of
Chinese Civilization, Cambridge University Press, 1996, p. 22.
[165] I.R. Shafarevich, Sotsializm
kak yavlenie mirovoj istorii (Socialism as a Phenomenon of World History), op.
cit., pp. 223-228.
[166] Guisso and Pagani, R.W.L.
Guisso, Catherine Pagani with David Miller, The First Emperor of China,
London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1989, pp. 14, 16.
[167]
It is not, therefore, surprising that the modern despot Mao Tse-tung – who,
like Shihuang, seized control over the whole of China from a power-base in the
north-west - should have looked to him as a role model. “In 1958 at a meeting
of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party Chairman Mao remarked
that Qin Shihuang was a ruler who advocated the extermination of those who
‘used the past to criticize the present.’ Mao went on to say, ‘What does he
amount to anyway? He buried only 460 scholars, while we have buried 46,000
counter revolutionary scholars alive.’” (Guisso and Pagani, op. cit., p.
14).
Again, “Mao praised Lord Shang, a brutal
minister in the ancient Qing dynasty, describing both the wisdom and necessity
of Lord Shang’s decrees. These included enslaving the lazy, linking households
into networks of mutual surveillance and responsibility, and punishing those
who failed to report crimes by slicing them in two at the waist” (The
Economist Review, March 18, 2000, p. 4).
[168] Gernet, op.
cit., p. 97.
[169] Etienne
Balazs, La bureaucratie céleste: Recherches sur l’économie et
la société de la Chine traditionelle (The Heavenly
Bureucracy : Research into the Economy and Society of Traditional China),
Paris: Gallimard, 1968, pp. 22-23 (in French); quoted in Landes, op. cit.,
p. 36.
[170] Roberts, op. cit., p.
354.
[171] See Hieromonk Damascene, Christ
the Eternal Tao, Platina, Ca.: St. Herman of Alaska Brotherhood, 1999.
[172] Guisso and Pagani, op. cit.,
p. 134.
[173] Fernand Braudel, A History of
Civilizations, Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1995, p. 178.
[174] Roberts, op. cit., p.
355.
[175] Roberts, op. cit., p.
360. A contemporary parallel might be the transfer of power from one
government to another as a result of parliamentary elections. The will of the
people as expressed in the ballot box here corresponds to the Chinese mandate
of heaven.
[176] Alexeyev, op. cit., p.
660.
[177] However, according to the modern
Chinese philosopher Gi-ming Shien, as interpreted by Fr. Seraphim Rose, the
distinctions between various Chinese philosophies and religions are illusory.
“In fact, there is a very strong idea in the Chinese mind of orthodoxy: that
there is a right teaching, and that the whole society depends on that right
teaching. This orthodoxy is expressed in different forms. My teacher made it
quite clear that Taoism is the esoteric side, and Confucianism is the more social
side. Taoism has to do with spiritual life and Confucianism with social, public
life” (in Hieromonk Damascene (Christensen, Father Seraphim Rose, Platina,
Ca.: St. Herman of Alaska Brotherhood, 2003, p. 76).
[178] Roberts, op. cit., pp.
357-358.
[179] Lieven, Empire, London:
John Murray, 2000, p. 30.
[180] Lieven, op. cit., p. 31.
[181] Sordi, op.
cit., p. 173. “There is also a greater need for us to pray for the
emperors as also for the whole state of the empire, and for Roman affairs since
we know that by the provision [prosperity ?] of the Roman empire the
mighty power impending on the whole world and threatening the very close of the
age with frightful calamities shall be delated. And as we are loath to suffer
these things, while we pray for their postponement we favour the stability of
Rome” (Apologeticum 32). “The Christian is hostile to noboy, least of
all to the emperor, whom… he wishes well, with the whole Roman empire, so long
as the world shall last, for so long as it shall last (Ad Scapulum 2).
Again Lactantius writes: “The Sibyls openly speak of Rome being destined to
perish. Hystaspes also, who was a very ancient king of the Medes,… predicted
long before that the empire and name of Rome should be effaced from the globe…
But how this shall come to pass I shall explain… In the first place, the empire
shall be parceled out, and the supreme authority being dissipated and broken up
shall be lessened,… until ten kings exist all together;… these… shall squander
everything and impair and consume… The very fact proclaims the fall and
destruction to be near, except that so long as Rome is safe it seems that
nothing of this need be feared. But when indeed that head of the world shall
fall and the assault begin that the Sibyls speak of coming to pass, who can
doubt that the end has already come?… That is the city that has hitherto upheld
all things, and we should pray and beseech the God of heaven, if indeed his
decrees and mandates can be postponed, that that detested tyrant may not come
sooner than we think” (Institutes VII, 15, 16, 25). And pseudo-Ephraim
writes: “When the kingdom of the Romans shall begin to be consumed by the
sword, then the advent of the evil one is at hand… And already is the kingdom of the Romans
swept away, and the empire of the Christians is delivered unto God and the
Father, and when the kingdom of the Romans shall begin to be consumed then
shall come the consummation” (1, 5). All quotations in W. Bousset, The
Antichrist Legend, Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1999, pp. 124-125).
[182]
For he could have been accused of preparing the fall of Rome, aeterna et
invicta, which would have given them an excuse for persecuting the
Christians on the same basis as they persecuted the Jews – as political
revolutionaries. (V.M.). Ñf. Patriarch Nicon of Moscow: “It is necessary to
investigate: who is he who restrains, and why does Paul speak about him
unclearly? What hinders his appearance? Some say – the grace of the Holy Spirit,
others – Roman power. I agree with the latter. For if Paul had meant the Holy
Spirit, then he would have said so clearly. But he [the antichrist] was bound
to come when the gifts of the Holy Spirit should become scarce, they have
already become scarce a long time ago. Butif he is speaking of Roman power, then
he had a reason for concealment, for he did not want to draw from the Empire
persecution on the Christians as if they were people living and working for the
destruction of the Empire.
That is why he does not speak so clearly, although he definitely indicates that
he will be revealed at the fitting time. For ‘the mystery of iniquity is
already at work’, he says. By this he understands Nero, as an image of the
antichrist, for he wanted people to worship him as god. … When he who restrains now will be taken away, that is, when Roman power will
be destroyed, he will come, that is, as long as there is fear of this power
nobody will introduce anarchy and will want to seize for himself all power,
both human and Divine.
For, just as earlier the Median power was destroyed by the Babylonian, and the Babylonian by the
Persian, and the Persian by the Macedonian, and the Macedonian by the Roman, so
this last will be destroyed by the antichrist, and he by Christ...” (quoted by Zyzykin, op.
cit., part 2, pp.
48-49).
[183] St. Chrysostom, Homily 4 on II Thessalonians, quoted in The Orthodox New Testament, Buena Vista, CO: Holy Apostles Convent,
1999, vol. 2, p. 343.
[184] Archbishop Averky, Rukovodstvo k Izucheniu Svyaschennykh Pisanij
Novago Zaveta (Guide to the Study of the Sacred Scriptures of the New
Testament), Holy
Trinity Monastery, Jordanville, vol. II, 1956, pp. 307-308 (in Russian).
[185] Metropolitan
Philaret, Sochinenia, vol. II, pp. 171-173 (in Russian).
[186] Florovsky, op. cit., pp.
69-72. For, as V.V. Bolotov writes,
“That which, among the Christians, related to the sphere of Church activity, in
Rome related to the sphere of activity of the state. The priests, pontifexes
and flamens were state functionaries; therefore by dint of historical necessity
that challenge which the Christian Church hurled at the pagan faith and to
which the pagan church had to reply was accepted by the state.” (Lektsii po
Istorii Drevnej Tserkvi (Lectures on the History of the Early Church),
St. Petersburg, 1907, reprinted in Moscow, 1994, volume 2, pp. 14-15 (in
Russian).
[187] Oration in Honour of Constantine.
[188] Deiania Vselenskikh Soborov (Acts of the Ecumenical
Councils), vol. IV, part. 2, Êàzan, 1908, p. 54 (in Russian).
[189] Quoted in Peter de Rosa, Vicars of Christ, London: Bantam Press,
1988, p. 155.
[190] St. Demetrius of Rostov, The Great Collection of the Lives of the
Saints, House Springs, MO: Chrysostom Press, 1994, volume I: September 16,
pp. 266-267.
[191] Lactantius, On the Deaths of
the Persecutors, 48. 2-12.
[192] Nikolin, Tserkov’ i Gosudarstvo (Church and State), Moscow, 1997, p. 27 (in
Russian).
[193] Lactantius, Divine Institutions; quoted in Robert Garland, “Countdown to the
Beginning of Time-Keeping”, History Today,
vol. 49 (4), April, 1999, p. 42.
[194] Florovsky, “Antinomies of
Christian History: Empire and Desert”, Christianity and Culture,
Belmont, Mass.: Nordland, 1974, pp. 72, 74.
[195] Metropolitan Philaret, quoted in
Regelson, Tragedia Russkoj Tserkvi, 1917-1945 (The Tragedy of the Russian
Church, 1917-1945), Paris: YMCA Press, 1977, p. 23 (in Russian).
[196] Eusebius, On the Life of Constantine, I, 28; quoted in John Julius Norwich, Byzantium: The Early Centuries, London:
Penguin, 1990, p. 39. Much later, in the reign of Julian the Apostate, the
Martyrs Eusignius and Artemius confirmed the truth of this vision, having been
witnesses of it themselves.
[197] Timothy D. Barnes, Constantine and Eusebius, London &
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1981, p. 43.
[198] Florovsky writes: “It seems that
one of the reasons for which he was delaying his own baptism, till his very
last days, was precisely his dim feeling that it was inconvenient to be
‘Christian’ and ‘Caesar’ at the same time. Constantine’s personal conversion
constituted no problem. But as Emperor he was committed. He had to carry the
burden of his exalted position in the Empire. He was still a ‘Divine Caesar’.
As Emperor, he was heavily involved in the traditions of the Empire, as much as
he actually endeavoured to disentangle himself. The transfer of the Imperial
residence to a new City, away from the memories of the old pagan
Rome, was a spectacular symbol of this noble effort” (op. cit., p. 73).
[199] Menaion, May 21, Mattins for the feast of St. Constantine, sedalen.
[200] Nikolin, op. cit., pp.
27-28.
[201] Quoted in Charles Freeman, “The
Emperor’s State of Grace”, History Today,
vol. 51 (1), January, 2001, p. 11.
[202] Barnes, op. cit, pp.
212-213. Peter Salway writes: “What must have really shocked traditional Romans
was Constantine’s transfer to the Church of certain powers that had always been
the prerogative of Roman magistrates. Even Constantine’s own praetorian
prefect, himself a Christian, was not sure that he had understood the emperor
correctly when Constantine decided that either party in a legal action could
have the case transferred out of the ordinary courts to the local bishop – and
that, if necessary, the secular authorities were required to enforce the
judgement. This extraordinary ecclesiastical privilege did not, admittedly,
last, but it sheds an interesting light on how revolutionary Constantine was
prepared to be” (A History of Roman
Britain, Oxford University Press, 1997, pp. 249-250).
[203] L.A. Tikhomirov, Religiozno-Filosofskie
Osnovy Istorii, Moscow, 1997, p. 340 (in Russian).
[204] Actually, the Donatists, having
failed in their petition, began to express a similar sentiment: “What have
Christians to do with kings? Or what have bishops to do with the palace?”
(Optatus, Against the Donatists, I, 22).
[205] Khrapovitsky, “The First
Ecumenical Council”, Orthodox Life,
vol. 34, no. 6, November-December, 1984, p. 9.
[206] St. Constantine, in Àrchbishop Seraphim (Sobolev), Russkaia
Ideologia (The Russian Ideology), St. Petersburg, 1992, p. 71 (in Russian).
[207] Eusebius, On the Life of Constantine, II, 28.
[208] Tuskarev, Tserkov’ o
Gosudarstve (The Church on the State), Staritsa, 1992, p. 75 (in Russian).
[209] Eusebius, On the Life of Constantine, I, 44; IV,
24.
[210] Quoted in J. Meyendorff, Imperial Unity and Christian Divisions,
Crestwood, N.Y.: St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1989, p. 36, and K.M. Setton, The Christian Attitude towards the Emperor
in the fourth century, Columbia University Press, pp. 78-79. In his History of the Arians (77) Athanasius
also calls him “’the abomination of desolation’ spoken by Daniel”.
[211] St. Athanasius, History of
the Arians, 52; P.G. 25, 756C.
[212] Quoted (with some small changes)
from F.W. Farrar, The Lives of the
Fathers, Edinburgh: Adam and Charles Black, 1889, vol. I, p. 617.
[213] St. Demetrius of Rostov, Lives
of the Saints, April 17; S.V. Bulgakov, Nastol’naia
Kniga dlia svyaschenno-tserkovno-sluzhitelej (Reference Book for Sacred Church
Servers), Kharkov, 1900, p. 140 (in Russian).
[214] Theodoret, Ecclesiastical History, III, 19; V.A Konovalov, Otnoshenie Khristianstva k Sovetskoj Vlasti
(The Relationship of Christianity to Soviet Power), Montreal, 1936, p. 35
(in Russian).
[215] St. Gregory, First and Second
Words against Julian.
[216] St. Gregory, First Word
against Julian, 35; Second Word against Julian, 26.
[217] St. Gregory, quoted in the Encyclical
Letter of the Council of Russian Bishops Abroad to the Russian Orthodox Flock, 23
March, 1933; translated in Living Orthodoxy, #131, vol. XXII, ¹ 5,
September-October, 2001, p. 13.
[218] Ñf. St. Demetrius of Rostov, Lives
of the Saints, October 20, the life of the Great Martyr Artemius
who, significantly, had been a witness of the appearance of the Cross to St.
Constantine at the Milvian bridge. Another soldier martyred by Julian, St.
Eusignius of Antioch, rebuked him citing the shining example of St.
Constantine. Lives of the Saints, op. cit., August 5.
[219] Paul Magdalino (ed.), New Constantines: the Rhythm of Imperial
Renewal in Byzantium, 4th-13th Centuries, Aldershot:
Variorum, 1994, pp. 2, 3.
[220] Magdalino, op. cit., pp.
3-4.
[221] Quoted in Marjorie Strachey, Saints and Sinners of the fourth century,
London: William Kimber, 1958, p. 78). St. Ambrose of Milan and the
fifth-century Church historians Socrates, Sozomen, Theodoret and Rufinus all
confirm St. Gregory’s story
[222] Gilbert
Dagron, Empereur et Prêtre (Emperor
and Priest), Éditions Gallimard, 1996, p. 167 (in French).
[223] St. Basil, Rule 79.
[224] St. Gregory, Sermon 17.
[225] St. Chrysostom, On the
Priesthood.
[226] St. Chrysostom, quoted in M.V.
Zyzykin, Patriarkh Nikon (Patriarch Nicon), Warsaw, 1931, part I, p. 68
(in Russian).
[227] Apostolic
Constitutions, XI, 34.
[228] Socrates, Ecclesiastical
History, VI, 18.
[229] St. Theodosius the Emperor, in
Stevenson, J. (ed.), Creeds, Councils and Controversies, 1966, p. 160.
[230] Theodoret, Ecclesiastical
History, V, 7, Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, second series, volume
III, Oxford and New York, 1892, p. 135.
[231] Norwich, op. cit., pp.
112-113.
[232] St. Ambrose, Letter 40,
quoted in Sergius Fomin and Tamara Fomina, Rossia
pered Vtorym Prishestviem (Russia before the Second Coming), Moscow, 1994, vol. I, p. 69 (in
Russian).
[233] Paul Johnson, A History of the Jews, London: Phoenix,
1987, 1995, p. 164.
[234] Quoted in Michael Grant, The Fall of the Roman Empire, London:
Phoenix, 1997, p. 156.
[235] St. Ambrose, Epistle 29, 18; quoted in Norwich, op.
cit., p. 101.
[236]
St. Chrysostom, Sixth Sermon on the Statues. Ñf. St. Ephraim the
Syrian: “From the Empire – laws, from the priesthood – absolution. When both
are soft, it is not good, and when both are cruel it is hard. Let the first be
strict while the second is merciful, in the mutual understanding of each
other’s task. Let threats and love be mixed! Let our priests be merciful, and
our emperors severe! Let us praise Him Who gave us this double hope!” (A.
Muraviev, “Uchenie o Khristianskom Tsarstve u prep. Efrema Sirina” (“The
Doctrine of the Christian Kingdom in St. Ephraim the Syrian”), Regnum Aeternum, Ìîscow: “Nash Dom”, 1996,
p. 74; quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 65.) St. Ephraim also
wrote about rulers: “For he (the leader) is the servant of God, since through
him is accomplished the will of God on the righteous and the lawless” (Interpretation
of the Epistle to the Romans).
[237] Theodoret, Ecclesiastical History, V, 17, Nicene
and Post-Nicene Fathers, op. cit., pp. 143-144.
[238] Aristotle, Politics, IV, 10.
[239] Quoted in Fomin & Fomina, op.
cit., pp. 66, 102. The difference between king and tyrant is also implicit
in the Church services. Thus: “Caught and held fast by love for the King of
all, the Children despised the impious threats of the tyrant in his boundless
fury” (Festal Menaion, The Nativity of Christ, Mattins, Canon, Canticle
Seven, second irmos). Again the implication that the pious worshippers of the
true King will reject the threats of tyrants.
[240] St. Ephraim the Syrian, Hymns
against Julian, I, 1. Translated in Samuel N.C. Lieu, The Emperor
Julian: Panegyric and Polemic, Liverpool University Press, 1986, p. 105.
[241] St. Isidore, Letter 6 to
Dionysius.
[242] Benveniste, Slovar’
Indoevropejskikh Sotsial’nikh Terminov (Dictionary of Indo-European Social
Terms), Moscow: “Univers”, 1995, quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit.,
vol. I, pp. 48, 49 (in Russian).
[243] Îstrogorsky, “Îtnoshenie
Tserkvi i gosudarstva v Vizantii” (“The Relationship of the Church and the
State in Byzantium”); quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. 1, pp.
103-104. At the same time, there were significant differences in emphasis
between East and West from as early as the fifth century. See below.
[244] St.
Cyril, quoted in
Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 72.
[245] Eusebius, Oration in Honour of Constantine.
[246] Eusebius; quoted in Fomin and
Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 56.
[247] Eusebius, Oration in Honour of Constantine.
[248] Ê.V. Glazkov, “Zaschita ot liberalizma” (“A Defence from
Liberalism”), Pravoslavnaya Rus’
(Orthodox Russia), ¹ 15 (1636), 1/14 August, 1999, pp. 10, 11 (in Russian);
Sacred Monarchy and the Modern Secular State, Montreal, 1984, p. 4; St.
Gregory, Sermon 3, 2. The exact words
of St. Gregory are: “The three most ancient opinions about God are atheism (or
anarchy), polytheism (or polyarchy), and monotheism (or monarchy). The children
of Greece played with the first two; let us leave them to their games. For anarchy
is disorder: and polyarchy implies factious division, and therefore anarchy and
disorder. Both these lead in the same direction – to disorder; and disorder
leads to disintegration; for disorder is the prelude to disintegration. What we
honour is monarchy…” (Sermon 29, 2).
[249] St. Theodore, in The
Philokalia, volume IV, p. 93; quoted in Archbishop Seraphim (Sobolev), op.
cit., pp. 46-47.
[250] Dagron, op. cit., p. 70.
[251] Ì.V. Zyzykin, op.
cit., vol. I, pp. 69-70. However, Theodosius II, contrary to his instructions to
others, interfered heavily and to the detriment of the truth, in the “robber
council” of Ephesus in 449. Later examples of emperors who occupied a
scrupulously neutral approach with regard to the debates of the bishops include
Constantine IV at the time of the Sixth Ecumenical Council in 680-681 and Basil
I during the “Photian” and “anti-Photian” councils of 869-870 and 879-880
(Dagron, op. cit., p. 305).
[252] The Seven Ecumenical Councils,
Eerdmans edition, pp. 488, 489.
[253] Holy Transfiguration Monastery,
“The Seat of Moses”, quoted in The Life of our Holy Father Maximus the
Confessor, Boston, 1982, p. 65.
[254] St. Isidore, Tvorenia
(Works), Moscow, 1860, vol. 3, pp. 400, 410; in Alferov and Alferov, op.
cit., p. 59.
[255] St. Isidore, quoted in Zyzykin, op.
cit., vol. I, p. 244.
[256] St. Marcian, quoted in Sobolev, op.
cit., p. 71.
[257] St. Leo, in Sobolev, op. cit.,
p. 72.
[258] J. Ìåyendorff, Rome, Constantinople, Moscow, Crestwood, N.Y.: St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1996, p. 11.
[259] Again, Pope Leo I wrote to
Emperor Leo I: “You must always remember that royal power has been given to you
not only to rule the world, but also and in particular to rule the Church.”
(Fomin & Fomina, op. cit., volume I, p. 73). Of course, this “rule”
over the Church was not to be understood literally, but rather in the sense of
powerful help, and when the emperor fell into heresy, the popes reverted to a
more assertive posture, as we shall see in the next chapter.
[260] Dagron, op. cit., pp.
314-315.
[261] Quoted in Meyendorff, op.
cit., p. 214.
[262] A. Gerostergios, Justinian the Great: the Emperor and Saint,
Belmont, Mass.: Institute for Byzantine and Modern Greek Studies, 1982, p. 82.
[263] Meyendorff, op. cit., p.
291.
[264] L.A. Tikhomirov, Monarkhicheskaia
Gosudarstvennost’ (Monarchical Statehood), St. Petersburg: “Komplekt”,
1992, p. 162 (in Russian).
[265] Dagron, op. cit., p. 313.
[266] Alferov, “Ob uderzhanii i
symphonii” (“On Restraining and Symphony”), http://www/monarhist-spb.narod.ru/D-ST/Dionisy-1./htm,
pp. 9-10 (in Russian).
[267] Êàrtashev, Vossozdanie Svyatoj Rusi (The
Recreation of Holy Russia), Ìoscow,
1991, p. 83.
[268] I.N. Andrushkevich, “Doktrina
sv. Imperatora Iustiniana Velikago” (“The Teaching of the holy Emperor
Justinian the Great”), Pravoslavnaia Rus' (Orthodox Russia), ¹ 4 (1529), February 15/28, 1995, pp. 4-12 (in
Russian).
[269] Canon 12, Fourth Ecumenical
Council; Canons 11 and 12 of Antioch; Canon 3 of the Seventh Ecumenical
Council.
[270] Nikolin, op. cit., p. 17.
[271] Nikolin, op. cit., p. 32. For example, in episcopal elections
there was a contradiction between Justinian’s laws, according to which the
electoral body was to include the leading laymen of the locality – an enactment
which gave an avenue for imperial influence on the elections through the local
potentates, - and the laws of the Church, according to which only bishops were
to take part in the election. In practice, the Church’s laws prevailed in this
sphere, but Justinian’s laws remained in force. See Bishop Pierre L’Huillier,
“Episcopal Elections in the Byzantine East: a few comments”, Eastern Churches Review, vol. II, ¹ 1, Spring, 1968, pp. 4-7, and The Church of the Ancient Councils,
Crestwood, NY; St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1996, pp. 36-38, 40, 41.
[272] Nikolin, op. cit.,
pp.
32-33, 34.
[273] Alferov, “Monarkhia i
Khristianskoe Soznanie” (“The Monarchy and Christian Consciousness”), http://catacomb.org.ua/rubr10/R10_11.htm,
p. 7 (in Russian).
[274] Lieven, Empire, London:
John Murray, 2000, pp. 9-10.
[275] “This doctrine,” writes I.P.
Medvedev, “found practical expression in… a hierarchical system of States…The
place of each sovereign in this official, hierarchical gradation of all the
princes of the world in relation to the Byzantine Emperor was defined by
kinship terms borrowed from the terminology of family law: father-son-brother,
but also friend… The use of kinship terms by the Byzantine Emperor in
addressing a foreign Sovereign was not a simple metaphor or rhetoric, but a
definite title which was given on the basis of a mutual agreement, that is,
bestowed by the Emperor… And so at the head of the oikoumene was the Basileus
Romanon, the Byzantine Emperor, the father of ‘the family of sovereigns and
peoples’. Closest of all ‘by kinship’ among the politically independent
sovereigns were certain Christian rulers of countries bordering on the Empire,
for example Armenia, Alania and Bulgaria; they were spiritual sons of the
Byzantine Emperor. Less close were the Christian masters of the Germans and
French, who were included in this ‘family of sovereigns and peoples’ with the rights
of spiritual brothers of the Emperor. After them came the friends, that is,
independent sovereigns and peoples who received this title by dint of a special
agreement – the emir of Egypt and the ruler of India, and later the Venetians,
the king of England, etc. Finally, we must name a large group of princes who
were ranked, not according to degree of ‘kinship’, but by dint of
particularities of address and protocol – the small appanage principalities of
Armenia, Iberia, Abkhazia, the Italian cities, Moravia and Serbia (group 1),
and the appanage princes of Hungary and Rus’, the Khazar and Pecheneg khans,
etc. (group 2)…” (in S. Fomin & T. Fomina, op.
cit., vol. I, pp. 138-139).
[276] However, there was no attempt to
force Greek (or Latin) upon the non-Greek parts of Christendom. Thus in the
East Syriac and Coptic were still spoken by millions, and some of the Fathers
of the Church, such as St. Ephraim the Syrian, spoke no Greek at all. (V.M.)
[277] Metallinos, Fr. G. “Apo ti Romaiki oikoumenikotita
ston Ethnistiko Patriotismo” (“From Roman Universalism to Ethnic Patriotism”), Exodos (Exodus), Athens, 1991, p. 38 (in Greek).
[278] Agobard, quoted in R.H.C. Davis,
A History of Medieval Europe, Harlow:
Longman, 1988, p. 147.
[279] Thus the Monophysite Catholicos
Moses II refused to
participate in a council with the Orthodox: “I shall not cross the Azat river
to eat the baked bread of the Greeks, nor will I drink their hot water.” The
Orthodox, unlike the Monophysites, used leavened bread and zeon, hot
water, in the Divine Liturgy. See Meyendorff, Imperial Unity and Christian Divisions, Crestwood, N.Y.: St.
Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1989, p. 284. (V.M.)
[280] A.H.M. Jones, “Were Ancient
Heresies National or Social Movements in Disguise?”, Journal of Theological Studies, 1959, X, p. 293. See also
Meyendorff, op. cit., pp. 104-109.
[281] Jones, op. cit., p. 295.
[282] According to Paul Johnson, there
were about eight million Jews at the time of Christ, comprising 10 per cent of
the Roman empire (A History of the Jews,
London: Phoenix, 1987, 1995, p. 171).
[283] Quoted in Douglas Reed, The Controversy of Zion, Durban, South
Africa, 1978, p. 48. Or, as Rabbi Sherwin Wine of the Birmingham Temple writes:
“The whole concept of God is outdated; Judaism can function perfectly well
without it” (in Eddie Kadach, “The Jews’ God”,
http://www.stormfront.org/posterity/ci/tjg.html.
[284] Mango, Byzantium, London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1980, p. 91.
[285] See I. Antonopoulos, Agapi kai synomosia, Athens, 1979, pp.
36-37 (in Greek).
[286] Cantor, The Sacred Chain, London:
Fontana, 1996, p. 156.
[287] Reed, op. cit., p. 93
[288] Reed, op. cit., pp.
89-91. The Zohar
also says: “Tradition tells us that the best of the Gentiles deserves death”
(Section Vaiqra, folio 14b, quoted in Webster, op. cit. p. 407).
[289] Fomin
and Fomina, op. cit., vol. 1, pp. 201-202.
[290] Quoted in Rev. I.B. Pranaitis, The
Talmud Unmasked, St. Petersburg, 1892, Bloomfield Books, Sudbury, Suffolk,
pp. 43, 80, 81.
[291] Tikhomirov, Religiozno-Filosofskie
Osnovy Istorii, op. cit., pp. 340-341, 350.
[292] See the life of the Holy Martyr Al-Harith,
in St. Demetrius of Rostov, The Great
Collection of the Lives of the Saints, House Springs, MO; Chrysostom Press,
1995, vol. II, pp. 351-376; Mango, op. cit., p. 92; L.A. Tikhomirov, Religio-philosophskie Osnovy Istorii (The
Religio-Philosophical Foundations of History), Moscow, 1997, chapters 41
and 42.
[293] Keys, Catastrophe, London: Arrow books, 2000, pp. 91-92.
[294] Tikhomirov, op. cit., p.
343. However, Graetz admits that the Jews took a greater part in the
destruction of Christian churches and monasteries than the Persians themselves
(Istoria Evreev (A History of the Jews),
Odessa, 1908, vol. 1, pp. 28-32 (in Russian).
[295] Armstrong, A History of Jerusalem, London: HarperCollins, 1996, p. 233.
[296] Dagron writes: “In reply to
Basil’s initiative came a pamphlet from the best theologian and canonist of the
day, Gregory Asbestas, who did not content himself with defending the dogmas
and the canons, but preached rebellion and threatened the imperial power with
anathema” (op. cit., p. 207). (V.M.)
[297] Mango, op. cit., pp
92-93. By that time (the tenth century) the population of Jews in the Empire
had fallen to between one million and one-and-a-half million (Johnson, op.
cit., p. 171).
[298] Koestler, The Thirteenth
Tribe, New York: Random House, 1976.
[299] Lactantius, Divine
Institutes, 19.
[300] Troitsky, Khristianskaia
Philosophia Braka (The Christian Philosophy of Marriage), Paris: YMCA
Press, p. 207 (in Russian).
[301] Dagron, op. cit., p. 178.
[302] Dagron, op. cit., p. 181.
[303] The Life of our Holy Father Maximus the Confessor, op. cit.,
p. 12.
[304] The
Life of our Holy Father Maximus the Confessor, op. cit., pp. 22-23.
[305] St. John of Damascus, Second
Apology against those who attack the Divine Images, 12. It may
be pointed out, however,
that I Corinthians 12.28 includes among the gifts that of “governments”
(kubernhseiV), which could plausibly be
interpreted as referring to political government.
[306] Quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op.
cit., vol. I, p. 91. As Gervais Dumeige points out,
the Seventh Ecumenical Council in Nicaea was freer than “Constantinople II [the
Fifth Council], which felt the strong pressure of the Emperor Justinian, and
more even than Constantinople III [the Sixth Council] where the presence of
Constantine IV risked imposing on the conciliar debates… At Nicaea the men of
the Church dealt with the affairs of the Church, under the direction of a man
of the Church who knew the desires and wishes of the sovereigns. It was on a
path prepared in advance that the bishops were able to advance freely” (Nicée II (Nicaea II), Paris:
Éditions de l’Orante, 1978, p. 195).
[307] Quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op.
cit., vol. I, p. 91.
[308] St. Gregory II, in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 87
[309] Pope Gregory II, in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 82.
[310] Menaion, May 12, Service to St. Germanus of
Constantinople, Vespers, “Lord, I have cried”.
[311] Quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 88. In two
hagiographical texts (Theosterict’s Life of Nicetas of Medicion and St.
Methodius’ Life of Euthymius of Sardis, Leo is given the apocalyptic
title of “beast” (D.E. Afinogenov, “Povest’ o proschenii imperatora Feofila”
i Torzhestvo Pravoslavia (The “Tale” of the Forgiveness of the Emperor
Theophilus and the Triumph of Orthodoxy), Moscow: Ilarik, 2004, pp. 26, 28
(in Russian).
The later iconoclast emperor,
Constantine Copronymus, was also anathematised and denied the title of emperor:
“the tyrant, ànd
not Emperor” (op.
cit., p. 89). Even more emphatic was the anathematisation of Emperor Leo V the Armenian: “the evil first
beast, the tormentor of the servants of Christ, and not Emperor Leo the
Armenian” (op. cit., p. 94).
[312] J.M Roberts, History of the World, Oxford: Helicon
Publishing, 1992, pp. 252-253.
[313] Quoted in
Charles Oman, The Dark Ages, AD 476-918,
London, 1919, p. 207.
[314] Bernard Lewis, The Middle East, London: Phoenix, 1995,
pp. 140-141.
[315] T. P Miloslavskaia, G.V. Miloslavsky, “Kontseptsia ‘Islamskogo Edinstva’ i Integratsionnie Protsessy v ‘Musulmanskom Mire’” (“The
Conception of ‘Islamic Unity’ and Integrational Processes in ‘the Muslim
World’), in Islam i
Problemy Natsionalizma (Islam and the Problems of Nationalism), Ìoscow: Nauka, 1986, p. 12 (in Russian).
Many writers emphasise the indivisibility
of the caliph’s secular and spiritual powers is emphasised by several other
writers. Thus Colin McEvedy writes that “the successors of Mohammed, the
Caliphs, combined, as he had, the powers of Emperor and Pope” (The Penguin Atlas of Medieval History,
London: Penguin, 1961, p. 36). Again, Ninian Smart writes that Islam “demands
institutions which cover the whole life of the community. There is nothing in
Islam… corresponding to the Church. There is no place for a special institution
within society devoted to the ends of the faith. For it is the whole of society
which is devoted to the ends of the faith” (The
Religious Experience of Mankind, London: Fontana, 1971, p. 538). Again,
Bernard Lewis writes: “It is sometimes said that the caliph was head of
State and Church, pope and emperor in one. This description in Western and
Christian terms is misleading. Certainly there was no distinction between imperium
and sacerdotium, as in the Christian empire, and no separate
ecclesiastical institution, no Church, with its own head and hierarchy. The
caliphate was always defined as a religious office, and the caliph’s supreme
purpose was to safeguard the heritage of the Prophet and to enforce the Holy
Law. But the caliph had no pontifical or even priestly function… His task was
neither to expound nor to interpret the faith, but to uphold and protect it –
to create conditions in which his subjects could follow the good Muslim life in
this world and prepare themselves for the world to come. And to do this, he had
to maintain the God-given Holy Law within the frontiers of the Islamic state,
and to defend and, where possible, extend those frontiers, until in the
fullness of time the whole world was opened to the light of Islam…” (op.
cit., pp. 138-139).
[316] Lewis, op. cit., p. 72.
[317] John Man, Atlas of the Year 1000, London: Penguin Books, 1999, p. 75.
[318] Lewis, op. cit., pp.
143-144. The question whether the caliphate should be elective or hereditary
was one of the questions dividing the Sunni from the Shiite Muslims. “The Shia
maintained that the caliphate should be hereditary in the line of the Prophet,
and therefore that all the caliphs, except only for the brief rule of Ali and
of his son Hasan, were usurpers. The more generally accepted view of the Sunni
Muslims was that the caliphate was elective, and any member of the Prophet’s tribe,
Quraysh, was eligible” (op. cit., p. 139). Al-Mansur in Spain made the
caliphate there hereditary, but thirty years after his death the people
abolished it altogether (Man, op. cit., p. 77).
[319] Richard Fletcher, The Conversion of Europe, London: HarperCollins,
1997, pp. 308-312.
[320] Another difference between the
Sunnis and the Shiis was that the latter believed in a certain separation
between the Church (the imamate) and the State. Karen Armstrong writes: “The
doctrine of the imamate demonstrated the extreme difficulty of
incarnating a divine imperative in the tragic conditions of ordinary political
life. Shiis held that every single one of the imams had been murdered by
the caliph of his day.” In 934 it was believed that the last of the imams had
been miraculously concealed by God. “The myth of the Hidden Imam… symbolized
the impossibility of implementing a truly religious policy in this world, since
the caliphs had destroyed Ali’s line and driven the ilm [the knowledge
of what is right] from the earth. Henceforth the Shii ulama [learned
men, guardians of the legal and religious traditions of Islam] became the
representatives of the Hidden Imam, and used their own mystical and rational
insights to apprehend his will. Twelver Shiis (who believe in the twelve imams)
would take not further part in political life, since in the absence of the
Hidden Imam, the true leader of the ummah [the Muslim community], no
government could be legitimate” (Islam, New York: Modern Library, 2002,
pp. 67, 68-69).
[321] François Guizot, The History of Civilization in Europe,
London: Penguin, 1997, pp. 42, 55.
[322] Cragg, The Arab Christian, London: Mowbrays, 1992, pp. 57-58.
[323] Tikhomirov, op. cit., p.
296.
[324] This is an allusion to a chapter
heading from Dagron, op. cit.
[325] Theosterictus, Life of St. Nicetas of Medicion; in
Dagron, op. cit., p. 197.
[326] It is perhaps significant that
several of the patriarchs of the period – notably Tarasius, Nicephorus and
Photius – had worked as laymen in the imperial administration before becoming
patriarchs. The same is true of St. Ambrose of Milan. Evidently close
experience of imperial administration from within is a good qualification for a
patriarch who has to stand up against imperial power!
[327] Dagron, op. cit., pp.
198-199.
[328] St. Theodore, quoted in Fomin and
Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 94.
[329] Îstrogorsky writes: “Ìy
reposed friend N.M. Belaev indicated that in the art of medieval Byzantium the
ideas of the Kingdom and the priesthood were incarnate in the images of Moses
and Aaron, while in the early Byzantine period both ideas were united in the
image of Melchizedek, and that the turning point here must be seen to be
precisely the VIIth century” (quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit, vol.
I, p. 105).
[330] Dagron, op. cit., p. 234.
[331] “Remember that you are a human
being, even though you are Emperor. Remember that we are clothed with the same
flesh, whether we are kings or private persons, and that we share the same
nature. Remember that we have a common Master and Fashioner and Judge… Respect
nature, revere the common laws of mankind, revere the common rights of the
Roman Empire, Do not allow an unheard of story to be told of your life: namely,
once an emperor who professed goodness and kindness, having made a high priest
a friend and co-parent, under whose hands he himself and his empress were
anointed with the chrism of emperorship and put on this office, by whom he was
exceedingly loved and to whom he had given pledges and awesome assurances, whom
he showed to all that he loved exceedingly and cherished; him he gave up to
exile and bitter hunger, wore down with countless other ills, while he was
praying on his behalf, and sent on to his death.” (D.S. White, Patriarch Photios of Constantinople,
Brookline, Mass.: Holy Cross Orthodox Press, 1981, pp. 164-165).
[332] White, op. cit., p. 155.
[333] Quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 95.
[334] Nikolin, op. cit., pp. 41, 42.
[335] Dagron, op.
cit., pp. 237-238.
[336] Dagron, op.
cit., p. 236.
[337] Dagron, op.
cit., pp. 240, 241.
[338] See
Peter de Rosa, Vicars of Christ, London: Bantam Press, 1988, chapter 3.
[340] Zyzykin, op. cit., part
I, p. 102.
[341] Joseph later fell into the
heresy of iconoclasm. See Patrick Henry, “The Moechian Controversy and the
Constantinopolitan Synod of January AD. 809”, Journal of Theological Studies, N.S., vol. XX, part 2, October,
1969, pp. 495-522.
[342] Zyzykin, op. cit., part
I, pp. 89-93.
[343] Dagron, op. cit., p. 36
[344] Wood, Leo VI’s Concept of Divine Monarchy, London: Monarchist Press
Association, 1964, p. 15.
[345] P.G. 91.197.
[346] Life of Euthymius, quoted in Wood, op. cit., p. 11.
[347] Vasiliev, op. cit., p.
334.
[348] Zyzykin, op. cit., part
I, p. 90.
[349] That is, born in the imperial
family, a condition, writes Dagron, which “confers on the new-born a sacred
character: the divine unction from the womb of his mother… {St.} Theophano, in
order to explain to Leo VI that he was born in the purple without experience of
unhappiness or poverty, said to him: ‘You have been anointed from the womb’” (op.
cit., p. 61).
[350] Dagron, op.
cit., chapter 1.
[351] “In the middle of the 9th
century, the Khazars dispatched an envoy to [St.] Constantine/Cyril, who had
landed in their country to evangelise it; and this ‘astute and malicious’ man
asked him: ‘Why do you persist in the bad habit of always taking as emperors
different people coming from different families? We do it according to the
family?’ To which the missionary replied by quoting the example of David, who
succeeded to Saul when he was not of his family by the choice of God.” (Dagron,
op. cit., pp. 33-34). The comparison between the Byzantine idea of
legitimacy and the Chinese “mandate of heaven” is not completely frivolous.
For, as Roberts writes: “Confucian principles taught that, although rebellion
was wrong if a true king reigned, a government which provoked rebellion and
could not control it ought to be replaced, for it was ipso facto
illegitimate.” (op. cit., p. 360).
[352] Lemerle, in Rosemary Morris,
“Succession and usurpation: politics and rhetoric in the late tenth century”,
in Magdalino, op. cit., pp. 200-201.
[353] The Lives of the Spiritual Mothers, Buena Vista, CO; Holy Apostles’
Convent, 1991, p. 325.
[354] D.S. White, Patriarch Photios of Constantinople, Brookline, Mass.: Holy Cross
Orthodox Press, 1981, p. 34.
[355] Leo the Deacon, quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op.
cit., vol. 1, p. 99.
[356] Morris, in Magdalino, op.
cit., p. 201.
[357] Morris, in Magdalino, op.
cit., p. 205.
[358] Unless we are to believe the
rather extraordinary theory of the canonist Balsamon, according to which the
emperor’s anointing washed out all his previous sins! (Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., p. 99).
[359] Morris, op. cit., p. 211.
[360] Dagron, op. cit., pp. 38,
39.
[361] St. Methodius with his brother
St. Cyril had originally been invited to the court of Prince Rostislav of
Moravia (canonized by the Czech Orthodox Church in 1994), but the German
bishops of Passau and Salzburg persuaded Pope Stephen V to ban Slavonic as a
liturgical language (reversing the decision of his predecessor, John VIII), and
so St. Methodius and his disciples had been forced to flee to Bulgaria.
[362] Aristeides Papadakis, The Christian East and the Rise of the
Papacy, Crestwood, NY: St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1994, p. 239.
[363] St. Nicholas the Mystic, in
Fomin and Fomina, op. cit. vol. I, p. 107.
[364] Archimandrite Doctor Seraphim, “The
Life of King Boris-Michael, Converter of the Bulgarian People to Christianity”,
Orthodox Life, vol. 35, ¹ 3, May-June, 1985, p. 14.
[365] The word RwV appears in Ezekiel 38.2,
as part of the coalition of powers called “God and Magog” coming against Israel
“from the extreme parts of the north” in the last times. Several interpreters
identified RwV
with Russia. See Bishop Ignaty Brianchaninov, Sobranie Pisem (Collected
Letters), Moscow, 2000, p. 840 (in Russian).
[366] Àrchimandrite Nikon (Ivanov), Protopriest Nicholas (Likhomanov),
Zhitia russkikh svyatykh (Lives of the
Russian Saints), Tutaev, 2000, vol. 1, 15/28 July, pp. 817-818 (in
Russian).
[367] See Protopriest Lev Lebedev,
“Pervoe Kreschenie Rusi i Muchenicheskij Podvig Pervogo Russkogo
Gosudaria-Khristianina Oskol’da-Nikolaia Kievskogo” (“The First Baptism of Rus’
and the Martyric Feat of the First Russian Christian Ruler, Askold-Nicholas of
Kiev”), http://catacomb.org.ua/rubr12/R13_22.htm
(in Russian).
[368] Karamzin, Predania Vekov (The
Traditions of the Ages), Ìoscow:
Pravda, 1989, p. 65 (in Russian).
[369] I. Solonevich, Narodnaia Monarkhia (Popular Monarchy),
Minsk: Luchi Sophii, 1998, p. 214 (in Russian).
[370] Karamzin, op. cit., p.
65.
[371] St. Andronicus, O Tserkvi,
Rossii (On the Church and Russia), Fryazino, 1997, p. 132 (in Russian).
[372] St. John Maximovich, Proiskhozdenie zakona o prestolonasledii v
Rossii (The Origins of the Law of Succession in Russia), Podolsk, 1994, p.
3 (in Russian).
[373] Archbishop Nathanael (Lvov), “O
Petre Velikom” (“On Peter the Great”), Epokha
(Epoch), ¹ 10, 2000, pp. 37-38 (in Russian).
[374] However, according to D.
Rybakov, St. Olga received Holy Baptism at the end of 944 in Kiev, possibly
together with her husband, Great Prince Igor. See Vestnik I.P.Ts. (Messenger of the True Orthodox Church), ¹ 2 (12), April-June, 1998, p. 43
(in Russian)).
[375] St. Photius, quoted in Fomin and
Fomina, op. cit., vol. 1, p. 123.
[376] St.
Gregory the Theologian, quoted in Michael Grant, The Fall of the Roman
Empire, London: Phoenix, 1997, p. 198.
[377] Thus
Blessed Jerome wrote from Bethlehem: “At the news my speech failed me, and sobs
choked the words that I was dictating. She had been captured – the City by whom
the whole world had once been taken captive.” (Letter 26, P.L. 22, col. 1094). And again: “The flame of the world has been
extinguished and in the destruction of a single city, the whole human race has
perished!” (Commentary on Ezekiel,
prologue).
[378]
Tertullian, Apologeticum, 32.
[379] Van der
Meer, Augustine the Bishop, London:
Sheed and Ward, 1961, p. 584.
[380] St. Augustine, The City of
God, I, 1.
[381] St. Augustine, The City of God, XVIII, 2.
[382] St. Augustine, The City of God, IV, 4.
[383] St. Augustine, The City of God, V, 17.
[384]
However, New Rome quickly filled up with the statues and monuments of paganism.
See Judith Herrin, Women in Purple: Rulers of Medieval Byzantium, London:
Phoenix Press, 2001, p. 11.
[385] See
Dirk Bennett, “Ecstasy in Late Imperial Rome”, History Today, vol. 48 (10), October, 1998, pp. 27-32.
[386] Grant, op.
cit., p. 74.
[387] Grant, op. cit., pp. 75, 76, 78.
[388] Grant, op.
cit., p. 60.
[389] Quoted
in Grant, op. cit., p. 127.
[390] See
Patrick Howarth, Attila, London: Robinson, 2001, p. 132.
[391] And not only churchmen. The
senator and philosopher Themistius, writing in about 370, said that “it is the
task of kings – those who have a right to that title – rather than rooting out
completely this surfeit of human temperament whenever they restrain the
insurgent barbarians, to safeguard and protect them as an integral part of the
empire. For this is how things are: he who harries the barbarians to no good
purpose sets himself up as king of the Romans alone, while he who shows
compassion in his triumph knows himself to be king of all men, especially over
those whom he protected and watched over when he had the chance to destroy them
utterly” (Oration 10; in M.J. Cohen and John Major, History in
Quotations, London: Cassel, 2004, p. 113).
[392] See
J.W.C. Wand, A History of the Early
Church to A.D.500, London: Methuen, 1982, pp. 181-184.
[393] Quoted
in Grant, op. cit., p. 132.
[394] St.
Leo, Sermon LXXXII, on the Feast of Saints Peter and Paul.
[395] Thus in
445 Emperor Valentinian III declared in his Constitution:
“We are convinced that the only defence for us and for our Empire is in the
favour of the God of heaven: and in order to deserve this favour it is our
first care to support the Christian faith and its venerable religion.
Therefore, inasmuch as the pre-eminence of the Apostolic See is assured by the
merit of S. Peter, the first of the bishops, by the leading position of the
city of Rome and also by the authority of the Holy Synod, let not presumption
strive to attempt anything contrary to the authority of that See” (in Henry
Bettenson and Christ Maunder, Documents
of the Christian Church, Oxford University Press, third edition, 1999, pp.
24-25).
[396] Russell,
A History of Western Philosophy,
London: Allen Unwin, 1946, p. 515.
[397] As when
Leo I’s embassy to Attila the Hun succeeded in turning him away from Rome, or
when Gregory I sent St. Augustine and 40 monks to re-evangelise the former
Roman province of Britain.
[398] As when
Leo I rejected the 28th canon of the Fourth Ecumenical Council,
which gave the see of the new capital of Constantinople equal status with that
of Old Rome.
[399] Thus
Pope Leo I wrote to Emperor Leo I: “You must unceasingly remember that Royal power
has been entrusted to you, not only for administering the world, but also and
in particular to rule the Church”. (quoted in Sergius Fomin and Tamara Fomina, Rossia
pered Vtorym Prishestviem (Russia before the
Second Coming), Moscow, 1994, vol. I, p. 73).
[400]
Metropolitan Philaret, Zapiski
rukovodstvuiuschaia k osnovatel’nomu razumeniu Knigi Byti (Notes Leading to a
Fundamental Understanding of the Book of Genesis), Moscow, 1867, part. 2,
p. 80 (in Russian).
[401] Gelasius, Tractatus
IV; translated from G. Dagron,
Empéreur et Prêtre, Paris, 1996, pp. 190-191 (in French).
[402]
Gelasius, quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., volume I, p. 74.
[403] Dagron,
op. cit., p. 191.
[404] Ranson
and Motte, introduction to Cyriaque Lampryllos, La Mystification Fatale (The
Fatal Mystification), Lausanne: “L’Age d’Homme, 1987, p. 11 (in French).
[405]
Sulpicius Severus, Dialogues, I (2,
VI).
[406]
Paulinus, Life of St. Ambrose,
chapter 19, in the translation by E.R. Hoare.
[407]
Zosimus, New History, 6.2.
[408]
Procopius, The Vandal War, 3.2.38.
[409] St.
Gildas, On the Ruin of Britain, 4.1,
5.1, 15.1.
[410] The
Britons and the Irish were, of course, Celts; and Fr. Gregroy Telepneff, in his
study of Celtic monasticism, concludes that “early Celtic monasticism was
Byzantine in character, i.e., a manifestation of the Eastern Orthodox Faith.
The cultural hegemony of the Roman Empire, which extended beyond its political
borders, decisively shaped the spiritual environment of ancient Hibernia
[including the Celtic lands on the mainland of Britain]” (The Egyptian Desert in the Irish Bogs, Etna, Ca.: Center for
Traditionalist Orthodox Studies, 1998, p. 70).
[411] See
Christopher Snyder, An Age of Tyrants,
Stroud: Sutton Publishing, 1998, chapters 2, 8 and 9.
[412] St.
Patrick, Letter to Coroticus, 21, 19.
[413] St.
Gildas On The Ruin of Britain, 25.
Bede interprets this to mean that they were “of royal race”.
[414] Graham
Phillips and Martin Keatman (King Arthur: The True Story, London: Arrow,
1993) have made an excellent case for the historicity of King Arthur.
[415] St.
Gildas On The Ruin of Britain, 27.
[416] As the
Irish saint, Columbanus of Luxeuil, wrote to Pope Boniface IV: “All we Irish,
inhabitants of the world’s edge, are disciples of Saints Peter and Paul and of
all the disciples who wrote the sacred canon by the Holy Ghost” (G.S.M Walker, Sancti Columbani Opera (The Works of St.
Columbanus), The Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies, 1970, p. 34).
[417]
Quoted in A.W. Haddan & W. Stubbs, Councils
and Ecclesiastical Documents relating to Great Britain and Ireland, Oxford:
Clarendon, 1869, 1964, volume I, p. 122.
[418]
Aldhelm: The Prose Works, translated
by Michael Lapidge and Michael Herren, Ipswich: Brewer, 1979, p. 158. The Latin
text is in Haddan & Stubbs, op. cit., pp. 202-203.
The Welsh Church remained in schism until Bishop Elbod of Bangor
restored the northern Welsh to unity in 768 (the southerners followed in 777).
Iona was brought into line early in the eighth century through the efforts of
the holy Abbots Egbert and Adomnan.
[419] Quoted
in Haddan & Stubbs, op. cit. p. 126.
[420] Peter
Llewellyn, Rome in the Dark Ages,
London: Constable, 1996, pp. 23, 24.
[421] J.M.
Roberts, History of the World,
Oxford: Helicon Publishing, 1992, p. 239.
[422] St. Avitus, Letter 4; in
Cohen and Major, op. cit., p. 118.
[423] St.
Gregory of Tours, The History of the
Franks, II, 38, p. 154. During the coronation of the Russian Tsars, too,
the bystanders were showered with gold and silver, symbolising the betrothal of
the Tsar with the State. See Fr. Nikita Chakirov (ed.), Tsarskie Koronatsii
na Rusi (Imperial Coronations in Rus’), New York: Russian Orthodox Youth Committee, 1971, p. 22
(in Russian).
[424] Thus
Joseph Canning writes that after the Gothic wars “it seems that no western
kings sought imperial confirmation of their rule” from the Roman Emperor (A History of Medieval Political Thought,
300-1450, London: Routledge, 1996, p. 17).
[425] Tim
Newark, Warlords, London:
Brockhampton Press, 1996, p. 323.
[426] Quoted
in A.A. Vasiliev, A History of the
Byzantine Empire, Milwaukee: University of Wisconsin Press, 1958, p. 151.
[427] C.A.A.
Scott, Ulfilas, Apostle of the Goths,
Cambridge, 1885, p. 199; quoted in E.A. Thompson, The Goths in Spain, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1969, pp. 65-66.
[428] David
Keys, Catastrophe, London: Arrow
Books, 2000, p. 204.
[429] They
converted from Arianism to Orthodoxy in the 550s.
[430] St.
Gregory of Tours wrote (History of the
Franks, Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1974, V, 38) that Hermenegild “joined
the party of the Emperor Tiberius, making overtures to the Emperor’s army
commander, who was then invading Spain”, but that “as soon as Leovigild ordered
his troops to advance Hermenegild found himself deserted by the Greeks”.
[431]
Aloysius K. Ziegler, Church and State in
Visigothic Spain, Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America, 1930,
p. 30. See also Thompson, op. cit., p. 76.
[432] St.
Gregory, History of the Franks, III,
30.
[433] St.
Dmitri of Rostov, The Great Collection of
the Lives of the Saints, November 1. And not for Spain only. Soon after the Visigoths’ conversion in
587-589, King Sisebut wrote a letter to the Arian king of Lombard Italy urging
him, too, to accept the Orthodox faith. See Fletcher, op. cit., pp.
121-122.
[434] The
Russian Slavophile Alexis Khomiakov even traced the beginning of the Spanish
Inquisition to this period. See his third letter to William Palmer in W.J.
Birkbeck, Russia and the English Church
during the Last Fifty Years, London: Rivington, Percival & co., 1895,
p. 65.
[435]
Ziegler, op. cit., p. 54.
[436]
Metropolitan Anthony (Khrapovitsky), The
Christian Faith and War, Jordanville, 1973, p. 12.
[437] Graetz, Istoria Evreev (A History of the Jews),
Odessa, 1908, vol. 6, pp.
133-134 (in Russian).
[438] Trefor
Jones, The English Saints: East Anglia,
Norwich: The Canterbury Press, 1999, pp. 13-21.
[439]
Roberts, op. cit., p. 237.
[440] Richard
Fletcher, The Conversion of Europe,
London: HarperCollins, 1997, p. 8.
[441] C.W.
Jones, Saints’ Lives and Chronicles in
Early England, Cornell, 1947.
[442]
Llewellyn (op. cit., p. 254) writes that, during the pontificate of Pope
Pascal (early ninth century) “the English colony of the Borgo, near St.
Peter’s, which followed its native custom of building in wood, lost its houses
in a disastrous fire, the first of many to sweep the crowded quarter around the
basilica. Pascal, roused at midnight, hurried barefoot to the scene and
supervised the fire-fighting operations himself; ever solicitous of pilgrims,
he granted the Saxon community estates and money for rebuilding, with woods for
a supply of timber.”
[443]
Phillips, Orthodox Christianity and the
Old English Church, English Orthodox Trust, 1996, p. 15.
[444] Chaney,
The Cult of Kingship in Anglo-Saxon
England, Manchester University Press, 1970, p. 259.
[445] “On the
Saints of the Church of York”, in Stephen Allott, Alcuin of York, York, 1974, p. 160.
[446] Harold
Nicolson, tells the story as it was recounted some 300 years later: “On that
occasion there was such a crowd in church that the priest who arrived with the
holy oil with which the king was to be anointed was unable to push through the
throng. The bishop, having no oil available, paused; a state of embarrassed
tension descended on the king and the congregation. At that moment a dove
fluttered into the cathedral bearing in its beak a lekythion or phial of
scented oil brought straight from heaven. It was with this sacred oil that
Clovis was anointed and the lekythion was thereafter preserved in a
reliquary shaped like a dove. This precious relic, known as la sainte
Ampoule, was jealously preserved by succeeding Archbishops of Rheims, who
insisted that no French monarch could claim to have been properly anointed
unless the ceremony were performed at Rheims and the oil of the sainte
Ampoule (which had the magic property of renewing itself at every
coronation) poured over his head and hands. Even Joan of Arc refused to
recognise Charles VII as King of France and always addressed him as Dauphin
until he had been anointed at Rheims.” (Monarchy,
London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1962, p. 23)
[447] Thus
according to Hieromonk Makarios: “When the moment came for anointing the
newly-baptized King with holy Chrism, the Bishop saw that it was lacking.
Raising his eyes to Heaven, he implored God to provide it, whereupon a white
dove came down from Heaven with a vial of miraculous oil” (The Synaxarion, Convent of the Annunciation of our Lady of Ormylia
(Chalkidike), 1998, volume I, October 1, p. 254).
[448] “The
Life of the Holy Hierarch Gregory, Bishop of Homer”, Living Orthodoxy, vol. XVII, ¹ 6, November-December, 1996, pp. 5-6.
This life was published in Russian by Monastery Press, Montreal.
[449] St.
Gildas, On the Ruin of Britain, 21.4.
[450] Lucy Menzies, Saint Columba
of Iona, Felinfach: J.M.F. Books, 1920, 1992, p. 134; John Marsden, The
Illustrated Columcille, London: Macmillan, 1991, p. 145.
[451] St.
Adomnan of Iona, Life of Columba.
[452] Nor had
India, which provides another early example of sacramental kingmaking in the
consecration of King Barachias by St. Ioasaph. See St. John of Damascus, Barlaam and Ioasaph, Cambridge, Mass.:
Harvard University Press, 1967, pp. 552-553.
[453] Roger
Collins, “Julian of Toledo and the Royal Succession in Late Seventh-Century
Spain”, in P.H. Sawyer & I.N. Wood, Early
Medieval Kingship, University of Leeds, 1979, p. 47.
[454] Quoted
in Collins, op cit., pp. 41-42.
[455] Nelson,
J.L. “Inauguration Rituals”, in Nelson, J.L. Politics and Ritual in Early Medieval Europe, London: Hambledon
Press, 1986, p. 59.
[456] St.
Isidore of Seville said: “You will be king if you act rightly; if you do not,
you will not be”, which contains a play on the words rex, “king”, and recte,
“rightly” (Etymologiae, 9.3.4, col.
342). In the Latin version of Justinian’s famous sixth novella, there is also a
clear indication that, for the symphony of powers to be effective, the king
must rule rightly (recte).
[457]
Canning, A History of Medieval Political
Thought, 300-1450, London: Routledge, 1996, p. 55.
[458] This
more interventionist role that the Church ascribed to herself was not
restricted to Francia. We shall see it also in the crowning of the English King
Edward the Martyr in 975.
[459]
Canning, op. cit., p. 63.
[460]
Canning, op. cit., p. 59.
[461]
Archimandrite Pantaleimon, “On the Royal Martyrs”, Orthodox Life, vol. 31, ¹ 4, July-August, 1981, p. 22.
[462] Janet
Nelson, “Hincmar of Rheims: Kingship, Law and Liturgy”, in Politics and Ritual in Early Medieval Europe, op. cit., pp.
169-170.
[463] Quoted
by Janet Nelson, in “National Synods, Kingship and Royal Anointing”, in Politics and Ritual in Early Medieval Europe,
op. cit., p. 253.
[464] Herrin,
Women in Purple: Rulers of Medieval Byzantium, London: Phoenix, 2001, p.
62.
[465]
Roberts, op. cit., pp. 329-330.
[466] Norman Davies, Europe, London: Pimlico, 1996,
pp. 288-290.
[467] Herrin,
op. cit., p. 47.
[468] Mary
Garrison, “The Teacher and the King”, BBC History Magazine, vol. 2, ¹ 7,
July, 2001, p. 25.
[469]
However, see the life of St. William of Toulouse (+812), for an example
of a completely non-acquisitive warrior lord (Living Orthodoxy, vol. V, ¹ 2, March-April, 1983, pp. 3-5).
[470]
Tacitus, Germania.
[471]
Romanides, Franks, Romans, Feudalism and
Doctrine, Brookline, Mass.: Holy Cross Orthodox Press, 1981, p. 15.
[472]
Translated by Stephen Allott, Alcuin of
York, York: Sessions Book Trust, 1974, p. 111.
[473]
Canning, op. cit., p. 50.
[474]
Canning, op. cit., p. 49.
[475] Romanides, op. cit., p. 31.
[476] Herrin,
op. cit., pp. 117-118.
[477] Quoted
in A.A. Vasiliev, A History of the
Byzantine Empire, Milwaukee: University of Wisconsin Press, 1958, p. 268.
[478] Quoted
in Richard Chamberlin, Charlemagne,
Emperor of the Western World, London: Grafton books, 1986, p. 52.
[479]
Chamberlin, “The Ideal of Unity”, History Today, vol. 53 (11), November,
2003, p. 57. And yet in 812 the legates of Emperor Michael I saluted Charles in
Aachen with the title “emperor”. So from 812, as A. Vasiliev says, “there were
two Roman emperors, in spite of the fact that in theory there was still only
one Roman empire” (Vasiliev, op. cit., p. 268). There is an
interesting parallel to this theory of the One Christian Empire in contemporary
China. Thus when the Chinese empire actually split between the Khitans and the
Sung in 1004, “to preserve the myth of indivisibility the relationship between
the two emperors was henceforth expressed in the language of a fictional blood
relationship” (“China in the year 1000”, History
for All, vol. 2, issue 6, December / January, 2000, p. 37).
[480] In Wil
van den Bercken, Holy Russia and
Christian Europe, London: SCM Press, 1999, p. 148.
[481] Romanides, op. cit., p. 18.
[482] Thus
Pope John pleaded with St. Photius for time to extirpate the heresy of the Filioque
from among the Franks before condemning them outright. See P.G. 102,
813; translated by Richard Haugh, Photius
and the Carolingians, Nordland, 1975, p. 137; V. Moss, "Western Saints
and the Filioque", Living
Orthodoxy, volume IV, ¹ 1, January-February, 1982.
[483] Adso, Letter on the Origin and Time of the
Antichrist.
[484]
Leontiev, “Vizantinizm i Slavianstvo” (“Byzantinism and Slavism”), in Vostok, Rossia i Slavianstvo (The East,
Russia and Slavism), Moscow, 1996, pp. 94-95 (in Russian).
[485] A.W.
Haddan & W. Stubbs, Councils and
Ecclesiastical Documents relating to Great Britain and Ireland, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1864, 1971, vol.
III, p. 524.
[486] Herrin,
op. cit., pp. 124, 128.
[487] Quoted
in Abbé Guettée, The Papacy,
New York: Minos, 1966, p. 305, note.
[488] Quoted
in Bertrand Russell, A History of Western
Philosophy, London: Allen Unwin, 1946, p. 416.
[489]
Nicholas said: “Before the coming of Christ it was the case that there existed,
in a type, men who were at once kings and priests: sacred history tells us that
the holy Melchisedech was one of these. The devil, as one who ever strives,
with his tyrannical spirit, to claim for himself what belongs to the worship of
God, has imitated this example in his own members, so that pagan emperors might
be spoken of as being at the same time the chief pontiffs. But He was found Who
was in truth both King and Pontiff. Thereafter the emperor did not lay hands on
the rights of the pontificate, nor did the pontiff usurp the name of emperor.
For that one and the same ‘Mediator between God and man, the man Christ Jesus’
(I Timothy 2.15), so separated the functions of the two authorities,
giving each its own proper activities and distinct honours (desiring that these
properties should be exalted by the medicine of humility and not brought down
again to the depths by man’s arrogance…” (Bettenson and Maunder, Documents of the Christian Church,
Oxford University Press, 1999, pp. 104-105).
[490] Charles
Davis, “The Middle Ages”, in Richard Jenkyns (ed.), The Legacy of Rome, Oxford University Press, 1992, p. 81.
[491]
Geoffrey Barraclough, The Crucible of
Europe, London: Thames & Hudson, 1976, chapter five.
[492] Ivan
Solonevich, Narodnaia Monarkhia (Popular
Monarchy), Minsk: Luchi Sophii, 1998, pp. 270-272 (in Russian).
[493]
Aristides Papadakis, The Orthodox East
and the Rise of the Papacy, Crestwood, NY: St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press,
1994, pp. 18-19.
[494]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 19-20.
[495]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 21-22, 23.
[496]
Roberts, op. cit., p. 336.
[497]
Lavelle, Aethelred II: King of the English 978-1016, Stroud: Tempus,
1002, p. 29.
[498] Some
see in this event less a submission of the northern kings to Edgar as a kind of
peace treaty between them. Be that as it may, it is true to say that the power
of the Anglo-Saxon kings never really extended into Scotland, where a native
dynasty beginning with Kenneth MacAlpin (840-858) “destroyed the last Pictish
kings, and imposed Gaelic customs and the Gaelic language throughout the
kingdom of Alba” (Ann Williams, “Britain AD 1000”, History Today, vol. 50 (3), March, 2000, p. 34). One of these
Scottish Orthodox kings was Macbeth (+1057), made famous by the hero of
Shakespeare’s play. He made a pilgrimage to Rome, where he “scattered money
like seed among the poor”.
[499] Lavelle, op. cit., p. 31.
[500] Already
in the middle of the tenth century one archbishop of Canterbury, St. Oda “the
Good”, and one archbishop of York, Oskytel, were Danish by race. See V. Moss, The Saints of Anglo-Saxon England,
Seattle: St. Nectarios Press, 1993, volume II, pp. 38-41.
[501] ‘Passio
et Miracula Sancti Edwardi Regis et Martyris’, in Christine Fell, Edward King and Martyr, University of
Leeds, 1971; V. Moss, “Velikij Muchenik Eduard, Tsar’ Anglii” (“Great Martyr
King Edward of England”), Suzdal’skie
Eparkhial’nie Vedomosti (Suzdal Diocesan News), ¹ 7, March-May, 1999, pp.
9-12 (in Russian).
[502] Anglo-Saxon Chronicle, E, 979, 1014.
[503] In the second of his series of
programmes entitled “Monarchy” and broadcast on October 25, 2004 on Channel 4
TV.
[504] Quoted
in Chaney, op. cit., p. 14.
[505] We may
recall that Cathwulf in his letter to Charlemagne had also compared the king to
the Father and the bishop to the Son.
[506] Chaney,
op. cit., epilogue.
[507] Barlow,
The English Church, 1000-1066,
London: Longmans, 1979, p. 5.
[508] See,
for example, St. Dunstan’s speech to King Ethelred at his coronation (Bishop W.
Stubbs, Memorials of St. Dunstan,
Rolls series, 1874, pp. 356-357).
[509] Barlow,
The English Church, op. cit.,
p. 141.
[510] R.H.C.
Davis, A History of Medieval Europe,
Harlow: Longman, 1988, pp. 212-213.
[511] R.H.C.
Davis, op. cit., p. 213.
[512] R.H.C.
Davis, op. cit., p. 217.
[513] Peter
de Rosa, Vicars of Christ, London:
Bantam Press, 1988, p. 51.
[514]
However, it was claimed that his warriors hailed him as imperator after
the battle [of Lechfeld in 955]: inherently unlikely but testament to how he
was seen (Chamberlin, “The Ideal of Unity”, op. cit., p. 61).
[515] See
Charles Davis, “The Middle Ages”, op. cit., pp. 82-83. He instructed his
sword-bearer to stand behind him as he kneeled at the tomb of the Apostle, “for
I know only too well what my ancestors have experienced from these faithless
Romans” (Chamberlin, op. cit., p. 62).
[516] Lampryllos, La Mystification Fatale, op. cit., pp. 59-60.
[517] This
had already been increasing under Alberic, whose “insistence on the forms of
Byzantine administration and court hierarchy… checked the growth of any real
feudal devolution of government such as the rest of Europe [outside Rome] was
experiencing” (Peter Llewellyn, op. cit., p. 307).
[518]
Jean-Paul Allard, “Byzance et le Saint Empire: Theopano, Otton III, Benzon
d’Albe”, in Germain Ivanov-Trinadtsaty, Regards
sur l’Orthodoxie (Points of View on Orthodoxy), Lausanne: L’Age d’Homme,
1997, p. 39 (in French).
[519] Bishop
Ambrose (von Sievers), personal communication.
[520] Allard,
op. cit., p. 40
[521] Thus
Roberts writes: “Half Byzantine by birth, [Otto] saw himself as a new
Constantine. A diptych of a gospel-book painted nearly at the end of the tenth
century shows him in state, crowned and orb in hand, receiving the homage of
four crowned women: they are Sclavonia (Slavic Europe), Germany, Gaul and Rome.
His notion of a Europe organized as a hierarchy of kings serving under the
emperor was eastern…” (op. cit., p. 321).
[522] R. Lacy
& D. Danzinger, The Year 1000,
London: Little, Brown and Company, 1999, p. 190.
[523] Some years
before in words reminiscent of Alcuin’s accolade of Charlemagne: “You are
Caesar, emperor of the Romans and Augustus. You are of the highest birth among
the Greeks. You surpass the Greeks in empire, you rule the Romans by hereditary
right, and you surpass them both in mind and eloquence.” (quoted in R.H.C. Davis, op. cit., p. 221).
[524] Charles Davis, op. cit., p. 84.
In this exposure he was correct, even if he was wrong in his
dating of the forgery to the middle of the tenth century (Allard, op. cit.,
pp. 45-46; Canning, op. cit., pp. 73-74.).
[525] Pope
Sylvester, Letter 192, quoted in Fr.
Andrew Phllips, “The Three Temptations of Christ and the Mystical Sense of
English History”, Orthodox England, vol.
I, ¹ 2, December, 1997, p. 6.
[526] John
Man, Atlas of the Year 1000, London:
Penguin Books, 1999.
[527] As Wil
van den Bercken writes: “In the eleventh century, when with the exception of
the Finns and the Baltic peoples all the European peoples had adopted [Orthodox]
Christianity as their national religion, [Orthodox] Christian Europe had
formally become a historical reality” (Holy
Russia and Christian Europe, op. cit., p. 115).
[528] Even
the Jews had a quasi-monarchy in the form of their Exilarch in Baghdad-Babylon.
But in 1040 this power came to an end. The only independent Jewish State since
the fall of Jerusalem, Khazaria, fell in 966-967.
[529]
Richards, op. cit., p. 369.
[530] Man, op.
cit., p. 102.
[531] Man, op.
cit., p. 75.
[532] Things,
or parliaments, were a characteristic of many Viking lands. Cf. the Tynwald, or
Thingwald of the Isle of Man, which has lasted from the eleventh century
to the present day, and the Veche of Novgorod.
[533] Man, op.
cit., p. 98.
[534] Man, op.
cit., p. 91.
[535] Man, op.
cit., p. 40; Gwyn Jones, The Vikings,
London: The Folio Society, 1997, pp. 266-270.
[536]
Trostnikov, V.N. "The Role and Place of the Baptism of Rus in the European
Spiritual Process of the Second Millenium of Christian History", Orthodox Life, vol. 39, ¹ 3, May-June, 1989, p. 34.
[537] St.
Gregory the Great, Epistle 33. As Fr. Michael Azkoul writes: “In a
letter to St. John the Faster, Patriarch of Constantinople, Gregory advised him
not to assume the title ‘universal bishop’. Although it had been given to his
predecessors by the Council of Chalcedon, neither he nor any Pope before him
‘seized upon the ill-advised title’, lest ‘by virtue of the pontifical rank, he
took to himself the glory of singularity which denies the office of bishop to
all their brethren’ (Epistle 18, bk. V, P.L. 77 740C).
“St.
Gregory wrote the same to Patriarchs Eulogius of Alexandria and Anastasius of
Antioch. ‘Not one of my predecessors ever consented to the use of this profane
title, for, to be sure, if one Patriarch is called ‘universal’, the name of
Patriarch is denied to the others’ (Epistle 43, bk. V, 771C). No one, no
council, may act ‘contrary to the statutes and canons of the Fathers committed
to us’ (Epistle 7, bk. IV, 674A)…. Gregory perceived the claim of the
Patriarchs to have been pretentious. He considered the appellation to be a
‘blasphemy’ (Epistle 20 ad Emp. Maur., bk. V, 746AC).” (Once Delivered to the Saints, Seattle:
St. Nectarios Press, 2000, pp. 189-190).
[538]
Translated by Henry Bettenson, Documents of the Christian Church,
London, 1963, p. 52.
[539] Of
course, there is an inherent contradiction in this theory. If it was St.
Constantine who gave the authority to St. Sylvester, then the ultimate
authority rests with the Emperor and not with the Pope. But this consequence was ignored in the face
of the urgent necessity of finding some justification for the papacy’s
expansionist plans. Centuries later, in 1242, a pamphlet attributed to Pope
Innocent IV corrected this flaw in the theory of
papism by declaring that the Donation was not a gift, but a restitution (Charles
Davis, “The Middle Ages”, in Richard Jenkyns (ed.), The Legacy of Rome, Oxford University Press, 1992, p. 86).
[540]
Chamberlin, “The Ideal of Unity”, op. cit., p. 62.
[541]
Aristides Papadakis, The Orthodox East and
the Rise of the Papacy, Crestwood, NY: St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1994,
p. 28. However, Papadakis dates this transformation to 962 rather than 1002, on
the grounds that “during the century following the revival of the empire [in
962], twenty-one popes from a total of twenty-five were virtually hand-picked
by the German crown” (p. 29).
[542] Ranson
and Motte, introduction to Cyriaque Lampryllos, La Mystification Fatale (The
Fatal Mystification), Lausanne, 1987, p. 14 (in French).
[543]
Lampryllos, op. cit., pp. 65-66.
[544] Runciman, The Eastern Schism, Oxford, 1955, p.
161.
[545] The
founder of the movement, Abbot Odo of Cluny, had even been appointed
archimandrite of Rome by Alberic with authority to reform all the monastic
houses in the district (Peter Llewellyn, Rome
in the Dark Ages, London: Constable, 1996, p. 309).
[546]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 34, 36-37. Peter de Rosa (Vicars
of Christ, London: Bantam Press, 1988, p. 420) agrees with
this estimate: “The chief reason for maintaining the discipline [of clerical
celibacy] was the one dearest to the heart of Gregory VII: a celibate priest
owed total allegiance not to wife and children but to the institution. He was a
creature of the institution. The Roman system was absolutist and hierarchical.
For such a system to work, it needed operatives completely at the beck and call
of superiors. The conservatives at Trent [the papist council of 1545] were
quite frank about this. They actually said that without celibacy the pope be
nothing more than the Bishop of Rome. In brief, the papal system would collapse
without the unqualified allegiance of the clergy. Celibacy, on Trent’s own
admission, was not and never was primarily a matter of chastity, but of control…”
[547] Ranson
and Motte, op. cit., p. 14.
[548] Lebedev, “Vek odinnadtsatij –
Okonchatelnoe razdelenie Tserkvej (1053-1054gg.)” (“The 11th Century
– the Final Division of the Churches”), http://portal-credo.ru/site/index.php?act=lib&id=378,
pp. 23 (in Russian).
[549] Gilbert Dagron, Empereur et
Prêtre (Emperor and Priest), Éditions Gallimard, 1996, p. 247
(in French).
[550] Quoted
from Archbishop Hilarion (Troitsky), Khristianstva net bez Tserkvi, Moscow:
“Pravoslavnaia Beseda”, 1991, p. 63 (in Russian).
[551] Lebedev, op. cit., pp.
3-5.
[552] Lebedev, op. cit., p. 7.
[553]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 76-77.
[554]
Ñf. À.Barmin, “Sovremennaia istoriografia o datirovke
tserkovnoj skhizmy mezhdu Zapadom i Vostokom khristianskoj ekumeny”
(“Contemporary Historiography on the Dating of the Church Schism between the
West and the East of the Christian Oikumene”), in D.E. Afinogenov, A.V.
Muraviev, Traditsii i nasledie Khristianskogo Vostoka (The Traditions and
Heritage of the Christian East), Moscow: “Indrik”, 1996, pp. 117-126; V.
Moss, Krushenie Pravoslavnoj Anglii (The
Fall of Orthodox England), Tver,
1998; “Kogda upal Zapad ot Pravoslavia?” (“When did the West fall away from
Orthodoxy?”, Pravoslavnaia Tver’
(Orthodox Tver), ¹¹
10-11 (47-48), October-November, 1997, pp. 4-5 (in Russian).
[555]
Canning, A History of Western Political Thought, 300-1450, London and
New York: Routledge, 1996, pp. 86-87.
[556]
Canning, op. cit., p. 76.
[557] Quoted
in David C. Douglas, The Norman Achievement,
1050-1100, London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1969, p. 132.
[558]
Douglas, op. cit., p. 155.
[559]
Douglas, William the Conqueror, London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1964,
p. 121.
[560]
Jean-Paul Allard, “Byzance et le Saint Empire: Theopano, Otton III, Benzon
d’Albe” (“Byzantium and the Holy Empire: Theophano, Otto II and Benzon of
Alba”), in Germain Ivanovv-Trinadtsaty, Regards
sur l’Órthodoxie (Points of View on Orthodoxy), Lausanne: L’Age
d’Homme, 1997, p. 55 (in French).
[561] Quoted
in Papadakis, op. cit., p. 21.
[562] E.A. Thompson, The Goths in Spain, Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1969, pp. 174, 175.
[563] Canning, op. cit., p. 51. See the whole of
chapter 2 for Carolingian ideas on kingship.
[564]
Douglas, William the Conqueror, op. cit., p. 187.
[565] F. McLynn, 1066: The Year of the Three Battles, London:
Jonathan Cape, 1998, pp. 182-183.
[566]
Anonymous, Vita Aedwardi Regis (The Life of Edward the King), edited by
Frank Barlow, Nelson’s Medieval Texts, 1962.
[567]
Howarth, 1066: The Year of the Conquest, Milton Keynes: Robin Clark,
1977, p. 164.
[568] Fr.
Andrew Phillips, Orthodox Christianity and the Old English Church,
English Orthodox Trust, 1996, p. 27.
[569] Moss, Krushenie Pravoslavnoj Anglii (The Fall of
Orthodox England), op. cit.
[570]
Douglas, Willian the Conqueror, op. cit., pp. 6-7.
[571] Hudson,
“The Norman Conquest”, BBC History Magazine, vol. 4, ¹ 1, January, 2003, p. 23.
[572] R.H.C.
Davis, A
History of Medieval Europe, Harlow: Longman, pp. 284, 285.
[573] Quoted
in Robinson, op. cit., p. 177.
[574] Edmer, Istoria
Novorum in Anglia (A History of the New Things in England); translated by
Geoffrey Bosanquet, London: Cresset Press.
[575] Quoted
in Douglas & Greenway, English Historical Documents, Eyre &
Spottiswoode, p. 647.
[576] David Allen Rivera, Final
Warning, chapter 10. http://www.viewfromthewall.com/.
[577] De Rosa, op. cit., pp. 65, 66.
[578]
Canning, op. cit., pp. 96, 97.
[579] Quoted
in Azkoul, op. cit., p. 193, from Berman, Law and Revolution, p. 110.
[580] Quoted
in Canning, op. cit., pp. 91-93.
[581] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 69.
[582] Peter
Damian, Letter 8, 2, P.L. 144 436.
[583] I.S.
Robinson, “Gregory VII and the Soldiers of Christ”, History, vol. 58, ¹
193, June, 1973, pp. 174-175.
[584] St.
Ambrose, Liber de incarnationis Dominicae Sacramento (Book on the Mystery of
the Incarnation of the Lord), 4, 32.
[585] Henry
Bettenson and Chris Maunder, Documents
of the Christian Church, Oxford University Press, third edition, 1999, p.
113.
[586]
Bettenson and Maunder, op. cit., p. 114.
[587] Robinson, op. cit., p. 175.
[588] Quoted
by R.W. Southern, Western Society and the Church in the Middle Ages, Harmondsworth:
Penguin Books, 1970, p. 102.
[589] Robinson, op. cit., pp. `177, 178.
[590]
Canning, op. cit., pp. 90, 91. .
[591] Bernard of Fontis Callidi, Liber
adversus sectam Waldensium (Book against the Sect of the Waldenses); in
Cohen and Major, op. cit., p. 199.
[592]
Tiutchev, “Papstvo i Rimskij Vopros” (“The Papacy and the Roman Question”) , in
Politicheskie Stat’i (Political Articles), Paris: YMCA Press, 1976, pp.
57-58 (in Russian).
[593] The large-scale emigration of the English to
Constantinople and Kiev (where Harold’s daughter Gytha married Great Prince
Vladimir Monomakh) demonstrates the spiritual kinship between pre-1066 England
and the Orthodox East. See V. Moss, Krushenie
Pravoslavnoj Anglii (The Fall of Orthodox England), op. cit.
[594]
Roberts, op. cit., p. 395.
[595]
Ehrenreich, Blood Rites, London: Virago Press, 1998, pp. 171-172.
[596] Helmold
of Bosau, in Richard Fletcher, The Conversion of Europe, London:
HarperCollins, 1997, p. 484.
[597]
Bernard, in Fletcher, op. cit., pp. 487-488.
[598]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 65. Bernard preached the necessity of the second crusade, in which he expressed
“bloodthirsty anti-Greek fulminations”, in Runciman’s phrase (op. cit.,
p. 100).
[599] Wil van
den Bercken, Holy Russia and Christian
Europe, London: SCM Press, 1999, p. 125.
[600]
Paterson, “Sonar ship homes in on Atlantis of North”, Sunday Telegraph (London),
September 26, 1999, p. 39.
[601] Thus
Emperor Frederick Barbarossa once wrote to Saladin claiming, like the most
powerful Roman emperors, to have dominion over the whole of the Middle East and
Africa as far as Ethiopia! See R.H.C.
Davis, op. cit., p. 309.
[602] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 67.
[603] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 68.
[604] In 1152
the English Pope Adrian IV by his bull Laudabiliter
had reminded the English King Henry II that Ireland, like all islands, belonged
to St. Peter and the Roman Church in accordance with the Donation of
Constantine. He therefore blessed Henry to invade Ireland in order to extend
the boundaries of the Church, extirpate vice and instill virtue. As John of
Salisbury wrote in his Metalogicus of 1156 of Adrian: “At my
solicitation he granted Ireland to Henry II, the illustrious King of England,
to hold by hereditary right, as his letter to this day testifies. For all
Ireland of ancient right, according to the Donation of Constantine, was
said to belong to the Roman Church which he founded. Henry
duly obliged in 1172 by invading Ireland. See Michael Richter, “The First
Century of Anglo-Irish Relations”, History,
59, ¹ 196, June, 1974, pp. 195-210.
Presumably when King John gave England to Pope Innocent, he also gave
Ireland back to the papacy at the same time…
[605] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 71.
[606] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 72.
[607]
Ehrenreich, op. cit., p. 172.
[608]
Bettenson and Maunder, op. cit., p. 147.
[609]
Aquinas, Summa Theologica, ii. Q. xi; in Bettenson & Maunder, op.
cit., pp. 147-148.
[610] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 164.
[611] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 171.
[612]
François Guizot, The History of Civilization in Europe, London:
Penguin Books, 1997, p. 60.
[613] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 177.
[614] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 73.
[615] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 52.
[616] Norman Cantor, The Sacred
Chain, London: Fontana, 1995, chapter six.
[617] David Vital, A People Apart:
The Jews in Europe, 1789-1939, Oxford University Press, 1999, p. 32.
[618] Halevy is also considered a
great medieval forerunner of twentieth-century Zionism (Cantor, op. cit.,
p. 143). (V.M.)
[619] In 1306 they were expelled from France, in 1349 from Saxony, in 1360 from Hungary, in 1370 from Belgium, in 1380 from Bohemia, in 1480 from Austria, in 1444 from the Netherlands; in 1492 from Spain, in 1495 from Lithuania, in 1497 from Portugal, in 1498 from Salzburg, Wurtemburg and Nuremburg, in 1540 from Sardinia and Naples, and in 1551 from Bavaria. (V.M.)
[620] Tikhomirov, Religioznie-Filosofskie
Osnovy Istorii (The Religious-Philosophical Foundations of History), Moscow,
1997, pp. 348-353 (in Russian).
[621] See, for example, Piers Paul
Read, The Templars, London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2002.
[622] Tikhomirov, op. cit.,
chapters 50, 51.
[623] Platonov, Ternovij Venets
Rossii (Russia’s Crown of Thorns), Moscow, 1998, p. 137 (in Russian).
[624] Webster, Secret Societies and
Subversive Movements, The Christian Book Club of America, 1924, pp. 12-13.
Further evidence for paganism in modern Judaism is the adoption of the
Babylonian Fast of Tammuz as one of the two main fasts of the synagogue year,
though condemned by the Prophet Ezekiel (Elizabeth Dilling, The Jewish
Religion: Its Influence Today, The Noontide Press, 1963).
[625] Johnson, A History of the
Jews, London: Phoenix, 1987, 1995, p. 196.
[626] Tikhomirov, op. cit., pp.
241-243.
[627] Johnson, op. cit., pp.
198-199.
[628] George, 500 Years of
Revolution: European Radicals from Hus to Lenin, Chicago: Charles H.
Kerr Publishing Company, 1998, p. 7.
[629]
Abulafia, Frederick II: A Medieval Emperor, London: Pimlico, 2002, pp.
33, 34-35. In support of this last thought, Richard Cavendish writes: “”Whether
out of genuine feeling, or as a tactical device against Rome, [Roger] flirted
with Greek Orthodoxy” (“The Death of Roger II of Sicily”, History Today,
vol. 54 (2), February, 2003, p. 49).
[630] Charles Davis, op. cit. pp. 87-88, 88-89.
[631] Quoted
in R.H.C. Davis, op. cit., p. 310.
[632]
Copleston, A History of Philosophy,
Westminster, Maryland: The Newman Press, vol. 2, part II, pp. 135-136.
[633]
Copleston, op. cit., p. 129.
[634]
McClelland, A History of Western Political Thought, Routledge: London
and New York, 1996, p. 123..
[635] Quoted
by Tawney in Religion and the Rise of
Capitalism, from whom it was quoted by Bertrand Russell, A History of Western Philosophy, London:
Allen Unwin, 1946, p. 648.
[636]
McClelland, op. cit., pp. 118-119.
[637]
Copleston, op. cit., pp. 138-139.
[638] The
assassination of a tyrant was approved by the twelfth-century theorist, John of
Salisbury, but only if he acted against the holy faith or disregarded the
interests of the ecclesiastical hierarchy.
[639]
Copleston, op. cit., pp. 139-140.
[640]
Canning, op. cit., p. 131.
[641] Alcuin
of York, Letter to Charlemagne, M.G.H.,
4, letter 132.
[642]
Canning, op. cit., pp. 132, 133.
[643]
Aquinas, On Kingship, VII.61.
[644] D.J.A.
Matthew, “Reflections on the Medieval Roman Empire”, History, vol. 77, ¹
251, October, 1992, p. 382.
[645] For a
detailed biography of Frederick, see Abulafia, op. cit.
[646]
Chamberlin writes: “Looking down through the long perspective of the Holy Roman
Empire is a melancholy experience of watching the dream fall apart. The
Italians fought endless civil wars under the banner of Guelph or Ghibelline,
Pope or Empire, but they were little more than pretexts for strife. Yet as the
actual power of the emperor waned, the ideal of the universal monarch increased
so that the imperial nadir coincided with its most able apologia, Dante’s De
Monarchia. Henry VII (r. 1312-13) came in 1310 in answer to Dante’s summons
to resolve the conflict, but became trapped in the complexities of Italian
politics and died shamefully.
“Dante’s
call for the risen majesty of empire became its requiem. Nevertheless, in 1354
a Germanic emperor was again summoned to Italy to take the crown and bring
peace to a tortured land – but where Henry had come in majesty, the progress of
his son Charles IV ‘was more as a merchant going to Mass than an emperor going
to his throne’, as the Florentine merchant Villani observed sardonically.
Petrarch, who had implored him to come, joined Villani in condemning him.
‘Emperor of the Romans but in name, thou are in truth no more than the king of
Bohemia’. But Petrarch was looking back to a mythical Golden Age, while Charles
accepted he was living in an Age of Iron. Shrugging off the criticism he
returned home and promulgated his Golden Bull, which effectively turned the crown
of empire into a German crown.” (“The Ideal of Unity”, op. cit., p. 63).
[647]
Matthew, op. cit., p. 389.
[648] Le Goff, Saint Louis, Paris: Gallimard, 1996,
p. 681 (in French). But Louis sometimes went too far: “The lord king,” he said, “whose predecessors
founded the churches of the kingdom and endowed them with their goods for the
maintenance of the worship of God… has the right to take all the treasures of
the churches and all their temporal goods as if they were his own, in order to
meet the necessities of himself and his kingdom” (Matthew Paris, Chronica Majora, vol. VI, p. 110).
[649] Davis, op. cit., p. 369.
[650] Quoted
in Canning, op. cit., p. 99.
[651]
Vladimir Rusak, Istoria Russkoj Tserkvi
(History of the Russian Church), USA,
1993, p 140 (in Russian).
[652] Canning,
op. cit., p. 109.
[653] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 79.
[654]
Rose, in Monk Damascene Christensen, Not of this World: The Life and
Teaching aof Fr. Seraphim Rose, Forestville, Ca.: Fr. Seraphim Rose Foundation,
1993, p. 592.
[655] Richard
Cavendish, “Boniface VIII’s Bull Unam Sanctam”, History Today, vol.
52 (11), November, 2002, p. 63.
[656] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 79.
[657]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 358.
[658] This
was most clearly evident in Pope Clement V’s full cooperation with – or rather,
subjection to - King Philip in the affair of the trial and execution of the
Templars.
[659]
Bettenson and Maunder, op. cit., p. 123.
[660]
Nicolson, op. cit., pp. 179-180.
[661]
Canning, op. cit., pp. 154, 155.
[662]
McClelland, op. cit., pp. 141-142.
[663]
Canning, op. cit., p. 156.
[664]
McClelland, op. cit., p. 145.
[665] Another
influence on Richard was, according to Nigel Saul, “the ideas of the Roman – in
other words, the civil – lawyers. In general terms, civilian thought emphasised
the scope of the King’s will. To the civilian, a King’s power should be
unlimited because his rule was just. At a number of points, correspondences are
to be observed between Richard’s governance and a popular civilian-influenced
tract, Giles of Rome’s De Regimine
Principum (c. 1277-9)” (“Richard II: Author of his own Downfall?”, History Today, vol. 49 (9), September,
1999, pp. 40-41). (V.M.)
[666] Harold
Nicolson, Monarchy, London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1962, pp. 192-193,
195.
[667] George, op. cit., pp.
13-14.
[668] Froissart, in George, op.
cit., pp. 15-16.
[669] N.N. Àlexeev,
“Idea ‘Zemnago Grada’ v Khristianskom Verouchenii” (“The Idea of the ‘Earthly
City’ in Christian Doctrine”), Put’ (The
Way), ¹ 5, October-November,
1926, p. 566 (in Russian).
[670] Frazier, A Second Look at the
Second Coming, Ben Lomond: Conciliar Press, 1999, pp. 61-62.
[671]
Thompson, J.W., Johnson, E.N., An
Introduction to Medieval Europe, 300-1500, London: George Allen &
Unwin, 1938, p. 966.
[672] Thomson
& Johnson, op. cit., p. 967.
[673] Thomson
& Johnson, op. cit., pp. 976-977.
[674]
Bettenson and Maunder, op. cit., p. 149; Papadakis, op. cit., p.
375.
[675] Nicholas of Cusa, De
concordantia catholica (1433).
[676]
Wycliff, De Christo et Suo Adversario
Antichristo (On Christ and His Adversary, the Antichrist), 8; in R.
Buddensig (ed.), John Wicliff’s Polemical
Works in Latin, London: The Wicliff Society, 1883, volume II, p. 672 (in
Latin).
[677] De Rosa, op. cit., p. 100.
[678] He called the Basle delegates “a beggarly
mob, mere vulgar fellows from the lowest dregs of the clergy, apostates,
blaspheming rebels, men guilty of sacrilege, gaolbirds, men who without
exception deserve only to be hunted back to the devil whence they came.” (De Rosa, op. cit., p. 100).
[679]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 404.
[680]
Bettenson and Maunder, op. cit., p. 460.
[681]
Krivoshein, “Prepodobnij Simeon Novij Bogoslov i ego otnosheni k
sotsial’no-politicheskoj dejstvitsel’nosti svoego vremeni” (“St. Symeon the New
Theologian and his relationship to the social-political reality of his time”,
in Bogoslovskie Trudy (Theological Works), Nizhni Novgorod, 1996, pp.
242-243 (in Russian).
[682] For a
history of the terms “papocaesarism” and “caesaropapism”, see Gilbert Dagron,
“Vostochnij tsezaropapizm (istoria i kritika odnoj kontseptsii)” (“Eastern
Caesaropapism (a history and critique of one conception)”, http://portal-credo.ru/site/?act=lib&id=177
(in Russian).
[683] Emperor John Comnenus, in A.P. Lebedev, Istoricheskie Ocherki Sostoiania
Vizantijsko-Vostochnoj Tserkvi (Historical Sketches of the Condition of the
Byzantine Eastern Church), St. Petersburg, 2003, p. 101 (in Russian).
[684] The execution took place after
Alexis’ death, in 1119 (Lebedev, op. cit., p. 105).
[685] Gilbert Dagron, Empereur et
Prêtre (Emperor and Priest), Éditions Gallimard, 1996, pp.
259-260 (in French).
[686] Dagron, op. cit., p. 261.
[687] Acropolites, Chronicle, ch.
53; in Lebedev, op. cit., p. 99.
[688] Gregoras, History of
Byzantium, VIII, 2; in Lebedev, op. cit., p. 100.
[689] Lebedev, op. cit., pp.
122-124.
[690] Balsamon, Interpretation of
the 69th Canon of the Council in Trullo, in Lebedev, op. cit., p. 97.
[691] Dagron,
op. cit., p. 267; Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., p. 120.
[692]
Chomatianos, in Ralley and Potlis, M. Syntagma ton theion kai ieron kanonon
(Great Collection of the Divine and Sacred Canons), Athens, 1855, vol. V,
p. 429; in Lebedev, op. cit., pp. 98-99.
[693] Îstrogorsky,
“Îtnoshenie Tserkvi i gosudarstva v Vizantii” (“The
Relationship of the Church and the State in Byzantium”), quoted in Fomin and
Fomina, op. cit., vol. 1, pp. 104 (in Russian).
[694] Dagron,
op. cit., p. 271.
[695] Balsamon, quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op.
cit., vol. I, p. 120.
[696] Balsamon, quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op.
cit., vol. I, p. 120.
[697] Nicetas Choniates, The Reign of Isaac, III, 7; quoted in Lebedev, op. cit.,
p. 95.
[698] Nicetas
Choniates, quoted in Fomin and
Fomina, op. cit., p. 109.
[699] Isaac, Novella
de electionibus pontificum (Law on the Election of Bishops), P.G. 135:
440 ; in Lebedev, op. cit., p. 95.
[700] R.J.
Macrides, “From the Komnenoi to the Palaiologoi: imperial models in decline and
exile”, in Magdalino (ed.), New
Constantines, op. cit., p. 278.
[701] Alferov, “Uroki Nikejskogo
Tsarstva” (“Lessons of the Nicaean Empire”),
http://catacomb.org.ua/rubr10/R10_05.htm.
[702] Nicetas Choniates, The Reign of Manuel, VI, 31; quoted in Fomin and
Fomina, op. cit., p. 120; Lebedev, op.
cit., p. 95.
[703] Podskalsky, Khristianstvo iBogoslovskaia literatura v Kievskoj Rusi (988-1237 ãã.) (Christianity and Theological Literature in Kievan
Rus’ (988-1037), St. Petersburg, 1996, p. 68
(in Russian).
[704]
Fletcher, The Conversion of Europe,
London: HarperCollins, 1997, p. 278.
[705] Alferov and Alferov, O Tserkvi, pravoslavnom Tsarstve i poslednem
vremeni (On the Church, the Orthodox Kingdom and the Last Time), Moscow:
“Russkaia Idea”, p. 18 (in Russian).
[706] However, there were exceptions to this viewpoint.
According to Podalsky, a Greek Metropolitan of Kiev in the early twelfth century, Nicephorus I, “without hesitation called both the emperor and the prince equally likenesses
of the Divine archetype. This meant that he rejected the Byzantine idea îf the single and
undivided imperial power, which was inherent only in the Basileus of the Romans
and which in this capacity reflected the Divine order of the world. The
conception of the emperor as ‘the image of God’ (imago Dei, eikwn qeou) became well-known in Kiev thanks to the Mirror
of Princes composed in 527 by Deacon Agapetus for Justinian. Extracts from
it, in which the discussion was about the duty of subjects to submit to the
visible deputy (prince) of the invisible ruler of the world (God), were included
in the Izbornik of 1076 (Podskalsky, op. cit., pp. 67-68). “Yet
it was a quite exceptional case,” writes G. Fedotov, “when the author of the
panegyric of Prince Andrew of Vladimir dared to apply to him the famous
definition of Chrysostom-Agapit, so popular in later Moscow: ‘Caesar by his
earthly nature is similar to any man, but by the power of his dignity he is
similar to God alone” (The Russian Religious Mind, Harvard University
Press, 1966, vol. I, p. 398).
[707] St. Vladimir, quoted in
Archbishop Seraphim (Sobolev), Russkaia Ideologia (The Russian Ideology), St.
Petersburg, 1992, pp. 83-84 (in Russian).
[708] Àlferov
and Alferov, op. cit., p. 21.
[709] Podskalsky, op. cit.,
pp. 62-63.
[710] Podskalsky, op. cit., pp. 63, 64-65.
[711] Podskalsky, op. cit., pp. 66-67, 71.
[712]
Fedotov, op. cit., pp. 398-400.
[713] G. Podskalsky, op. cit., p. 62.
[714] Ivan Solonevich, Narodnaia Monarkhia (Popular Monarchy), Ìinsk, 1998, p. 153 (in Russian).
[715] Solonevich, op. cit., pp. 265-267. As G.G. Litavrin writes: “(The Great
Prince) was not the only one amidst others, like the Byzantine Emperor, - he
was only the first among equals” (quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit.,
vol. 1, p. 177).
The American professor Richard Pipes
agrees that the prince was not the supreme authority: “If in Novgorod the
prince resembled an elected chief executive, the Great Prince of Lithuanian
Rus’ was not unlike a constitutional king.” (Russia under the Old Regime,
London: Penguin Books, second edition, 1995, p. 38).
However, G. P. Fedotov believed that in Novgorod, at
any rate, there was real ‘people’s power’: “Was Novgorod a republic? Yes, at
least for three and a half centuries of its history, from the twelfth to the
fifteenth centuries. The fact that a prince held authority in Novgorod should
not deceive us…
“Supreme authority in the Novgorod
republic belonged, of course, to the veche, or the assembly of all free
citizens. The veche elected the entire administration, not excluding the
archbishop, and had the power to check on it and judge it. This was a direct,
not a representative, democracy like the republics of the ancient world. Only
those who participated in the public meetings could exercise their political
rights. An immense territory was administered by the inhabitants of this single
city. This was the weak spot in the republican systems of both Athens and Rome;
the agora and the forum could not rule empires…
“The
archbishop stood above parties and expressed the unity of the republic. To make
him really independent, his name was drawn by lot from those of the candidates
elected by the veche. The three lots on the altar in the Cathedral of St.
Sophia symbolized the divine will for the fate of the city-state. In the
political symbolism of Great Novgorod its sovereign, the bearer of authority,
was St. Sophia herself...” (op. cit., volume II,
pp. 188-190, 191).
[716]
Lebedev, Velikorossia Great Russia), St. Petersburg, 1999, p. 13 (in
Russian).
[717] N.M.
Karamzin, Predania Vekov (The Traditions of the Ages), Ìîscow,
1989, p. 207 (in Russian). Lebedev sees in this trait the influence of the
Finnish element of the population. For the Finns, according to Tacitus, “did
not fear people, and were not frightened of enemies, but attained that which is
difficult to attain – they wanted nothing”! So when the Russians
emigrated to these areas from the south and absorbed the Finnish population,
they “also wanted nothing in their earthly life”. Only, since they were
Orthodox Christians, these Russians “wanted life in the Heavenly Kingdom, which
is why sedentary Rus’ strove to construct her earthly Fatherland in the image
of the Heavenly, eternal Fatherland!” (op. cit., pp. 12, 15).
[718] Kàramzin, op. cit., p. 214.
[719] In
spite of the fact that it commemorated the miraculous deliverance of
Constantinople by the Mother of God from the then still pagan Russians in 862!
(V.M.)
[720]
Lebedev, op. cit., pp. 17-18.
[721] V. Georgievsky, Svyatoj Blagovernij Velikij Knyaz’ Andrej Bogolyubskij (Holy
Right-Believing Great Prince Andrew of Bogoliubovo), St. Petersburg, 1900, Ìîscow:
“Preobrazhenie”, 1999, p. 4 (in Russian).
[722]
Fennell, The Crisis of Medieval Russia 1200-1304, Harlow: Longmans,
1983, p. 1.
[723] Litavrin, quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op.
cit., pp. 177-178.
[724]
Kliuchevsky, quoted in Solonevich, op. cit., p. 296.
[725] “On his own testimony, while
meeting an attack from the Turks, both he and his enemies saw S. George
protecting him; and on another occasion, he was saved from instant death by a
special act of faith, when a thunderbolt falling upon him was prevented from
hurting him by the golden image of the Archangel Michael which he wore on his
breast” (P. Ioseliani, A Short History of
the Georgian Church, Jordanville, NY: Holy Trinity Monastery, 1983, p.
115).
[726] Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 139, 140, 141, 143-144.
[727] Ioseliani, op. cit., p.
122.
[728] The Synod of Ruisi-Urbnisis
decreed that “an Orthodox Christian was not authorized to contract a marriage
either with a heretic or an infidel… Armenians and other monophysite dissidents
upon returning to the unity of the Orthodox faith were legally compelled to be
rebaptized” (Papadakis, op. cit., p. 142).
In Tamara’s reign there was an official
debate between the Georgians and Armenians at which a great miracle took place:
a dog fled in fear from the Orthodox Mysteries of the Georgians, but
immediately devoured the sacrifice of the Armenians. As a result, the Armenian
nobleman John Mkhargradzeli accepted Orthodoxy and was baptized by Patriarch
John (The Life of St. Tamara).
[729] “Holy Righteous Queen Tamara of
Georgia”, Orthodox Life, vol. 53, no. 2, March-April, 2003, p. 9.
[730] Eastwood, “Royal renewal in
Georgia: the case of Queen Tamar”, in Paul Magdalino (ed.), New Constantines, op. cit., pp.
284, 285, 286.
[731] Eastwood, op. cit., p.
289.
[732] Alferov, “Uroki Nikejskogo
Tsarstva” (“The Lessons of the Nicaean Empire”), op. cit.
[733] Îstrogorsky, G.A. “Evoliutsia vizantijskogo obriada koronovania” (“The
Evolution of the Byzantine Rite of Coronation”), quoted by Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. 1, p. 117.
[734]
Canning, A History of Medieval Political
Thought 300-1450, London & New York: Routledge, 1996, p. 14.
[735] Zemskova, personal communication, August 11,
2000. There is
in fact little agreement about the date at which this sacrament was introduced
in Byzantium. According to Fomin and Fomina, (op. cit., vol. I, p. 96),
it was introduced in the ninth century, when Basil I was anointed with the
chrismation oil or with olive oil (P.G.
102.765); according to Ì.V. Zyzykin (Patriarkh Nikon (Patriarch
Nicon), Warsaw, 1931, part 1, p. 133) – in the 10th century,
when Nicephorus was anointed by Patriarch Polyeuctus; according to Canning (op.
cit., p. 15) – in the 12th century; according to Dagron (op.
cit., p. 282) and G. Podskalsky (op. cit., p. 70) – in the 13th
century. Nicetas Khoniates mentions that Alexis III was “anointed” at his
coronation in 1195; but according to Vera Zemskova (personal communication) it
is likely that this meant “raising to the rank of emperor” rather than
anointing with chrism in the literal, bodily sense. In this distinction between
visible and invisible anointing lies the crux of the matter, for even bishops,
who (in the East) received no visible anointing, were often described as having
been anointed. And when St. Photius said of the Emperor Michael III that God
“has created him and anointed him since the cradle as the emperor of His
People”, he was clearly speaking about an invisible anointing. (V.M.)
[736] Dagron,
op. cit., pp. 282-283.
[737] Zosimas, quoted in Fomin and Fomina, op.
cit., vol. 1, p. 118.
[738]
Vasiliev, A History of the Byzantine Empire, University of Wisconsin
Press, 1955, , p. 521.
[739]
Vasilievsky, quoted in Vasiliev, op. cit., pp. 521-522.
[740]
Patriarch Germanus, in F.I. Uspensky, Istoria Vizantiiskoj Imperii (A
History of the Byzantine Empire), Moscow: “Mysl’”, 1997, p. 412 (in
Russian).
[741]
Archbishop Demetrius, in Uspensky, op. cit., p. 413.
[742]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 212.
[743] John
Julius Norwich, Byzantium: The Decline and Fall, London: Penguin books,
1996, pp. 188, 189.
[744]
Macrides, op. cit., pp. 280-281. “A great miracle occurred when his
relics were exhumed to be translated. As his tomb was opened, no unpleasant odo
was noticed, but rather a certain fragrance and grace mixed with a sweetness,
like unto an aromatic garden. The reposed one sat upon a throne with all his
members intact and without any corruption, taint, or other sign of death about
him. Though he had been buried seven years before, he looked as if he were not
alive, with his members in their natural condition and his face still ruddy.
Even the saint’s royal vesture remained undecayed, as it it had been tailored
that very day… Afterward, his relics wrought many miracles in Magnesia
(Translated from The Great Synaxaristes of the Orthodox Church, vol. 11
(November), Athens, 1979, pp. 154-156; in Orthodox Life, vol. 32, ¹ 6,
November-December, 1982, p. 44).
[745]
Uspensky, op. cit., pp. 463-464.
[746]
Uspensky, op. cit., p. 486.
[747] Quoted
in R.H.C. Davis, A History of Medieval Europe, Harlow: Longmans, 1988,
p. 333.
[748] Speros
Vryonis, Jr., Byzantium and Europe, London: Thames and Hudson, 1967, p.
161.
[749]
Frontier, “The Council of Lyons and the False Union of 1274”, The True Vine,
vol. 2, ¹ 4, Winter, 1975, pp. 5-6.
[750] Uspensky,
op. cit., p. 496.
[751]
Uspensky, op. cit., p. 494.
[752]
Uspensky, op. cit., pp. 510, 511.
[753] The
Arsenites remained in schism from the official Church for several more decades.
They insisted that “all elections to the see of Constantinople after the patriarch’s
deposition (1265) were uncanonical and invalid. No less irregular in their
opinion was the status of those elevated to the episcopal dignity by Arsenius’
‘illegitimate’ successors.” (Papadakis, op. cit., p. 219). In 1310 most
of them were reconciled to the official Church. Some, however, such as St.
Theoliptus, metropolitan of Philadelphia, considered that the Church had been
reconciled too easily with the Arsenites and broke communion with the official
Church for a period. (A.I Sidorov, “Sv. Feolipt Filadel’fijskij i ego uchenie o
Tserkvi” (“St. Theoliptus of Philadelphia and his Teaching on the Church”, Pravoslavnij
Put' (The Orthodox Way), 1997, p. 16 (in Russian)).
[754] Dagron,
op. cit., p. 262
[755]
Uspensky, op. cit., p. 513.
[756] This
conversion reminds us of the similar conversion – to union with the Soviets –
of Metropolitan Sergius of Nizhni-Novogord, deputy leader of the Russian
Church, after his spell in prison in 1927.
[757] Dagron,
op. cit., p. 263.
[758] Monk
Kallistos Vlastos, Dokimion istorikon peri tou skhismatos tis dutikis
ekklesias apo tis Orthodoxou Anatolikis, Mount Athos, 1991, p. 109 (in
Greek).
[759] Frontier, op. cit., pp. 11-12.
[760] Patriarch Isaiah, in Lebedev, op.
cit., p. 102.
[761] R.J.
Crampton, A Concise History of Bulgaria,
Cambridge University Press, 1997, p. 24.
[762]
Crampton (op. cit., p. 24) gives another reason for Kaloyan’s turning to
the Pope: his desire to secure his western frontier before attacking the
crusaders who had declared him their vassal. (V.M.)
[763]
Borislav Primov writes that Kaloyan had styled himself emperor even before he
received the title of rex, “king”, from the Pope. “However, he was not
completely satisfied and continued to call himself ‘emperor’ in his letters”
(Primov, “The Re-Establishment and Consolidation of the Bulgarian State and
Medieval Europe (from the end of the 12th to the 13th
century), 1300 Years of Bulgarian Culture, Sofia Press Agency, p. 30).
(V.M.).
[764]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 246-248.
[765] Rogich,
Serbian Patericon, Forestville, CA: St. Paisius Abbey Press, volume I,
1994, p. 82.
[766] The
Archbishop of Ohrid was loyal to the “Emperor” of Epirus rather than Nicaea, so
he was not likely to pass on such a petition to a patriarch loyal to Nicaea
rather than Epirus. (V.M.)
[767] Rogich,
op. cit., pp. 86-88. Manuel’s decree granting autonomy to the Serbian
Church read as follows: “I, Manuel, the Ecumenical Patriarch and the Archbishop
of the City of Constantinople, New Rome, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ,
have consecrated Sava, Archbishop of all the Serbian lands, and have given him
in God’s name the authority to consecrate bishops, priests, and deacons within
his country; to bind and loose sins of men, and to teach all and to baptize in
the name of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit. Therefore, all you
Orthodox Christians, obey him as you have obeyed me (Rogich, op. cit.,
p. 90).
[768]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 255.
[769] Bishop
Nikolai Velimirovich, The Life of St. Sava, Crestwood, N.Y.: St.
Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1989, p. 103.
[770] Rogich,
op. cit., pp. 92-93.
[771] The Bulgarian
ruler John Asen had dropped his claim to be “emperor” as opposed to simply
“tsar”. Thus after his victory of Theodore Angelus, he erected a column in
Trnovo with the inscription: “I, John Asen, in Christ God the faithful Tsar and
Autocrat of the Bulgars, …. set forth on a march upon Romania and defeated the
Greek troops, and there captured the Emperor himself, Theodore Comnenus… The
Latins have kept only the cities round Tsargrad itself, but they have become
subject to the power of my Majesty, for they have no king but myself, and only
thanks to me have they continued their existence” (quoted in Vasiliev, op.
cit., p. 525).
[772]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 215-216.
[773] Uspensky, op.
cit., p. 446.
[774]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 269.
[775] Bishop
Nikolai Velimirovich, A Treasury of Serbian Orthodox Spirituality, Grays
lake, Ill.: Free Serbian Diocese, 1988, pp. 23-24.
[776] Àrchimandrite
Nikon (Ivanov), Protopriest Nicholas (Likhomanov), Zhitia Russkikh Svyatykh
(Lives of the Russian Saints), Òutaev, 2000, vol.
1, p. 675 (in Russian).
[777] Anonymous Chronicler, in M.J.
Cohen and John Major, History in Quotations, London: Cassel, 2004, p.
169.
[778] Quoted
in Richard Fletcher, The Conversion of Europe, London: HarperCollins,
1997, p. 502.
[779] Ya.K.
Begunov, A.P. Kirpichnikov, Knyaz’ Aleksandr Nevsky i ego epokha (Prince
Alexander Nevsky and his Age), St. Petersburg, 1995, p. 200 (in Russian).
[780] Metropolitan Cyril, in Cohen and
Major, op. cit., p. 170.
[781]
Fennell, op. cit., p. 121.
[782]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 332; Fennell, op. cit., p. 113.
[783]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 258-259.
[784] Milošević,
in Tim Judah, The Serbs, London: Yale University Press, 1997, p. 22.
[785] St.
Gregory Palamas, Triads, III, 2, 27, in Défense des saints
hésychastes (Defence of the Holy Hesychasts), edited by John Meyendorff,
Louvain: Sacrilegium Sacrum Lovaninese, 1973, pp. 692, 693 (in French and
Greek).
[786]
Papadakis, op. cit., p. 259.
[787] Rogich,
op. cit., p. 90.
[788] Rogich,
Great Martyr Tsar Lazar of Serbia, Platina, Ca.: St. Herman of Alaska
Brotherhood, 2001, pp. 8-9.
[789] Rogich,
Great Martyr Tsar Lazar of Serbia, pp. 11-12.
[790] Tim
Judah, The Serbs, Yale University Press, 1997, p. 39.
[791] Nun
Ioanna, “Taina kosovskoj bitvy – dukhovnoe zaveschanie tsaria Lazaria” (“The
Mystery of the Battle of Kosovo – the Spiritual Will of Tsar Lazarus”), Pravoslavnaia
Zhizn’ (Orthodox Life), ¹ 7 (583), July, 1998, pp. 15, 16, 19, 21, 22-23
(in Russian). See also James E. Held, “Legend of the Fall, 1389: the battle of
Kosovo”, Medieval History, ¹ 5,
January, 2004, pp. 32-37.
[792] I.
Marchevsky, Apokaliptichnata Perspektiva ot Kraia Vremenata v Svetootecheski
Sintez (The Apocalyptic Perspective on the Last Times in a Patristic Synthesis),
Sofia: “Monarkhichesko-Konservativen Seyuz”, 1994, p. 80 (in Bulgarian).
[793] That
this was a real threat already in the fourteenth century, and even in some
parts of Great Russia, is illustrated by an incident that took place in
Novgorod, which was traditionally, because of its foreign merchant colony, less
anti-Catholic than other parts of Great Russia. “On one occasion at the end of
the fourteenth century, the city, in bargaining with the patriarch of
Constantinople for privileges for its archbishop, threatened to go to Rome as a
final argument. This threat was not serious and did not fail to elicit a severe
rebuke from the patriarch, but, up to the time of the loss of their
independence, the Novgorodians saw no objection against a political alliance
with the Catholic kings of Lithuanian Poland” (G. Fedotov, op. cit., p.
336).
[794] A.E. Presniakov, “Na puti k
edinoderzhaviu” (“On the Path to One-Man Rule”), Rodina (Homeland), ¹ 11, 2003, pp. 15-16 (in Russian).
[795] St. John Maximovich, Proiskhozhdenie zakona o
prestolonasledii v Rossii (The Origin of the Law of Succession in Russia), Podolsk, 1994, p. 9 (in Russian).
[796] Papadakis,
op. cit., p. 337.
[797] Sic.
This should read: (1354-1378). (V.M.).
[798]
Papadakis, op. cit., pp. 338-339.
[799] Boris Floria, “Tochka raspada”
(“The Point of Dissolution”), Rodina (Homeland), ¹ 11, 2003, p. 29 (in Russian).
[800] Papadakis, op.
cit., p. 339
[801] For details
of this struggle, see A. Kartashev, Ocherki po istorii russkoj tserkv
(Sketches on the History of the Russian Church)i, Paris: YMCA Press, 1959,
vol. I, pp. 326-334 (in Russian).
[802] Àrchimandrite
Nikon, Zhitie i Pobedy Prepodobnago i Bogonosnago Otsa Nashego Sergia,
Igumena Radonezhskago (The Life and Victories of our Holy and God-bearing
Father Sergius, Abbot of Radonezh), Sergiev Posad, 1898, p. 149 (in
Russian)..
[803] Àrchimandrite Nikon, op.
cit., p. 169.
[804] St.
John Maximovich, op. cit., p. 12.
[805] Lourié,
commentary on J. Meyendorff, Zhizn’ i Trudy Svyatitelia Grigoria Palamy (The
Life and Works of the Holy Hierarch Gregory Palamas), St. Petersburg:
Byzantinorossika, 1997, pp. 396-397 (in Russian).
[806]
Meyendorff, A Study of Gregory Palamas, London: Faith Press, 1964, p.
104.
[807] Patriarch Joseph, in A.P.
Lebedev, op. cit., p. 102.
[808] The
Lives of the Pillars of Orthodoxy, Buena Vista, CO: Holy Apostles Convent,
1990, p. 466.
[809] Thus, as Ya.S. Lourie writes, “when in the 14th
century the Swedes suggested to the citizens of Novgorod that they have a
religious debate between the Catholics and the Orthodox, the Novgorodians
refused, suggesting to their opponents that they directly address the Patriarch
in Constantinople.” (“Perepiska Groznogo s Kurbskim v obschestvennoj
mysli Drevnej Rusi” (“The Correspondence of
the Terrible one with Kurbsky in the Political Thought of Ancient Rus’”), in
Ya.S. Lourie and Yu.D. Rykov, Perepiska Ivana Groznogo s Andreem Kurbskim
(The Correspondence of Ivan the Terrible with Andrew Kurbsky), Ìîscow: Nauka, 1993, p. 229) (in Russian).
[810]
Patriarch Anthony, in Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. 1, p. 188.
[811] Smirnov, Istoria Khristianskoj Pravoslavnoj Tserkvi (A History of the Orthodox
Christian Church), Ìîscow: Êrutitskoe podvorye, 2000, pp. 159-160 (in Russian).
[812]
Boyeikov, Tserkov', Rus' i Rim (The Church, Rus’ and Rome), Jordanville,
N.Y.: Holy Trinity Monastery, 1983 (in Russian). See Fr. John Meyendorff, Byzantium
and the Rise of Russia, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
[813] Fomin and Fomina, op. cit., vol. 1, p. 193.
[814] Pope
Nicholas V wrote to him: “From this man [the imperial legate, Andronicus
Vryennios] and from your own letters, we have learned that you desire union and
accept the synodal decree” (P.G. 160, 1201B). See “The Long-Awaited
King”, Orthodox Christian Witness, May 7/20, 1979. And Bishop Leonard of Chios wrote: “Through
the diligence and honesty of the said Cardinal, Isidore of Kiev, and with the
assent (if it was not insincere) of the emperor and the senate, the holy union
was sanctioned and solemnly decreed on December 12th, the feast of
Saint Spirydon, the bishop” (quoted in Judith Herrin, “The Fall of
Constantinople”, History Today, vol. 53, ¹ 6, June, 2003, p. 15). St.
Nicodemus the Hagiorite appears to have believed that Constantine was not a
uniate and therefore inscribed him in some calendars. But there appears to be
no doubt that he was a uniate and therefore cannot be counted as an Orthodox
saint. A.P. Lebedev writes: “Whatever might be said in his defence,
nevertheless the last Orthodox Byzantine Emperor was a traitor to Orthodoxy.
His betrayal is the more shameful the less it was sincere. Here are the words
by which the Emperor and those who thought like him tried to pacify the crowd
which did not want the unia; they said: ‘Be patient a little, wait until God
has delivered the capital for the great dragon [the Turks], who wants to devour
it. Then you will see whether our reconciliation with the azymites [the Latins]
was sincere.’” (op. cit., p. 392).
[815]
Constantine Tsipanlis, Mark Eugenicus and the Council of Florence, New
York: Kentron Vyzantinon Erevnon, 1986, p. 74.
[816]
Tsipanlis writes: “In the eyes of Mark even the complete political extinction
of the Byzantine State was not as important as the preservation of the
integrity of Orthodoxy” (op. cit., p. 60).
[817] Fomin & Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 124. On the
day of his death, St. Mark said: “Concerning the [uniate] Patriarch I shall say
this, lest it should perhaps occur to him to show me a certain respect at the
burial of this my humble body, or to send to my grave any of his hierarchs or
clergy or in general any of those in communion with him in order to take part
in prayer or to join the priests invited to it from amongst us, thinking that
at some time, or perhaps secretly, I had allowed communion with him. And lest
my silence give occasion to those who do not know my views well and fully to
suspect some kind of conciliation, I hereby state and testify before the many
worthy men here present that I do not desire, in any manner and absolutely, and
do not accept communion with him or with those who are with him, not in this
life nor after my death, just as (I accept) neither the Union nor Latin dogmas,
which he and his adherents have accepted, and for the enforcement of which he
has occupied this presiding place, with the aim of overturning the true dogmas
of the Church. I am absolutely convinced that the farther I stand from him and
those like him, the nearer I am to God and all the saints; and to the degree
that I separate myself from them am I in union with the Truth and with the Holy
Fathers, the Theologians of the Church; and I am likewise convinced that those
who count themselves with them stand far away from the Truth and from the
blessed Teachers of the Church. And for this reason I say: just as in the
course of my whole life I was separated from them, so at the time of my
departure, yea and after my death, I turn away from intercourse and communion
with them and vow and command that none (of them) shall approach either my
burial or my grave, and likewise anyone else from our side, with the aim of
attempting to join and concelebrate in our Divine services; for this would be
to mix what cannot be mixed. But it befits them to be absolutely separated from
until such time as God shall grant correction and peace to His Church”
(“[paradosis] ADDRESS OF ST. MARK OF EPHESUS ON THE DAY OF HIS DEATH” 21
August, 2001, orthodox-tradition@yahoogroups.com).
[818] Quoted
in Norwich, op. cit., p. 388.
[819] Quoted
in Vasiliev, op. cit., p. 684.
[820] See Metropolitan Hierotheos of
Nafpaktos, Saint Gregory Palamas as a Hagiorite, Levadia: Birth of the
Theotokos Monastery, 1997, pp. 247-257.
[821]
Solonevich, op. cit., p. 77.
[822]
Leontiev, “Vyzantinizm i Slavianstvo” (“Byzantinism and Slavism”), in Vostok,
Rossia i Slavianstvo (The East, Russia and Slavism), Moscow, 1996, p. 97
(in Russian).
[823]
Nikolsky, in Fomin & Fomina, op. cit., vol. I, p. 122.
[824]
Tikhomirov, op. cit., p.163.
[825]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, pp. 104-112.
[826]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, pp. 122-123.
[827]
Archbishop Seraphim, “Sud’by Rossii” (“The Destinies of Russia”), Pravoslavnij
Vestnik (Orthodox Messenger), ¹ 87, January-February, 1996, pp. 6-7 (in
Russian). Translated in Fr. Andrew Phillips, Orthodox Christianity and the
Old English Church, English Orthodox Trust, 1996.
[828] The
Council of Basle deposed Pope Eugene on June 25, 1439, ten days before the
signing of the council of Florence. See The Lives of the Pillars of
Orthodoxy, op. cit., p. 464.
[829] The
Lives of the Pillars of Orthodoxy, op. cit., pp. 476-477.
[830] M.V.
Zyzykin, Patriarkh Nikon (Patriarch Nicon), Warsaw: Synodal Press, 1931,
p. 231 (in Russian).
[831] St. Gregory Palamas, Homily 14, on the
Annunciation, 11, 12.
[832] Zyzykin, op. cit., pp. 300-301.
[833] Bl.
Theophylact, The Explanation by Blessed Theophylact of the Holy Gospel
according to St. Luke, p. 114.
[834]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 133. All Orthodox commune of both the Body
and Blood of Christ. However, the emperor was given the right of communing
within the altar like a priest (op. cit., p. 110).
[835]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 266.
[836]
Kartashev, Sviataia Rus' i Puti Rossii (Holy Rus’ and the Ways of Russia),
Paris, 1956 (in Russian); quoted in A. Tuskarev (Hieromonk Dionysius
(Alferov)), Tserkov’ o Gosudarstve (The Church on the State), Staritsa,
1992, pp. 34, 35 (in Russian).
[837]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, pp. 294-295.
[838]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 303.
[839]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 304.
[840]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 305.
[841]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 123.
[842] The
Lives of the Pillars of Orthodoxy, Buena Vista, Co.: Holy Apostles’
Convent, p. 125.
[843]
Archbishop Averky of Syracuse, Sem’ Vselenskikh Soborov (The Seven
Ecumenical Councils), Moscow, 1996, p. 11 (in Russian).
[844] Averky,
op.cit., p. 71.
[845]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, pp. 116, 117.
[846]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, pp. 322-323.
[847]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, pp. 120-121.
[848]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 121.
[849]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 137.
[850]
Zyzykin, op. cit., part I, p. 139.
[851] Quoted
in Tsankov, Protopriest S. "Pokojnij Tsar Boris, kak
religiozno-nravstvennaia lichnost'" (“The Reposed Tsar Boris as a
religious-moral personality”, Pravoslavnaya Rus' (Orthodox Rus’), N 18
(1495), 15/28 September, 1993, p. 15 (in Russian).
[852]
Tikhomirov, Monarkhicheskaia Gosudarstvennost’ (Monarchical Statehood),
St. Petersburg, 1992, p. 92 (in Russian).
[853] Tikhomirov, Religiozno-philosophskie
osnovy istorii (The Religious-Philosophical Foundations of History), Moscow,
1997, p. 269 (in Russian).
[854] This is proved by recent
attempts of the “tolerant” European Union to invade the last sanctuary of True
Orthodoxy and Orthodox Romanity on the European continent, the Holy Mount of
Athos.
[855] Festal
Menaion, Feast of the Exaltation of the Cross, Mattins, Canon, Canticle
Eight, troparion.